![]()

## Brighter financial futures

## for every generation

#### Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

Strategic Report

2024 highlights  1

Chair’s statement  2

Chief Executive Officer’s review  3

Our markets  6

Our strategy  7

Our business model  8

Key performance indicators  10

Section 172 (1) statement  12

Stakeholder engagement  13

Our people  16

Responsible investment  21

Corporate sustainability 22

Being a responsible business  30

Non-financial and sustainability

information statement  30

Financial review  31

Risk review  37

Viability statement and goingconcern  42

Governance Report

Chair’s governance overview  44

Operating within a robust

governance framework  45

Board of Directors  46

Governance at a glance  49

Principal Decisions of the Board in2024  50

Governance in Action Spotlights  56

Board Corporate Governance and

Nominations Committee Report  57

Board Audit Committee Report  64

Board Risk Committee Report  72

Remuneration Report  77

Board Remuneration Committee Report  77

Directors’ Remuneration Policy   82

Annual Report on Remuneration  92

Directors’ Report  105

Financial statements

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities  110

Independent auditors’ report  111

Group consolidated financial statements  118

Notes to the consolidated

financialstatements  12 1

Appendix  174

Parent Company financial statements  176

Other information

Shareholder information  182

Alternative performance measures  18 6

Glossary  188

At Quilter, we believe in brighter

financial futures for every generation.

Our core values – do the right thing,

always curious, embrace challenge and

stronger together – continually drive us

inthe way we behave with our customers,

partners and each other.

Quilter plc listed on the London and Johannesburg Stock Exchanges on 25 June 2018. Quilter has

aprimary listing on the London Stock Exchange anda secondary listing on the Johannesburg

StockExchange.

![]()

### 2024 highlights

#### During 2024, the Group delivered

significant increases in flows,

strongadjusted profitgrowth and

#### achieved itsoperatingmargin

#### targetsearly.

Alternative performance measures (“APMs”)

We assess our financial performance using a variety of

measures including APMs, as explained further on page 186.

These measures are indicated with an asterisk (\*).

#### Financial performance highlights

#### Strategic highlights

– Strength of dual-distribution strategy demonstrated through a significant increase

ingross and net inflows across both the Quilter and Independent Financial Adviser

(“IFA”) channels.

– Maintained status as the largest discrete retail advised platform in the UK by assets

under administration and new business flows.

– Improved operating margin by two percentage points to 29%, ahead of our target

of25% by 2025.

– Continued focus on building distribution, enhancing our proposition and

drivingefficiency.

– Advice transformation programme remains on track.

– Acquisition of NuWealth to accelerate our digital capabilities.

– Restricted Financial Planner numbers broadly stable.

#### Operational highlights

– Record core net inflows of £5.2 billion, with each quarter incrementally stronger than

the previous, and strong flows in both Quilter and IFA channels.

– Bringing our High Net Worth advice and investment management teams together

within the Quilter Cheviot legal entity, following FCA approval.

– Increased number of Quilter Partners firms to nine since 2023 launch.

– WealthSelect surpassed £18 billion in assets, and is now one of the leading MPS

offerings intheUK market.

– £35 million Simplification Phase Two annualised run-rate savings achievedfrom a

target of £50 million by end 2025.

£119.4bn

£106.7bn

2024 2023

£5.2bn

£0.8bn

2024 2023

£196m

£167m

2024 2023

£(34)m

£42m

2024 2023

10. 6p

9.4p

2024 2023

29%

27%

2024 2023

Assets under management and

administration (“AuMA”)\*

£119.4bn

+12%

Core net flows\*

£5.2bn

>100%

Adjusted profit before tax\*

£196m

+17%

IFRS (loss)/profit after tax

£(34)m

>(100%)

5.9p

5.2p

2024 2023

Recommended total dividend

per share

5.9p

+13%

Adjusted diluted earnings

pershare\*

10.6p

+13%

Operating margin\*

29%

#### +2ppts

Governance Report Other information

1

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Strategic Report

![]()

### Chair’s statement

#### Dear shareholder

I am pleased to introduce our 2024 Annual Report,

in which we set out the significant progress and

achievements the Company has made in the year.

Despite the challenges in the global external

markets, regulatory change in our industry and fiscal

changes introduced by the new UK government,

wehave made good progress on delivering our

strategic goals whilst importantly remaining

focusedon how we deliver for our stakeholders.

#### Performance

In 2024, we delivered record levels of new

business flows, revenues and profits. Overall core

Group inflows totalled £16.0 billion gross and

£5.2billion net. Platform reported inflows totalled

£12.4billion gross, £5.6 billion net, making us the

leading UK advised platform for total assets and

new business. Our High Net Worth segment

improved new business inflows which were

42%higher than the previous year. We also

delivered record profitability, reporting adjusted

profit of £196 million and a two-percentage point

improvement in theoperating margin to 29%,

overthe course ofthe year.

We have continued to invest in our business

bothorganically through adding distribution and

inorganically through the acquisition of NuWealth

which, as Steven discusses overleaf, adds to both

our proposition and distribution capabilities.

The Board has dedicated time in 2024 to the

Ongoing Advice Review. You can read more

aboutthis on pages 3 and 4.

#### Shareholder returns

2024 was a year of excellent returns for our

shareholders. We delivered a total shareholder

return of 58% in sterling terms (and 54% in ZAR

terms on the JSE), outperforming both our peers

and the FTSE-100 and FTSE-250 indices.

TheBoard is recommending to shareholders

atour 2025 Annual General Meeting (“AGM”)

aFinalDividend of 4.2 pence per share. Takenwith

our Interim Dividend of 1.7 pence per share paid

inSeptember 2024, the full year dividend will be

5.9 pence per share which is an increase of 13%

over the 2023 level.

#### Governance

The views of our shareholders remain an

important influence on our boardroom

discussions. Once again, we maintained a high

level of engagement with existing and potential

shareholders in the year. I continued my

programme of engagement and in early 2025

Imet with a number of shareholders in the UK and

South Africa covering topics including corporate

governance, executive remuneration and Board

composition and succession planning.

You can read about the engagement with

ourshareholders on the proposed changes

toourremuneration policy, led by our Board

Remuneration Committee Chair, on page 78.

#### People and culture

A key area of focus for the Board in 2024 was

overseeing the embedding of our new target

culture, and we were pleased with the progress

made. You can read more about how our

colleagues embraced this change onpages 16 and

17. Inthe year, the Board oversaw the evolution

ofourpurpose – brighter financial futures for

every generation. Our purpose is supported by

our values – do the right thing; always curious;

embrace challenge; and stronger together –

whichwere refreshed in 2024 in an exercise led

byour colleagues who strive toachieve these

values every day.

Quilter’s commitment to corporate sustainability

is outlined on pages 22 to 29. During the year,

management continued to oversee our progress

as a responsible investor and our own

commitments to a low carbon economy. In

addition, we have continued to have a positive

impact in the communities in which we operate

asset out on page 14.

#### Inclusion and diversity

We continue to strive towards a truly diverse

culture where all can thrive, and management’s

ambitions in this regard are set out inthe latest

Inclusion and Diversity Action Plan. You can read

more about this Action Plan and our progress

against the targets on page 18.

I am pleased to confirm that as at the year end,

theBoard met all the commitments set out in our

Board Diversity Policy and the requirements of the

UK Listing Rules. 40% of our Board are women,

asare the Chair and the Senior Independent

Director, and we have one Board member of

aminority ethnic background.

#### Board matters

The Board welcomed Chris Hill and Alison Morris

in the year and our sincere thanks go to

TazimEssani and Paul Matthews who stood

downat our AGM in May 2024. Later in the year,

Tim Breedon also retired from the Board and we

are grateful to Tim for his contribution. As you

mightexpect, the Board will continue to evolve

over time in line with the expectations set out

inthe 2024 UK Corporate Governance Code.

#### Conclusion

Quilter had a positive year in 2024 in terms of

operational and strategic progress and we look

tothe future with confidence. On behalf of the

Board, I would like to thank all mycolleagues

forthe significant progress made in 2024 and

inparticular thank our Chief Executive Officer,

Steven Levin, and his management team for

whathas been achieved. I am grateful to our

shareholders for their ongoing support for Quilter.

Ruth Markland

Chair

Ruth Markland

#### Chair

2

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

### Chief Executive Officer’s review

When I took on the role of Chief

Executive Officer in late 2022, it was clear

that we needed to apply more urgency to

our transformation plans. Our net inflows

were running at 2% of opening assets, our

operating margin was well below peers,

and we needed to improve efficiency.

Asaresult of our efforts over the last two

years, I am pleased to report that Quilter

is in much stronger shape today. We have

a well-positioned High Net Worth

franchise and the UK’s largest, fastest

growing, scale adviser platform in our

Affluent segment. We are primed for

future growth.

#### 2024 performance

In 2024, we delivered:

– revenue growth of 7%, four percentage points

higher than cost growth of 3%. That led to a

two-percentage point increase in our operating

margin to 29%;

– record core net inflows of £5.2 billion, with

incrementally higher gross and net inflows

achieved in each successive quarter of the year;

and

– record adjusted profit of £196 million, an increase

of 17% (2023: £167 million).

Across our two segments:

– Our High Net Worth segment increased revenue

by 7% to £226 million (2023: £211 million). After

maintaining growth investment, we delivered a

17% increase in adjusted profit before tax to

£48million (2023: £41 million).

– Affluent segment revenues increased by 8% to

£424 million (2023: £393 million) reflecting higher

advice and management fee revenues combined

with a higher contribution from interest income

on the shareholder capital which supports the

segment. This revenue growth combined with

strong cost management led to a 19% increase in

adjusted profit to £148 million (2023: £124 million).

Group adjusted profit before tax of £196 million

represents the Group’s IFRS result, adjusted for

specific items that management consider to be

outside of normal operations or one-off in nature.

The Group’s IFRS loss after tax was £34 million

compared to a profit of £42 million in 2023.

Principal differences between adjusted profit and

the IFRS result are due to non-cash amortisation

ofintangible assets, business transformation

expenses (which are pre-funded and expensed as

incurred), finance costs, the impact of policyholder

tax positions on the Group’s results and, in 2024,

the customer remediation exercise provision in

respect of the cost of undertaking additional work,

together with the potential cost of client redress.

We expect business transformation expenses

toremain elevated in 2025, reflecting remaining

spend on our Simplification programme, but to

reduce substantially thereafter.

Total Group adjusted diluted earnings per

sharewere 10.6 pence, an increase of 13%

(2023:9.4pence). On an IFRS basis basic EPS was

(2.5)pence per share compared to 3.1 pence per

share for 2023, with the decline largely reflecting

the provision in respect of the Ongoing Advice

Review and costs of undertaking the review.

#### Shareholder returns and capital

Our increased profit in 2024 supports a higher

dividend of 5.9 pence per share for the year

(2023:5.2 pence). This represents a pay-out

ratioof 59% (2023: 61%).

We have a strong balance sheet with a Solvency II

ratio of 219% after an accrual for payment of the

Final Dividend and allowing for the customer

remediation exercise provision of £76 million.

Given the strength of our balance sheet, once

theOngoing Advice Review is more advanced, the

Board expects toundertake a review of our capital

needs, foreseeable requirements and expected

future cash and capital generation to consider

whether the Group has excess capital and

whether the current distribution strategy remains

appropriate.

#### Ongoing advice

Delivering advice is central to how we operate,

andwe have policies in place that underline the

need for advisers to meet their ongoing servicing

obligations. We believe that a well-delivered

ongoing advice service, tailored to the individual

needs of the client, should be the foundation of

anenduring beneficial and trusted relationship

between client and adviser to help people make

the most of their money. As such, we welcome the

announcement made by the Financial Conduct

Authority (“FCA”) on 24 February 2025 regarding

ongoing advice services.

In June 2024, a Skilled Person was appointed to

conduct a review and provide a view to the FCA

onwhether the delivery of ongoing advice services

by Appointed Representative firms in the Quilter

Financial Planning (“QFP”) network was compliant

with applicable regulatory requirements. This

work is well advanced, and the final report is

expected to be submitted to the FCA in the

second quarter of 2025.

As the review has progressed, the analysis of our

historical data and practices has supported our

view that, except in limited cases, where clients

have paid for ongoing service, this has been

provided. We also note that the actual number

ofcustomer complaints received by Quilter on

thisissue remains low. Although the Skilled Person

Review is yet to complete and will be the subject

offurther discussions with the FCA, we have

concluded that in those limited instances where

clients may not have been provided with the

expected level of service from their adviser,

someform of client remediation is likely to be

appropriate. Our best estimate of the cost of

undertaking this work, together with potential

costof client remediation (plus interest), amounts

to some £76 million and accordingly we have

recognised a provision for this amount.

In line with FCA guidance, we would encourage

any clients who believe that they have paid for

andnot received an ongoing advice service from

their adviser to contact us directly rather than

approaching a Claims Management Company.

Thiswill ensure that any amounts that may be

dueto them are received in full.

We also have the ability to seek appropriate

reimbursement from the relevant advisers

whohave been unable to demonstrate that

theongoing servicing paid for by the client

wasprovided.

As the broader advice regulatory landscape

continues to evolve, including through the

AdviceGuidance Boundary Review, we are fully

#### Steven Levin

#### Chief Executive Officer

Governance Report Other information

3

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Strategic Report

#### Chief Executive Officer’s review continued

supportive of the FCA’s intention to review the

rules on ongoing advice to make sure that they

remain fit for the future and help as many people

as possible to access high quality support to build

brighter financial futures for themselves.

#### Flows and investment performance

– Our business generated excellent inflows in

2024, reflecting the strategic initiatives put in

place over the last few years. Most importantly,

our performance accelerated over the course of

the year with each quarter incrementally

stronger. Total net inflows in our core business

were 5% of opening assets, or 4% after non-core

net outflows. Both High Net Worth and Affluent

performed well relative to their respective

market peers.

– Our High Net Worth segment continued to

deliver very good levels of new business flows.

This performance was achieved despite

experiencing higher than historical average

outflows predominantly reflecting increased

investor activity, including that associated with

pre-UK Budget tax planning in the latter part

ofthe year.

– Within our Affluent segment, we were

particularly pleased with the improvement in net

inflows onto our Platform. We were the leading

advised platform for new business flows and

remain the largest single discrete UK retail

advised platform by assets.

High Net Worth investment performance has

been strong. Discretionary client portfolios

outperformed the ARC PCI Steady Growth peer

group indices over 1, 3 and 5 years; and in the

ARCPCI Equity Risk category, they outperformed

over 1 and 5 years, with a small 25bps

underperformance over 3 years (figures to end

December 2024). High Net Worth Core Managed

Portfolio Solutions outperformed the respective

IA sectors over all time periods. Within Affluent,

we continued to deliver good performance from

our WealthSelect managed portfolio range.

Cirilium Passive and Blend also continued to

perform as expected given relative underweight

positions in the Magnificent-7 US stocks. Over

thelast few years, our WealthSelect MPS range

has overtaken Cirilium asthe preferred solution

for advisers and reflects the increasing shift

byindependent advisers to outsourcing their

clientinvestment solutions to managed

portfolioson platforms.

#### Business improvement

Distribution

In our High Net Worth segment, we continue to

invest in our advice capability across the UK and

internationally in our Dublin and Jersey offices,

increasing the size and breadth of the client types

we can attract. We plan to grow our client-facing

professional headcount (Investment Managers

and Restricted Financial Planners) to around 300

over time through developing existing staff and

external recruitment.

The Quilter channel across both segments is

building distribution on three fronts. We are

targeting increased:

– adviser numbers, where the position has broadly

stabilised versus the reductions seen in recent

years. Total adviser headcount declined in the

first half of the year reflecting a combination of

natural attrition and retirements but increased

modestly in the second half;

– adviser productivity. In 2024, we achieved a

14%increase in annual gross flow per adviser to

£3.2million (2023: £2.8 million). This means that

while adviser numbers declined modestly in 2024,

during the year the Quilter channel delivered a

46% increase in net inflows to £2.9 billion (2023:

£2.0 billion); and

– adviser assets managed within our propositions.

During 2024, we undertook back-book transfers,

of c.£800 million (2023: c.£750 million).

Proposition

Our Platform and investment solutions are both

market-leading propositions. Both are competitively

positioned and offer consistent value to our

customers. Initiatives to improve our market share

of new business flows delivered strong results

which, in turn, led to a significant increase in net

inflows. IFA gross inflows onto the Platform

increased by 68% to £8.8 billion (2023: £5.3 billion).

This reflects the quality of our core platform and

adviser support staff, and improvements in our

sales effectiveness which has led to increased

market share. We continue to enhance our

proposition through the provision of value-added

tools and services, such as family linking pricing,

faster payment services and our CashHub cash

management offering.

Our dual distribution strategy means that all

Quilter products and services are available to both

our advisers and independent financial advisers.

The strong usage of products and solutions by

third parties demonstrates that they are

competitive with market alternatives and are

bothcustomer focused and competitively priced.

Our unbundled pricing is fully aligned with the

Consumer Duty principles and puts client choice

atthe heart of our business.

In September 2024 we acquired NuWealth, a

smallonline Direct to Consumer (“D2C”) business.

This acquisition accelerates our digital capabilities,

enabling us to onboard clients directly. The

acquisition will broaden our propositions and

addanother channel to our distribution capability.

It is not our intention to compete directly with the

established players in the D2C market. Instead,

ourgoal is that NuWealth will support advisers

tonurture early-stage clients who can grow into

core advisory relationships over time.

Through NuWealth, we will provide financial

education and intuitive tools which are aligned

with our advice processes to foster better investing

habits and put customers in control of their

financial journey. This will allow Quilter to support

clients at an earlier stage in their lifetime wealth

journey, before their assets have reached a level

that would normally require face-to-face advice.

Asthese clients’ wealth and financial complexities

evolve, they will be able to transition to a more

tailored advisory service, thereby creating an

additional pipeline for future growth.

#### Strategic transformation

Our change programmes remain on track and are

contributing to improved performance.

1. High Net Worth

Following FCA approval of our application to

provide financial advice from the Quilter Cheviot

legal entity, we have been focused on getting

thenecessary administration and IT updates

formalised ahead of taking up the permissions.

From the second quarter, Quilter Cheviot will

operate as a directly authorised, fully integrated

business, allowing a more seamless approach to

client servicing and providing scope for business

efficiencies.

2. Affluent: Quilter Channel

Having declined in the first half, our number

ofrestricted advisers increased modestly in

thesecond half of 2024. Natural attrition and

retirements was partially offset by recruitment

and graduates from our Academy, with increased

adviser productivity supporting an increase in

gross new business flows.

We continued to invest in our Quilter Partners

hubs, which combine increased investment and

Platform alignment with the entrepreneurial drive

and focus of owner-operated businesses. By the

end of February 2025, nine firms had joined Quilter

Partners which is in line with our initial plans.

Our goal of building a more efficient operating

model to deliver further improvements in adviser

productivity and client experience is progressing

to plan, with expected delivery over a two to

three-year horizon.

4

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

3. Simplification Phase Two

We remain on track to achieve our second stage

Simplification target of £50 million of cost savings

by end 2025 on a run-rate basis. The programme

covers the simplification of our governance and

internal administration processes, together with

our Advice Transformation and High Net Worth

initiatives. By end-2024, £35 million of these

savings were delivered on a run-rate basis.

Completion of this programme will support

ourambition of operating sustainably above a

30% operating margin over the medium term.

#### Culture

During 2024, we undertook a strategic refresh

ofour purpose which is “brighter financial futures

forevery generation”. This was supported by an

employee led refresh of our values – do the right

thing; always curious; embrace challenge; and

stronger together – which our colleagues strive

toachieve every day.

#### Looking forward

As I have outlined, I am very pleased by the

progress we have made to position Quilter for

thefuture. The strength and breadth of our

businesses means Quilter is uniquely positioned

in the UK wealth market:

– In our High Net Worth segment our 14 onshore

offices provide nationwide coverage. We offer an

integrated advice and investment management

proposition to those clients who require this,

oreach service separately for those clients

whodo not need both from us. Our approach

isrelationship led and our business balances

meeting complex client needs while retaining

theintimacy and client focus of a traditional

wealth manager.

– Our Affluent segment is a leading large-scale

player in UK Wealth. Our Platform and

investment solutions businesses benefit from

operating leverage as assets grow and

economies of scale are realised. Reflecting this,

our strategy is to maximise distribution by

supporting advice through both our restricted

and independent channels.

When we look across the UK savings and

investment landscape, it is clear that too many

people have insufficient savings. Quilter believes

UK Government policy should be directed at

encouraging those individuals to build greater

financial self-sufficiency. For those who do save,

many do so disproportionately in cash savings

with numerous studies concluding that the UK

consumer over-saves but under-invests. We are

concerned that this may lead to a wealth-gap

emerging for future pensioners, with them living

on lower incomes than could have been attained

through better financial planning.

Studies conducted by Quilter show that

consumers who take financial advice tend to have

a greater proportion of their wealth in long-term

investments and achieve better financial

outcomes relative to those who do not. Financial

advisers across the market use Quilter as a

gateway to access a wide range of fund solutions

on an industry-leading platform which supports

their clients’ investment goals. Instilling a wider

long-term investing culture in the UK would

increase the likelihood of a well-funded retirement

for most individuals. As the UK’s second largest

advice firm, Quilter will play a leading role in

supporting consumers who want to build

themselves a brighter financial future.

Over the next decade, we expect a transformation

in the way that financial advice is delivered to

customers, both through technological change

facilitating higher adviser productivity, and

regulatory changes such as the expected outputs

from the Advice Guidance Boundary Review.

Wewill ensure our business is at the forefront

ofembracing these changes.

With the business now primed for growth, we

areevolving our strategic goals towards a more

outward focus:

1. Grow distribution

We achieved our Core net inflow target of 5%

ofopening balances in 2024. We expect the

environment for UK savings to remain

constructive. UK households need to invest more,

lower interest rates should heighten focus on

longer-term investment products, and lower

inflation increases the ability to invest. We aim

todeliver market leading net new business flows.

Bygradually improving our share of a growing

market, while maintaining persistency levels in

linewith long-term trends, we expect to continue

delivering net flows of around 5% of opening

balances, through the cycle.

2. Enhance propositions

Our open, unbundled business model is, by its

nature, highly customer-centric. We will continue

to innovate and anticipate future client needs.

Wewill create new propositions to support the

development of a stronger UK investment culture.

Our investment in NuWealth will allow us to

accelerate development of digital distribution and

propositions. Delivering brighter financial futures

for our customers is central to our philosophy.

3. Be future fit

We will complete our current Simplification

programme and further improve our operating

margin, over time, while investing in our business

to deliver our growth objectives. We will continue

to evolve our culture and talent to ensure we are

regarded as a high-performing organisation.

#### Outlook

Business performance was excellent in 2024,

andwe look to 2025 and beyond with confidence.

Ourcustomer-centric business model, dual

channel distribution, and commitment to

operational efficiency, backed by a strong balance

sheet, positions us well to support our clients on

their wealth-building journey. We have started

2025 well with net inflows running ahead of the

corresponding period in 2024. Our current view

ofthe remainder of the year embeds the

followingassumptions:

– Market levels sustain the solid momentum that

has characterised early 2025 and the broader

environment remains conducive to improving

new business flows.

– In line with Bank of England commentary, we

expect UK interest rates to gradually decline

from current levels, albeit the pace of easing

remains uncertain. Although this will reduce the

investment income generated on shareholder

cash, it should increase demand for longer-term

investment products from clients and be

supportive to equity market valuation levels.

– We see a strong opportunity to continue to

capture market share and are primed for growth.

As a result, we expect cost growth of around 5%

in 2025, before the benefit from Simplification,

aswe increase growth investment spend.

– In addition, we expect a £5 million increase

(annualised) in costs arising from the change

inEmployer’s National Insurance rates. We also

expect the FSCS levy to double to approximately

£8 million from 2024 levels.

As a result of the above, we expect a cost base

ofaround £500 million in 2025. This is expected

tolead to a mid to high single digit increase in

adjusted profit in 2025, with the pace of cost

investment broadly matched to that of revenues

and with accelerating profit growth in 2026 and

beyond.

Steven Levin

Chief Executive Officer

Governance Report Other information

5

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Strategic Report

![]()

### Our marketsOur markets

#### Quilter is a UK focused wealth

manager. We provide services to

#### the High Net Worth and Affluent

segments of the UK population,

#### helping provide for their brighter

#### financial futures.

We also support our clients during the

decumulation phase, in retirement, to ensure

theduration of their assets matches their

expected lifestyle.

The market in which Quilter operates offers

long-term growth potential with the onus on

individuals in the UK totake responsibility for

theirfinancial futures and their need for support

in making their decisions. Our integrated business,

including advice solutions, is well positionedto

meet our clients’ needs.

Economic climate and

#### UK Budget tax changes

While 2024 saw some improvement in market

conditions with larger levels of new business

flows across the market and higher equity

market levels, there were still some challenges

for the wealth management industry. A change

in the UK Government, who introduced changes

to capital gains and inheritance taxes in the

October UK Budget, created market uncertainty

ahead of the announcement. The introduction

of new rules led to increased engagement

between advisers and clients to understand

thenew tax rules and the potential impact on

their assets. UK interest rates eased in 2024

butdid not fall as much as initially expected

dueto inflationary pressures. Although there

isa consensus that rates will fall further in 2025,

thepace of this remains uncertain and may

havean impact on investor confidence.

#### Making financial

#### advice more accessible

There is continued need for consumers to have

access to and support from financial advice,

allowing individuals and families to make well

informed investment and saving decisions. The

Financial Conduct Authority recently took steps

toward addressing the “advice gap” in the UKwith

proposals aiming to create a simplified financial

advice regime identified through the Advice

Guidance Boundary Review. A proposition that

aims to ensure customers have access to timely

and affordable financial help, provides significant

longer-term opportunity that will be relevant to

full-service UKwealth managers such as Quilter.

#### Large market with growth trends

The UK wealth management market is positioned

for growth. According to a Fundscape report on

the retail wealth management industry, on a

realistic five-year compound annual growth rate

basis, Investment platforms are projected to grow

11.6%, while the direct discretionary segment is

expected to grow 4.2%. Additionally, there is also

agrowing emphasis on individuals to take personal

responsibility for their financial future. Thus,

building relationships with younger generations

asthey begin investing for retirement is key for

advice businesses and will drive future growth.

#### Technology and digital

#### innovation

The wealth management industry has continued

to embrace technology with digital innovation.

Investing in technology enables us to improve

productivity and provide our customers with

more seamless, personalised experiences

across both our High Net Worth and Affluent

segments. Adopting a digital client experience

can help ensure compliance and streamline

these processes, thereby fostering collaborative

and better relations between clients and

advisers. Over 165,000 customers now use

ourPlatform mobile app, enabling day-to-day

engagement with their wealth goals.

Attractive attributes within the

#### UK wealth management market

The UK wealth management industry

demonstrates attractive strong structural

growth trends built on long-term relationships

with customers, recurring revenues and high

customer retention rates. UK wealth managers,

such as Quilter, with scale, brand recognition,

operating leverage and capacity to fund

technological and digital investment, are well

positioned to continue to meet client needs

anddeliver good customer outcomes.

#### Key trends

6

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

### Our strategy

Our strategy is focused on meeting the needs of our clients across the UK

and elsewhere. Our goal is to support our clients to build brighter financial

futures for every generation.

Financial advice is core to our client proposition

and so we aim to grow the number of advisers

who work with us by broadening and deepening

our distribution, enhancing our propositions,

andimproving the efficiency of our operations.

We have made significant progress through the

year against our three areas of strategicfocus.

#### Strategic focus Progress in 2024

#### Grow distribution

– Broadly stable Quilter channel adviser numbers.

– Quilter Partners firms increased to nine across our Network.

– Improved strategic alignment of adviser force.

– Transferred c.£800 million of Quilter advised assets onto our Platform

fromthird party platforms.

– Leading UK retail advised platform for new business flows.

– Largest discrete UK retail platform in the advised market.

– Continued build out of Jersey and Dublin financial planning offices.

In a consolidating industry, maintaining market leading

strength in distribution is key. Our goals are to improve

retention and alignment of the Quilter channel advisers, add

client facing individuals in our High Net Worth segment, and

broaden and deepen our relationships with the Independent

Financial Adviser community.

#### Enhancing propositions

– WealthSelect launched on four peer platforms.

– Launched CashHub on Quilter Platform.

– Acquired NuWealth.

– Launched new High Net Worth solutions strategies.

– Within High Net Worth, bolstered our professional connections

withour Big-4 offering forpartners of accountancy firms.

Our market is highly competitive. To remain an industry leader,

we need to be agile, responsive and market focused. This involves

delivering good investment performance to clients through the cycle,

ensuring that our Platform and investment solutions remain market

leading to meet the needs of both adviser and client needs, providing

exceptional service and being competitive in the value we offer.

#### Be future fit

– Delivered £35 million of targeted run-rate cost savings as at the end

of2024. We remain on track to achieve our Simplification Phase Two

target of £50 million of run-rate cost savings by the end of 2025.

– Advice technology and operating model transformation programme

well underway with the Group already experiencing productivity

benefits and cost savings.

Since Listing in 2018, we have made very good progress

at optimising and simplifying our business. We are in the

latter stages of our Simplification journey which is focused

on achieving efficiencies from investment in technology and

simplifying our governance structures. Our Platform and

investment solutions business are highly scalable which will

lead to further improvements in our operating margin, over time.

Governance Report Other information

7

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Strategic Report

![]()

Quilter is a UK focused wealth manager. Supporting financial

advice is central to our propositions. We offer services to clients

and their advisers. Our Platform and investment solutions

are available on similar terms to both our own advisers and

independent advisers, enabling us to remain competitive with

thirdparty market offerings in terms of pricing and proposition,

thereby ensuring good client outcomes.

#### Two segments with strong distribution

#### channels

High Net Worth

Delivering growth by partnering with specialist intermediaries

to offer relationship led advice, and bespoke investment

solutions.

Affluent

We aim to be the leading scale provider of administration and

investment services to financial advisers across the market.

#### Broad UK advice distribution network

Our own restricted adviser force, coupled with Independent

Financial Advisers (“IFAs”), are the distribution channels for our

Platform and solutions. Our restricted advisers are provided with

a matrix of products which they utilise to service their customers.

This provides them with a wide range of suitable products

wherewe have used our scale to ensure value for money and

confidence in the suitability of products on offer. Ourrestricted

advisers operate under regulatory authorisation overseen by us

and benefit from marketing, compliance oversight and

administrative support. For IFAs, we provide a range of services

from a market-leading investment platform toback-office and

technical support. This approach reinforces and strengthens

ourposition in the market.

#### The size of our Platform

With c.£85 billion of assets under administration as at

31December 2024, we arethelargest discrete platform in

theretail advised market, offering best-in-class technology

withthebenefits of our scale to clients at sustainable and

competitive prices.

#### Our own investment solutions

As well as the third party funds on our Platform, we also offer

our own solutions which are structured to support the advice

process, and allow for client choice in terms of investment style

(active or passive, risk appetite and ESG preferences).

#### Two distribution channels

We administer and manage client assets

thathave originated from financial

advisersthrough two channels: our own

Quilter advisers and Independent

FinancialAdvisers (“IFAs”).

#### Two investment approaches

1.   For clients in our Affluent segment,

weadminister assets on the Quilter

Investment Platform. Assets on the

Quilter Platform are invested across

thec.250 fund management groups and

c.3,000 fund offerings on our Platform,

including our Cirilium (fund of fund) and

WealthSelect (Managed Portfolio) range.

2.   High Net Worth clients’ assets are

managed through either a bespoke

Discretionary Managed Portfolio or

through our Managed Portfolio service.

#### Two segments

### Our business model

#### Affluent

#### clients

(with at least £50,000

of assets to invest)

#### High Net Worth

#### individuals

(with at least £250,000

of assets to invest)

#### The power of two

#### What makes us different

8

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

#### How we make money

1

HNW revenue total includes ‘other’ revenue

of £2m.

2

Affluent revenue total includes ‘other’

revenue of £10m.

3

Quilter retains 15-20% of all fees generated

by Quilter Financial Planning advisers.

4

Includes initial and Mortgage and Protection

5

2024 average assets.

High Net Worth

Affluent: Quilter

Affluent: IFA

#### Customers

We help customers plan their finances to

ensure a more secure financial future.

£16bn

Gross inflows

#### Advisers

We help financial advisers to run a more

successful and efficient business.

#### Awards

Schroders UK Platform Awards 2024:

– UK Platform of the Year Winner.

– UK Leading Platform for Model Portfolio

Services.

DFM Bespoke Defaqto award – Expert rated.

City of London Wealth Management Awards–

Wealth Manager of the Year.

Strong Trustpilot ratings for Quilter, Quilter

Cheviot and Quilter Cheviot Financial

Planning.

#### Shareholders

We aim to deliver attractive shareholder

returns. We aim for a dividend payout ratio

ofbetween 50% – 70% of post-tax, post-

interest adjusted profit.

#### Advice fee

We earn a share of revenues

generated from the advice provided

by our advisers. A client typically

paysan ongoing fee, representing a

percentage of their investment, and

some may also pay a one-off initial

advice fee.

#### Platform fee

Administration fees are charged

toclients on a quarterly basis,

representing a percentage of the

value of their investment under

administration.

#### Management fee

Clients pay an annual management

charge based on their assets under

management by Quilter.

#### Investment revenue

Interest earned on shareholder cash

balances (including cash at bank and

money market funds).

#### High Net Worth Affluent

Discretionary Fund

Management fee: 70bps

Advice fee: c65bps

Investment

revenue

Share of

fees

3,4

FY 2024

revenues

2

£424m

FY 2024

revenues

1

£226m

Managed

Assets

5

Advised

Assets

5

Administered

Assets

5

£80bn

£28bn

£3bn

£30bn

Managed

Assets

5

Advised

Assets

5

Platform fee: 25bps

Management fee: 36bps

#### Total

#### revenue

#### split

#### Revenue contribution

£36m £74m £108m £196m

£198m£19m

£7m

Investment

revenue

+7%

Y-o-Y

+8%

Y-o-Y

#### Highlights

£30bn

Revenue margins in the above represent the revenue margins that Quilter retains.

Governance Report Other information

9

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Strategic Report

![]()

The following Key

performance indicators

(“KPIs”) seek to track

the achievement of our

strategic priorities and

express the benefits

delivered for all our

stakeholders.

#### Financial KPIs

Number of clients Number of Restricted

Financial Planners (“RFPs”)

Number of Client Facing

Individuals (“CFIs”)

Gross flow market share Net flows as a % of opening

AuMA (core)

Productivity

(Quilter channel)

Definition

Based on the number of

households or clients served by

High Net Worth. Affluent client

numbers are identified as

individuals, or corporate or trust

entities actively using our

Platform.

Advisers licensed to advise across

Pensions, Investment and

Protection Solutions, but only

permitted to recommended

products and solutions from

providers on the Quilter Financial

Planning restricted panel.

Individuals providing

discretionary Investment

Management (“IM”) services to

clients and/or advisers licensed

to advise Quilter Cheviot clients

in line with individual

circumstances and investment

objectives.

Total Platform gross sales as a

percentage of the retail advised

platform market gross flows,

provided by Fundscape.

Total core net inflows as a

percentage of opening core

AuMA. This measure evaluates

the level of inflows during the

period in relation to the opening

asset base and excludes market

movements.

Quantum of new gross flows

generated by Quilter Restricted

Financial Planners into our

Platform and solutions, divided

by the number of average RFPs.

2024  Performance

533,756

+5%

1,440

(3%)

243

(0.4%)

15.2%

#### +2.6ppts

5%

#### +4ppts

£3.2m

+14%

467,245

36,160

473,879

35,010

498,945

34,811

202220232024

1,373

67

1,419

70

1,442

60

202220232024

179

60

174

70

176

67

202220232024

202220232024

11.3%

12.6%

15.2%

202220232024

2%

1%

5%

202220232024

£2.3m

£2.8m

£3.2m

Affluent

High Net Worth

Affluent

High Net Worth

IMs

RFPs

Affluent client numbers increased

by 5% in the year, with a strong

contribution from the Quilter

channel (+8%).

HNW client numbers declined 1%

as growth in higher value Quilter

channel clients was offset by a

reduction in lower value clients

inthe IFA channel.

Affluent RFP numbers declined

in the period as recruitment and

Quilter Academy additions were

offset by retirements.

Quilter Cheviot Financial

Planning (“QCFP”) declined in

theyear, as adviser leavers

marginally offset recruitment

and Quilter Academy joiners.

The total number of CFIs

decreased by one, primarily due

to Restricted Financial Planner

leavers, which were offset by

anincrease in Investment

Managers.

Investment Manager numbers

increased on a net basis due to

promotions, partially offset by

retirees and other leavers.

The Quilter Platform’s market

share increased year-on-year,

reflecting the quality of our core

platform and adviser support

staff, and improvements in our

sales effectiveness.

Core net flows as a percentage

ofopening AuMA was +5%.

We delivered strong

performance during 2024 with

each quarter demonstrating

incremental improvement

compared to the preceding

quarter. This outcome reflects

the strategic initiatives that

management have put in place

over the last few years.

The increase in productivity

reflects initiatives to improve

strategic alignment among our

RFPs, coupled with strong gross

inflows and continued progress

in transferring Quilter

Restricted Financial Planner

back-books.

Outlook for 2025

We aim to increase the number

of clients served by broadening

and deepening our distribution

reach.

Seek to grow RFP numbers

sustainably.

We plan to grow our client facing

professional headcount (IMs and

RFPs) to around 300 over time

through developing existing staff

and external recruitment.

Build out investment

management proposition.

Aim to further increase our

Platform’s market share.

Target building core net inflow

growth to c.4–5% of opening

AuMA on average, through the

cycle.

Continue to improve

productivity through a

combination of buying books

ofbusiness to accelerate

productivity of newly graduated

RFPs, and investing in

technology to support

back-office efficiency

improvements.

### Key performance indicators

10

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

#### Financial KPIs Non-financial KPIs

Operating margin Adjusted profit before tax IFRS (loss)/profit after tax Employee engagement Female representation

in senior management

Ethnic diversity representation

in senior management

Scope 1 & 2 Greenhouse Gas

(“GHG”) emissions

Definition

Represents adjusted profit

before tax divided by total net

revenue. Operating margin is an

efficiency measure that reflects

the percentage of adjusted profit

before tax generated from total

net fee revenues.

This represents the Group’s IFRS

profit, adjusted for specific items

that management consider to be

outside of the Group’s normal

operations or one-off in nature

as detailed in note 7(b) in the

financial statements.

IFRS (loss)/profit after tax from

continuing operations.

“Overall engagement” score as

captured in the all-employee

engagement survey, measured

by “Peakon”.

Proportion of females within our

senior management team.

Proportion of ethnic diversity

representation within our senior

management team.

Level of direct emissions from

owned or controlled sources

(Scope 1) and indirect emissions

from the generation of

purchased energy (Scope 2).

2024  Performance

£29%

#### +2ppts

£196m

+17%

£(34)m

>(100%)

8.0/10

+0.4/10

41%

#### (2)ppts

6%

#### (3)ppts

#### 1,062 tCO

2

e

(11%)

202220232024

22%

27%

29%

202220232024

£134m

£167m

£196m

20222023

£175m

£42m

£(34)m

2024 202220232024

7.4/10

7.6/10

8.0/10

202220232024

36%

43%

41%

202220232024

4%

9%

6%

2020

(baseline)

20232024

3,375 tCO

2

e

1,191 tCO

2

e

1,062 tCO

2

e

We remain ahead of our target

toachieve 25% operating margin

by 2025, as a result of increased

total net revenues, continued

strong cost management and

the benefits of our Simplification

programme.

Total net revenue increased 7%

supported by higher net

management fees, advice

revenue and revenue generated

on corporate cash balances.

Operating expenses were 3%

higher, as a result of inflationary

increases and planned business

investment, partially offset by

Simplification cost savings.

The change from IFRS profit in

2023 to a loss in 2024 reflects

the variances in policyholder tax

outcomes due to market gains

inthe year, the provision for the

customer remediation exercise

and the cost of the Skilled

Person Review. This is partially

offset by an improvement in the

adjusted profit result.

Communication and engagement

activity supported the score

improvement, including

all-employee conferences

designed to engage colleagues on

strategy, culture, customers and

positive market perception. Over

80% of attendees rated these

events as informative or very

informative.

At 31 December 2024, Quilter

exceeded the 2025 target set

inits Inclusion and Diversity

Action Plan of 40% female

representation within the senior

management team in line with

the FTSE Women Leaders

Review.

At 31 December 2024, Quilter

had not met its internal ethnicity

target within the senior

management team for 2024.

Thesenior management team

isa small population and its

demography is sensitive to

smallchanges in the underlying

population. The Company does

not expect its progress toward

the 2027 Inclusion and Diversity

Action Plan target of 13% ethnic

diversity representation to be

linear.

In 2024, we made material

restatements to our previous

year’s emissions, including our

baseline year to ensure we are

reporting in accordance with

theGHG Protocol.

Scope 1 and 2 emissions were

69% lower than the 2020

baseline, primary due to the

delivery of our Workplace

Strategy which considers our

office footprint in relation to

changing workspace demands.

Outlook for 2025

Complete our Simplification

programme, enhancing

efficiency and reducing

complexity, with total benefit

of£50 million of annualised

costsavings expected by the

endof2025.

Operating margin improving

from a c.30% base, over time.

Accelerating growth in the

medium term as investor

sentiment and Quilter’s

operating leverage improves.

IFRS profit after tax from

continuing operations can vary

significantly year-on-year

depending on the change in

policyholder tax. Business

Transformation expenses

reflecting expense towards

ourSimplification Phase Two

programme and investment

inadvice transformation, are

expected to reduce substantially

from end-2025.

Aim to maintain strong

engagement scores from

colleagues, as measured in our

employee engagement survey,

Peakon. Management has

planned activity in continued

support of our target culture,

including the embedding of our

refreshed purpose and values.

Leading through change can be

challenging, and management is

aware that continued effort is

required to maintain and improve

the engagement scores.

Maintain our target of at least

40% female representation in

senior management by the

endof 2025, in line with the

recommendations in the FTSE

Women Leaders Review and as

set out in our Board Diversity

Policy.

We are taking deliberate action

to build a robust pipeline of

diverse talent with a focus on

inclusive recruitment, targeted

development programmes and

addressing barriers as outlined

in our Inclusion and Diversity

Action Plan. We remain

committed to meeting our

internal goal of 13% ethnic

diversity representation within

our senior management team

by2027.

Going forward, we anticipate

acontinuation of incremental

reductions each year as we

implement energy saving

opportunities across our offices

and source renewable energy

contracts where we control the

office energy procurement.

Governance Report Other information

11

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Strategic Report

![]()

### Section 172 (1) statement

Delivering for our stakeholders:

#### Section 172 (1) statement

The Companies Act 2006 (the “Act”) and the UK

Corporate Governance Code require the Annual

Report to provide information that enables our

stakeholders to assess how the Directors of

Quilter have performed their duties under

section172 of the Act.

The Act provides that Quilter Directors must act

ina way that they consider in good faith and would

be most likely to promote the success of Quilter

for the benefit of shareholders as a whole. In

doing so, Quilter Directors must have regard,

amongst other things, to the factors set out below:

– the likely consequences of any decision in

thelong term;

– the interests of Quilter’s employees;

– the need to foster the Company’s business

relationships;

– the impact of Quilter’s operations on the

community and the environment;

– the desirability of the Company maintaining

areputation for high standards of business

conduct; and

– the need to act fairly for all our members.

#### Building Quilter to deliver

#### long-term success for all our

#### stakeholders

To ensure that Quilter achieves its purpose –

brighter financial futures for every generation,

it is critical for the Board to balance the needs,

interests and expectations of our key

stakeholders. At times these competing

stakeholder views can appear to be at odds

and in order to achieve long-term success, it is

the Board’s role to balance these complexities.

The Board has acomprehensive stakeholder

engagement programme and seeks to act in

the best interests of the Group, whilst being

fair and balanced in its approach.

In addition to direct engagement with our

stakeholders, papers submitted to our boards

and board committees across the Group

identify for their consideration where

stakeholders could be impacted by the

proposals. At all times, the Board remains

focused on ensuring good customer outcomes

and preventing customer harm, in line with

obligations under the FCA’s Consumer Duty.

Some of the ways the Board engages with our

stakeholders, including examples of how our

Board has considered stakeholders when it

made key strategic decisions in 2024, can be

read on pages 50 to 56.

#### Quilter’s stakeholders

The Board has identified six key stakeholder groups whose interests it regularly considers:

The advisers who provide advice

under the Quilter brand, the

third-party advice firms who operate

within our regulatory framework,

andthird-party independent

financialadvisers who use our

products, services andour

investment platform.

Those who use our products and

services to meet their long-term

financial needs.

Those who have invested

in Quilter shares and

those who recommend

investment in Quilter and

its peers, including equity

and debt investors,

analysts and rating

agencies.

Our core UK regulators,

thePrudential Regulation

Authority and the Financial

Conduct Authority and

various international

regulators including the

Central Bank of Ireland and

the Jersey Financial

Services Commission.

All of our 3,017 full-time,

part-time and contract

staff who work to support

Quilter’s customers

andadvisers.

Advisers

Colleagues

Communities

Customers

Investors

Regulators

#### Quilter

The societies in which we

operate and where our

products and services are

taken up, and the suppliers

that support Quilter to

deliver products and

services for customers

andcolleagues.

12

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

#### Advisers

### Stakeholder engagement

Advisers expect Quilter to:

– Provide an investment platform and support

which facilitates the provision of a high-quality

service to advisers and their customers.

– Have a wide range of compelling investment

propositions that meet the needs and

expectations of customers.

– Provide a high-quality control environment

that enables advisers to be productive within

an effective control environment with tools

that support their business.

#### How does the Board engage with

#### advisers?

– Our Chief Executive Officer, and other

members of the Executive Committee,

regularly brief the Board on key issues

impacting advisers.

– The Board and Board Risk Committee

scrutinise and challenge the activities that

align to our risk appetite to identify how

effectively and safely Quilter is supporting

advisers in serving their customers.

– The Chief Executive Officer attended various

adviser events throughout the year, ensuring

adviser feedback formed part of updates to

the Board.

– The Chair and a number of the Non-executive

Directors joined management at an adviser

event, Q-Live, in April 2024, meeting directly

with advisers to listen to their experiences of

working with Quilter.

– The Board discussed and endorsed continuing

investment in technology that advisers use to

support our customers.

#### What was the outcome of that

#### engagement?

– Quilter continues to offer support for people

to enter the financial advice profession, with

routes to qualification including a graduate

support programme under our Adviser

Academy. In 2024, we have invested in our

Adviser Academy and94 students successfully

completed theirchosen qualifications during

the year.

– Following its introduction in 2023, Quilter

Partners has been extended giving a

“franchise-style” model to advisers and

increasing the number of ways that advisers

can work with Quilter. Nine firms are now

Quilter Partners.

Our colleagues expect Quilter to:

– Create a values-led culture that is open

andinclusive.

– Invest in the development of its people

sothatthey can deliver excellent service

toourcustomers.

– Offer an attractive reward structure and

acompelling colleague proposition.

– Support the wellbeing of all colleagues.

– Listen to ideas, suggestions and concerns,

andtake action as appropriate.

#### How does the Board engage

#### with colleagues?

– The Board reviews biannual reports from

theHuman Resources Director on the Group’s

people, culture and ways of working, and

closely monitors colleague engagement

survey scores. This includes metrics

measuring our colleagues’ response to

Quilter’s new purpose and values.

– The Group Chief Executive Officer and the Chief

Financial Officer hosted a number of colleague

conferences to help colleagues understand

more about our Company, the economic and

financial impact of our performance, the

progress we are making in delivering our

strategy and how we support customers. Other

topics included the launch of our refreshed

purpose and values and recognition.

Colleagues were asked to provide feedback

onthe topics covered at the conferences.

– All Non-executive Directors took part in a

Talent Engagement programme, meeting

colleagues across a broad spectrum of careers

including potential successors to the current

executive team, high performing managers,

rising talent, and senior female talent.

– The Workforce Engagement Director attended

certain meetings of the Employee Forum and

with the Cultural Diversity Network Chairs.

– The Board endorsed management’s

recommendation to offer a 2024 Save As You

Earn (“SAYE”) Scheme for all colleagues, noting

the benefit in aligningcolleagues’ interests to

that of our shareholders. You can read more

about our SAYEScheme on page 99.

#### What was the outcome of that

#### engagement?

– Colleague understanding of the Group’s

strategy improved with the Peakon score

increasing to 8 out of 10 as at September 2024.

– Colleague engagement with our new

purpose– brighter financial futures for every

generation – increased from 8.2 to 8.5,

indicating a strong resonance with colleagues

across Quilter.

– The Board endorsed the Group’s 2024-2027

Inclusion and Diversity Action Plan.

– Quilter has won a number of external awards

including “Best employee voice” awarded by

the simplys – The Digital Internal

Communications Awards.

#### Colleagues

Governance Report Other information

13

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Strategic Report

![]()

#### Stakeholder engagement continued

#### Our communities and suppliers

expectQuilter to:

– Contribute to the communities in which

Quilter operates and where our products

andservices are used.

– Behave responsibly, including understanding

our environmental impact.

– Treat suppliers fairly and professionally.

#### How does the Board engage with its

#### communities?

– By overseeing the delivery of Quilter’s

corporate sustainability agenda, including

broader ESG matters, which affects

customers, colleagues, communities

andtheenvironment.

– By receiving updates on the Quilter

Foundation (the “Foundation”) and the

successes and progress made to deliver

theFoundation’s objectives.

– The Board received updates on the

Foundation’s initiatives including strategic

partnerships with MyBnk, which promotes

financial education, and the Brokerage, which

aims to break down barriers in the workplace

and create a more diverse workforce.

#### What was the outcome of that

#### engagement?

– Employees across the Group were offered

theopportunity to volunteer their time to

support charities and organisations with

over900 volunteering hours recorded.

– Quilter supported colleagues who made a

difference to causes that matter to them,

resulting in donations to 22 charities totalling

over £160,000 inclusive of matched funding.

– The Chief Executive Officer regularly engages

with the media and industry bodies on

pensions and savings.

Customers expect Quilter to:

– Provide consistently high quality service

andaccess to products and services that

meettheir needs and expectations, within

their risk appetite and with the flexibility

toreflect their investment preferences.

– Provide personalised customer propositions,

through supporting long-term advice-based

relationships.

– Deliver good investment performance.

– Adhere to relevant regulatory requirements,

including the Consumer Duty, in ensuring

good customer outcomes and the avoidance

of foreseeable harm.

#### How does the Board engage

#### with customers?

– The Board is updated by the Chief Executive

Officer on customer related matters, including

customer related strategic initiatives such

asproduct and propositional developments,

enhancements to customer-facing and back

office technology. These strategic

developments were further considered at

theBoard Strategy Day held in May 2024.

– The Board and the Board Risk Committee

have been briefed on customer experience

and customer journeys, communication and

branding strategy. All Board and Committee

papers include, where appropriate, analysis

ofthe impact on customers of business

proposals.

– Customer is an important component

oftheexecutive scorecard which drives

remuneration outcomes for our senior

executive team. The Board Remuneration

Committee oversees the outcomes of the

metrics set in the scorecard.

– The Board’s Consumer Duty Champion

supports the Chair, the Chief Executive Officer

and the whole Board to raise the Consumer

Duty regularly at Board meetings and all other

relevant discussions.

#### What was the outcome of that

#### engagement?

– The Board and the Board Risk Committee

oversaw the process for the Group and its

UKregulated subsidiaries to complete the

firstannual Consumer Duty assessment in

July2024. These assessments set out how

Quilter is delivering good outcomes for its

customers, supporting them to achieve their

financial objectives, and avoiding foreseeable

harm. You can read more about the work of

theBoard on the Consumer Duty on page 53.

– Management was encouraged to enhance

colleague awareness and training on support

for vulnerable customers.

– Quilter sponsored The Investing and Savings

Alliance’s (“TISA”) Vulnerable Customer

conference.

– CashHub was launched, which enables

customers to manage their cash savings

alongside their Quilter investments, providing

greater visibility of finances through a

singlelogin.

#### Communities Customers

2024 Trustpilot rating

4.5

#### “excellent”

Quilter’s Trustpilot customer satisfaction

score has improved from 4.2 in 2023.

#### How does the Board engage with

#### itssuppliers?

– Strong supplier partnerships are necessary

to provide effective and efficient support

forour customers and advisers. The Board

Risk Committee receives updates on the

performance of our key suppliers and

Quilter’s third-party risk management with

substantive matters reported to the Board.

– The Board Risk Committee reviewed and

reported to the Board on the Group’s cyber

risk and control environment, including the

threat posed by the risk of ransomware

attacks on both the Group and our material

third-party suppliers. It was also briefed on

the performance ofthird parties in respect

of resilience, data security, and operational,

business and financial issues.

#### What was the outcome of that

#### engagement?

– Quilter held a proactive dialogue with its

suppliers regarding geopolitical events,

disasters and conflicts which may impact

their financial resilience or the services that

they provide to us. This ensures that we

understand their needs and how we can

work together to support our customers.

– Operational resilience is crucial for ensuring

the business can continue to deliver

important business services during

disruptions. The Board Risk Committee

reviewed and approved the Important

Business Services and Impact Tolerance

Thresholds required to ensure that services

to clients and advisers could be managed

inthe event of business disruption.

– We aim to treat suppliers fairly and pay them

promptly in accordance with best practice.

£160k+

Donated to charities inclusive

ofmatchedfunding.

14

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

Our investors expect Quilter to:

– Develop a strategy that ensures long-term

shareholder value and sustainable earnings,

supported by a resilient business model

thatgenerates growth and reliable cash flow

for both shareholders and debt investors.

– Uphold robust corporate governance to

ensure effective oversight and control of

thebusiness.

– Ensure responsible and sustainable

approaches are embedded in both how

weactas a business and invest on behalf

ofourclients.

#### How does the Board engage with its

#### investors?

– Maintaining regular and constructive dialogue

with investors and other market stakeholders

to communicate the Company’s strategy,

governance and performance. The Chair,

ChiefExecutive Officer and Chief Financial

Officer, with support from the Head of

Investor Relations, conducted over 200

meetings in 2024 with shareholders,

debtholders and prospective investors.

– The Chair of the Board Remuneration

Committee met with representatives from

larger institutional shareholders to discuss

proposed changes to the Directors’

Remuneration Policy.

– The Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial

Officer participated in investor conferences to

engage with existing and prospective investors.

– Holding an Annual General Meeting which was

accessible for all shareholders, including those

based overseas. We also strongly encouraged

shareholders to engage with us by voting

before the meeting if they were unable to

attend in person.

#### What was the outcome of that

#### engagement?

– The Board considers investor feedback on

anongoing basis, both from management

feedback and via our corporate brokers.

– We received more than 99% of votes cast

infavour of the majority of resolutions voted

on by our shareholders at the 2024 AGM

(andmore than 93% of votes cast in favour

ofall but one of the resolutions).

– Continuing dialogue with our major South

African shareholders on the precautionary

resolution in respect of political donations/

expenditure proposed at each Annual General

Meeting in line with routine market practice

for UK listed companies, to avoid any

inadvertent technical breach of UK company

law. You can read more on page 55.

– In February, the Chair conducted a governance

roadshow to meet with representatives of our

major shareholders. She briefed them on key

matters impacting Quilter and listened to their

thoughts and views.

#### Investors

200+

meetings held with shareholders,

debtholders and prospective investors

in2024.

Our regulators expect Quilter to:

– Operate in an open and transparent manner

with its regulators, its customers and the

financial markets both as a Wealth Manager

and a listed company in its own right.

– Ensure customers’ interests are central to

thefirm’s culture and purpose, and that this

isembedded throughout the organisation.

– Manage Quilter’s operations in a prudent

manner, being appropriately capitalised

andwith sufficient liquidity to enable it to

discharge itsobligations.

– Fulfil regulatory responsibilities through

theapplication of policies and practices,

includingmanaging our conduct risk.

How does the Board engage with the

#### Group’s regulators?

– Quilter maintains a constructive and open

relationship with our regulators and members

of the Board have regular meetings with our

UK regulators.

– Our UK regulators engage with us to discuss

their objectives, priorities and concerns and

how they affect our business.

– The Board Risk Committee monitors key

regulatory matters and areas of interest

andreceives updates on the status of material

regulatory relationships and current areas

offocus.

#### What was the outcome of that

#### engagement?

– Through the approval of Quilter’s first annual

Consumer Duty assessment in July 2024, the

Board endorsed action plans for the Group

and its UK regulated subsidiaries to enhance

how the Duty is embedded.

– Given the strategic importance of regulatory

matters, the Board discussed regulatory

change including the Consumer Duty and

thepotential impacts of the Advice Guidance

Boundary Review, and the acquisition of

NuWealth.

– Quilter responded to regulatory information

requests, consultations and surveys on

specific areas of our business, including topics

such as operational resilience and the

Consumer Duty.

#### Regulators

Governance Report Other information

15

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Strategic Report

![]()

### Our people

We do this by guiding our customers and their families through the

complexity of planning for their future, responding to their rapidly evolving

needs, and giving them peace of mind.

We act with integrity and are proudly

committed to going above and beyond

in service of our clients and the support

we provide our communities.

We continuously seek new ideas and

knowledge so we are one step ahead

of our clients’ needs.

We look for inspiration everywhere and

encourage experimentation, recognising

that this is how we create brilliant

solutions for brighter futures.

We aim high to transform our potential

into meaningful outcomes.

With ambition as our driving force and

a steadfast commitment to growth, we

succeed for the good of every generation.

Combining our diverse talents,

we accomplish more collectively than

we ever could do alone.

We speak openly, actively listen and

support each other, and constructively

challenge and embrace newideas.

We seek empowerment and demonstrate

ownership and trust, with the confidence

to make impactfuldecisions.

#### Do the right thing

We do the right thing

#### Always curious

We are forward-thinking and curious

#### Embrace challenge

We set bold objectives for impactful results

#### Stronger together

We achieve remarkable outcomes together

#### Our purpose

Brighter financial futures for every generation

#### Our values

Our four core values continually drive us in the way we behave with our stakeholders

You can read more about how the Board

oversaw the culture transformation

programme on page 56.

#### Our refreshed purpose and values

Having set the target culture in 2023, we wanted

to engage colleagues across the business to

ensure that Quilter’s purpose, and the values

underpinning it, are appropriate and would

resonate and inspire them in their day-to-day

activities. A collaborative process was run

Group-wide to ask colleagues and customers to

provide their thoughts on the behaviours Quilter

colleagues should demonstrate to enable them

todeliver for our stakeholders, each other and

especially our customers. The Board endorsed

therefreshed values in June2024.

#### How the values were

#### communicated

Quilter’s refreshed purpose and values were

launched at an all-colleague conference in July.

The Chair, Ruth Markland, Chief Executive Officer,

Steven Levin, and Executive Committee members

led discussions on culture, purpose and values.

Quilter’s nominated culture champions shared

their experience of how they had got involved

andwhat it meant for them in their roles

supporting customers and advisers.

81%

of colleagues responding rated the July all-

colleague conference as informative or very

informative and colleague feedback included

feeling inspired, proud and connected with the

refreshed purpose and values.

#### Evolving our culture

#### 2024 has been an important year

#### for Quilter as we embed our target

#### culture to support the delivery

of our strategic ambitions. We

#### recognise that in setting ourselves

#### ambitious goals we need to invest

#### inour people and equip colleagues

#### to deliver for our stakeholders.

Quilter’s culture is demonstrated in the way we

behave – how we interact with each other, with

customers and stakeholders, the values we hold

and the decisions we make. We want to create

aculture in which our colleagues can thrive and

feellistened to. Where we embrace ambition,

takeaccountability and ownership, and adopt

alearning mindset where we seek new

opportunities, ideas and knowledge to help

ustoimprove and succeed.

16

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

How Quilter is embedding the

#### target culture, purpose and values

Culture workshops have been held across the

business, with over 600 colleagues involved and

exploring what the refreshed purpose and values

means for them. Individual teams have dedicated

time to discuss how they can work together to

make a positive impact in what they do and how

they do it.

Over

600

colleagues

& 125

customers

participated in workshops and feedback sessions

to refresh our values.

#### Building capability

We recognise the importance of building talent

from within Quilter. In 2024, training and

development has been largely focused on

supporting our people on the culture change

programme and ensured that the new values

areembedded appropriately across the Group.

Key initiatives undertaken include:

1. Senior management engagement

Setting the tone from the top, senior management

were invited to attend a series of workshops and

briefings on the culture in recognition of their

pivotal role in ensuring that the expected

behaviours are embedded across the Group.

In addition, Quilter’s most senior managers,

identified through Executive succession planning,

joined the Forward Institute’s Fellowship

Programme with afocus on strategic and

responsible leadership.

2. Manager development

#### programme

A new manager development programme was

launched to equip managers with the skills

theyneed to manage high performing teams.

Discussing the key culture anchors, the

programme included topics such as having

conversations with impact, performance

development and leading with purpose. A new

online manager hub was launched to provide

continuing support for managers.

15 current and aspiring managers completed

theAspirational and Transformational Leadership

Programmes in 2024 with 100% pass rate and

80%of colleagues achieving a distinction. A further

29 colleagues are participating and due to

complete their training in 2025. These

programmes are funded by the apprenticeship

levy and accredited by a global learning

organisation, Future Talent.

3. Building a talent pipeline

During the year, Quilter has invested in a new

talent pipeline with four interns spending 12

months with our Quilter Cheviot business, with

theopportunity for them to join Quilter

permanently.

Quilter also welcomed 30 work experience

students giving them a unique opportunity to

gaininsight in to a financial services company and

the range of career opportunities open for them.

In addition, we again partnered with Girls Are

Investors (“GAIN”), hosting ten students as part

oftheir Spring insights programme.

Focus continued on attracting and hiring talent

from underrepresented backgrounds at junior

tomid-levels, an important step in building a

sustainable diverse talent pipeline.

We were pleased that the collaborative

and inclusive process adopted in evolving

our culture was recognised:

Winner

Best employee voice

the simplys – The Digital Internal

Communications Awards

Highly Commended

Employee voice initiative

The Business Culture Awards 2024

#### Awards

#### Saying thank you

Designed to motivate, engage and reward

high performance habits in line with our

refreshed values, the platform allows

colleagues to recognise those who are

demonstrating the values. Over 1,500

recognitions were posted in recognition of

colleagues’ efforts and achievements in the

first six weeks after launch.

To recognise the work

of our colleagues, a new

recognition platform

“Thank Q” was launched

in November 2024.

#### Outcomes

Results from Peakon (our colleague engagement

survey tool) shows that colleagues identify

strongly with the refreshed values.

Our overall employee engagement score for 2024

reached 8.0, exceeding the industry benchmark

of7.8.

Our colleagues particularly align to the new value

of “do the right thing” (8.5/10) which represents

acting with integrity and going above and beyond

in service of clients and communities.

I feel that I’m growing professionally

My manager encourages and supports my

development

7.8/10 7.6/10

8.5/10

8.6/10

How likely is it you would recommend

Quilter as a place of work?

7.8/108.1/10

Source: Quilter Peakon survey September 2024

2024 2023

Overall employee engagement

8.0/10 7.6/10

Source: Quilter Peakon survey September 2024

2024

2024 2023

Colleague alignment to the new value

of “do the right thing”

8.5/10

Governance Report Other information

17

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Strategic Report

![]()

Quilter remains committed to building an

inclusive culture in which everyone has an

opportunity to thrive. We believe that the key to

achieving this is nurturing and growing a diverse

workforce, ensuring we attract, develop, and

retain great talent and embrace inclusivity.

#### Inclusion and Diversity Action Plan

Quilter first published an Inclusion and Diversity

Action Plan in 2022 which laid firm foundations

forour new ambitions. Key successes from that

plan include:

– increased representation of women and

ethnically diverse colleagues in senior

management roles;

– a significant increase in data disclosure among

colleagues with several demographic areas

exceeding industry peers; and

– the establishment of employee networks

including the launch of a Disability and

Neurodiversity support group.

In July 2024 we published a refreshed three-year

Action Plan setting out the new targets we have

set ourselves. The plan builds on the strong

foundations established and focuses on the key

areas that require improvement and actions

required to prompt change. Quilter remains

committed to swift action, nurturing a culture

that values diversity and ignites innovation.

Our ambition is to build on our progress and

reach a more advanced stage of diversity, equality

and inclusion maturity by 2027. To do this, we will

focus on initiatives that ensure our leadership is

inclusive, enhance management information and

reporting on diversity, deliver the growth of future

talent through how we recruit, and investing in

future generations.

#### Inclusion and diversity

#### Diverse representation

There are two key aspirations for diverse

representation. Quilter is committed to:

– 40% of senior management roles\* being held

bywomen by 2025. This is in line with the FTSE

Women Leaders Review Target.

– 13% of ethnically diverse colleagues in senior

management roles\* by 2027. This is in line with

our commitment with the Parker Review and is

an increase on the prior target of 5%, which

wasin place until 2023.

As at 31 December 2024 the proportion of

females in senior management roles was 41% and

the proportion of ethnically diverse colleagues

was 6%, a fall from 43% and 9% respectively,

against prior year.

We are pleased that we continue to exceed our

gender diversity target, and are mindful of the

need for sustained focus, as progress toward our

long-term inclusion and diversity commitments

will take time and may not always be linear. The

senior management population is relatively small,

making representation sensitive to even modest

changes in year.

We are committed to promoting advancement

opportunities for underrepresented talent and

driving improvements in succession planning.

\*Executive Committee and direct reports. Progress towards these targets is included in the Executive Directors’ short-term incentive scorecards and reflected in remuneration outcomes. You can read more about this in the Remuneration Report onpage 77.

Senior management

1

Female   41% (28 employees)

Male  59% (41 employees)

All colleagues

Female   45% (1,375 employees)

Male  55% (1,653 employees)

41%

59%

#### Seniormanagement

1

45%

55%

#### Allcolleagues

#### Gender representation

In accordance with section 414C(8)(c) of the Companies Act 2006 (the “Act”), Quilter is required to report the gender balance of

our employees, our “senior managers” and the Quilter plc Directors. The breakdown by gender of our employees can be found

above and that of our Board on page 49. For the purposes of the disclosure under the Act, the definition of “senior managers”

adopted isthe Executive Committee and the Directors serving on our consolidated legal entities but excluding the Directors

ofQuilter plc. Where these individuals hold multiple directorships, they are only counted once. As at 31 December 2024, there

were 32 male and 9 female senior managers.

1

Senior management is defined as the Executive Committee

and their direct reports, excluding business managers and

personal assistants.

#### Ethnic representation\*

Senior management

1

Ethnic group representation  2024 2023

Asian

2

0% 0%

Black

3

3% 3%

Mixed

4

1% 3%

White

5

93%

90%

Other

6

1% 3%

N/A

7

1% 1%

\*

The percentages above have been rounded. 6% of colleagues

insenior management are ethnically diverse.

1

Senior management is defined as the Executive Committee and

their direct reports, excluding business managers and personal

assistants.

2

Colleagues who identified as belonging to one of the following

ethnic groups: Bangladeshi, Chinese, Indian, Pakistani or Asian

other.

3

Colleagues who identified as belonging to one of the following

ethnic groups: Black African, Black Caribbean, Black other.

4

Colleagues who identified as belonging to one of the following

ethnic groups: Mixed White/Asian, Mixed White/Black African,

Mixed White/Black Caribbean, Mixed other.

5

Colleagues who identified as belonging to one of the following

ethnic groups: White British, White Irish, White Gypsy Traveller,

White other.

6

Colleagues who identified as belonging to one of the following

ethnic groups: Arab, Any other.

7

Colleagues who responded but opted not to disclose their

ethnic group.

All colleagues

Ethnic group representation  2024 2023

Asian

2

7% 6%

Black

3

3% 3%

Mixed

4

2% 2%

White

5

85%

85%

Other

6

1% 2%

N/A

7

2% 2%

Quilter is proud to be a signatory of the

Women in Finance Charter which requires

firms to work together to create more gender

balance at all levels across financial services

firms. It is a voluntary initiative, led by the

Treasury, aimed at promoting best practice.

#### Women in Finance Charter

#### Our people continued

18

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

1

The methodology for calculating our gender and

ethnicity pay gaps follows UK government guidelines.

#### Gender pay gap

1

2024 2023

Mean hourly pay gap 27% 29%

Median hourly pay gap 30% 30%

Mean bonus gap 55% 57%

Median bonus gap 45%

39%

Female colleagues receiving a bonus 94% 94%

Male colleagues receiving a bonus 94% 94%

Ethnicity pay gap

1

2024 2023

Mean hourly pay gap 18% 15%

Median hourly pay gap 15% 8%

Mean bonus gap 47% 48%

Median bonus gap 38%

30%

Ethnically diverse colleagues

receiving a bonus

89% 83%

White colleagues receiving a bonus 95% 94%

#### Gender and ethnicity pay gaps

Quilter has made steady progress in reducing the

average gender pay gap over the past few years.

The mean gender pay gap improved to 27% in

2024, down from 29% in 2023, while the median

pay gap remained at 30%. Whilst it is positive that

the trend is improving, the mean gap remains large

and slightly above than the Financial Services

industry average.

Quilter’s mean ethnic pay gap increased to 18%

from 15% in 2024, and the median ethnic pay gap

rose to 15% from 8%. Given the smaller numbers

involved – with colleagues from ethnically diverse

backgrounds comprising 13% of the workforce –

the pay gaps are more susceptible to larger swings

from changes in the underlying population than

inrespect of gender. Moreover, we have made

significant strides in hiring more ethnically diverse

colleagues into entry and early professional level

roles, which is crucial for building a diverse talent

pipeline but has had an adverse short-term effect

on the ethnicity pay gap, as a higher proportion

ofthese hires are initially in lower-paid roles.

Quilter’s pay gaps reflect the ongoing challenge

for the industry as a whole to attract and promote

more females and colleagues from ethnically

diverse backgrounds into higher paid roles in

revenue generating areas and senior management

positions. The next phase of the Inclusion and

Diversity Action Plan aims to address this

challenge through key foundational actions for

long-term, sustainable change.

#### Diversity disclosure

Endorsed by the Board and led by the

Chief Executive Officer, the Inclusion and

Diversity 2022 Action Plan sets out our

belief in the importance of data in order

to provide deeper insight into Quilter’s

progress.

Having data provides a firm foundation to

identify areas for improvement and shape

the strategy and action needed to achieve

our goals. Our diversity dashboard informs

our activity and allows us to monitor progress

achieved. Whilst we have been reporting

onethnicity pay gaps for over three years,

ourdata is now more robust, allowing us to

assess pay and performance outcomes

with greater confidence. Where appropriate,

we share insights with managers to drive

meaningful action.

Data disclosure response rates

Data disclosure

response rates

as at 31 December

2024 2023

Gender 100% 100%

Gender identity 63% 55%

Sexual orientation 81% 76%

Ethnicity

92%

91%

Disability 54% 56%

Age group 100% 100%

Religion 86% 83%

Socio-economic background 73% 65%

#### Diversity engagement

Scores from Quilter’s employee engagement

survey, Peakon, demonstrate that colleagues are

showing high levels of satisfaction with our efforts

to maintain a diverse workforce and create an

environment where every individual feels included.

Source: Quilter Peakon survey September 2024

#### Equipping our managers

#### as inclusive leaders

Quilter’s managers play a critical role in creating

an inclusive workplace where talent from all

backgrounds can thrive. To support them in

driving equitable outcomes we ran a dedicated

webinar with Suzy Levy, a specialist in social

change and author of “Mind the inclusion gap”, to

equip managers with the knowledge and practical

steps needed to foster inclusion within their teams

and contribute to meaningful progress.

350+

Over 350 managers attended the

“Mind the inclusion gap” webinar.

#### Networks and communities

There are established employee networks and

communities which support colleagues and

generate learning initiatives centred on inclusion

and encouraging positive wellbeing practices

within the organisation. The I&D forum

is open to all colleagues and continues to play

anactive role, giving colleagues the opportunity

todeepen their understanding and empathy

around diverse people.

Topics discussed this year include Inclusive

Skills for a Modern World and an exploration

of Merit, Privilege and Fairness.

#### Wellbeing

An important part of culture is our wellbeing

initiative: Thrive. We offer a wide range of

resources, tools, and information to help

colleagues take care of their physical, financial

andmentalhealth.

Diversity

A diverse workforce is a clear priority at Quilter

(for example, in terms of age, gender, ethnicity,

neurodiversity, disability, religion, sexual

orientation, educational, social and cultural

background).

Inclusiveness

At Quilter, people of all backgrounds are

accepted for who theyare.

8.9/10 8.8/10

2024 2023

8.5/108.6/10

Winner

Best DE&I Initiative

PIMFA DEI Awards 2024

Shortlisted

Best DE&I Initiative

Professional Adviser Awards 2025

#### Awards

Governance Report Other information

19

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Strategic Report

![]()

#### Our people continued

#### Our Code of Conduct

Our Code of Conduct sets out the duties of all

colleagues and includes acting with integrity

andrespect, treating customers fairly, managing

conflicts of interest, good market conduct,

information, data and communications, use

ofCompany assets, prevention of financial crime

and working with regulators and governments.

Colleagues are required to undertake annual

mandatory training to ensure they fully understand

the requirements of the Code of Conduct.

Our policies

Our policies support our aim to create aninclusive

culture that embraces diversity and enables our

people to thrive. They also reflect relevant

employment laws, including the Universal

Declaration of Human Rights and International

Labour Organisation Declaration on Fundamental

Principles and Rights at Work. All employees and

suppliers providing onsite services in the UK are

paid no less than the real Living Wage.

In October 2024, the Living Wage was

increased to £12.60 within the UK and £13.85

inLondon. As a Living Wage employer, we

ensured that all colleagues and contracted

service providers earn in excess ofthese

amounts.

Equal opportunities

We promote equal opportunities and ensure

thatno job applicant or colleague is subject to

discrimination or less favourable treatment on

thegrounds of gender, marital status, nationality,

ethnicity, age, sexual orientation, responsibilities

for dependants or physical or mental disability.

We are committed to continuing the employment

of, and for arranging training for, employees who

have become disabled whilst employed by Quilter.

We select candidates for interview, career

development and promotion based on skills,

qualifications, experience and potential.

“Speaking up” culture

At Quilter, we want to promote a culture of

“speaking up”, where colleagues feel able to

raiseany concerns they may have about acts of

misconduct, malpractice or wrongdoing. Quilter’s

Whistleblowing Policy and channels provide

colleagues with avenues to raise concerns in good

faith without fear of retribution. Colleagues are

able to raise such concerns anonymously via the

confidential and independent ethics hotline or

directly to their line manager, Human Resources

or Risk & Compliance. All whistleblowing reports

are treated confidentially, seriously and are fully

investigated. A grievance procedure is available

forcolleagues to raise a complaint or problem

about any issues relating to their work, working

environment, pay and benefits, working hours

orany other concern about employment issues.

#### Human rights and modern slavery

We are committed to respecting the rights and

freedoms of our employees and those in the

supply chain. Our human resource and supplier

policies and processes prohibit Quilter from doing

business with parties involved in modern slavery,

forced labour, compulsory labour and child labour.

These policies also promote equal opportunity

and reject any form of discrimination or unfair

treatment on the grounds of protected

characteristics or personal factors. We respect the

right of employees to associate for the purposes

of collective bargaining and colleagues are free

tojoin a union of their choice.

20

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

### Responsible investment

#### Investing responsibly

The United Nations backed Principles for

Responsible Investment (“PRI”) define responsible

investment as a strategy and practice to

incorporate environmental, social and governance

(“ESG”) factors in investment decisions and active

ownership. We believe that incorporating ESG

factors into our investment decision-making

processes and exercising active ownership

through voting and engagement, helps mitigate

risk and identify potential opportunities.

Within our investment management businesses,

Quilter Investors and Quilter Cheviot, we have

dedicated teams focused on ESG integration and

active ownership, as well as investment teams

who manage our responsible and sustainable

investment solutions.

For more information on our approach

please visit:

quilter.com/investments/

responsible-investment

quiltercheviot.com/ri

Signatory to the PRI

Quilter is a signatory to the PRI, which is a

globalnetwork organisation that works to:

– understand the investment implications of

ESGfactors; and

– support its international network of investor

signatories in incorporating these factors into

their investment and ownership decisions.

The annual assessment of how an organisation

implements responsible investment was

reinstated for 2022, and the Group completed

thisfor the 2022 and 2023 financial years. The

Assessment Reports\*, which are produced using

signatories’ reported information, relate to the

investment management activities within Quilter

Investors and its investment solutions, and Quilter

Cheviot. For the 2023 reporting period (completed

in 2024) we achieved 42 Stars out of a possible 65,

across 13 modules. In six of these modules our

score was above the PRI median with the Policy,

Governance and Strategy module receiving the

highest score.

UK Stewardship Code

Quilter is a signatory to the UK Stewardship Code.

In order to be a signatory, we submit a report that

outlines our stewardship activity on behalf of

ourcustomers. Stewardship includes engagement

with the companies and funds we invest in,

usingour voting rights, and the consideration

ofenvironmental, social and governance factors

within investment decision making. We retained

our signatory status in 2024, and the next report

will be submitted to the Financial Reporting

Council by 30 April 2025.

#### Priorities 2022-4 Progress in 2024

Continue to support

customers, advisers and

colleagues to engage with

and understand

responsible investment

Ongoing programme of engagement with customers, advisers and

colleagues.

With the arrival of Sustainability Disclosure Requirements (“SDR”) we

provided anti-greenwashing training to our colleagues, with specific

training for certain functions.

Embed responsible

investment practices

where relevant

Continued to evolve our responsible investment activities across

thebusiness.

Quilter Cheviot increased its collaborative engagement activity

focused onclimate change and natural capital themes.

The Affluent segment enhanced the systematisation of its ESG

integration by onboarding a technical solution to capture manager

and firm sustainability assessments.

Deliver reporting in line

with regulatory change

Delivered the first Task Force on Climate-related Financial

Disclosures (“TCFD”) entity and product reporting for Quilter

Investors Limited and Quilter Cheviot Limited.

With the arrival of Sustainability Disclosure Requirements (“SDR”)

weensured that products met the Naming & Marketing Rules,

whererelevant, and applied the anti-greenwashing rule across

ourinvestment activities.

Ensure our proposition

caters to the responsible

investment preferences of

ourcustomers

Continued to track the trend of customers’ responsible investment

preferences to identify the areas of interest to develop our

propositionfurther.

11

Across Affluent and High Net Worth we have

11dedicated responsible investment professionals,

working in collaboration with other teams within

thebusinesses.

\*

The Assessment Reports present information reported directly by signatories. This information has not been audited by the PRI or any other party acting on its behalf.

#### Progress update

Producing and publishing Climate Action Plans for our investments while we continue to deliver

our existing responsible investment activity across voting, engagement and ESG integration.

#### Our priority for 2025

Governance Report Other information

21

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Strategic Report

![]()

### Corporate sustainability

At Quilter, we recognise the

#### importance of playing our part

#### inthe global effort to create a more

#### sustainable world and our impact

#### on the environment.

As a wealth management business, the

environmental impact of our operations is centred

around the carbon emissions from our offices,

travel, and the goods we procure.

The focus of our Corporate Sustainability team in

2024 has been on improving our data capabilities

to track and monitor our impact on climate change

and the climate-risks faced by the business.

#### Quilter’s sustainability

#### and climatereporting

The disclosures in the corporate sustainability

andresponsible investment sections are made in

accordance with the Companies (Strategic Report)

(Climate-related Financial Disclosure) Regulations

2022 and the Streamlined Energy and Carbon

Reporting requirements. These sections

constitute Quilter plc’s non-financial and

sustainability information statement.

To allow us to provide a more comprehensive

insight into climate risks and opportunities across

the Group, we have also published a separate

Quilter plc TCFD Report dedicated to climate

matters at Quilter which can be found on the

TCFD section of our website.

In 2024 our Affluent Managed Solutions and High

Net Worth business segments published Entity

and Product reports in accordance with the FCA

Environmental, Social and Governance (“ESG”)

Sourcebook. These reports provide more specific

detail on the management of climate risks and

opportunities as they relate to our investment

management activities at the individual entity

andproduct level.

Our TCFD Reports are consistent with the

Governance, Strategy, and Risk Management pillars

of the TCFD Recommendations and Recommended

Disclosures of the TCFD Report. Whilst we have

made good progress towards becoming fully

consistent with the Metrics and Targets pillar of

the TCFD Recommended Disclosures, we are not

yet able to disclose the full Scope 3 (category 15)

emissions for the entirety of the assets we manage

on behalf of our customers due to limited data

availability within certain asset classes.

This year we have significantly increased the

coverage of our financed emissions disclosure

andour Climate Value at Risk (“CVaR”) scenario

analysis to include assets managed by our Affluent

segment and a wider range of asset classes within

our High Net Worth segment. There are holdings

within our universe for which we are unable to

provide climate data. This is usually where there

isno International Securities Number (“ISIN”) as

the holding is notlisted. This will include cash,

financial instruments, unlisted companies and

physical property and infrastructure, leading to

gaps in thedata required to produce accurate

Scope 3 financed emissions and CVaR analysis.

For the Metrics and Targets disclosure, we also

calculate the Scope 1, Scope 2, and applicable

Scope 3 emissions categories resulting from

ouroperations in line with the Greenhouse Gas

(“GHG”) Protocol and disclose these metrics

onpage 28. This year we have also refined

ourmethodology to improve the accuracy

ofouroperational emissions disclosure.

In producing our TCFD Reports, we have also

considered the following guidance and applied

where relevant:

– the TCFD Final Report and the TCFD Annex;

– the TCFD all sector guidance as well as the

additional guidance for asset managers;

– the TCFD Technical Supplement on the

UseofScenario Analysis;

– the TCFD Guidance on Risk Management

Integration and Disclosure;

– the TCFD Guidance on Metrics, Targets and

Transition Plans;

– the Financial Conduct Authority’s review of

TCFD-aligned disclosures by premium listed

companies; and

– the Financial Reporting Council’s thematic

reviewof TCFD and climate disclosures.

Please refer to the glossary for an explanation of key terms used in this report.

Quilter TCFD

Report 2024

Delivering the first iteration of our Group

Climate Transition Plan and exploring future

sustainability targets aligned with the Paris

Agreement.

Developing and implementing a supplier

engagement programme aimed at

understanding the climate-related risks and

highest emitters across our supply chain.

Continuing to deliver energy efficiencies

across our offices and incorporate

sustainability considerations into our

corporate standards.

Our 2024 TCFDReport can be found here:

plc.quilter.com/tcfd

#### Our priorities for 2025

22

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

#### Governance

#### Executive Leaders

Andrew McGlone

Chief Executive Officer of Quilter Cheviot

and Quilter Cheviot Financial Planning

At the Group level, Andy is the executive

sponsor for Quilter’s Corporate Sustainability

Strategy, ensuring an appropriate strategy is

inplace and driving delivery across the Group.

He also oversees delivery of the Responsible

Investment Strategy for the High Net Worth

segment and owns the Level 2 Risk category.

Andrew is a member of the Group Executive

Committee and the TCFD Steering Committee

and presents updates on Corporate

Sustainability and Responsible Investment

strategies, including our climate strategy

andmaterial developments in climate issues,

totheBoard and Board Committees on a

regular basis.

Mark Satchel

Chief Financial Officer

Mark is responsible for the oversight of the

management of financial risks arising from

climate change, ensuring risks are appropriately

identified and managed, including incorporation

within the Group’s Own Risk and Solvency

Assessment (“ORSA”).

#### Corporate Sustainability team

Our Corporate Sustainability team is

responsible for our operational climate

strategywhich includes colleague engagement,

calculating our operational emissions,

collaborating with our property team to

deliversustainable upgrades to our offices,

andengaging with our suppliers to better

understand climate-related risk exposure and

encourage change. The team provide quarterly

progress updates to the Group Executive

Committee and update the Board annually.

#### Climate-Related Risk Management

Our corporate sustainability reporting and

operational climate-related risk management

takes place at the Group level. This is due to the

sharing of offices and operational resources

across the Group. Information surrounding our

wider risk management and reporting framework

including our risk categories and corresponding

risk appetite statements are explained on pages

37 to 41. Our Affluent and High Net Worth

segments maintain individual processes for

identifying and managing climate-related risks and

opportunities within the investment portfolios

they manage on behalf of our customers. We

explain these processes in detail in the relevant

TCFD Entity reports as they are unique to each

business segment:

For more please read our

Affluent Managed

Solutions TCFD Entity Report available at

plc.quilter.com/tcfd

For more please read our

Quilter

Cheviot TCFD Entity Report available at

quiltercheviot.com/tcfd

Climate within our Risk Management

Framework

Material climate-related risks are primarily tracked

within the “Responsible Investment and Corporate

Sustainability” Level 2 risk category, which forms

part of our Level 1 Business Strategy and

Performance risk. As climate-related risks are

cross-cutting in nature, they may also feature

within our other Level 2 categories, such as

Regulatory Compliance, Investment Performance,

Operational Resilience and Capital, Liquidity and

Solvency Management.

Due to the uncertainty surrounding the short-

term impacts of climate change, we consider this

to be an emerging risk for Quilter, rather than a

principal risk. The climate change emerging risk

captures the transitional and physical impacts

ofclimate change. Currently, emerging risks are

reported to the Board on a quarterly basis via our

Chief Risk Officer Report. We plan to review the

processes surrounding emerging risks in 2025.

We employ both top-down and bottom-up risk

identification processes across our Risk

Management Framework. Through our bottom-up

approach, climate-related risks identified by

relevant business areas are captured in their

respective Risk Control Self Assessments

(“RCSAs”) which are reviewed and updated

bi-annually. Our Responsible Investment teams

currently complete RCSAs and in 2025, our

Corporate Sustainability function will complete

aseparate RCSA to capture climate-related risks

resulting from our operations.

Top risks are identified by members of the Group

Executive Committee and are monitored through

regular engagement with the second line Risk

function. In 2024, a climate-related reporting

anddisclosure risk was identified as a top risk

forthe business.

Standalone climate risk workshop

In 2024, we held cross-functional workshops to

identify climate-related risks and opportunities,

carry out materiality assessments, and determine

how we manage and monitor risks going forward.

Representatives from Responsible Investment,

Corporate Sustainability, Finance and Risk teams

attended the workshops. A subjective materiality

assessment was conducted, using our operational

risk matrix to determine likelihood, timeframe,

potential for harm and magnitude of impact with

our findings being presented to the Executive Risk

Management Committee in the first quarter of

2025. Going forward, this process will take place

on an annual basis to reassess our climate-related

risks and opportunities and update the relevant

stakeholders and committees on any

developments.

Our governance structure and the role of the Board and its Board

Committees in relation to corporate sustainability and climate-

related risks are set out in the Governance Report which begins

onpage 44.

Responsible investment and corporate sustainability, including climate-related risks and

opportunities, are integrated across our management structure. Information about our

Executives and team responsible for this area are detailed below. Our Group TCFD Report

outlines more detailed information about the Executive Committees and other colleagues that

play a key role in the management and oversight of climate-related risks and opportunities.

Governance Report Other information

23

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Strategic Report

![]()

#### Corporate sustainability continued

Climate-related disclosure: This scenario

assesses the risk of our sustainable fund ranges

inadvertently investing in assets which are

excluded from fund mandates, leading to

customer redress and related costs. This

scenario explicitly covers the risk of breaching

fund mandates for our investment solutions

within sustainable investment mandates.

Operational resilience: This scenario assesses

the potential impact of a disruption to service

provided to customers due to an issue

impacting our IT infrastructure. This scenario

implicitly covers the risk of operational

disruption due to lack of resilience to physical

climate risks.

Third party risk: This scenario assesses the

potential impact of failure of an outsourced

service provider. This scenario implicitly covers

the risk of failure of a third party due to lack of

resilience to physical or transitional climate risks.

Advice risk: This scenario assesses the

potential risk of advice provided by financial

advisers being unsuitable. This scenario

implicitly covers the risk of advice not

adequately considering customers’ preferences

in relation to sustainable investments, leading

to customer redress and related costs.

These explicitly or implicitly cover the financial risks from climate change, as follows:

#### Examples of climate-related scenarios tested

#### Scenario Analysis

Operational climate scenario analysis

We undertake operational risk scenario analysis

tomeasure the potential impact of the risks that

we face, including climate-related risks, to our

resilience and financial plans. This is a structured

process bywhich a forward-looking assessment

ismade ofour exposure to plausible but severe

operational risk events. The scenario identification

and testing process utilises the expert judgement

ofmanagement and is designed to build on and

complement the assessment of risks and

opportunities. Examples of the scenarios we

testedin 2024 are shown in the panel below.

The financial risks from climate change would lead

to outcomes which could also be driven by other

causes outside of climate change. We take a

holistic approach to scenario analysis to consider

the potential harms from a range of root causes

and risks. In most cases, climate change is not the

key driver of risks, but the scenario may implicitly

cover climate risks.

Resilience of our business strategy

The output of scenario analysis is used to

determine the level of capital and liquidity required

to address the material harms to our customers

and to Quilter’s operating entities from ongoing

activities. The result of the analysis demonstrates

that Quilter’s operating entities have sufficient

capital and liquidity to withstand all the scenarios

tested. The scenario analysis therefore indicates

that Quilter’s business strategy and financial plans

are resilient to climate-related financial risks.

The analysis conducted is limited by a number

offactors including data limitations and is not

intended to be used as future predictions as,

duetoour robust control framework, the scenarios

havea low likelihood of occurrence. We consider

scenario analysis to be a useful input to decision

making, coupled with other management

information and it is used to help ensure

businessand operational resilience.

Investment portfolio scenario analysis

In addition to the operational analysis, we also

conduct quantitative climate scenario analysis

forthe majority of investment portfolios that we

manage on behalf of our clients. To do this we use

a Climate Value at Risk (“CVaR”) metric to assess

the potential impacts on portfolio values under

different climate scenarios. This aims to estimate

the potential financial loss or gain from the

underlying investments as a result of climate

change. Our analysis examines the impacts

acrossthree key risk areas:

– climate policy (new regulations at national and

international level impacting carbon activities);

– technology opportunities (increased demand

forenergy-efficient, lower-carbon products

andservices that disrupt existing markets); and

– physical risks (such as temperature increase,

sealevel rise, and associated business

interruption and damage across operations

andsupply chains) on portfolio value.

To do this, we use climate modelling in the form

ofscenarios created by the Network for Greening

the Financial System (“NGFS”). Each scenario

makes different assumptions about how climate

policy, physical climate events and the

development of climate-related technology will

impact the economy and therefore the value of

our holdings. CVaR is presented as the percentage

change in our holdings’ value, for each risk type

(policy, technology, physical impacts) in aggregate.

The three scenarios selected (see panel below)

address the uncertainty inherent to any modelling,

as they cover a range of variation in both the

physical impacts of climate change and societal

responses to these impacts. We have retained a

1.5°C aligned scenario as the most optimistic

outcome, despite the acknowledged challenges

toachieving this given recent geopolitical back-

pedalling and the higher than anticipated

emissions baseline. The Below 2°C scenario is

included as an additional ‘orderly’ transition

scenario, reflecting heightened risks of delay or

inaction in the near term. We have removed the

‘1.5°C Disorderly’ scenario we included last year,

which was demised by NGFS. The Nationally

Determined Contributions (“NDC”) scenario was

included for a few reasons: (1) the significance of

the Paris Agreement as the only binding global

agreement committing nations to decarbonise;

and (2) the forthcoming round of new NDC

commitments due in early 2025 (against which

thiswill form a good benchmark, for whether these

new commitments influence the next iteration of

this climate model in a positive or negative fashion).

Within our High Net Worth segment, this analysis is

carried out across our centrally monitored holdings

which accounts for 93.2% of Quilter Cheviot’s AuM.

For our Affluent segment, all portfolios are covered

by this analysis. Our findings are included in our

Group TCFD Report on an aggregated basis for

allcovered portfolios and disaggregated in the

TCFD product reports for specific portfolios.

#### Examples of investment portfolio scenarios tested

Net Zero 2050: An orderly transition scenario

that assumes climate policies are introduced

early and become gradually more stringent,

limiting the global temperature increase to

1.5°C by 2100.

Below 2.0°C: An orderly transition scenario

that limits the increase to 2°C by 2100.

Nationally Determined Contributions (“NDC”)

A ’hot house world’ scenario that assumes that

climate policies are implemented in some

jurisdictions, but global efforts are insufficient

to halt significant global warming and the global

temperature increases to 3°C by 2100.

24

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

#### Type of risk Risk description Potential impacts Mitigating actions, controls, andmonitoring

#### Time

#### horizon

#### Policy and legal

(Transitional)

Emerging regulatory requirements – risk of changes

in climate-related policies or regulation which have

an adverse impact on Quilter’s proposition or

operations. This includes risk of non-compliance

withregulatory requirements.

Unbudgeted costs to implement systems and

comply with new regulatory requirements.

Potential costs of inadvertent non-compliance

due to volume of global regulation.

Regulatory horizon scanning and engagement through

regulatory consultation.

Engagement with industry bodies.

S

M

#### Market

(Transitional and Physical)

Portfolio climate risk – risk of investment market

underperformance caused by a disorderly

transition or physical climate related events.

Potential for reduced market return for clients,

resulting in reductions in the value of assets

under management and revenues.

Investment in diversified multi-asset portfolios.

Consideration of climate risks and opportunities in

investment research and due diligence.

Climate metrics used to monitor climate-risk exposure.

S

M

L

#### Market

(Transitional)

Consumer sentiment/demand – risk that we fail

toalign our product offering with customers’

responsible or sustainable investment preferences

and general market demand for responsible and

sustainable investment related mandates.

Reduction in demand for Quilter’s products

andservices resulting in reduced revenues.

Monitoring of customer and adviser preferences as part

of development of product strategy.

Integration of ESG factors into our investment processes.

Integration of responsible investment preferences into

our financial advice suitability processes.

S

#### Reputational

(Transitional)

Misrepresentation risk – risk that clients, advisers,

and other stakeholders act on the basis of

misleading or incorrect information relating to the

environmental or sustainability attributes of our

investment products and our business operations.

Reduced demand for Quilter’s products and

services due to damage to Quilter’s brand.

Potential cost of redress where clients have

taken action based on misleading or incorrect

information.

Management review and approval of published

information.

Data validation for the calculation of climate metrics.

Greenwashing training for all staff, as well as targeted

training for specific functions.

S

M

#### Reputational

(Transitional)

Climate strategy risk – risk that Quilter’s Climate

Action Plan, covering both Quilter’s operational

emissions and the investment solutions provided

toclients, is not perceived to be sufficient.

Negative publicity leading to loss of existing

orpotential clients.

Reduction in market share resulting in loss

ofrevenues over the long term.

Increased operational costs due to failure

totransition to new technologies.

Climate Transition Plan and Climate Action Plans for

investments.

Annual reporting on progress against Climate Action

Plans.

Progress against operational emissions target

contributes to executive remuneration.

S

M

#### Physical

(Acute and Chronic)

Physical risk crystallisation – increased severity or

frequency of extreme weather events, or chronic

changes such as rising mean temperatures and

sealevels, effecting our buildings, employees,

orour third-party suppliers.

Unbudgeted costs to recover or maintain

services to customers.

Costs associated with damage to infrastructure

and technology.

Physical climate risk assessment carried out across

ourproperty portfolio.

Business continuity planning allowing for physical risks.

Insurance provisions reflect climate-related matters.

Supplier engagement to manage exposure to climate

disruption.

L

Time Period Key:

S

Short term 0-3 years

M

Medium term 3-10 years

L

Long term 10+ years

#### Climate-related risks

Strategic Report

Governance Report Other informationFinancial statements

Strategic Report

25

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

#### Corporate sustainability continued

#### Type Description Potential financial implications Actions to capitalise

Products and

#### Services

As we transition to a low-carbon climate resilient

economy and younger generations enter the investment

market, we expect an increase in demand for

responsible and sustainable investment solutions.

This requires investment in resources and systems

todeliver our responsible investment strategy and

offerproducts aligned with customers’ responsible

orsustainable investment preferences.

In the medium- to long-term we may experience an

increased market share and therefore revenue growth

as we attract a wider range of customers and meet

theincreased demand for responsible and sustainable

investment solutions.

Continue to develop and deliver our responsible

investment strategy and Climate Action Plans.

Monitor consumer demand to ensure our responsible

and sustainable product offering meets the needs

ofthemarket.

#### Resource

#### Efficiency

The transition has led to increased innovation and

availability of energy efficient products and facilities

foruse in our buildings, such as energy efficient lighting

and HVAC systems.

Over the long-term operational costs may reduce due

toenergy cost savings as a result of the use of more

energy efficient systems.

Explore the feasibility and impact of energy saving

opportunities raised in our Energy Savings and

Opportunities Scheme (“ESOS”) report and implement

those with the most significant cost/benefit ratios.

Consider resource efficient options when replacing

orupgrading building assets.

#### Markets

The transition presents investment opportunities and

growth opportunities as companies enter new markets

for sustainable products/services and generate

additional revenue streams.

Potential for higher investment performance for clients

in the long term through investment in new technologies

and growing markets. Higher investment performance

for clients would drive increased revenues to Quilter.

Continue to invest in assets that financially benefit from

the transition to a low carbon, climate resilient economy.

Continue to engage with the companies and funds

weinvest in to monitor how they intend to capitalise

onclimate-related opportunities.

#### Climate related opportunities

26

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

#### Quilter’s operational

#### emissionstarget

We consider emerging climate-related regulatory

requirements in all of the jurisdictions in which we

operate. Our operations and business activities are

focused primarily in the UK, where the Government

has set a legally binding target to achieve net zero

emissions by 2050. We regularly review proposals

to change climate-related requirements, or

introduce new ones, to ensure that we remain

compliant, and we set appropriate targets.

Having considered the UK legal requirement to

bea net zero business by 2050, we have set an

interim operational emissions target to reduce our

Scope 1 and Scope 2 (location-based) emissions

by 80% from a 2020 baseline by 2030.

In setting our location-based target, we considered

the UK Government’s ambition to decarbonise the

UK Power Grid and have therefore factored this

into our calculations. Should the Government not

achieve this, our ability to meet our location-based

target may be impacted. We will continue to review

this target on an annual basis and, as part of our

2025 Climate Transition Plan, we will consider

setting additional targets aligned to the Paris

Agreement where appropriate.

Progress against our target

Since 2020, we have achieved a significant decrease

in our operational emissions. Our 2024 Scope 1

and 2 emissions were 69% lower than the 2020

baseline, demonstrating good progress towards

our 80% reduction target by 2030. The primary

driver of this was the delivery of our Workplace

Strategy which considers our office footprint in

relation to changing workspace demands.

Going forwards, we anticipate a continuation of

incremental reductions each year as we implement

energy saving opportunities across our offices

andsource renewable energy contracts where we

control the office energy procurement. Details of

the energy saving opportunities we are currently

pursuing and considering are outlined on page 29.

We consider our Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions

as a combined total to be a more representative

Key Performance Indicator (“KPI”) than Scope 1 or

Scope 2 alone. This is because the vast majority of

our Scope 1 emissions result from our natural gas

consumption and Scope 2 comprises purchased

heat and electricity, which means any significant

reductions in Scope 1, by moving away from gas

heating, would likely be offset by a slight increase

in our Scope 2 emissions. Therefore, to properly

assess our performance in reducing our direct

energy consumption emissions, Scope 1 and

Scope 2 emissions should be considered together.

We have seen an increase in our total Scope 3

emissions, largely due to our increased spend on

purchased goods and services and an increase in

the amount of estimated proxy data we have had

to use in our calculations. As part of our Climate

Transition Plan, that we will be developing in 2025,

we will be engaging with our suppliers and

exploring the use of KPIs and targets with the

aimof reducing our Scope 3 emissions.

#### Our Scope 1 and 2 emissions (measured in tCO

2

e)

2020

baseline year

2021 20232022 2024

733

2,642

3,375

1,191

1,408

1,879

3,287

1,062

1,539

675

1,037

502

343

354

848

708

2050

target

Scope 1 emissions   Scope 2 emissions   2050 target

Strategic Report

Governance Report Other informationFinancial statements

Strategic Report

27

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

#### Corporate sustainability continued

#### Quilter’s operational greenhouse gas emissions

Our reporting boundary

Quilter plc reports emissions on a consolidated group basis, incorporating all subsidiaries, and has

set reporting boundaries based on financial control. This includes all offices occupied by Quilter or

any of its subsidiaries for the period in which we are financially responsible, Quilter and subsidiary

employees for the period covered by their employment contract, Quilter owned and leased assets

where we are contractually or financially responsible for maintaining the asset, and colleague

business travel for which Quilter is financially responsible. Office space subleased to other parties

and advisers that operate as appointed representatives of Quilter but are not part of the Quilter plc

Group are outside of our reporting boundary.

Methodology

Our emissions data is calculated in accordance with the GHG Protocol guidance. We aim to source

as much actual data as possible, however, where data is not available, we have estimation

methodologies in place to ensure complete and consistent reporting. For more information on

howwe calculate our operational emissions see our emissions methodology document appended

to our Group TCFD Report.

The baseline year for our Scope 1 & 2 emissions is 2020 and our Scope 3 baseline year is 2021,

asthis is when we began capturing Scope 3 emissions data.

#### Our operational greenhouse gas emissions (tCO

2

#### e) and energy consumption data (kWh)

Greenhouse gas emissions as at 31 December 2024 2023 Baseline

Scope 1 emissions

UK 384 338 –

Offshore 7 5 –

Global total

1

354 343 733

Scope 2 emissions (location-based)

UK 662 788 –

Offshore 46 60 –

Global total

1

708 848 2,642

Scope 2 emissions (market-based)

UK 558 783 –

Offshore 72 84 –

Global total

1

629 867 1,995

Total Scope 1 & 2 emissions (location-based)

UK 1,010 1,126 –

Offshore 52 65 –

Global total

1

1,062 1,191 3,375

Scope 3 emissions (excluding investments)

UK 28,358 24,742 –

Offshore 18 23 –

Global total

1

28,376 24,765 79,679

Total operational emissions

UK 29,368 25,868 –

Offshore 70 88 –

Global total

1

29,438 25,956 83,054

Operational Carbon intensity

tCO

2

e per Full Time Equivalent (FTE)

UK 10.1 8.9 –

Offshore 1.0 1.4 –

Global total 9.9 8.7 –

Energy consumption

Energy consumed (kWh)

UK 6,950,491 7,542,659 –

Offshore 238,297 236,961 –

Global total 7,188,788 7,779,621 –

1

UK and offshore figures may not sum to the global total due to rounding.

#### Breakdown of our operational Scope 3 Emissions (excluding investments)

Greenhouse gas emissions as at 31 December  2024 2023 Baseline

1. Purchased Goods and Services 24,516 20,808 75,878

3. Fuel and energy related emissions 275 320 809

5. Waste 4 6 10

6. Business travel 1,570

1,516

330

7. Employee commuting (including working from home) 1,877 1,882 2,357

8. Upstream Leased Assets 134 234 297

As a service-based business Scope 3 Categories 9-14 (downstream value chain emissions) do not apply

to Quilter. The majority of our Scope 3 emissions are as a result of the goods and services we procure

asa business. In 2025, we will begin our supplier engagement programme, with a view to understanding

the emissions and climate risks posed by our suppliers.

Please see our Group TCFD Report available at plc.quilter.com/tcfd for a breakdown of our

Category 15 (financed emissions) across our Affluent and High Net Worth business segments.

Restatements

In 2024 we carried out an in-depth review of our policies and processes for calculating our operational

emissions. We refined and enhanced the methodologies we use to ensure we are delivering complete,

consistent, and comparable emissions reporting in accordance with the GHG Protocol. As a result,

wehave materially restated the majority of our previous year’s emissions, including our baseline year,

toensure comparable reporting. The majority of the changes have arisen from one of the following:

– Improved reliability and accuracy of raw data sources.

– Application of consistent estimation methodologies.

– Implementation of data quality controls and hierarchies.

28

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

Energy savings and

#### decarbonisation across our offices

Workplace projects and change strategy

Climate impact has been a key consideration of

our workplace strategy and change projects in

recent years and can be seen both in the

rationalisation of space (reducing overall usage)

along with improving efficiency within offices.

In 2024:

– The Glasgow office refurbishment, completed

inQ3, involved a full modernisation of the

mechanical heating, ventilation and air-condition

(“HVAC”) and electrical systems (including LED

lighting) in the office, providing an improved

energy profile, as well as an improved working

environment.

– We have commenced the refurbishment of three

floors in our Southampton office and the fit out

of a new office in Birmingham (consolidating two

offices into one). These projects are progressing

in line with the SKA Gold accreditation criteria.

The SKA rating is an accreditation scheme

established to help businesses prioritise

sustainability in a quantifiable way.

– We have incorporated climate and emissions

considerations in our Facilities and Programme

Management Standard which governs all office

upgrade and refurbishment works, furniture

procurement, and planned maintenance.

Thefollowing requirements have been written

into the Standard:

– All major works will be aligned to relevant

andappropriate Environmental Assessments,

for example, SKA Gold.

– For office closures all furniture removed

fromthe site should be re-utilised or recycled.

– Where furniture is replaced, old furniture

should be recycled or donated where possible.

– All new furniture must comply with the

appropriate ESG certification standard.

Looking forward:

– Our current Workplace Strategy, focused

onoptimising our workspaces in line with

colleagues’ needs, will conclude in 2025. We

havecapitalised on climate opportunities by

rightsizing our office space which has led to a

significant reduction in our carbon emissions

and cost saving.

– Our 2025 workspace and real estate strategy

willbuild on the momentum achieved in 2024

and we will continue to embed sustainability

intothese key activities.

– We are working closely with our IT Infrastructure

and Operations colleagues to explore the

possibility of incorporating sustainability

considerations into our IT Procurement

Standard. As part of the refurbishment works

atour Southampton office, we have introduced

single large monitors on desks to remove the

need for a separate docking station, thus

reducing energy consumption and we are

currently exploring options to reduce on premise

computer power in data centres and shift to

better utilise cloud computing.

Energy Savings and Opportunities Scheme

In 2024, we engaged with a third party to conduct energy audits at our Southampton and Newcastle

upon Tyne offices as part of the Government’s Energy Savings and Opportunities Scheme (“ESOS”),

Through our ESOS report we have identified a series of opportunities to increase energy efficiencies

across these offices. Our Southampton office is the largest in our estate and the office in which

wehavethe most control with regards to building refurbishments and upgrades. The opportunities

weareconsidering at our Southampton office, and the projected energy savings, are in the table

outlinedbelow:

#### Opportunities at Quilter House Our progress

#### Projected annual

#### energysaving

1

Replace the existing gas boilers used

to heat our Southampton office with

more energy efficient gas boilers or

airsource heat pumps to reduce our

gasconsumption and related

carbonemissions

As we have recently refurbished

the existing boilers, we are

considering this as a long-term

future opportunity that we will look

to capitalise on when our current

boilers reach end of their useful life.

246,000 –

356,000 kWh

Upgrade the Building Management

System which controls the heating,

ventilation, and air-conditioning

This is an ongoing project as part

of the refurbishment works taking

place at our Southampton office.

182,000 kWh

Replace the existing lighting with LED

lighting on the remaining floor that

hasnot yet been refurbished

This is also currently underway as

part of the refurbishment works at

our Southampton office.

18,000 kWh

Install variable speed drives on our

heating, ventilation, air-conditioning,

and heat pumps that control the flow

of energy to the source and improve

energy efficiency

We are currently exploring the

feasibility with our facilities

management partner, and we will

decide whether to take this

forward in 2025.

8,600 kWh

Install solar photovoltaic devices to

actas a source of renewable energy

produced directly by Quilter and

reduce the energy we consume from

the local grid

We are currently exploring the

feasibility with our facilities

management partner, and we

willdecide whether to take this

forward in 2025.

16,000 kWh

Initiate a colleague awareness

campaign to encourage colleagues

toreduce energy consumption and

form sustainable habits

This is an ongoing project that we

intend to further develop as part

ofour climate transition planning

in2025.

63,000 kWh

1

The projected annual energy savings are estimates calculated by our third-party ESOS Auditor and have not been verified by Quilter.

Governance Report Other information

29

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Strategic Report

![]()

Policies are reviewed annually to ensure that they

remain current and compliant with relevant

legislation.

All colleagues are required to complete mandatory

training on these topics to ensure that they

understand their role in preventing financial crime,

fraud, tax evasion and bribery and corruption,

aswell as reporting suspicious activity.

Our Anti-bribery and Corruption Policy sets out

anappropriate definition of bribery, in accordance

with the UK’s Bribery Act 2010. Quilter conducts its

business fairly and lawfully and will not tolerate:

– The giving or receiving of improper monetary

orother inducements in commercial relations;

– Any other inappropriate practice which might

beperceived to influence improperly a person’s

conduct in their professional or public duty.

We provide guidance to colleagues on how they

should manage gifts and entertainment, including

how this should be recorded. Our Risk Function

performs routine compliance monitoring on

adherence with the policy.

Quilter have a central financial crime function

ledby the Money Laundering Reporting Officer.

Reporting of any irregularities is overseen and

managed through the Financial Crime function.

Thearrangement ensures accountability and

effective oversight of financial crime risk on an

ongoing basis. A Financial Crime Investigations

team conduct investigations into any material

financial crime incidents.

The Board oversees Quilter’s technology strategy,

including our approach to information and data

security. At an executive management level, the

Group Chief Operating Officer is responsible for

the Technology strategy and is supported by the

Group Chief Information Officer and their team,

with input also from the GDPO and Data

Guardians embedded in our businesses.

All colleagues are required to complete mandatory

training on data privacy and IT security.

Tax

We are committed to full compliance with our

taxobligations, paying the right amount of tax

atthe right time. We have zero tolerance for tax

evasion and we do not promote tax avoidance

oraggressive tax planning arrangements to

ourcustomers or to other parties. Our Tax Risk

Policy sets out high-level requirements to ensure

that tax calculations and filings comply with all

applicable tax law and are prepared on a timely

basis.

Financial crime, anti-bribery

and corruption

As a financial services company, we recognise the

potential risk of being a target for financial crime,

including money laundering, terrorist financing,

taxevasion and fraud. We also acknowledge the

potential risk of bribery and corruption which could

result in financial loss, regulatory fines and/or

censure and damage to reputation.

We have zero tolerance for financial crime, bribery

or corruption and have a framework in place

including the following policies:

1)   Anti-money Laundering and Counter Terrorist

Financing Policy;

2)  Anti-bribery and Corruption Policy;

3)  Fraud Prevention Policy; and

4)  Sanctions Policy.

Non-financial and

#### sustainability information

#### statement

The responsible investment and corporate

sustainability sections from pages 21 to 30

constitutes Quilter’s non-financial and

sustainability information statement which

complies with sections 414CA and 414CB of

theCompanies Act 2006.

The table below sets out where to find more

information on specific matters relevant to these

requirements within this section and elsewhere

in our Annual Report. The information listed

isincorporated by cross-reference as follows:

#### Reporting requirement

Page number(s)

Anti-bribery and corruption 30

Business model 8

Climate-related financial

disclosures (covering

s414CB(2A)(a)-(h))

22 to 29

Colleagues 13 and 16 to 20

Environmental matters 21 to 29

Human rights 20

Non-financial KPIs 11

Principal Risks 39 to 40

Social matters 14

### Being a responsible business

Customer policies

Our Product Governance Policy sets minimum

standards for manufacturing and distributing

financial products to meet customer needs,

ensuring compliance with regulatory frameworks,

including the Markets in Financial Instruments

Directive, the underlying regulation on markets

infinancial instruments, and the Insurance

Distribution Directive. It includes an annual

attestation process managed by the Risk Function.

The policy mandates fair and appropriate charging

structures for target market and requires

marketing materials to help customers make

informed financial decisions. All communications

must consider our customers’ information needs

and comply with applicable regulations, including

the FCA’s Consumer Duty requirements.

Working with suppliers

Our Third-Party Risk Management Policy outlines

the requirements for procurement, outsourcing

and supplier management. Our Supplier Code

ofConduct applies to all suppliers and their

sub-contractors, setting out minimum standards

we expect our suppliers to adhere to when doing

business with Quilter.

These standards cover areas such as legal and

compliance, ethical behaviour, conflicts of interest,

anti-bribery and corruption, brands, intellectual

property, data protection, labour standards,

livingwage, discrimination, health and safety,

andenvironmental management. We also expect

our suppliers to promote these standards in their

own supply chainwhere practical.

Data privacy and IT security

The collection and use of customers’ and advisers’

personal data is governed by our Privacy Policy

and supporting standards and overseen by a

Group Data Protection Officer (“GDPO”) with the

support of formal committees.

#### Our policies

30

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

#### Review of financial performance

Overview

The Group delivered strong growth in 2024, with

record adjusted profit before tax of £196 million,

an increase of 17% on the prior year (2023: £167

million). This was driven by higher average AuMA

supported by strong net inflows and positive

markets, together with higher interest rates

benefitting investment returns on shareholder

cash, and continued delivery of our Simplification

programme. The Group’s reported closing AuMA

was £119.4 billion, a 12% increase on the opening

position (2023: £106.7 billion).

In the core business, net inflows of £5.2 billion

increased by 525% (2023: £0.8 billion) in 2024.

Thisreflected an improvement in the macro

environment and investor sentiment, as well as

the effectiveness of building out our distribution

capabilities and enhancing our proposition.

Gross flows of £16.0 billion (2023: £11.1 billion),

reflects continued strong flows in the Quilter

channel and a significant increase in IFA channel

flows onto the Platform, due to increased new

business levels and improved market share from

IFA firms. Productivity, representing Quilter

channel gross sales per Quilter Adviser, increased

by 14% to £3.2 million (2023: £2.8 million).

Alternative performance measures (“APMs”)

We assess our financial performance using a variety of measures including APMs, as explained further on

pages 186 to 187. In the headings and tables presented, these measures are indicated with an asterisk: \*.

Key financial highlights

Quilter highlights 2024 2023

Assets and flows – core business

AuMA\* (£bn) 116.3 103.4

Gross flows\* (£bn) 16.0 11.1

Net inflows\* (£bn)  5.2 0.8

Net inflows/opening AuMA\* 5% 1%

Productivity: Quilter channel gross sales per Quilter Adviser\* (£m)

1

3.2 2.8

Asset retention\* 90% 89%

Assets and flows – reported

AuMA\* (£bn) 119.4 106.7

Gross flows\* (£bn) 16.0 11.2

Net inflows\* (£bn)  4.8 0.1

Net inflows/opening AuMA\* 4% 0%

Profit and loss

IFRS (loss)/profit before tax attributable to shareholder returns (£m) (60) 12

IFRS (loss)/profit after tax (£m) (34) 42

Adjusted profit before tax\* (£m) 196 167

Operating margin\* 29% 27%

Revenue margin\* (bps) 44 47

Return on equity\* 10.0% 8.5%

Adjusted diluted earnings per share\* (pence) 10.6 9.4

Recommended total dividend per share (pence) 5.9 5.2

Basic earnings per share (pence) (2.5) 3.1

Non-financial

Total Restricted Financial Planners (“RFPs”) in both segments

2

1,440 1,489

Discretionary Investment Managers in High Net Worth segment

2

176 174

1

Quilter channel gross sales per Quilter Adviser is a measure of the value created by our Quilter distribution channel.

2

Closing headcount as at 31 December.

### Financial review

#### Mark Satchel

#### Chief Financial Officer

Governance Report Other information

31

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Strategic Report

#### Financial review continu ed

In the Affluent segment, we experienced strong contributions from both the Quilter and IFA channels:

– Quilter channel: Gross flows of £4.1 billion were 14% higher than the prior year (2023: £3.6 billion),

whilst net inflows of £2.3 billion were 43% ahead (2023: £1.6 billion). As part of our continued strategic

objective of aligning our Advice business, back book transfers of c.£800 million of assets under advice

by Quilter Financial Planning were transferred onto our Platform from external platforms. Net inflows

as a percentage of opening AuMA for the Quilter channel were 13% (2023: 10%).

– IFA channel: Gross flows of £8.8 billion onto the Quilter Platform increased by 68% (2023: £5.3 billion),

demonstrating our continued strategic initiatives in building out our distribution and improving our

market share of new business. The Platform continues to maintain the leading share of gross flows

against our retail advised platform peers, based on the latest Fundscape data (Q4 2024). Net inflows

were £3.0 billion (2023: £0.2 billion net outflow) representing a significant improvement on the prior

year, as we continued to win flows from competitor platforms. Net inflows as a percentage of opening

AuMA for the IFA channel onto the Platform were 5% (2023: nil).

– Funds via third-party platforms reported net outflows of £400 million, compared to £316 million in the

previous year.

Asset retention of 89% for the Affluent segment remains stable compared to the prior year (2023: 89%).

Within the High Net Worth segment, gross flows of £3.1 billion were 42% higher than the prior year

(2023: £2.2 billion), whilst net inflows of £0.6 billion were also up (2023: £0.1 billion net outflow). Whilst

both the Quilter channel, and the IFA and direct channel, recorded net inflows for the year, the latter

experienced a loss of a large value low margin account during the first half of the year. Asset retention

of91% for the High Net Worth segment remained in line with the previous year (2023: 91%).

The Group’s core business AuMA of £116.3 billion is 12% ahead of the opening position (2023: £103.4

billion) reflecting positive market movements of £7.7 billion and net inflows of £5.2 billion. The Affluent

segment AuMA increased by 14% to £88.5 billion (2023: £77.5 billion) of which £29.5 billion is managed

by Quilter, versus the opening position of £25.5 billion. The High Net Worth segment AuM was £29.5

billion, up 9% from the opening position of £27.0 billion, with all assets managed by Quilter.

In total, £58.5 billion, representing 50% of core business AuMA, is managed by Quilter across the Group

(2023: £52.2 billion, 50%).

The Group’s revenue margin of 44 bps was 3 bps lower than the prior year (2023: 47 bps).

In the Affluent segment, the administered revenue margin was 25 bps, 2 bps lower than the prior year

(2023: 27 bps). This is primarily the result of reduced Platform administration fees charged to clients in

the second half of 2023 and all of 2024 following the Platform repricing undertaken during 2023, and the

impact from our tiered pricing structure. The managed revenue margin decreased by 5 bps to 36 bps

(2023: 41 bps) following the reprice of the Cirilium Active range in 2023 and the introduction of AuM

scale discounts. Within our Managed Solutions, as previously guided, the proportion of total client

assets invested in the Cirilium Active range, our highest revenue bps contributor, remained in net

outflow during the year. Within our MPS range, WealthSelect remains one of the largest MPS offerings

inthe industry and continues to grow with AuMA of £18.4 billion at the end of 2024 (2023: £13.7 billion),

reflecting the shift towards managed portfolios on platforms.

The revenue margin in the High Net Worth segment decreased by 1 bp to 70 bps (2023: 71 bps).

Adjusted profit before tax increased by 17% to £196 million (2023: £167 million). Net management fees

of £502 million increased 5% (2023: £477 million) primarily due to an increase in reported average AuMA

year-on-year of 11% to £113.2 billion (2023: £102.1 billion) partially offset by the planned reductions in

net management fee margins that were implemented during 2023 and asset mix shifts.

Interest revenue generated from client funds included within net management fees were £31 million

(2023: £23 million) reflecting the increased interest rates year-on-year and the changes made to the

Platform charging structures in 2023. Other revenue of £97 million, which mainly comprises our share

ofincome from providing advice, was up 13% on prior year (2023: £86 million) reflecting higher average

levels of assets under advice. Investment revenue, predominantly interest income generated on

shareholder cash and capital resources, of £71 million increased by £9 million (2023: £62 million) due

tohigher average interest rates in 2024 compared to the prior year.

Operating expenses of £474 million increased by 3% on the prior year (2023: £458 million) as a result

ofinflationary increases and planned business investment, partially offset by Simplification cost savings.

The Group operating margin improved by 2 percentage points to 29% (2023: 27%).

The Group’s IFRS loss after tax was £34 million compared to a £42 million IFRS profit after tax for

2023. This reflects the variances in policyholder tax outcomes due to market gains in the year, the

customer remediation exercise provision and the cost of the Skilled Person Review. This is partially

offset by an improvement in the adjusted profit result.

Adjusted diluted earnings per share increased 13% to 10.6 pence (2023: 9.4 pence).

32

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

Total net revenue\*

Total net revenue 2024 (£m) Affluent

High

Net Worth Head Office Quilter plc

Net management fee\*

1

304 198 – 502

Other revenue\* 84 21 (8) 97

Investment revenue\* 36 7 28 71

Total net revenue\* 424 226 20 670

Total net revenue 2023 (£m) Affluent

High

Net Worth Head Office Quilter plc

Net management fee\*

1

292 185 – 477

Other revenue\* 70 20 (4) 86

Investment revenue\* 31 6 25 62

Total net revenue\* 393 211 21 625

1

Net management fee includes the interest earned on client holdings in Quilter Cheviot and Quilter Investment Platform.

Total net revenue for the Affluent segment was £424 million, an increase of 8% from the prior year

(2023:£393 million). Net management fees were £304 million, £12 million ahead of the prior year

(2023:£292 million). Within net management fees, £19 million (2023: £10 million) relates to interest

sharing arrangements on cash balances held on the Platform. This was offset by changes to the mix

ofassets and planned changes to the margins generated in 2023, predominantly the Cirilium Active

reprice and the new Platform pricing policy.

Other revenue within the Affluent segment, mainly consisting of our share of income from providing

advice within Quilter Financial Planning, was £84 million, 20% more than the prior year (2023: £70

million). This includes higher recurring charges from higher average levels of assets under advice.

Investment revenue of £36 million (2023: £31 million) represents interest earned on shareholder capital

held to meet the regulatory capital requirements of the business.

Total net revenue of £226 million in the High Net Worth segment was 7% higher in the year (2023: £211

million). Net management fees were £13 million ahead of the prior year at £198 million (2023: £185

million) largely due to higher average AuM, partially offset by changes to fee structures introduced in

2023. Net management fees include interest margin earned on client cash balances of £12 million (2023:

£13 million). Investment revenue, representing revenue earned on regulatory capital to support the

business, of £7 million was £1 million higher (2023: £6 million) due to higher average interest rates. Other

revenue of £21 million, predominantly reflecting revenue generated in Quilter Cheviot Financial

Planning, was marginally higher than the prior year (2023: £20 million).

Operating expenses\*

Operating expenses increased by 3% to £474 million (2023: £458 million). This increase reflects our

planned investment in the business and inflationary increases, whilst focusing on our continued

sustainable cost savings through Simplification activities.

Operating expenses (£m)

2024 2023

Operating

expenses

As a

percentage

of revenues

Operating

expenses

As a

percentage

of revenues

Support staff costs 110 115

Operations 20 21

Technology 31 32

Property 28 30

Other base costs

1

33 29

Sub-total base costs 222 33% 227 36%

Revenue-generating staff base costs 101 15% 96 15%

Variable staff compensation 82 12% 74 12%

Other variable costs

2

51 8% 45 7%

Sub-total variable costs 234 35% 215 34%

Regulatory/Insurance costs 18 3% 16 3%

Operating expenses\* 474 71% 458 73%

1

Other base costs includes depreciation and amortisation, audit fees, shareholder costs, listed Group costs and governance.

2

Other variable costs includes FNZ costs, development spend and corporate functions variable costs.

We announced at our 2023 half-year results, a further £50 million of annualised run rate savings from

Phase Two of the Simplification programme with this anticipated to be delivered on a run-rate basis

bytheend of 2025. At 31 December 2024, the programme had delivered £35 million of these savings,

onarun-rate basis, largely through the continued rationalisation of the Group’s technology and property

estate, IT and operations efficiencies from our investment in Advice technology, and a reduction in

support costs as we continue to simplify our governance and internal administration processes. These

benefits were partially offset by the impact of inflation on our cost base during the year. As a result, base

costs as a percentage of revenues reduced 3 percentage points to 33% (2023: 36%).

Revenue-generating staff base costs increased by 5% to £101 million (2023: £96 million) and remains

atasimilar proportion of revenues as we continue to invest in our people and proposition across our

business segments to drive growth.

Variable staff compensation of £82 million (2023: £74 million) increased by 11%, driven by an increased

share price impacting the cost of deferred awards, National Insurance changes and improved business

performance. Other variable costs of £51 million (2023: £45 million) were above that of the previous year,

mainly driven by the increase in the average AuMA experienced over the year and increased business

investment including M&A activity.

Regulatory and insurance costs increased by 13% to £18 million (2023: £16 million) reflecting increased

Regulatory fees.

Governance Report Other information

33

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Strategic Report

![]()

#### Financial review continu ed

Taxation

The effective tax rate (“ETR”) on adjusted profit before tax was 24% (2023: 23%). The Group’s ETR

isbroadly in line with the UK headline corporation tax rate of 25%. The Group’s ETR is dependent

onanumber of factors, including tax rates on profits in jurisdictions outside the UK and the value

ofnon-deductible expenses or non-taxable income.

The Group’s IFRS income tax expense was a charge of £69 million for the year ended 31 December 2024,

compared to a charge of £46 million for the prior year. The income tax expense or credit can vary

significantly year-on-year as a result of market volatility and the impact that this has on policyholder tax.

The recognition of the income received from policyholders to fund the policyholder tax liability (which is

included within the Group’s income) has historically been volatile due to timing differences between the

recognition of policy deductions and credits and the corresponding policyholder tax expense, resulting

in the need for significant adjustments to the adjusted profit to remove these distortions. The Group

has made changes to its unit pricing policy during 2024 relating to policyholder tax charges which will

reduce future volatility in these timing differences. These changes are expected to reduce the value of

adjustments made to future periods adjusted profit, set out in note 7(b)(vii) in the consolidated financial

statements.

Reconciliation of adjusted profit before tax\* to IFRS result

Adjusted profit before tax represents the Group’s IFRS result, adjusted for specific items that

management considers to be outside of the Group’s normal operations or one-off in nature, as detailed

in note 7(a) in the consolidated financial statements. The exclusion of certain adjusting items may result

in adjusted profit before tax being materially higher or lower than the IFRS profit or loss after tax.

Adjusted profit before tax does not provide a complete picture of the Group’s financial performance,

which is disclosed in the IFRS consolidated statement of comprehensive income but is instead intended

to provide additional comparability and understanding of the financial results.

Reconciliation of adjusted profit before tax to IFRS (loss)/profit after tax (£m) 2024 2023

Affluent 148 124

High Net Worth 48 41

Head Office – 2

Adjusted profit before tax\* 196 167

Adjusting items:

Impact of acquisition and disposal-related accounting (40) (39)

Business transformation costs (26) (28)

Skilled Person Review (10) –

Customer remediation exercise (76) –

Other customer remediation 3 (6)

Exchange rate movement (ZAR/GBP) 1 (2)

Policyholder tax adjustments (90) (62)

Other adjusting items – 1

Finance costs (18) (19)

Total adjusting items before tax (256) (155)

(Loss)/profit before tax attributable to shareholder returns (60) 12

Tax attributable to policyholder returns 95 76

Income tax expense  (69) (46)

IFRS (loss)/profit after tax (34) 42

The impact of acquisition and disposal-related accounting costs of £40 million (2023: £39 million)

includes amortisation of acquired intangible assets and acquired adviser schemes.

Business transformation costs of £26 million were incurred in 2024 (2023: £28 million). During 2024, the

Group spent £24 million on delivering Simplification initiatives (2023: £25 million). The implementation

costs to deliver the remaining £15 million of annualised run-rate savings for the programme are

estimated to be £40 million. Investment in business costs of £2 million (2023: £1 million) were incurred

as the Group continues to enable and support advisers and clients and improve productivity through

better use of technology.

Skilled Person Review costs of £10 million (2023: £nil) include the estimated external cost and direct cost

of internal resources to support and perform the Skilled Person Review of historical data and practices

across the Quilter Financial Planning network of Appointed Representative firms. This cost is excluded

from adjusted profit as management considers it to be outside of the Group’s normal operations and

one-off in nature.

Customer remediation exercise costs of £76 million (2023: £nil) include the estimated redress payable to

customers, comprising a refund of ongoing advice charges and interest payable for customers impacted,

and administrative costs, which represents the costs to perform a potential customer remediation

exercise across the Quilter Financial Planning network of Appointed Representative firms (see note 30

ofthe consolidated financial statements). This cost is excluded from adjusted profit as management

considers it to be outside of the Group’s normal operations and one-off in nature.

34

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

For 2023, the other customer remediation expense of £6 million reflected £4 million of legal, consulting

and other costs and a £2 million provision increase related to non-British Steel Pension Scheme redress

payments. This was the result of the Group-managed past business review of defined benefit to defined

contribution (“DB to DC”) pension transfer advice suitability by an independent expert. For 2024, the

provision for redress decreased by £3 million as a result of the redress calculations performed for

customers being lower than forecast in 2023 due to the changes in assumptions used to perform the

calculations and market movements of the pension scheme values during 2024. Further details of the

provision are provided in note 30 in the consolidated financial statements.

In 2024, income of £1 million was recognised (2023: £2 million expense) due to foreign exchange

movements on cash held in South African Rand in preparation for payments of dividends to

shareholders. Cash was converted to South African Rand upon announcement of the dividend

payments to provide an economic hedge for the Group. The foreign exchange movements are fully

offset by an equal amount taken directly to retained earnings.

Policyholder tax adjustments to adjusted profit were a credit of £90 million for 2024 (2023: £62 million

credit). Adjustments to policyholder tax are made to remove distortions arising from market volatility

that can, in turn, lead to volatility in the policyholder tax adjustments between years. The recognition

ofthe income received from policyholders to fund the policyholder tax liability (which is included within

theGroup’s income) can vary in timing to the recognition of the corresponding tax expense, creating

volatility in the Group’s IFRS profit or loss before tax. During 2024, the Group made changes to its unit

pricing policy relating to policyholder tax charges which will reduce the value of these timing differences

in future years. These changes, together with current year market movements, have resulted in the

unwind of most of the opening timing difference.

#### Review of financial position

Capital and liquidity

Solvency II

The Group’s solvency surplus is £851 million at 31 December 2024 (31 December 2023: £972 million),

representing a solvency ratio of 219% (31 December 2023: 271%). The solvency information for the

yearto 31 December 2024 has been prepared based on the PRA rules and policy material that replaced

Solvency II assimilated law on 31 December 2024 (“UK Solvency II”). Comparative figures for regulatory

capital for 2023 are presented on a Solvency II basis. The solvency information for the year to

31December 2024 contained in this results disclosure has not been audited.

The Group’s solvency capital position is stated after allowing for the impact of the foreseeable dividend

payment of £57 million (31 December 2023: £50 million).

Group Solvency II capital (£m)

At

31 December

2024

1

At

31 December

2023

2

Own funds 1,566 1,540

Solvency capital requirement (“SCR”) 715 568

Solvency II surplus 851 972

Solvency II coverage ratio 219% 271%

1

Filing of annual regulatory reporting forms due by 27 May 2025.

2

As reported in the Group Solvency and Financial Condition Report for the year ended 31 December 2023.

The Group solvency surplus decreased by £121 million from the 31 December 2023 position primarily

due to the customer remediation exercise provision and costs relating to acquisitions, business

transformation and financing, partly offset by the net profit recognised in the year.

The Group’s own funds include the Quilter plc issued subordinated debt security which qualifies

ascapital under the UK Solvency II rules. The composition of own funds by tier is presented in the

tablebelow.

Group own funds (£m)

At

31 December

2024

At

31 December

2023

Tier 1

1

1,366 1,336

Tier 2

2

200 204

Total Group Solvency II own funds 1,566 1,540

1

All Tier 1 capital is unrestricted for tiering purposes.

2

Comprises a UK Solvency II compliant subordinated debt security in the form of a Tier 2 bond, which was issued at £200 million in

January 2023.

The Group SCR is covered by Tier 1 capital, which represents 191% of the Group SCR of £715 million.

Tier2 capital represents 23% of the Group solvency surplus.

Final Dividend

The Quilter Board recommended a Final Dividend of 4.2 pence per share at a total cost of £57 million.

Subject to shareholder approval at the 2025 Annual General Meeting, the recommended Final Dividend

will be paid on Tuesday 27 May 2025 to shareholders on the UK and South African share registers on

Friday 11 April 2025 (the “Record Date”). For shareholders on our South African share register, a Final

Dividend of 99.18040 South African cents per share will be paid, using an exchange rate of 23.61438.

Governance Report Other information

35

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Strategic Report

![]()

Holding company cash

The holding company cash statement includes cash flows generated by the three main holding

companies within the business: Quilter plc, Quilter Holdings Limited and Quilter UK Holding Limited.

Theflows associated with these companies will differ markedly from those disclosed in the statutory

statement of cash flows, which comprises flows from the entire Quilter plc Group including policyholder

movements.

Holding company cash (£m) 2024 2023

Opening cash at holding companies at 1 January 349 392

Share repurchase and Odd-lot Offer – (14)

Single Strategy business sale – price adjustment provision – (4)

Debt issuance costs – (2)

Dividends paid (73) (65)

Net capital movements (73) (85)

Head Office costs and Business transformation funding (34) (43)

Net interest received 18 13

Finance costs (17) (18)

Net operational movements (33) (48)

Cash remittances from subsidiaries 325 176

Capital contributions, loan repayments and investments (102) (86)

Other net movements (4) –

Internal capital and strategic investments 219 90

Closing cash at holding companies at the end of the year 462 349

Net capital movements

Net capital movements in 2024, totalled an outflow of £73 million (2023: £85 million) relating to dividend

payments to shareholders in the year.

Net operational movements

Net operational movements were an outflow of £33 million in 2024 (2023: £48 million). This includes

£34million (2023: £43 million) of corporate and business transformation costs, finance costs of

£17million (2023: £18 million) relating to coupon payments on the Tier 2 bond and non-utilisation

feesfor the revolving credit facility, and £18 million (2023: £13 million) of net interest income on money

market funds, intragroup loans and cash holdings.

Internal capital and strategic investments

The net inflow of £219 million (2023: £90 million) is principally due to £325 million (2023: £176 million)

ofcash remittances from the trading businesses, which includes a remittance of £80 million as a result

of achange in the Solvency II calculation methodology in 2023. This is partially offset by £102 million

(2023:£86 million) of capital contributions to support business operational activities and further

investment in the underlying business, including strategic acquisitions.

Mark Satchel

Chief Financial Officer

#### Financial review continu ed

36

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

### Risk review

#### Introduction

The external economic environment benefitted

Quilter’s business model in 2024, supporting

growth in net flows. Nonetheless, continued

geopolitical tensions andtax changes implemented

in the UK budget, create uncertainty for the year

ahead. Effective risk management remains key

forgenerating value safely.

Quilter remains focused on its strategic priorities

and in support of their safe delivery, the effective

management of risk, in line with risk appetite.

Quilter’s risk appetite statements, key indicators

and thresholds were reviewed during 2024 with

changes made to reflect the evolution of the

business.

Quilter links risk management to performance

anddevelopment, as well as to the Group’s

remuneration and reward schemes. An open

andtransparent working environment which

encourages employees to embrace risk

management and speak up where needed, is critical

to the achievement of the Group’s objectives.

The work performed in 2024 to embed our target

culture, including the value to “do the right thing”,

supports good risk management behaviour across

the business.

The delivery of ongoing advice services and the

Skilled Person Review has also been an area of

focus in 2024. You can read more about this work

in the Chief Executive Officer’s statement on

pages 3 and 4.

#### Risk management framework

Quilter’s Risk Management Framework is designed to provide a qualitative and quantitative approach to

the understanding and management of risks. The framework supports the evaluation and management

of business opportunities, uncertainties, and threats in a structured and disciplined manner.

Oversight

Quilter’s governance structure is designed to

facilitate risk-based discussions and decisions

andto support the effective management of risks

across the business. Senior Manager Function roles

have defined responsibilities for risk management.

Quilter’s policies define the minimum required

standards for the management of risks.

Insight

Quilter uses key risk indicators and risk data

tounderstand trends in risk exposures and to

identify risks which could move outside of appetite,

to support timely management action. Stress and

scenario testing is performed to assess potential

plausible but severe events, in order to assess

Quilter’s resilience and to test contingency plans.

Harm

Systems and Controls

Communication, Education, Training and Guidance

Culture

Harm to Client Harm to Firm Harm to Market

Insight

(Management

Information and

Analytics)

Oversight

(Governance)

Past

(Incidents)

Boards and

Committees

Present

(Risk Profile)

Future

(Predictor Events)

Roles and

Delegated

Authority

Policies

Risk

Identification

Risk

Appetite

Risk

Analysis

Assess

Controls

Additional

Actions

Reporting

Risk

Management

Methodology

Governance Report Other informationFinancial statements

37

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Strategic Report

![]()

#### Risk review continued

#### Business strategy

#### andperformance

We aim to ensure the business pursues sustainable and

responsible growth and profitability in line with strategic priorities

to enhance shareholder value.

#### Business operation

We aim to maintain an appropriately controlled and resilient

operating environment, both internally and through our critical

outsourced service providers, which is proportionate to the

nature, scale and complexity of our business to ensure good

customer outcomes.

#### Technology

#### andsecurity

We aim to manage the availability, integrity, functionality and

security of our critical business processes, supporting systems

and data, both internally and where managed by third parties. We

acknowledge that moderately disruptive business or technology/

security events will occur but aim to minimise their impact within

pre-agreed thresholds designed to protect our customers.

Customer and

#### product proposition

We aim to avoid foreseeable harm to clients, reputational issues

and financial loss through ensuring that products and services are

appropriately designed and maintained. We ensure that our advice

proposition and the way that products and services are distributed

is aligned to their target market, suitable to customer needs and

deliver good customer outcomes.

Regulatory,

#### taxandlegal

We aim to maintain appropriate relationships with our regulators,

comply with all relevant rules and legislation, and adopt a

proportionate approach to the interpretation of rules and

guidance that reflects the intent of the rules and protects against

foreseeable harm to clients, the firm and the wider market.

#### People

We aim to attract and retain sufficient competent and diverse

resource which is aligned to the business strategy. We aim to

foster a positive and open culture where staff feel supported

andable to speak up.

scenarios, covering a broad spectrum ofpotential

events, including market stresses and operational

risk events.

Assess controls

Effective controls are essential for either

supporting prevention of risks or mitigating their

effects once a risk has crystallised. We assess

theeffectiveness of our controls through Risk

andControl Self Assessments which are facilitated

byour risk management system and challenged

by the second line.

Additional actions

Where there are differences between the residual

level of risk (after controls) and our risk appetite

and it is not possible to further mitigate the risk,

we take appropriate action to either accept,

transfer, or avoid the risk, or will reassess the risk

appetite if appropriate. Remedial action tracking

isfacilitated and monitored through our risk

management system and is regularly monitored

and reported.

Reporting

Quilter’s various management risk committees

consider risk matters relevant to their business

area and escalate as required to the Quilter Group

Executive Risk Management Committee (“ERMC”),

with escalation, as appropriate, tothe Quilter plc

Board Risk Committee and to the Quilter plc

Board. The ERMC is the most senior executive

committee responsible for reviewing and

monitoring the risk profile of the Group. This

includes coverage of all Level 1 and Level 2 risks

and any other material risks, to which Quilter is

exposed. The ERMC reviews and recommends

theproposed risk appetite to the Board Risk

Committee. The Board is responsible for

approving the Enterprise Risk Management

Framework, and for setting risk appetite.

Itreceives regular information on the Group

riskprofile and has ultimate responsibility

forriskappetite and capital plans.

#### Risk appetite statements

#### Risk management methodology

Risk identification

The Quilter plc Board have carried out a robust

assessment of the principal and emerging risks

facing Quilter, including those that would threaten

its business model, future performance, solvency,

and liquidity, as well as the risks that could lead

topotential harm to customers. Risk identification

iscarried out throughout the business, through

regular reviews, and when changes to operating

model, or new products and services are

introduced, or a significant internal or external

event is experienced.

Risk appetite

Our risk appetite statements define the amount

ofrisk that the Board is willing to take in pursuit

ofQuilter’s strategic priorities. High level risk

appetite statements are set against Quilter’s Level

1 risks (see table on the right) and are supported by

more granular appetite statements and measures

linked to the Level 2 risks. Quilter’s position against

risk appetite is measured on a regular basis

through the monitoring of key indicators and

management information reported to the Board.

The risk appetite statements, key indicators and

thresholds were reviewed and refreshed by the

Board during 2024. The Board expects

management to maintain controls to ensure that

risk exposures remain within appetite, or where

indicators show Quilter is outside of risk appetite,

to put in place actions to reduce risk exposure to

acceptable levels.

Risk analysis

All material risks are assessed to consider their

likelihood of occurrence and potential impact on

Quilter’s business. This includes the assessment

and quantification of potential harms to customers,

the firm or the market. This analysis informs

Quilter’s capital and liquidity requirements through

the Internal Capital Adequacy and Risk Assessment

(“ICARA”) and Own Risk and Solvency Assessment

(“ORSA”). We perform a range of stress tests and

38

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

During 2024, the Quilter plc Board Risk Committee has overseen the organisation’s risk profile, focusing on the Level 1 risk categories, which describe the principal areas of risk exposure

forQuilter. The table below sets out Quilter’s principal risks and uncertainties, including Executive Committee member ownership and key mitigants being implemented by management.

Therisk trend noted is the overall residual risk trend (after the application of risk controls) throughout 2024.

#### Principal risks and uncertainties

#### Business

strategy and

#### performance

Quilter’s principal revenue streams are related to the value of assets under

management and, as such, Quilter is exposed to the condition of global economic

markets. Geopolitical risk remains elevated due to ongoing conflicts in Ukraine and the

Middle East. These risks have thepotential to impact the global economy through

increases in inflation, impacting economic growth and equity markets.

Throughout 2024, external economic conditions benefitted Quilter’s business model,

reflected in improved flows over the year. The changes implemented by the new Labour

Government in the October 2024 Budget to taxation, spending, borrowing, and fiscal

rules are being monitored for their effect on Quilter’s forward strategy.

Quilter has continued its transformation journey during 2024, through strategic

initiatives relating to business efficiency, cost reduction and proposition enhancement.

Quilter’s focus is to maintain the pace of strategic delivery and agility in order to

continue to provide a compelling proposition in a rapidly changing industry.

Primary risk owner:

Chief Financial Officer

Mitigation in 2024

– Continued successful cost reduction and maintenance of operating

margin within target.

– Continuation of Wealth and Advice transformation programmes.

– Implementation of the Quilter Partners initiative and onboarding

ofinitial partner firms.

– Relaunch of the Financial Adviser Academy.

Planned and ongoing activity

– Activities to support adviser and Investment Manager retention.

– Ongoing management and delivery of business transformation

programmes.

– Integration of NuWealth.

Risk

trend

#### Business

#### operation

Operational complexity and the efficacy of controls and processes related to the

day-to-day running of the business pose an inherent risk to Quilter. This includes those

processes which have been outsourced to third parties and where oversight is critical

for Quilter to gain assurance over activities delegated outside of its direct control.

Quilter’s operations provide services to customers and, as such, need to be effective

and resilient to ensure that good customer outcomes are delivered and maintained.

Quilter has continued to progress the enhancement of its operational environment and

improving resilience across the business to ensure compliance with our operational

resilience obligations.

Primary risk owner:

Chief Operating

Officer

Mitigation in 2024

– Ongoing business simplification activity.

– Enhancements to root cause analysis reporting, supporting

improvement activity.

– Enhancements to customer servicing workflow tools.

Planned and ongoing activity

– Operational transformation programme to further align and

streamline operational processes across the Affluent segment.

– Stress-testing activities and further development of playbooks

forsignificant resilience events.

– Maintenance and review of operational resilience arrangements,

including our Important Business Services, to ensure continued

alignment with regulatory requirements.

Risk

trend

#### Technology

#### and security

A stable, reliable, and up-to-date technology environment underpins the delivery of

Quilter’sservices to customers and advisers and ensures that Quilter has technical

resilience proportionate to its risk appetite. Disruption to the stability and availability of

Quilter’s technology, or that of its third parties, could result in damaging service outages

and apotential breach of impact tolerances for Quilter’s Important Business Services.

Theriskof an information security incident is a constant and evolving risk which has

thepotential to impact Quilter’s reputation, regulatory standing, and the services it

providesto customers.

Primary risk owner:

Chief Operating

Officer

Mitigation in 2024

– After migrating the International business to Utmost in late 2023,

Quilterdecommissioned related IT assets in early 2024, reducing

theorganisation’s risk profile.

– A threat-led security testing approach was implemented which

simulates real-world cyber attacks. Key parts of the Security Operations

Centre were brought in-house for better control and deeper

understanding of Quilter’s IT infrastructure and business model.

Planned and ongoing activity

– Continuous evolution of controls to prevent and detect incidents. This

ongoing effort, driven by a threat-led capability, enables Quilter to keep

ahead of emerging threats and maintain robust security measures.

Risk

trend

Risk trend key

Stable

Decreasing

Increasing

Governance Report Other information

39

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Strategic Report

![]()

#### Risk review continued

#### Customer

#### and product

#### proposition

Quilter’s purpose is underpinned by having a suite of product propositions which drive

good customer outcomes and processes in place to ensure that foreseeable harm is

identified and addressed. Oversight and reporting of customer outcomes has evolved

and been enhanced in 2024, following implementation of the Consumer Duty in 2023.

Delivery of quality advice and a high level of adviser conduct and competency, is essential.

A lack of robust oversight by Quilter could lead to delayed identification of unsuitable

advice or products resulting in poor outcomes for customers. As such, Quilter continually

looks to improve its control environment in relation to the oversight of advice and remains

focused on ensuring that products and services are designed and maintained in line with

the Consumer Duty.

Primary risk owner:

Chief Distribution

Officer

Mitigation in 2024

– Evolution and enhancement of the oversight and reporting

ofcustomeroutcomes.

– Introduction of a customer roadmap to drive improvements

incustomerexperience.

– Vulnerable customer training rolled out to all staff.

– A number of propositional developments including implementation

ofCashHub on Platform and continued alignment of investment

proposition across multi-asset funds.

Planned and ongoing activity

– Continue to strengthen financial advice processes and supporting

controls.

– Continued evolution of Quilter’s products with a focus on retirement

and protection propositions.

Risk

trend

Regulatory,

#### tax and legal

Quilter is subject to conduct and prudential regulation in the UK, provided by the FCA and

PRA, and by local regulators in the other jurisdictions in which it operates. This includes

the Consumer Duty, which sets a higher standard of consumer protection in financial

services. Quilter is also subject to the privacy regulations enforced by the Information

Commissioner’s Office and international equivalents. Quilter faces risks associated with

compliance with these regulations, and changes to regulation or regulatory focus in the

markets in which Quilter operates and other statutory requirements. Failure to manage

regulatory, tax or legal compliance effectively could result in censure, fines or prohibitions

which could impact business performance and reputation.

Primary risk owner:

Chief Risk Officer

Mitigation in 2024

– Activity underway following delivery of the first Consumer Duty Board

report and the mitigation of risk associated withthe Ongoing Advice

Review.

Planned and ongoing activity

– Further process and control enhancements in association with the

Skilled Person Review.

– Ongoing regulatory engagement and regulatory horizon scanning.

– Development of implementation plan for the upcoming changes

totheUK Corporate Governance Code.

Risk

trend

#### People

Quilter relies on its talent to deliver service to customers and to progress strategic

initiatives. Quilter’s talent pool is key to the ongoing progress of the Company by having

adiverse range of staff and views that will provide the senior management ofthe future.

We seek to proactively identify talent gaps to support the future capabilities required to

implement Quilter’s strategy.

Ensuring that staff and management stand behind Quilter’s values which underpin the

culture of the firm is fundamental to a proactive, risk aware firm which values itspeople

and the need to uphold its regulatory obligations. Negative management culture and a

lack of accountability can lead to inertia and a deterioration in control which puts both

customers and the firm at risk.

Risk owner:

HR Director

Mitigation in 2024

– Dependency and resource mapping to support strategic initiatives

toidentify and retain key capabilities.

– Development of Talent Strategy to support longer-term strategic

ambition/initiatives.

– Culture and value transformation, including refreshed purpose and values.

– Segment-specific and Quilter-wide communication to support greater

employee engagement.

Planned and ongoing activity

– Ongoing talent management and succession programme.

– Ongoing regular employee engagement surveys.

– Ongoing all-employee conferences.

Risk

trend

40

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

#### Geopolitical

#### landscape

Conflicts and

political instability

impact market risk,

client sentiment and

strategic direction

Following elections in many parts of the world in 2024, governments

willneed to respond swiftly to mounting economic, social, security,

environmental and technological challenges. Their ability to do so and

the nature of the response is likely to have an impact on customers’

circumstances and may therefore affect attitudes toward financial

investments.

Geopolitical risks are considered to remain elevated and increasing with

the ongoing Russia/Ukraine war and renewed conflict in the Middle East,

creating the potential for further macroeconomic destabilisation.

#### Cyber threats

Malicious

attempts to

access, damage or

disrupt networks

We have observed increased cyber activity in conflict zones and around

global elections. Adversaries continue to use advancements in

technology to increase the likelihood of success in attacks and this has

also lowered the barrier to entry for conducting criminal cyber activity.

The rapid growth of AI is likely to continue to increase the nature and

sophistication of attacks; and we continue to monitor the evolution

ofquantum computing and its potential impact on cyber security.

#### Disruptive

#### competition

New technologies

and changes in

thecompetitive

landscape

increases margin

pressure

The potential entrance of “big tech” firms into financial service delivery,

coupled with the white labelling of platforms and alignment of private

equity firms could see competitors acquire skills and technology,

accelerating their digital capabilities. This, alongside advancements

indigital/hybrid advice, could see new players in the already highly

competitive market having the potential to erode Quilter’s market

shareand increase fee pressure across the value chain.

The evolution of digital assets as an increasingly prominent asset class,

and the implications of associated infrastructure development present

amore distant potential risk to Quilter’s business model and operations.

#### Generational

#### shifts

Ageing

populationand

intergenerational

wealth transfer

islikely to change

customer

expectations and

demands

A significant proportion of UK household wealth is held by the over 45s.

The likelihood of intergenerational inequality increases as this population

engages in inheritance planning and institutions (employers, the State and

financial services providers) transfer pensions risk to individuals. Attitudes

towards wealth management are shifting, with younger generations being

attracted by digital propositions and by funds with greater positive social

and environmental impacts. These trends present both opportunities

andthreats to Quilter in the form of changing consumer demands

andexpectations.

#### Advice

#### evolution

Technology

advancements

inadvice market

impacting

marginrisk

There are a number of factors contributing to an evolving advice market.

These include: both a shortage and ageing demographic of financial

advisers, an increased demand for digital propositions, and regulatory

activity designed to bridge the advice gap, including the Advice Guidance

Boundary Review. These developments present opportunities and threats

which Quilter will need to respond to.

#### Climate

#### change

Transition and

physical risks

The UK Government has committed that the UK will reach net-zero by

2050. The speed of this transition to a greener economy impacts certain

sectors and financial stability. For Quilter’s customers, this is likely to

impact the desirability of investment in sectors such as coal, oil, gas,

andmanufacturing. Physical climate risks continue to crystalise and

areexpected to become more extreme and more frequent in future,

threatening the stability of the UK’s infrastructure, including energy

supplies. This poses challenges to both Quilter’s and its critical third

parties’ operations which must be considered as part of operational

resilience planning.

Within Quilter, we monitor risks which are less certain in terms of timescales and impacts. This assessment is carried out regularly and the emerging risk profile is subject to regular review by management

committees and the Board. The identification of these risks contributes to our stress andscenario testing, feeding into our strategic planning process. The table below sets out the most significant emerging

risksto Quilter.

#### Emerging risks

Governance Report Other informationFinancial statements

41

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Strategic Report

![]()

Risk management and

#### internalcontrol

Quilter is committed to operating within a strong

system of internal control that enables business

tobe transacted and risk taken without exposing

the Group to unacceptable potential losses or

reputational damage.

The Directors are responsible for ensuring that

management maintains an effective system of

riskmanagement and internal control and for

assessing its effectiveness. Such a system is

designed to identify, evaluate and manage,

ratherthan eliminate, the risk of failure to

achievebusiness objectives and can only

providereasonable and not absolute assurance

against material misstatement or loss.

The Quilter Group Governance Manual supports

the maintenance of a sound system of internal

control by setting out the Group’s approach to

governance and the policies, standards and

processes by which it operates, ensuring that

allrelevant statutory, regulatory and governance

matters affecting Quilter are taken into account.

The Board Audit Committee and the Board Risk

Committee have a joint responsibility for reviewing

and monitoring the effectiveness of Quilter’s

internal control framework.

The Risk Management Framework is overseen

bythe Board Risk Committee and aims to align

strategy, capital, processes, people, technology

and knowledge in order to evaluate and manage

business opportunities and threats in a structured

and disciplined manner. The Group’s principal risks

and uncertainties are set out onpages 39 to 40.

Further information on the oversight of risk and

internal control at Board level can be found on

pages 72 to 76.

Quilter’s principles of internal control

(covering financial, operational and

compliance areas) are tomaintain:

– clearly defined delegated authorities;

– clearly defined lines of responsibility;

– robust recording and reporting of

transactions to support the financial

statements and other reports;

– reporting controls procedures and systems

which are regularly reviewed;

– protection of assets;

– compliance with laws and regulations; and

– financial crime prevention and detection.

#### Viability statement

In accordance with provision 31 of the UK

Corporate Governance Code 2018, the Directors

have assessed the prospects of the Group for

aperiod longer than the 12 months required

intheGoing Concern Statement.

Quilter’s Risk Appetite Framework supports the

delivery of Quilter’s strategy and Business Plan

with risk appetite playing a central role in

informing decision making across the Group.

Every year, the Board considers the longer-term

viability of the Group by reviewing the three-year

Business Plan, the Own Risk and Solvency

Assessment (“ORSA”) and the Internal Capital

Adequacy and Risk Assessment (“ICARA”) for

theGroup. The three-year planning period is

considered appropriate because it aligns with

thetimeframe focused on for the annual strategic

review exercise conducted within the business

and reviewed by the Board. The Business Plan

makes certain key assumptions in respect of

thecompetitive markets and the economic

andpolitical environments in which the Group

operates, the level of support provided to

companies within the Group and the impact of

keystrategic initiatives. This year, the Business

Plan assumptions have been set with due

consideration of the prevailing economic and

geopolitical climate, and the risks and challenges

this presents to the Group. In particular, the

Business Plan includes a range of downside and

upside sensitivities which consider variances

inequity and bond values and net flows which

wouldimpact the Group’s forecast AuMA,

revenueand profitability.

The first year of the Business Plan has the greatest

certainty and is used to set detailed budgets

across the Group. Although three years is

regarded as an appropriate period for the

assessment of the Group’s viability, the Board

alsoregularly considers other strategic matters

that may affect the longer-term prospects of

theGroup. This includes the Board’s assessment

of the principal risks and uncertainties facing

theGroup in the longer term, including climate

change, and emerging risks, such as evolving

cyber threats and disruptive competition and

technology. The Board’s longer-term view is

thatthe Group will continue to grow as a wealth

manager, serving clients throughout their lives

encompassing their accumulation and

decumulation phases.

The Board’s assessment included reviews of

capital and liquidity and an assessment of the

principal risks over the three-year planning period.

The majority of the Group’s revenue is correlated

to the Group’s AuMA, which can move materially

when there is significant volatility in global

financial markets. In addition, the Board’s

assessment also considered the potential financial

and regulatory implications of the Skilled Person

Review which include the potential payment of

remediation and associated administrative costs.

Further information on the Skilled Person Review

is contained in note 30 to the Group’s financial

statements.

The ORSA and ICARA processes include an

assessment of a range of stresses and scenarios.

These are performed in order to assess capital

andliquidity requirements and to test the impact of

severe stresses on the Group. Certain stresses are

tested at severity levels which would be expected

to occur once in every 50 years and once in every

200 years. These stresses are tested in order

toconfirm whether the Group and underlying

operating entities have sufficient financial

resources to meet their financial risk appetites.

Quilter has a documented recovery plan which

sets out the management actions and recovery

options available to manage the impacts of

severestresses.

### Viability statement and going concern

42

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

Chair’s governance overview  44

Operating within a robust

governance framework  45

Board of Directors  46

Governance at a glance   49

Principal Decisions of the Board in 2024  50

Governance in Action Spotlights  56

Board Corporate Governance and

Nominations Committee Report  57

Board Audit Committee Report  64

Board Risk Committee Report  72

Remuneration Report  77

Board Remuneration Committee Report  77

Directors’ Remuneration Policy  82

Annual Report on Remuneration  92

Directors’ Report  105

# Governance Report

#### Conclusion on viability

Having given due consideration to the Group’s

current capital and trading position, principal

risks and the three-year Business Plan, as well

as the impact of the current economic climate,

the Board has a reasonable expectation that

the Company and the Group can continue in

operation and meet their liabilities as they fall

due over the period to 31December 2027.

#### Going concern

The Directors have considered the resilience

ofthe Group, taking into account its current

financial position, the principal risks facing the

business and the effectiveness of the mitigating

strategies which are or will be applied. As a

result, the Directors believe that the Group is

well placed tomanage its business risks in the

context of thecurrent economic outlook and

has sufficient financial resources to continue

inbusiness for aperiod of at least 12 months

from the date ofapproval of these consolidated

financial statements, and continue to adopt

thegoing concern basis in preparing the

consolidated financial statements.

This Strategic Report was approved by

the Board on 5 March 2025.

Ruth Markland

Chair

On behalf of the Board

In all the severe but plausible adverse stresses

tested, the Group had sufficient capital and liquidity

after allowing for management actions. This

demonstrates the Group’s resilience to adverse

conditions. The management actions which were

assumed included the suspension of dividend

payments in the most extreme stresses, deferral

of strategic initiatives and actions to reduce costs,

including reductions invariable compensation

anddiscretionary spending, and staff recruitment

freezes, similar tothe tactical cost savings made

during 2020.

Reverse stress tests have been performed to

identify idiosyncratic and market events which

would make the current Business Plan unviable.

The results of these tests indicate that the stress

events which could make the current Business

Plan unviable are extreme events which would

beexpected to occur less frequently than once

inevery 200 years. Therefore, the Group can

reasonably expect tohave sufficient capital

andliquidity to be able tomeet its liabilities

overthe planning period.

The Board regularly monitors performance

against a range of predefined key performance

indicators and early warning thresholds, which will

identify if developments fall outside of the Group’s

risk appetite or expectations, allowing timely

management action to be taken.

The Strategic Report, on pages 1 to 43, sets out

the Group’s financial performance, business

environment, outlook and financial management

strategies. Details of the Group’s principal risks

and Risk Management Framework are set out

onpages 37 to 41.

Strategic Report

43 43

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Governance Report Other informationFinancial statements

![]()

#### Compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018

### Chair’s governance overview

#### Dear shareholder

As Chair of the Board, I am pleased to introduce the

Governance Report for 2024. During the year, the

Board has maintained its focus on overseeing and

providing guidance and challenge to management on

the implementation of the Group’s strategic priorities

for the benefit of its stakeholders. On pages 50 to 56

of this Governance Report, I have detailed the

principal decisions taken by the Board in 2024 in

support ofthe Group’s strategy. The Board has

dedicated time in 2024 to the Ongoing Advice Review,

which you can read more about on pages 3 and 4.

Akey area of focus for the Board during the year was

overseeing the refresh ofQuilter’s purpose and

values, which were designed toreinforce the Group’s

target culture and were approved by the Board in

June 2024. You can read more about this on pages

16and 17.

As part of the Board’s deliberations and decision

making, it ensures there is due consideration of the

interests of, and resulting impacts on, Quilter’s

stakeholders. In order to do this effectively, the Board

is kept informed of the views of our stakeholders

through reporting from management and direct

engagement at Board level. The Board hears regularly

from our designated Workforce Engagement Director

on the insights they have gained from their

engagement with our colleagues across the Group

and the Board has spent considerable time

considering how we can best serveour customers.

Further information on our engagement with

stakeholders can be found on pages 13 to 15 of the

Strategic Report.

The Board has acted on the recommendation of

theBoard Corporate Governance and Nominations

Committee in overseeing changes to the Board’s

composition and been briefed on succession

planning. That Committee has rigorously managed

the detailed work to ensure orderly succession

planning, including the appointment of two new

Non-executive Directors during the year. You can

read more about the work of this Committee on

Board composition, including details of the changes

to the Board in 2024, succession planning and

diversity onpages 57 to 62.

An effective Board is integral to a well governed

company and I am pleased to confirm that the 2024

Board effectiveness review found that the Board

andall Board Committees have continued to operate

effectively. An overview of the review process,

findings and actions can be found on page 63 of

theBoard Corporate Governance and Nominations

Committee’s Report.

The Board oversaw further simplification of the

governance structure within our Affluent segment

during the year, building on the changes to our

Boardcorporate governance model in 2023.

Furtherinformation can be found on page 52.

Following review by its specialist Committees, the

Board has been briefed on the work undertaken

toassess the impact of the 2024 UK Corporate

Governance Code, and you can read more about

theprogress on page 68.

Finally, I would like to express my gratitude to my

fellow Directors and all Quilter colleagues fortheir

dedication and efforts in delivering the achievements

we have made in 2024, and to our stakeholders for

the support they have shown to Quilter.

Ruth Markland

Chair

Ruth Markland

#### Chair

UK Corporate Governance Code 2018

(the “Code”)

Quilter is subject to the Code and complied

withall relevant provisions during the year,

except for a brief period when the composition

of the Board Remuneration Committee did

notfully meet provision 32 while the Board

membership was refreshed.

As at 31 December 2024, Quilter fully complied

with the Code. Details of our corporate

governance framework are available on page 45

and our website at plc.quilter.com. The Code

ispublicly available at www.frc.org.uk.

The new 2024 UK Corporate Governance Code

(“2024 Code”) was published in January 2024

and has been reviewed by the Board. The 2024

Code applied to Quilter from 1 January 2025

(with the exception of provision 29 (risk

management and internal control), which will

apply from 1 January 2026). We are currently

implementing the 2024 Code as appropriate

and will report in detail next year.

Disclosure Guidance and

TransparencyRules (“DTRs”)

By virtue of the information included in this

Governance section of the Annual Report

including our Directors’ Report (pages 105 to

108) we comply with the corporate governance

statement requirements of the FCA’s DTRs.

Johannesburg Stock Exchange (the “JSE”)

Quilter has a secondary listing on the JSE and

ispermitted by the JSE Listing requirements to

follow the corporate governance practices of

our primary listing market, London. Quilter is,

however, mindful of the provisions of the King IV

Governance principles and the expectations

ofour South African shareholders.

UK Corporate Governance Code 2018

More information

Board leadership and

companypurpose

Long-term value and sustainability 1 to 43

Culture 16 to 17 and 56

Shareholder engagement 15

Other stakeholder engagement 13 to 15

Oversight of Board level conflicts

of interest 60

Division of responsibilities

Role of the Chair 46

Division of responsibilities on the

Board 45 and 46

Assessment of Non-executive

Director role 45 and 58 to 59

Assessment of independence

on the Board 58

Composition, succession and

evaluation

Board effectiveness 63

Board and Executive succession

planning 58 to 60

Audit, risk and internal control

Integrity of financial statements 64 to 71

Fair, balanced and understandable 66

Internal controls and risk

management 68 and 73 to 76

Assessment of external

independent auditors 71

Principal and emerging risks (Risk

review) 39 to 41

Viability statement and going

concern 42 to 43

Remuneration

Policy, practices and alignment

with purpose, values and long-

term strategy 78 to 91

Independent judgement and

discretion 77 to 80

44

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

– Reviews the Group’s accounting policies and

thecontents of financial statements.

– Monitors disclosure controls and procedures.

– Considers the adequacy, scope of work and

resourcing of the external and internal audit

functions.

– Oversees the relationship with our external

auditors.

– Monitors the effectiveness of internal

financialcontrols.

– Reviews the composition of the Board and

recommends the appointment of new Directors.

– Considers succession plans for the Chair and

other Board positions.

– Considers succession plans for key executive

leadership positions and ensures a robust

recruitment framework.

– Monitors corporate governance standards

andpractices in place.

– Oversees the annual Board performance review.

– Sets the overarching principles and parameters

of remuneration policy across Quilter.

– Considers and approves remuneration

arrangements for Executive Directors, senior

executives and the Company Chair.

– Considers the impact of risk matters on

remuneration.

– Approves individual remuneration awards.

– Agrees changes to senior executive incentive

plans.

– Oversees risk strategy.

– Recommends the total level of risk Quilter

isprepared to take (risk appetite).

– Monitors the Group’s risk profile.

– Assesses the top and emerging risks.

– Monitors and reviews the internal control

framework.

– Oversees the effectiveness of the Risk and

Compliance function.

### Operating within a robust governance framework

A summary of the matters that are reserved for the Board’s decision can be found at plc.quilter.com and includes:

– Board appointments;

– Quilter’s strategy;

– Financial statements;

– Capital expenditure;

– Any major acquisitions, mergers or disposals; and

– The appointment and removal of the Company Secretary.

The Board is the decision-making body for all matters of such importance as to be of significance to Quilter as a whole because of their strategic, financial or reputational implications or consequences.

The Group Executive Committee members report to the ChiefExecutive Officer for their respective areas ofresponsibility and delivery of the Business Plan and Operating Plan.

Where appropriate, members of the Group Executive Committee choose to discharge their responsibilities via managementcommittees.

#### Key Management Committees

#### Chief Executive Officer

#### Group Executive Committee

#### The Board

The Quilter Board has delegated the day-to-day running of the Group to the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer (ExecutiveDirectors) make and implement operational decisions

tomanagethe Quilter business. To support the Chief Executive Officer in discharging his responsibilities,he is supported by the Group Executive Committee.

The key management committees oversee specific areas of responsibility such as the Group’s risk management, operations, customers and colleagues.

#### Board Audit Committee

#### Board Corporate Governance

#### and Nominations Committee

#### Board Remuneration Committee Board Risk Committee

Strategic Report

Other information

45

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Governance Report

![]()

### Board of Directors

The Quilter Board comprises the Chair, the Senior Independent

Director, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and

independent Non-executive Directors.

The Chair is accountable to shareholders for leading the Board

andensuring the Board receives timely accurate information to

take good decisions for the benefit of all stakeholders. The Chair

wasindependent on appointment.

The Senior Independent Director supports the Chair on all

governance issues and provides a communication channel

betweenthe Chair andNon-executive Directors.

The Non-executive Directors support and constructively

challengethe executive team withina spirit of partnership and

mutual respect. All the Non-executive Directors are considered

tobe independent.

All Directors are subject to re-election annually byshareholders

atthe Company’s Annual General Meeting. The skills and

experience and how our Directors contribute to the long-term

sustainable success of the Company are set out in their biographies

on the following pages. Information on changes to the Board during

2024 can be found on pages 58 to 59.

Ruth Markland

#### Chair

Appointed: June 2018

Committee memberships:

– Board Corporate Governance and Nominations Committee

C

– Board Remuneration Committee

Skills and experience: Ruth, a former solicitor and previously Managing Partner of Freshfields Bruckhaus

Deringer’s Asia business, has a wealth of FTSE 100 board experience. She spent over ten years on the boards

of Standard Chartered plc and The Sage Group plc, where she served as Senior Independent Director and

Chair of the remuneration committees. Ruth was also an independent Non-executive Director of Deloitte LLP

for five years until May 2020 and a member of the supervisory board of Arcadis NV until April 2021. Ruth

became Chair of the Quilter Board in May 2022. Her extensive experience in senior board roles and deep

understanding of governance equip her to effectively lead the Board.

External appointments: None.

#### Neeta Atkar MBE

Senior Independent Director

Appointed: August 2022

Committee memberships:

– Board Audit Committee

– Board Corporate Governance and Nominations Committee

– Board Remuneration Committee

C

– Board Risk Committee

C

Skills and experience: Neeta has extensive experience in the financial services industry, having worked

initially at the Bank of England and subsequently the Financial Services Authority before taking on various

senior risk roles in organisations including Lloyds Banking Group and, latterly, TSB Bank as Chief Risk Officer.

Neeta has broad experience of chairing risk committees, gained previously at Yorkshire Building Society and

currently at Nomura Europe Holdings plc and the British Business Bank plc. She also has extensive experience

serving on remuneration committees, having been a member of the Nomura Europe Holdings plc

remuneration committee since 2018 where she also chairs their German subsidiary remuneration committee.

This experience, together with her deep understanding of customers, risk, regulation and remuneration,

enables Neeta to make significant contributions to the Board. In October 2022, Neeta was appointed as

theBoard Consumer Duty Champion and in September 2024 she became Senior Independent Director.

External appointments: Non-executive Director of Nomura Europe Holdings plc and Senior Independent

Director of British Business Bank plc.

46

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

#### Steven Levin

#### Chief Executive Officer

Appointed: November 2022

Skills and experience: Steven has deep industry knowledge, having worked in various asset management,

investments, platform and distribution roles in his career. He joined the Group in 1998, the Executive

Committee in 2011 and the Board in November 2022 when he was appointed as Chief Executive Officer.

Stevenhas played a leading role in delivering several high-profile strategic initiatives for the Group, including

the implementation of Quilter’s investment platform and the development of Quilter’s proposition. Steven’s

broad industry and leadership experience allows him to effectively drive strategic delivery.

External appointment: Member of the Investment Association Advisory Council.

Denotes Chair of Committee

Skills and experience: Mark brings deep finance, corporate and business experience to the Board. He joined

Old Mutual in the UK in January 2000 and held several leadership positions within the finance function and

businesses, during which time he played key roles in the acquisitions of Quilter Financial Planning and Quilter

Cheviot. This experience has been invaluable in ensuring that Quilter effectively executes its strategy, including

leading successful business disposals. Mark joined the Quilter Board as Chief Financial Officer in March 2019,

having served as Corporate Finance Director from August 2017 to March 2019. Mark is qualified as a Chartered

Accountant in South Africa and worked for KPMG in both South Africa and Canada prior to moving to the UK.

External appointment: Trustee of The Grey Foundation in the UK.

#### Mark Satchel

#### Chief Financial Officer

Appointed: March 2019

#### Moira Kilcoyne

Independent Non-executive Director

Appointed: December 2016

Committee membership:

– Board Risk Committee

Skills and experience: Moira has extensive technology and cyber security leadership experience, having

spent much of her executive career working in senior technology roles at Morgan Stanley and Merrill Lynch,

latterly executing global change management and transformative IT implementation as Co-Chief Information

Officer for Global Technology and Data at Morgan Stanley. Moira previously served as a Non-executive

Director of Citrix Systems Inc and Elliot Opportunity II. Her experience, gained as both an executive and

anon-executive, together with her understanding of business operations, operational resilience, data

management and supplier oversight, equips her to oversee and challenge the design and delivery of Quilter’s

technology and operations strategies.

External appointments: Non-executive Director of Arch Capital Group Ltd and a member of the board

of governors at FINRA.

#### Chris Hill

Independent Non-executive Director

Appointed: March 2024

Committee memberships:

– Board Audit Committee

– Board Remuneration Committee

Skills and experience: Chris has considerable financial expertise and knowledge of the wealth management

industry. He has extensive experience across a range of sectors including serving as Chief Executive Officer at

Hargreaves Lansdown plc, Chief Financial Officer at IG Group Holdings plc, a FTSE 250 online trading platform,

and Chief Financial Officer at Travelex, the global currency and payments business. Chris held several

leadership roles at GE Capital after completing his accountancy qualifications with Arthur Andersen. His

experience of large-scale business operations and driving business performance enables Chris to add further

depth to Board discussions and help Quilter deliver its strategic goals. In September 2024, Chris was appointed

as Quilter’s Workforce Engagement Director.

External appointments: Trustee of the Just Finance Foundation, member of the FCA Practitioner Panel and

an adviser to Boston Consulting Group.

Strategic Report

Other information

47

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Governance Report

![]()

#### George Reid

Independent Non-executive Director

Appointed: February 2017

Committee memberships:

– Board Audit Committee

C

– Board Corporate Governance and Nominations Committee

– Board Risk Committee

#### Chris Samuel

Independent Non-executive Director

Appointed: July 2021

Committee membership:

– Board Risk Committee

Skills and experience: George has extensive financial expertise having spent over 20 years in the accounting

profession, including lengthy tenures at PwC, and, latterly, Ernst & Young LLP as managing partner and Head

ofFinancial Services for Scotland and UK regions. This experience provides George with a deep understanding

of, and the ability to critically assess, key accounting, financial reporting and audit matters, and the control

environment required for a wealth management business. George is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered

Accountants in England and Wales.

External appointment: Chair of FIL Life Insurance Limited.

Skills and experience: As an experienced Chair and Non-executive Director, Chris’ expertise in the financial

services industry enables him to challenge, advise, and support Quilter’s management team on a wide range

ofbusiness, investment, distribution, finance, and operational matters. As Chief Executive of Ignis Asset

Management, Chris led the successful transformation, and then sale, of the business. Chris also held other

board-level executive positions at several asset management businesses including Gartmore Investment

Management, Hill Samuel Asset Management and Cambridge Place Investment Management. Prior to that

heworked at Prudential-Bache Securities and KPMG, where he qualified as a Chartered Accountant. Chris’

previous non-executive experience includes roles as Chair of JP Morgan Japanese Investment Trust plc and

asaDirector of Alliance Trust plc, Sarasin & Partners LLP and UIL Limited.

External appointments: Chair of BlackRock Throgmorton Trust plc and Non-executive Director and Chair

designate of Scottish Mortgage Investment Trust PLC.

#### Board of Directors continued

#### Alison Morris

Independent Non-executive Director

Appointed: September 2024

Committee memberships:

– Board Audit Committee

– Board Remuneration Committee

– Board Risk Committee

Skills and experience: Alison is a Chartered Accountant and brings a wealth of recent and relevant

experience of the financial services sector. She has detailed and specialist knowledge of accounting and

auditing practices having been a partner in PwC’s financial services audit practice from 1994 until the end

of2019. During her tenure at PwC, Alison held several leadership roles, including being a member of the

executive management team which led their audit practice. In her non-executive career, Alison has extensive

experience of chairing audit committees and serving on risk committees of financial services organisations

including Paragon Banking Group PLC, Sabre Insurance Group plc and, formerly, M&G Group Limited. Alison’s

deep financial expertise and audit experience in the financial services sector enables her to make a significant

contribution to the Quilter Board.

External appointments: Senior Independent Director of Paragon Banking Group PLC and Non-executive

Director of Sabre Insurance Group plc.

48

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

#### Board meeting attendance

#### during 2024

Length of tenure for Chair and

#### Non-executive Directors

2024 2023

0-3 years

3-6 years

6-9 years

#### Industry knowledge and experience

2024

Accounting and Finance

International Financial Services

Investment and Asset Management

Legal, Governance and Risk

Operations and Technology

Wealth Distribution

Figures represent number of Board members with relevant

experience.

Scheduled

Board

meetings

Ad hoc

Board

meetings

Chair

Ruth Markland 7/7 4/4

Executive Directors

Steven Levin 7/7 4/4

Mark Satchel 7/7 4/4

Independent Non-executive Directors

Neeta Atkar

1

7/7 4/4

Chris Hill

2

5/5 4/4

Moira Kilcoyne 7/7 4/4

Alison Morris

3

2/2 3/3

George Reid 7/7 4/4

Chris Samuel 7/7 4/4

Former Non-executive Directors

Tim Breedon

4

5/5 1/1

Tazim Essani

5

3/3 –

Paul Matthews

5,6

2/3 –

1

Appointed as Senior Independent Director with effect

from 12 September 2024.

2

Appointed with effect from 7 March 2024.

3

Appointed with effect from 9 September 2024.

4

Stepped down with effect from 11 September 2024.

5

Stepped down with effect from 23 May 2024.

6

Paul was unable attend to attend one meeting due to a

prior engagement. He reviewed the papers and comments

were provided to the Chair in advance of the meeting.

In addition to the meetings reported above, sufficient time

was provided, periodically, for the Chair to meet privately

with the Senior Independent Director and the Non-

executive Directors.

89%

11%

2024

2024 2023

Strategy and Delivery of Strategy

Business Performance Oversight

Stakeholder Management

Risk Management and Governance

#### Gender identity

Number of senior positions

1

on the Board (%)

Number of Board Members (%)

Number of Board Members (%)

#### Ethnic background

56%

44%

2024

50%50%

2024

White British or other White

(including minority-white groups)

Asian/Asian British

\*

As at 31December 2024

1

Chair, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer

or Senior Independent Director.

38%

24%

20%

18%

2024

34%

27%

15%

24%

2023

Female

Male

Female

Male

#### Board activity Board composition\* Board skills and experience\*

### Governance at a glance

#### Board briefings

The Board has attending briefings throughout

the year. These included:

Artificial Intelligence

Consumer Duty

Cyber Security

Strategic Report

Other information

49

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Governance Report

![]()

### Principal decisions of the Board in 2024

2024 was another evolutionary year for Quilter.

The Board oversaw the continued delivery of the

Group’s strategic priorities and were pleased

withthe significant progress made under the

leadership of our Chief Executive Officer, Steven

Levin. We continue to stay focused on the

execution of our strategy toenable Quilter to

deliver long-term, sustainable success for our

stakeholders. Set out in the following pages are

some of the key areas of Board focus in 2024.

The Board relies on the detailed work performed

by its Committees on a wide range of issues and

isgrateful for their robust oversight and challenge

again this year.

#### Delivery of our strategy

Through updates from our Chief Executive Officer,

Chief Financial Officer and other members of the

Group Executive Committee, the Board was

briefed regularly on progress to deliver our

strategy. The Board considered and discussed

theexternal economic environment, political and

regulatory change including analysis of the impact,

constraints and opportunities these events

present for our business model, and our

performance. The Board was pleased that the

improvements made to our investment platform

inprior years enabled the business to generate

record core net inflows in 2024. Atthe Board

Strategy Day held in May 2024, the Board

reaffirmed its commitment to our three key

strategic priorities. In this report you can read

more about how we deliver our strategy and the

key outcomes of the Board’s deliberations during

the year.

In January 2025, the Board discussed how the

strategy is now evolving. You can read more about

this in Steven’s report on page 3.

1. Building

#### Distribution

Given our belief in the importance of advice,

the Board approved continuing investment

inour financial planning business.

Nine firms are now part of our Quilter

Partners model enabling advisers to access

our investment propositions and platform,

whilst retaining their entrepreneurial drive

asan owner-operated business.

The Board has been briefed on adviser

productivity and the progress made in the

implementation of the new adviser Academy.

Mindful of our commitment to advice, the

Board agreed to hold a deep dive on the

Academy in 2025.

The Board has welcomed the progress being

made by the transformation of our wealth

management business, where work tosimplify

the client journey and modernise client touch

points is progressing. There is more to do to

deliver the programme, but the Board believes

that being directly authorised will support our

customers.

The Board was apprised on the programme

tomodernise and automate the control

environment in our financial planning

business. This is a multi-year programme

andwill continue to be an important area

ofstrategic focus in 2025.

2. Enhancing

#### ourProposition

During the year, the Board oversaw

enhancements in our customer products

withincreased take up in the CashHub, the

acquisition of NuWealth and the continuing

implementation of our flagship investment

portfolios, WealthSelect, on other platforms.

The changes in 2023 to gain more business

from the IFA channel were successful, with

improved new business flows contributing

tothe rise in net flows in the year.

Advisers and customers seek robust

investment returns that align to their risk

profiles. The Board received quarterly updates

from our Quilter Investors and Quilter Cheviot

Chief Investment Officers on investment

performance, with enhancements agreed

todrive more consistent reporting of

performance to the Board. The steps taken

inprior years to enhance strategic and tactical

asset allocation and investment risk reporting

in Quilter Investors, and the detailed

consideration by our subsidiary boards on

theAssessment of Value process, has been

welcomed by the Board. This enhanced

reporting has enabled the Board to challenge

management to provide assurance that the

products available to our customers and clients

are delivered in accordance with the

investment mandate and are aligned to the

principles of the FCA’s Consumer Duty.

The Board has also been supportive of

proposals made by management to undertake

modest inorganic acquisitions. Thishas

included approval to acquire a small number

of advice firms.

3. Driving

#### Efficiency

Led by our Chief Financial Officer, the business

has continued to deliver year-on-year cost

savings and the Board has received regular

updates on progress.

We finalised the simplification of our board

corporate governance framework in our

Affluent business, with new regulatory

permissions approved by the FCA to enable

Quilter Investors to delegate the investment

management of its fund range to the Quilter

Platform. This allows Quilter Investors to focus

on its responsibilities as an authorised fund

manager.

During the year, there has been continuing

work to modernise support for customers

andmanage costs through the introduction

ofnew technology and enhancements in

howwe manage data. The Board is clear that

thereis more to do in this evolving area and

iscommitted to spending more time in 2025

on the opportunities that Artificial Intelligence

(“AI”) may present, whilst being mindful of the

necessary discipline and governance required

in the use of AI to manage the business in a

responsible way.

50

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

#### The work of your Board in 2024

#### Report Key areas of discussion and activity Outcomes

#### Business

#### Performance

#### Oversight

Chief Executive

Officer’s report

Through these reports the Chief Executive Officer provided his perspective on the

performance of the business, including the external market conditions, competitor

activity, delivery against our KPIs, notable regulatory updates and other substantive

matters.

The Chief Executive Officer apprised the Board of progress against the 2024

Business Plan and the delivery of the 2024 Operating Plan.

– Monitored the delivery of the 2024 Business Plan and scrutinised

the underpinning 2024 Operating Plan.

Business

Reviews

The Board received and discussed “deep dives” from senior leaders on business

strategy and performance.

– Reviewed the progress made on Wealth Management

transformation in our High Net Worth segment following approval

from the FCA for a change in regulatory permissions enabling

customers to do business with Quilter in a more simple and

efficient manner.

– Approved the strategic direction for our underlying businesses.

Chief Financial

Officer’s report

Financial performance

The Chief Financial Officer reported regularly on the delivery of the Group’s

financialperformance against the Business Plan, prior year performance and

otherkey performance indicators.

2025-2027 Business Plan

The Board dedicated time to the development and approval of the 2025-2027

Business Plan. This included reviewing and challenging the economic and market

assumptions underpinning the Plan.

Dividend and capital management

A key focus for the Board is to ensure that Quilter has a disciplined capital allocation

framework, whilst maintaining a robust balance sheet and liquidity position.

TheBoard has been careful to strike the right balance between value creation

andreturns for shareholders while investing in our business’ sustainability and

long-term success.

– Approved the 2025-2027 Business Plan.

– Approved the 2023 Annual Report and financial statements.

– Approved the half year results announcement.

– Approved the full year and half year dividend.

– Approved the renewal of the Group’s Revolving Credit Facility.

Strategic Report

Other information

51

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Governance Report

![]()

#### Report Key areas of discussion and activity Outcomes

#### Business

#### Performance

#### Oversight

Chief Operating

Officer’s report

These updates informed the Board on the developments in our Technology

andOperations areas to support our customers and advisers, including how we

aremanaging and controlling data, overseeing our material outsourced partners

and suppliers, and driving more efficiency in our operations.

The Board was also briefed on the prompt action taken by management to assess

the impacts of the global CrowdStrike IT incident in July 2024 on our business, as

wellas our key strategic partners and other suppliers. This included the steps taken

to protect our customers and colleagues.

The Board was briefed by external experts on new technology and cyber matters,

including AI, and considered how these can be harnessed to support the delivery

ofour strategy.

– Approved the Group’s Operational Resilience Assessment.

– Discussed and challenged ongoing enhancements in our

operations teams.

Strategy and

Delivery of

#### Strategy

Corporate

Sustainability

The Board oversees the governance and framework for Quilter’s Corporate

Sustainability strategy. This incorporates responsible investment, corporate

socialresponsibility, including the impact on our communities through the

QuilterFoundation, and our approach to managing climate change.

The Board has been briefed on the progress made in these three areas, including:

– the performance of our sustainable and responsible funds;

– updates on the management governance overseeing external reporting;

– the impact made by the work of the Quilter Foundation, which is described further

on page 14;

– how the investment teams engage on behalf of clients with investment firms; and

– the environmental impact of Quilter’s own offices and the improvements made to

them to be more environmentally friendly.

– Asked management to reset the Group’s strategy on

sustainability.

– Endorsed the new management governance oversight

ofclimate-related responsibilities and reporting.

– Approved the Group TCFD Report and the Sustainability

disclosures that form part of our Annual Report.

– Approved the Group Stewardship Code.

– Approved the Group’s Modern Slavery Statement.

Governance

Simplification

As reported last year, a new Board corporate governance model was implemented

in 2023 to give the Board a more direct line of sight to our Affluent segment. This

new model has embedded well during 2024 andisdelivering the benefits expected,

including greater efficiency in our Board governance processes. During the year, the

Board oversaw further structural change within the Affluent segment with new

regulatory permissions approved by the FCA to enable Quilter Investors to delegate

the investment management of its fund range to the Quilter Platform. This drives

greater simplification of governance with Quilter Investors becoming a focused

authorised fund manager from the beginning of 2025, in addition to strengthening

the management of conflicts of interest within the Affluent segment.

– Approved in principle the change in the corporate governance

operating model and in the regulated activities of material

subsidiary companies.

#### Principal decisions of the Board in 2024 continued

52

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

#### Report Key areas of discussion and activity Outcomes

Strategy and

Delivery of

#### Strategy

Investment

performance

reports

Our Chief Investment Officers reported quarterly to the Board, ensuring that it had

clear sight of how Quilter Investors and Quilter Cheviot delivered investment returns

in line with fund benchmarks and our customers’ preferences onrisk tolerance.

– Revised the investment performance reporting to enable the

Board to more effectively challenge the performance

andoutcomes delivered for customers.

Customer

Reports and the

Consumer Duty

updates

These reports provided valuable insights into how Quilter is perceived, the quality

ofthe outcomes achieved for our customers, and the opportunities to drive

improvements that will create value for our customers to support good customer

outcomes.

Customer insights

The Board received regular updates on the service Quilter provided to our

customers. This included the performance of investments, which drive investment

returns for clients. The Board was supported by the Board Risk Committee which

applies significant scrutiny to customer issues and reporting. Whilst all Board

members raise and challenge customer issues, the Board has asked Neeta Atkar to

act as our Group Consumer Duty Champion, a role she has undertaken since 2022.

The Consumer Duty assessment

The Board was regularly updated on the process adopted to enable the Board to

discuss and challenge the Group’s first Consumer Duty assessment ahead of the

31July 2024 deadline. Significant time was spent preparing for this assessment, with

specific focus on areas of continuing enhancement, including support for vulnerable

customers and improvements in the underlying metrics used to inform the

judgements that management report to the Board. Management presented a report

setting out the scope of activity, the results of its monitoring of customer outcomes

and the actions required as a result of the monitoring. The report was scrutinised in

detail by the Board Risk Committee and the boards of our regulated entities, and the

Group Board reviewed the process and key findings set out in each report. Each

board approved its assessment and implemented an action plan for future

enhancements, with the Group Board endorsing the overall plan.

The Board was briefed by external subject matter experts on the key issues

regarding the Consumer Duty and best practice for implementation. All Board

papers highlight, where relevant, the impacts of proposals on customers and other

stakeholders for consideration by the Board.

– Ensured that the business strategy was aligned to our customer

strategy.

– Oversaw and approved the process of assessment for the

Consumer Duty for the Group‘s UK regulated subsidiaries.

– Endorsed the first Group Consumer Duty assessment including

an action plan for continuous enhancement.

– Asked management to enhance the metrics presented to the

Board to enable better line of sight into customer journeys

andthe support provided to vulnerable customers.

Strategic Report

Other information

53

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Governance Report

![]()

#### Report Key areas of discussion and activity Outcomes

#### Risk Management

#### andGovernance

Chief Risk

Officer’s report

The Board was updated regularly on the second line view of the key risks in our

business and the effectiveness of management’s efforts to mitigate those risks. The

Chief Risk Officer, the Chief Executive Officer and other executives briefed the Board

on new and emerging risks, key regulatory matters, operational resilience, data and

IT security.

Risk appetite

Throughout the year, the Board heard from the first line, the Chair of the Board Risk

Committee and the Chief Risk Officer on overall performance against risk appetite

and key areas of focus. This included an assessment of Quilter’s Group-wide top

risks, including regulatory, climate and business risk.

Risk Management Framework

A refresh of the risk management framework was completed in the year, with

continued embedding of the new approach expected to take place in 2025. An

important part of the framework is how we protect our clients from financial crime

which was a specific area for review in 2024 and will remain an area of focus in 2025.

– Approved an update to the Enterprise Management Risk

Framework and changes to the risk appetite statements and

KeyRisk Indicators.

– Approved the Group ICARA and Group ORSA on the

recommendation of the Board Risk Committee.

– Approved the new Financial Crime Risk Management

Framework.

– Discussed the approach to internal controls assessment in light

of the new UK Corporate Governance Code recommendations

due to be implemented for reporting periods commencing

1January 2026.

Reports from

the Chairs of

our Board

Committees

To ensure that the Board is apprised on the detailed work conducted by the

BoardCommittees, the Chair of each Board Committee briefed the Board on the

Committee’s key discussions and provided a written report tothe Board after

eachBoard Committee meeting, where the time between meetings allowed.

The Board spent time on its own succession arrangements and those of

management.

– On the recommendation of the Board Corporate Governance

and Nominations Committee, approved the appointments

ofChris Hill and Alison Morris to the Board as Independent

Non-executive Directors.

– Approved minor updates to the Board Diversity Policy.

– Considered, discussed and approved the action plan following

the internal Board Effectiveness Review.

– Endorsed the approach to the review of internal control

effectiveness and reporting in light of the 2024 UK Corporate

Governance Code changes.

– Approved updates to the Terms of Reference for its Board

Committees following their annual reviews.

Reports and

escalations from

the Chairs of

our major

subsidiary

companies

Written reports were provided to the Board by the Chairs of our significant

subsidiary boards, briefing it on the detailed work conducted by these boards

andtheir committees.

– The Board monitored key areas of focus, risk and achievement

for the Group’s material subsidiaries.

#### Principal decisions of the Board in 2024 continued

54

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

#### Report Key areas of discussion and activity Outcomes

#### Stakeholder

#### management

1

Culture and

colleagues

The Human Resources Director reported to the Board on key culture and colleague

insights to provide assurance that the Group’s culture and values are well aligned

tothe achievement of its purpose and strategy and that we have engaged and

committed people. These reports included the results of the Peakon Workforce

Engagement Survey (“Peakon Survey”), including emerging themes and any actions

being considered.

During the year, the Board reviewed and challenged the Executive Succession plan,

following review by the Board Corporate Governance and Nominations Committee.

The Board also reviewed the performance of the Executive Directors and Executive

Committee members.

Following a review on the effectiveness of the mechanisms for engagement with

colleagues, the Board discussed the routes for engagement and concluded that the

approach adopted remains effective and that a Non-executive Director would continue

to be appointed from the Board to serve as the Workforce Engagement Director. Board

members reaffirmed their commitment to broader engagement with colleagues.

– Approved a new Culture Dashboard to enable the Board

toreceive insights into employee engagement, culture and

wellbeing.

– Approved Quilter’s new purpose and values.

– Approved the approach to talent engagement by the Board.

– Considered and approved the approach to broader workforce

engagement by the Board to ensure it remains effective and

appropriate.

– Endorsed management’s Inclusion and Diversity Action Plan.

– Confirmed that the means of engagement with colleagues

remains appropriate and approved a revision to the Workforce

Engagement Director Role Profile as set out in the Board Charter.

Investor

relations

Shareholder Insights

The Chief Financial Officer provided key insights on Investor Relations matters

including the views of our major institutional shareholders. Please see below for more

information in our Governance in Action case study.

– Endorsed the approach of continuing to engage with major

shareholders on the reasons why the Company believes that it should

continue to seek the precautionary authority from shareholders to

allow political donations or expenditure not exceeding £50,000 in the

period for the Company and its subsidiaries.

Governance in Action: Shareholder engagement on political donations

At the 2024 AGM, the precautionary resolution authorising political donations and expenditure received 72.74% support. On the UK share register,

thisresolution received 97.36% support, while on the South African share register, support was significantly lower at 57.19%.

From our ongoing dialogue with shareholders, werecognise that in the South African governance context, any linkage between business and politics

issensitive.

Quilter has not made any political donations nor does it intend to in future, however, in line with other UK listed companies, continues to seek a standard

UK resolution purely as a precautionary measure to avoid any inadvertent breaches of the Companies Act 2006.

The Companies Act 2006 prohibits the Company and its subsidiaries from making political donations or from incurring political expenditure in respect

ofapolitical party or other political organisation or an independent election candidate unless authorised by the Company’s shareholders. There were no

political donations made by Quilter and no political expenditure was incurred in the UK, South Africa or anywhere else in the world during 2024. Neither

theCompany, nor any of its subsidiaries, has any intention of making any political donations or incurring any political expenditure. However, since the

Companies Act 2006 defines “political party”, “political organisation”, “political donation” and “political expenditure” widely, the Company wishes to ensure

that neither it nor its subsidiaries inadvertently commits any breaches of the Companies Act 2006 through the undertaking of routine activities, which

would notnormally be interpreted as political donations and political expenditure.

Weunderstand the importance of open and continuing dialogue and will continue to engage with our large South African shareholders.

1

You can read more about stakeholder engagement on pages 13 to 15 of the Strategic Report.

Strategic Report

Other information

55

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Governance Report

![]()

#### Board Strategy Day

The Board believes that this programme of

cultural change is important to support the

delivery of our ambitious strategic growth

agenda and achieve long-term sustainable

success. The Board approved the behaviours

expected of colleagues required for the culture

change – ambition, accountability and learning

– and a refresh of the purpose and values so

that they more naturally resonate with

colleagues.

Sponsored by the Board and led by the Chief

Executive Officer, with support from the Group

Executive Committee, senior leaders and

managers have participated in the culture

transformation programme, including attending

training to support them to lead colleagues

inthe organisation.

The Board has been briefed regularly on the

progress being made to embed our new target

culture and a culture dashboard has been

developed and presented to the Board to

enable it to track the key indicators and

outcomes of the culture transformation activity.

These reports and feedback channels provide

comfort to the Board that the Group has an

engaged and committed workforce. The Board

will continue to scrutinise the progress made

toembed the new target culture and purpose

and values in 2025.

The Board has continued to review the detailed

plans management have to support diversity

and equality of opportunity across our

workforce. In May 2024, the Board endorsed

the 2024-2027 Inclusion and Diversity Action

Plan. You can read more about the targets and

ambitions we set ourselves on pages 18 and 19.

In May, the Board held its annual Board

Strategy Day with the Group Executive

Committee to review progress against

Quilter’s strategic objectives and setthe

future strategy for the Group.

The Board agreed the areas of development

and reaffirmed the focus on our three

strategic priorities: Building Distribution;

Enhancing our Proposition; and Driving

Efficiency. The Board also discussed the

external regulatory environment and what

this meant for Quilter and the strategic

foundations for delivery.

The Board asked management to brief them

later in the year on progress made to develop

the technology, people and other resources

needed to deliver the strategy safely in light

of future regulatory change, including the

Advice Guidance Boundary Review.

In July, the Board approved in principle the

acquisition of NuWealth. This acquisition

supports the acceleration of Quilter’s digital

and people capability and offers a new

distribution capability to our advisers. The

Board also approved modest investments

incertain advice firms and further investment

inour adviser Academy to continue

tosupport the growth of our adviser network.

The Board remains focused on how we can

be even more customer-centric and asked

management to revert to the Board on the

data and technology strategy to make our

operations fit for the future to support our

customers and advisers.

### Governance in Action Spotlights

#### Culture, Colleagues and Diversity, Equity and Inclusion

#### Measuring our culture transformationactivity

#### The Board uses a range of sources to monitor progress on culture.

Colleague engagement

Monitoring employee opinions using the

all-colleague engagement survey, Peakon, which

demonstrated a rise in colleague engagement

in2024 to 8.0, 0.2 above the Finance industry

benchmark.

Our purpose

Measuring the level of connection with

Quilter’s purpose – brighter financial futures

for every generation. This has seen an

increaseinthe engagement score in

2024from8.0 to8.5.

Score

8.0/10

Score

8.5/10

Source: Quilter Peakon survey September 2024. Source: Quilter Peakon survey September 2024.

Director engagement

Directors provide feedback to the Board as part

of their engagement with colleagues and

advisers across the Group, including visits to

our Southampton office and attendance at

our adviser event, QLive.

Our Workforce Engagement Director

The Board receives reports from the

Workforce Engagement Director who attends

part of the Quilter Employee Forum meetings

to hear the views from representative

colleagues on important topicssuch as

strategy, culture, and purposeand values.

#### As outlined in our 2023 Annual Report, 2024 saw the introduction ofaculture transformation programme

#### designed to promote our new target culture and support our colleagues delivering our strategic priorities.

56

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

Ruth Markland

Chair

theappointment of Neeta Atkar as ourSenior

Independent Director and Chair of the Board

Remuneration Committee. We have also received

regular updates from management on the

executive succession pipeline and led a Board

Talent Engagement Programme to meet a range

ofcolleagues across our firm, which provides

greater context to our discussions on this topic.

We remain committed to our Board Diversity

Policy, and the need to have diverse representation

has remained front of mind in our deliberations

when considering Board appointments and

succession planning. I am pleased to report that

Quilter complies with all three Board diversity

targets specified by the UK Listing Rules, as 44% of

the Board members are women, two of the senior

Board positions (being the Chair, Chief Executive

Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Senior

Independent Director) are held by women and at

least one Board member is from a minority ethnic

background. As required by the UK Corporate

Governance Code 2018 (the “Code”), I confirm that,

as at 31 December 2024, 42% of senior

management (Executive Committee and the

Company Secretary) and their direct reports were

women (2023: 47%). More information on inclusion

and diversity at Quilter can be found in this report

on page 62 and in the Strategic Report on pages 18

and 19.

In line with the recommendations of the Code,

weconducted an internally facilitated Board

effectiveness review in 2024. An overview of

theprocess and the key outputs are set out

onpage 63.

Finally, I would like to express my thanks to my

fellow Committee members and management

fortheirsupport during 2024.

Ruth Markland

Chair

#### Dear shareholder

I am pleased to present this report on the work

ofthe Board Corporate Governance and

Nominations Committee for the year ended

31December 2024.

A primary responsibility of this Committee is

ensuring that the members of our Board and

executive management team have the necessary

skills, experience and knowledge to effectively lead

Quilter in the delivery of its strategy for the benefit

of its stakeholders. This requires us to dedicate

time to monitoring and overseeing any changes

tothe composition of our Board and Board

Committees. In January 2024, we announced the

departures of two Non-executive Directors, Tazim

Essani and Paul Matthews, who both stepped

down from the Board at the conclusion of our

2024Annual General Meeting. Tim Breedon

subsequently stepped down from the Board in

September 2024. I would like to thank Tazim, Paul

and Tim for their significant contributions and

service to the Board during their tenures. We

welcomed two new Non-executive Directors, Chris

Hill and Alison Morris, to the Board in March 2024

and September 2024, respectively. I explain the

skills that Chris and Alison bring to the Board and

an overview of the process for appointing and

inducting Alison later in this report on page 59.

Theskills and experience of our Directors

collectively are set out on pages 46 to 48.

Effective succession planning is pivotal for the

long-term success, stability and sustainability of

the Group and provides assurance to stakeholders

that the Board and Executive Committee will

continue to include the required skills to allow it to

maintain high standards in line with the interests of

all stakeholders. Succession planning has therefore

continued to be an important area of focus forthe

Committee and the Board in 2024. The Committee

reviews Board succession on a routine basis and

specifically considered the successor to Tim

Breedon’s Board roles this year, resulting in

### Board Corporate Governance and Nominations Committee Report

Ruth Markland

Chair

Committee gender diversity

33%

67%

Female

Male

#### Committee activity

Committee activity  2024 2023

Board and Board Committee

SuccessionPlanning

Corporate Governance

Executive Succession Planning and Talent

Board effectiveness review

9%

20%

45%

26%

2024

66%

13%

11%

10%

2023

Committee membership and attendance

Scheduled

Meetings

Ad hoc

Meetings

Ruth Markland (Chair) 3/3 4/4

Neeta Atkar

1

3/3 3/4

George Reid 3/3 4/4

Former member

Tim Breedon

2

2/2 4/4

1

Neeta was unable to attend one ad hoc meeting due

toaprior engagement. She reviewed the papers and

comments were provided to the Committee Chair

inadvance of the meeting.

2

Stepped down with effect from 11September 2024.

Strategic Report

Other information

57

Financial statementsGovernance Report

57

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

#### Board Corporate Governance and Nominations Committee Report continued

#### Key areas of Committee focus

#### Committee responsibilities

– Reviews the composition of the Board and recommends the appointment of new Directors.

– Considers succession plans for the Chair and other Board positions.

– Considers succession plans for key executive leadership positions and ensures a robust recruitment

framework.

– Monitors corporate governance standards and practices in place.

– Oversees the annual Board performance review.

#### Committee governance

The Board Corporate Governance and Nominations Committee currently comprises the Chair of

theBoard, the Senior Independent Director, who is also Chair of the Board Remuneration Committee

and the Board Risk Committee, and the Chair of the Board Audit Committee.

Details of the skills and experience of the Committee members can be found in their biographies

onpages 46 to 48.

#### Committee effectiveness review

As part of the 2024 Board effectiveness review, the Board has assessed that the Committee

membership is appropriate in providing challenge and oversight and that the Committee is

operatingeffectively.

#### Discharging our responsibilities

The Committee reviewed its activities over the previous 12 months against its Terms of Reference and

confirmed that it had fully discharged its responsibilities in line with its remit. The Terms ofReference

are available at plc.quilter.com.

#### Attendance

The Chief Executive Officer and Human Resources Director regularly attend Committee meetings,

except when it would not be appropriate for them to do so.

#### At a glance

The table below highlights the work of the Committee during the year and the key outcomes.

#### Reports Summary of discussions and activity Outcomes

#### Board and Board

#### Committee

#### Succession

#### Planning

Board

Composition

and Succession

Planning

Updates

The Committee is responsible for the regular review of the composition of the Board and the Board Committees, with a

view to maintaining the appropriate balance of skills, experience, independence and diversity to support the delivery of

the Group’s strategic priorities and ensure that the Board can effectively oversee and provide challenge to management.

The accountabilities, competencies and expectations required of the holder of each role on the Board, including those

required by the Code, have been documented in our Board Charter, which is reviewed annually. This includes the

responsibilities of the Directors as a whole, including their responsibilities under section 172 of the Companies Act 2006,

and the role profiles of the Chair, Senior Independent Director, Committee Chairs, Non-executive Directors and Executive

Directors as well as the Workforce Engagement Director and Consumer Duty Champion. The Chair considered each

Director’s individual contribution to the Board together with feedback from the 2024 Board effectiveness review. The

Chair provided feedback to the Non-executive Directors on their performance and Neeta Atkar, as Senior Independent

Director, provided feedback to the Chair. It was confirmed that all Directors were discharging their roles effectively.

TheChair took the findings of the individual Director performance review into consideration when recommending

there-election of the Directors at the AGM. The time commitment expected of the Non-executive Directors is set out

inthe Board Charter.

– Recommended to the

Board the appointment

ofNeeta Atkar as Senior

Independent Director

andChair of the Board

Remuneration Committee.

– Confirmed that all

Non-executive Directors

remain independent in

accordance with the Code.

58

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

#### Reports Summary of discussions and activity Outcomes

#### Board and Board

#### Committee

#### Succession

#### Planning

#### (continued)

Board

Composition

and Succession

Planning

Updates

(continued)

The Committee is also responsible for reviewing and making recommendations to the Board on succession planning for the

Board and key leadership positions within Quilter. Four of the Non-executive Directors have served on the Board for six

years or less. Heightened focus is applied in the assessment of independence where Non-executive Directors have served

for more than six years. All the Directors are subject to annual re-election by shareholders and the specific reasons why each

Director’s contribution is, and continues to be, important to the Company’s long-term sustainable success are set out in their

biographies on pages 46 to 48. The Committee is satisfied that, throughout the year, all Non-executive Directors remained

independent in accordance with the Code, and the Chair was independent on appointment to that role in May 2022.

In line with best practice, the Committee has agreed emergency succession arrangements for all of the key Board positions,

including the Chair, the Senior Independent Director and the Board Committee Chairs. Although strong candidates are

available for each position on an emergency basis, it is still likely that some external recruitment would besought for

permanent successors. To support the Board succession planning process, the Committee regularly reviews aBoard Skills

Matrix which sets out the industry knowledge and experience of our Directors which is relevant to the delivery of our

strategy. A summary of this Matrix is set out on page 49.

In light of Tim Breedon’s decision to retire from the Board, which was announced in July and effective in September 2024,

the Committee considered the potential successors to Tim’s roles of Senior Independent Director and Chair of the Board

Remuneration Committee. Following discussion by the non-conflicted Committee members, the Committee recommended

to the Board the appointment of Neeta Atkar to both of these roles with effect from 12September 2024. Inmaking their

recommendation, the Committee discussed the depth of Neeta’s experience in these roles in financial services companies.

Non-executive

Director

Appointment

Proposals

On the recommendation of the Committee, the Board appointed Chris Hill as a Non-executive Director and member ofthe

Board Audit Committee and Board Remuneration Committee with effect from 7 March 2024. Chris was subsequently

appointed as Workforce Engagement Director with effect from 12 September 2024. Chris brings deep knowledge of the

wealth management industry and experience as a financial services Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer,

which equips him to fulfil these roles. You can read moreabout the search process and the induction arrangements for

Chris Hill in our 2023 Annual Report.

On 9 September 2024, we welcomed Alison Morris to the Board as a Non-executive Director and member of the

BoardAudit Committee and Board Risk Committee. Alison has subsequently been appointed as a member of the Board

Remuneration Committee. The process to recruit Alison was led by the Chair with support from external search firm,

Sapphire Partners, who have only been retained for Board searches and have no other connection with Quilter or any

individual Director. In line with our Board Diversity Policy, Sapphire Partners is a signatory to the voluntary code of conduct

for executive search firms which supports a diverse selection process.

The Committee agreed a search brief which set out the criteria and characteristics for the search. The Committee reviewed

the initial list of candidates with Sapphire Partners against these criteria and a diverse shortlist of candidates was

interviewed by the Chair and other members of the Committee. The preferred candidate, Alison Morris, who has deep

financial expertise and audit experience in the financial services sector, was assessed as meeting the key search criteria

and subsequently met with other Board members and certain senior leaders. On the recommendation of the Committee,

Alison’s appointment was confirmed by the Board and announced on 18 April 2024.

Alison was provided with a comprehensive, formal and tailored induction, which included briefings on Quilter’s strategy,

financial performance, risk profile, regulatory environment, and governance framework. The induction programme was

delivered through a series of meetings with fellow Board members, senior management and key advisers to the Group.

– Recommended to the

Board the appointments

ofChris Hill and Alison

Morris.

#### Key areas of Committee focus

Strategic Report

Other information

59

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Governance Report

![]()

#### Board Corporate Governance and Nominations Committee Report continued

#### Key areas of Committee focus

#### Reports Summary of discussions and activity Outcomes

#### Executive

#### Succession Planning

#### and Talent

Executive

Succession

Planning

Updates

The Committee exercises close oversight of the senior management talent pipeline to satisfy itself that there is effective

succession planning for key executive roles. It receives regular updates from the Chief Executive Officer and the Human

Resources Director on progress made on our executive succession plans over appropriate time horizons and the actions

identified to manage and mitigate succession risk. Our diversity targets are taken into consideration as part of our

succession plans and you can read more about how Quilter supports the development of a diverse talent pipeline in the

Strategic Report on page 17.

The Committee has appointed a Sub-Committee to oversee the process for the appointment of a permanent successor to

the Chief Risk Officer role. This Sub-Committee comprises the Chair of the Board, the Chair of the Board Audit Committee

and the Chair of the Board Risk Committee, who chairs the Sub-Committee.

– Appointed a Sub-

Committee to oversee

theappointment of a

newChief Risk Officer.

Talent and

Colleague

Engagement

Updates

To support the effective oversight of executive succession planning, the Board conducts an annual Talent Engagement

programme through which the Board members are able to engage with our colleagues and gain insight into talent across

various levels of the Group. During the year, the Committee reviewed the success and learnings from the 2023 Talent

Engagement programme which informed the focus and structure of the programme for 2024.

#### Corporate

#### Governance

Director

Conflicts of

Interest and

Time

Commitment

In accordance with the Companies Act 2006 and the Company’s Articles of Association, the Board may authorise conflicts

of interest. Directors are required to declare any potential or actual conflicts of interest that could interfere with their

ability to act in the best interests of Quilter. The Company Secretary maintains a Conflicts of Interest Register, which is

reviewed by the Board and the Committee on an annual basis. Board members hold various external directorships and

other outside business interests, and the Board is mindful of the benefits that this can bring. However, noting the

recommendations of the Code, the Committee considers any potential impact on Quilter of any proposed new external

appointment that a Director wishes to assume and, where appropriate, approves that external appointment on behalf

ofthe Board. In doing so, the Committee considers the facts and circumstances around the appointment, the role and

nature of the business and potential time commitment for the Director. All new external appointments for Directors

pre-approved by the Committee are notified to the Board.

During the year, the Committee carefully reviewed a request to approve a new external appointment for a Non-executive

Director and concluded that the additional responsibilities would not impact their time commitment or cause any

potential conflicts of interest for Quilter. Details of Directors’ external appointments can be found in their biographies

onpages 46 to 48.

The Committee was also provided with an assessment of all Non-executive Directors’ time commitment to provide

assurance on their capacity to effectively discharge their duties to Quilter and confirmed to the Board that they were

satisfied that these remain appropriate.

– Confirmed that all

Non-executive Directors

have sufficient time

capacity to fulfil their

duties to Quilter.

– Pre-approved on behalf of

the Board Chris Samuel’s

appointment to the board

of Scottish Mortgage

Investment Trust PLC.

60

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

#### Key areas of Committee focus

#### Reports Summary of discussions and activity Outcomes

#### Corporate

#### Governance

#### (continued)

Corporate

Governance

Updates

Following the publication of the 2024 Code, the Committee reviewed an assessment of Quilter’s preparedness for

compliance and the steps to ensure that the reporting requirements can be successfully met during 2025 forpublication

in our 2025 Annual Report.

The Committee also routinely reviews the Group’s corporate governance framework documents to ensure that they

remain fit for purpose.

– Recommended the

assessment of

preparedness against the

2024 Code to the Board.

Subsidiary

Governance

Updates

The remit of the Committee includes the governance policies and processes that apply to Quilter’s significant subsidiaries.

During the year, the Committee has reviewed and endorsed proposals on board composition and the board committee

structures for companies within the Affluent segment.

The Committee oversaw the simplification of our board corporate governance framework in our Affluent business, with

new regulatory permissions approved by the FCA to enable Quilter Investors to delegate the investment management

ofits fund range to the Quilter Platform. This allows Quilter Investors to focus in its responsibilities as an authorised

fundmanager. As part of the simplification, a number of Affluent subsidiary board committees were closed and other

governance forums have assumed responsibility for scrutinising investment oversight, including conflicts of interest.

Theywill report to the respective board or board committee on these matters, as appropriate.

– Endorsed the new

composition of the Quilter

Investors Limited board.

– Approved changes to

theboard committee

structure for the

Affluententities.

Strategic Report

Other information

61

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Governance Report

![]()

#### Board Corporate Governance and Nominations Committee Report continued

#### Key areas of Committee focus

#### Board Diversity Policy

The Committee monitors the impact of changes to the composition of our Board on our diversity

statistics and is responsible, on behalf of the Board, for the implementation of the Board Diversity Policy

(the “Policy”), which was last reviewed and updated in November 2024.

The Policy sets out our approach to inclusion and diversity for the Board, Board Committees and senior

management and reflects our commitment to creating an organisational culture and environment

where inclusion and diversity in its broadest sense is nurtured and celebrated. The Policy states that

inconsidering the composition of our standing Board Committees, due regard is given to diversity.

ThePolicy sets a number of objectives and incorporates the targets in the UK Listing Rules and the

recommendations of the FTSE Women Leaders Review and the Parker Review. The Policy is available

onour website at plc.quilter.com.

The results against the targets in the Policy for the year ended 31 December 2024 can be found below

for the Board and on page 18 of the Strategic Report for senior management.

#### Board and Executive Management Diversity

#### UK Listing Rule

6.6.6(9)

#### FTSE Women

#### Leaders Review

#### Parker Review

As at the chosen reference date, 31 December 2024, all three

targets specified by UK Listing Rule 6.6.6(9) have been met:

– At least 40% of the individuals on the Board are women.

– At least one of the senior Board positions (being the Chair, Chief

Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Senior Independent

Director) is held by a woman.

– At least one individual on the Board is from a minority ethnic

background.

The disclosure required by provision 23 of the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code in relation to the

gender balance of senior management and their direct reports can be found on page 18.

The tables below have been prepared in accordance with UK Listing Rule 6.6.6(10) and are set out in the

format contained in UK Listing Rule 6 Annex 1. The reference date is 31 December 2024 and no Board

changes have occurred between that date and the date on which this report was approved.

#### Gender identity

Number of

Board Members

Percentage

of the Board

Number of

senior positions

on the Board

1

Number of

Executive

Management

2

Percentage

of Executive

Management

Men 5 56% 2 6 60%

Women 4 44% 2 4 40%

Not specified/prefer not to say – – – - –

#### Ethnic background

Number of

Board Members

Percentage

of the Board

Number of

senior positions

on the Board

1

Number of

Executive

Management

2

Percentage

of Executive

Management

White British or other White

(including minority-white groups) 8 89% 3 10 100%

Mixed/Multiple Ethnic Groups – – – – –

Asian/Asian British 1 11% 1 – –

Black/African/Caribbean/

Black British – – – – –

Other ethnic group – – – – –

Not specified/prefer not to say – – – – –

1

Chair, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Senior Independent Director.

2

The Executive Committee and the Company Secretary.

The data collated is based upon the guidance published by the FCA in Policy Statement 22/3. The

Company Secretary collated data on behalf of the Chair and Non-executive Directors and executive

management provide their data via Workday. All data is provided with consent and anonymity is protected.

62

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

#### Background

A high-performing Board is critical to Quilter’s success and we remain committed to the continuous

improvement of the effectiveness of our Board and Board Committees. The Committee agreed that it

would be appropriate to conduct an internally facilitated review in 2024, having last held an externally

facilitated review in 2022.

#### Update on 2023 Board effectiveness review

The Board and its Committees reviewed progress against the agreed action plan from the 2023

effectiveness review and determined that the matters raised in that review had been materially

addressed. It was agreed that the effectiveness of the new Board corporate governance structure

wouldbe kept under review in 2025, in light of further changes we made to the governance structure

within our Affluent segment that became effective from 1 January 2025.

#### Process for the 2024 Board effectiveness review

At the request of the Board, the Senior Independent Director led the review in accordance with an

approach agreed with the Board. In line with the Code recommendations, the review assessed the

performance of the Board, its Committees, the Chair and individual Directors.

#### Outcomes and actions from the 2024 review

The review concluded that the Board and Board Committees continue to operate effectively, with

asmallnumber of themes for continuous improvement identified:

#### Themes identified Actions agreed

Structure, Focus and  Structure, Focus and

Operation of the BoardOperation of the Board

– Once the new board governance structure has further embedded,

including the additional changes within the Affluent segment that were

effective from 1January 2025, a further review of possible efficiencies

willbe undertaken to identify any areas for enhancement.

– Time allocation on the Board agendas and the meeting cadence will be

kept under review in 2025 to ensure maximum effectiveness at meetings.

Business Planning

– The Board will continue to ensure an appropriate level of challenge and

rigour is applied to the Group’s objectives and targets when setting and

monitoring expectations and goals for management.

Internal Control

– The Board Audit Committee will oversee the implementation of the new

Code reporting requirements around internal control (which will apply

from Quilter’s financial year beginning on 1 January 2026).

– This will include monitoring and challenge by the Board and Board

Committees of the evolution of reporting on internal control effectiveness.

Board and Executive

Succession Planning

– The Board and Board Corporate Governance and Nominations Committee

will continue to apply focus to Board and executive succession in line with

our strategy, supported by the Chief Executive Officer and the Human

Resources Director.

Board Training

– Opportunities to refresh Board training on key areas of opportunity and

risk will be considered and implemented in 2025.

You can read more about the reviews of the individual Board Committees in the Board Committee Reports,

which form part of this Governance Report. Information on the process for the assessment of the

individual Directors, including the Chair, is set out on page 58.

#### Board effectiveness review

Stage 2Stage 2

#### October 2024

Stage 3Stage 3

#### November 2024

Stage 4Stage 4

#### December 2024

#### to date

Stage 1Stage 1

#### September 2024

Questionnaires

were agreed by

the Board on the

recommendation

of the Committee

and published to

all Directors. The

questions addressed

the same key areas

as the 2023 review,

including strategy,

the Board’s role

and structure and

governance, to enable

the Board to see

the progress made

on recent pertinent

issues.

The report on the

results of the review

and a suggested

action plan was

discussed by the

Committee. On the

recommendation of

the Committee, the

Board discussed and

approved the action

plan.

The questionnaires

were completed by

the Directors on a

confidential and non-

attributable basis, with

our newly appointed

Director, Alison

Morris, refraining from

participating. The

Senior Independent

Director subsequently

met individually with

the Directors. The

compilation and

evaluation of the

Directors’ responses

was carried out by the

Company Secretary.

Progress against

the action plan is

monitored by the

Committee and the

Board will be kept

updated regularly

in 2025. Each Board

Committee has agreed

the actions relevant

to them arising

from the review and

also monitors their

progress.

#### Looking forward

In accordance with the Code recommendations, the Board has agreed to commission anexternally

facilitated review in 2025.

Strategic Report

Other information

63

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Governance Report

![]()

George Reid

Chair

Committee membership and attendance

Scheduled

Meetings

Ad hoc

Meetings

George Reid (Chair) 9/9 1/1

Neeta Atkar 9/9 1/1

Chris Hill

1

7/7 1/1

Alison Morris

2

2/2 –

Former members

Tazim Essani

3

4/4 –

1

Appointed with effect from 7 March 2024.

2

Appointed with effect from 9 September 2024.

3

Stepped down with effect from 23May 2024.

### Board Audit Committee ReportBoard Audit Committee Report

anarea of focus ahead of the publication of our

2026 Annual Report when these provisions will

first apply to Quilter.

The Committee is responsible on behalf of the

Board for overseeing the Group’s whistleblowing

arrangements and I serve as the Whistleblowing

Champion for Quilter. We recognise the

importance of fostering a culture that encourages

our colleagues to raise any concerns they may

have and how this benefits ethical and fair

business conduct. The Committee has received

regular updates and discussed with management

the steps that have been taken to ensure that we

maintain rigorous, effective and trusted

whistleblowing arrangements that our colleagues

understand and know how to access. Further

information on our whistleblowing arrangements

can be found on page 20 of the Strategic Report.

The independent assurance and professional

scepticism provided by both the Group’s internal

and external auditors are important elements in

the governance of internal controls and financial

reporting. The Group’s Internal Audit function

continues to provide robust assurance on the

effectiveness of the controls for the key risks to

Quilter. This was confirmed by the results of the

external quality assessment carried out during the

year by Deloitte, which you can read more about

later in this report. The Committee has had a

regular dialogue with the Chief Internal Auditor

onthe work of the Internal Audit function and

thesteps it has taken to ensure it meets the

applicable industry standards for auditors.

Similarly, representatives of our external auditors,

PwC, attend all meetings of the Committee and

are regularly invited to share their views and

insights and raise any challenges on financial

reporting and internal controls. The internal

review of PwC’s performance carried out in the

year confirmed that they continue to provide

aneffective and high-quality audit to the Group.

I would like to extend my thanks to Tazim Essani,

who stepped down from the Committee following

the 2024 Annual General Meeting, for her

contribution to the Committee during her tenure.

In 2024, we welcomed Chris Hill and Alison Morris

as Committee members. Chris and Alison both

bring recent and extensive experience of

thefinancial services sector relevant to the

Committee’s role and remit, and you can read

more about their skills and experience in their

biographies on pages 46 to 48.

George Reid

Chair

#### Dear shareholder

As Chair of the Board Audit Committee, I am

pleased to provide this update on the Committee’s

activities since my last report. The Committee

plays a key role in ensuring the integrity of the

Group’s financial reporting and internal controls,

as well as overseeing the work and effectiveness

of its internal and external auditors.

As part of its deliberations, the Committee has

focused on the consistency and succinctness of

our financial reporting, while continuing to ensure

strong compliance with the accounting rules and

that our disclosures are fair, balanced and

understandable. This has involved careful

consideration and challenge of the areas where

management has exercised judgement and the

assumptions and estimates underpinning these.

In this regard, particular attention was paid to the

provision made in respect of the Ongoing Advice

Review, as noted on page 67. The Committee’s

remit includes the Group’s climate-related

financial disclosures and ithas dedicated time

thisyear to discussing with management their

approach to the governance and assurance of

thecontent of this reporting. The Committee

hasbeen briefed on management’s engagement

withthe Financial Reporting Council’s Corporate

Reporting Review team during the year on the

2023 Annual Report and financial statements,

which you can read more about on page 68.

A robust and effective control environment is a

vital element in ensuring the accuracy of our

disclosures for the benefit of all our stakeholders.

The Committee has a joint responsibility with the

Board Risk Committee for exercising oversight

ofthe Group’s system of internal control and has

continually assessed the state of our financial

reporting risks and controls throughout the year.

The Committee is leading the oversight at Board

level of the work to ensure Quilter can in future

make the recommended disclosures on material

controls under the 2024 UK Corporate

Governance Code, and this will continue to be

Committee gender diversity

50%50%

Female

Male

#### Committee activity

Committee activity  2024 2023

Review of Financial Statements

Internal and External Audit

Internal Controls

Governance and Regulatory Compliance

and Reporting

37%

33%

20%

10%

2024

28%

33%

24%

15%

2023

64

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

#### Committee responsibilities

– Reviews the Group’s accounting policies and the contents of financial statements.

– Monitors disclosure controls and procedures.

– Considers the adequacy, scope of work and resourcing of the external and internal audit functions.

– Oversees the relationship with our external auditors.

– Monitors the effectiveness of internal financial controls.

#### Committee governance

The Board Audit Committee currently comprises four independent Non-executive Directors. George

Reid, Chris Hill and Alison Morris have recent and relevant financial experience and competence in

accounting or auditing. The Committee as a whole has competence relevant to the business sectors

that Quilter operates in.

Details of the skills and experience of the Committee members can be found in their biographies on

pages 46 to 48.

#### Committee effectiveness review

As part of the 2024 Board effectiveness review, the Board has assessed that the Committee

membership is appropriate in providing challenge and oversight and that the Committee is operating

effectively.

#### Discharging our responsibilities

The Committee reviewed its activities over the previous 12 months against its Terms of Reference and

confirmed that it had fully discharged its responsibilities in line with its remit. The Terms of Reference

are available at plc.quilter.com.

#### Attendance

The Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Internal Auditor, the Chief Risk Officer and representatives of PwC,

the external auditors, attend all meetings of the Committee. On occasion, other Non-executive Directors

and theChief Executive Officer attend Committee meetings for specific matters. The Committee holds

regular private sessions with the Chief Internal Auditor and the representatives of PwC, without

management present.

#### At a glance

#### Key areas of Committee focus

The table below gives an overview of the Committee’s work during the year, including its consideration of significant issues relating to the financial statements, and key outcomes.

#### Reports Summary of discussions and activity Outcomes

#### Review

#### of Financial

#### Statements

Annual Report

and financial

statements and

preliminary and

interim results

announcements

The Committee thoroughly reviewed and challenged the Group’s Annual Report and financial statements and preliminary

and interim results announcements for 2024. Our discussions have been supported by analysis from management on

their processes for preparing and reviewing these disclosures, as well as the reports of the external auditors.

The Group’s financial statements are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted

in the UK (“IFRS”) and follow the Group’s adopted accounting policies. The Committee reviews the policies and oversees

the use of certain alternative performance measures (“APMs”) to aid the understanding of the Group’s financial

statements by Quilter’s shareholders and other stakeholders. Care has been taken to ensure that where APMs are used,

they are necessary, clearly highlighted and explained, and reconciled to statutory performance measures in line with the

guidance from the FRC.

– Recommended the Annual

Report and financial

statements and

preliminary and interim

results announcements

tothe Board for approval.

Strategic Report

Other information

65

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Governance Report

![]()

#### Key areas of Committee focus

#### Reports Summary of discussions and activity Outcomes

#### Review

#### of Financial

#### Statements

#### (continued)

Annual Report

and financial

statements and

preliminary and

interim results

announcements

(continued)

A comprehensive review process was followed to support the Board in reaching its conclusion that the 2024 Annual

Report and financial statements are fair, balanced and understandable and provide the necessary information for

shareholders to assess the Group’s position, performance, business model and strategy. The process which enabled

theBoard to reach this conclusion, on the advice of the Committee, included:

– close management of the production of the 2024 Annual Report and financial statements by the Chief Financial Officer,

with overall governance and coordination provided by a cross-functional team of senior management;

– cross-functional support for the drafting of the 2024 Annual Report and financial statements which included input

fromFinance, Risk, Investor Relations, Corporate Secretariat, Human Resources and wider business leaders;

– a robust review process of inputs into the 2024 Annual Report and financial statements by all contributors to ensure

disclosures are balanced, accurate and verified, with further comprehensive reviews by senior management;

– a review by the Company Secretary of all Board and Board Committee minutes to ensure all material matters considered

at Board-level meetings have been appropriately disclosed in the 2024 Annual Report and financial statements;

– a specific management paper detailing an assessment of the disclosures against the FRC’s guidance on fair, balanced

and understandable reporting;

– a review of an advanced draft of the disclosures by the Board Audit Committee to provide feedback on areas that would

benefit from further clarity ahead of the final review and approval; and

– final reviews of the draft 2024 Annual Report and financial statements by the Board Audit Committee and the Board.

Having evaluated all relevant information, the assurances by management and underlying processes used to prepare the

financial information, the Committee was satisfied to confirm to the Board that, taken as a whole, the 2024 Annual Report

and financial statements are fair, balanced and understandable. The process was also followed in respect of the Group’s

2024 interim results.

#### Board Audit Committee Report co ntinued

66

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

#### Key areas of Committee focus

#### Reports Summary of discussions and activity Outcomes

#### Review

#### of Financial

#### Statements

#### (continued)

Accounting

Judgement

Updates

The Committee received regular updates on the Group’s key accounting judgements and estimates to enable the

Committee to consider and discuss these with management and the external auditors in advance of the end of each

reporting period. Critical accounting judgements and material accounting estimates deliberated by the Committee

duringreview of the 2024 Annual Report and financial statements included the treatment of the following matters:

– Provision for Ongoing Advice Review: The Committee reviewed the judgements and estimates involved in the provision

for the Ongoing Advice Review, including the assumptions relating to a potential customer remediation exercise.

Theprovision comprises estimates of potential customer redress, interest payable and administration costs. The

Committee’s work included reviewing and questioning management updates regarding the work of the Skilled Person,

receiving updates regarding management’s interactions with the regulator, and challenging the data and control

environment relating to the provision calculations. The disclosures in the Group’s financial statements were reviewed

bythe Committee to ensure compliance with IFRS and transparent presentation.

– Goodwill and intangibles: The Committee considered the appropriateness of the key assumptions underpinning the

Group’s goodwill impairment testing, and the sensitivities modelled. In particular, the Committee considered whether

the carrying amounts of goodwill and intangibles remained appropriate in the context of changes in the UK and global

economy during 2024. The Committee reviewed the associated disclosures in both the interim and annual financial

statements to ensure they met the requirements of IFRS and provided relevant information to the readers of the

financial statements.

– Challenged the significant

accounting judgements

within the Group’s financial

statements.

Going Concern

Disclosures and

Viability

Statement

The Committee has considered the appropriateness of adopting the going concern basis of preparation for the

Group’sfinancial statements and the Group’s assessment of viability for a period longer than 12 months. In doing so,

theCommittee considered a going concern assessment prepared by management which took into account:

– the Group’s three-year Business Plan, which includes consideration of the economic, regulatory, competitive and

riskenvironment; and

– the Group’s latest Own Risk and Solvency Assessment and Internal Capital Adequacy and Risk Assessment reports,

which cover the current and future risk profile and solvency positions based on a series of core assumptions, stress

tests and scenario analysis.

Having considered the proposed viability statement, the Committee was satisfied with its content and the time period

itcovers, which is aligned with the Group’s three-year business planning cycle.

The going concern and viability statement can be found in the Strategic Report on pages 42 and 43.

– Confirmed the

appropriateness of the

going concern basis of

preparation for the 2024

financial statements, and

the content and time

period of the viability

statement.

Strategic Report

Other information

67

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Governance Report

![]()

#### Key areas of Committee focus

#### Reports Summary of discussions and activity Outcomes

#### Review

#### of Financial

#### Statements

#### (continued)

Dividends The Committee is responsible for reviewing and advising the Board on the affordability and suitability of any distributions,

including the Interim and Final Dividends.

– Confirmed to the Board

that the 2024 Interim

andFinal Dividends

wereappropriate and

affordable.

FRC

Correspondence

The FRC wrote to us in July 2024 to inform us that they had carried out a review of our 2023 Annual Report and financial

statements in accordance with Part 2 of their Corporate Reporting Review Operating Procedures. The FRC requested

further information on an accounting judgement made in the aggregation of cash flows when carrying out impairment

reviews for investments in subsidiaries within the Parent Company financial statements. This information was provided

tothe FRC’s satisfaction, and we have enhanced the relevant disclosure in note 2 to the 2024 Parent Company financial

statements on page 178.

The FRC requested that it be noted that their review was based on the 2023 Annual Report and financial statements and

did not benefit from detailed knowledge of our business or an understanding of the underlying transactions entered into.

The FRC’s correspondence provides no assurance that the 2023 Annual Report and financial statements are correct in all

material respects; the FRC’s role is not to verify the information provided to it but to consider compliance with reporting

requirements.

– Received confirmation

from the FRC that it had

closed its enquiries.

– Noted the enhanced

disclosure in the 2024

Parent Company financial

statements.

#### Internal Controls

Financial Control

and Reporting Risk

Updates

The Committee exercises close oversight of the operating effectiveness of the financial reporting control environment to

provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Group’s financial

statements. Management has provided the Committee with regular updates on the risk and control self-assessment for

financial control and reporting risk, and the progress and results of their ongoing controls testing programme. During

theyear, the Committee has also considered the findings of a specific review into the end-to-end advice revenue and

commission payments processes. Where areas for enhancement have been identified, either through management’s

testing, second or third-line assurance work, or PwC’s internal control recommendations, the Committee has monitored

the delivery of the actions agreed to address these areas to ensure that adequate progress is being made.

– Received assurance on

theeffectiveness of the

financial reporting control

environment.

Whistleblowing

Updates

Quilter is committed to maintaining an open and transparent culture in which colleagues feel free to raise concerns.

TheCommittee received six-monthly updates from the Risk function on the operation and effectiveness of the Group’s

whistleblowing systems and controls. These included details of cases reported through the whistleblowing service,

continuous improvement actions implemented to enhance the process, and planned activity to reinforce awareness

ofthe service across the Group. In 2024, the Committee also reviewed and approved minor amendments to the

Whistleblowing Policy.

– Approved the

Whistleblowing Policy.

#### Board Audit Committee Report co ntinued

68

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

#### Key areas of Committee focus

#### Reports Summary of discussions and activity Outcomes

#### Internal Controls

#### (continued)

Client Asset

Updates

Ensuring compliance with the client assets regulations applicable to certain regulated subsidiaries of Quilter in the UKand

Ireland is essential for protecting the interests of Quilter’s customers. The Committee monitors the state of the control

environment for safeguarding client assets, including the performance of third-party suppliers who manage the client

asset arrangements in certain parts of the business. It does this through regular reports from management, the second

line Risk function and Internal Audit, which include details of any breaches of significance and remedial actions taken. The

Committee also hears from the external auditors on the findings of their client assets audits and any control

recommendations they have raised.

– Received assurance as to

the ongoing performance

of the controls in place for

safeguarding client assets.

2024 UK

Corporate

Governance Code

Update

The Committee has considered the new recommendations under provision 29 of the 2024 UK Corporate Governance

Code regarding material controls attestations, which will apply to Quilter from its 2026 Annual Report, and is overseeing

the work to prepare us to meet these enhanced disclosure requirements. During 2024, the Committee considered

management’s initial approach for defining the population of material controls and assessing their effectiveness, which

will leverage the Group’s existing assurance processes, risk event monitoring and governance oversight mechanisms.

Thiswill remain an area of focus for the Committee in 2025.

– Requested that

management report to the

Committee regularly on

preparedness in 2025.

#### Internal Audit

Internal Audit

Functional

Updates

Internal Audit supports the Board and executive management by providing independent and objective assurance and

advisory activity designed to add value and improve operations. It helps Quilter to accomplish its objectives by bringing

asystematic approach to evaluating and improving the effectiveness of risk management, control, and governance

processes. The scope of Internal Audit’s activities extends to all businesses owned, controlled, and governed by Quilter.

The Committee is responsible for overseeing the remit, objectives and performance of the Internal Audit function and

works closely with the Chief Internal Auditor on these matters.

In 2024, the Committee received updates on Internal Audit’s preparations for the implementation of the new Global

Internal Audit Standards published by the Institute of Internal Auditors (the “IIA Standards”). This activity included

reviewing and updating the Internal Audit Charter and Strategy, both of which were approved by the Committee during

the year. The Committee is content that the essential conditions required under the IIA Standards to ensure Internal

Auditis able to achieve its purpose and mandate are in place within Quilter. The success of the Internal Audit function in

achieving its objectives is monitored by the Committee using a balanced scorecard, which is reviewed periodically to

ensure it remains appropriate.

The Committee held a joint meeting with the Board Risk Committee to review, challenge and approve the Risk and Internal

Audit Plans for 2025. The Internal Audit Plan is designed to provide assurance on the effectiveness of the controls for the

key risks to Quilter, including for climate-related risks. The Committee considered the planning approach which ensured

that the coverage of the Internal Audit Plan is sufficiently risk focused and appropriately considers key matters including

Quilter’s strategic priorities, target culture and the requirements of the Consumer Duty. The Committee was satisfied that,

based on the Chief Internal Auditor’s assessment, the necessary resources, skillsets and budget are in place to deliver the

2025 Internal Audit Plan. The Plan includes appropriate contingency to ensure that the Internal Audit function can adjust

and react to any unexpected demands. Any proposed changes to the agreed Internal Audit Plan are presented to the

Committee for approval as they arise.

– Approved the Internal

Audit Charter and Strategy.

– Approved the 2025

Internal Audit Plan in

collaboration with the

Board Risk Committee.

Strategic Report

Other information

69

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Governance Report

![]()

#### Key areas of Committee focus

#### Reports Summary of discussions and activity Outcomes

#### Internal Audit

#### (continued)

Internal Audit

Activity Updates

The Chief Internal Auditor presented quarterly reports to the Committee in 2024 on progress against the Internal Audit

Plan and the outcomes of this assurance work. These reports shared Internal Audit’s analysis of the effectiveness of

thecontrol environments and processes that had been subject to audit, as well as the management actions agreed to

address any issues identified. The Chief Internal Auditor also reports on management’s response to any issues raised

byInternal Audit, including the extent to which management had self-identified any of these issues. On occasion, the

Committee has invited senior executives to attend its meetings for the discussion on the audit findings within their

areaofresponsibility. The pace and effectiveness of management remediation activity to address audit findings is

animportant indication of the maturity of the Group’s control environment and risk culture and has therefore been

monitored closely by the Committee throughout the year.

The Chief Internal Auditor also presented bi-annual opinions on Quilter’s governance, risk and control frameworks,

providing a holistic view of the state of our control environment including where positive progress has been made

andwhere further management action may be required to further enhance controls.

– Discussed the findings

from the assurance work

conducted by Internal

Audit and the opinion of

the Chief Internal Auditor

on the Group’s control

environment.

– Monitored management

remediation activity to

address audit findings.

External Quality

Assessment of

Internal Audit

In line with the Committee’s Terms of Reference, the Committee commissioned an external quality assessment (“EQA”)

ofInternal Audit in 2024, which was performed by Deloitte. The EQA concluded that Internal Audit generally conforms

andaligns with applicable auditing standards, which is the highest rating that can be achieved, and benchmarks well

against comparable industry peers. It was observed that the function demonstrates commitment to quality, has strong

management support, and provides value and robust assurance to the business. The EQA highlighted some helpful

enhancement measures designed to support Internal Audit’s continuous improvement, and the Committee will monitor

the implementation of these in 2025.

– Endorsed the continuous

enhancement measures

identified by the EQA.

#### Regulatory

Compliance and

#### Reporting

Climate-related

Financial

Disclosures

The Committee oversees the principles, policies, and practices adopted in the preparation of the Group’s climate-related

disclosures and the standards for relevant Group entities. It has received regular updates on the production of our Task

Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”) reporting, including the processes and controls in place for

ensuring compliance with the reporting regulations and the integrity of the metrics and underlying data. The Committee

discussed with management and PwC the form of assurance that would be appropriate for the Group’s TCFD Report,

andsatisfied itself that the TCFD Report meets the disclosure requirements for such reports.

The Group’s disclosures on climate-related matters are set out on pages 22 to 29 of the Strategic Report and in a

separately published Group TCFD Report which is published on our website at plc.quilter.com/tcfd.

– Recommended the 2024

Group TCFD Report to

theBoard for approval.

Solvency II

Reporting

During the year, the Committee scrutinised, challenged and recommended the Group’s 2023 Solvency II reporting to the

Board for approval. To support its review, the Committee received detailed reports from the Finance and Actuarial teams

on the robustness of the process for the production and review of the disclosures, and from PwC on their audit of the

disclosures. Towards the end of 2024, the Committee reviewed and approved the methodology and assumption changes

to be applied to the 2024 year-end UK Solvency II reporting.

– Recommended the

Group’s 2023 Solvency II

reporting to the Board

forapproval.

– Approved the

methodology and

assumptions for the

Group’s UK Solvency II

reporting for 2024.

#### Board Audit Committee Report co ntinued

70

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

assessment of the effectiveness of the external

audit process. The AQIs are a series of metrics

about the audit process which provide the

Committee with more in-depth information about

factors that influence the quality of the external

audit. The AQIs used this year were consistent

with those used in the prior year, as they remained

the most relevant measures important to an

effective audit for Quilter. PwC has regularly

updated the Committee on its performance

against these measures.

In line with its Terms of Reference, the Committee

annually reviews the effectiveness of the external

auditors. The review in 2024 was conducted using

aquestionnaire completed by key stakeholders

across the Group that had regular interactions

with PwC during their audit. Participants were

asked to provide their views on PwC’s

performance in the 2023 audit cycle across

arange of criteria including independence,

objectivity, industry knowledge, sufficiency

ofresources and service quality. A summary of

theresponses was provided to the Committee.

Overall, the results confirmed that PwC continues

to perform satisfactorily and delivered an effective

service for the Group, with a small number of

areas identified to further enhance the audit

process. PwC scored highly for independence,

integrity and objectivity which provides further

assurance over audit quality.

During the year, the Committee received a

summary of the FRC’s 2023/24 Audit Quality

Inspection and Supervision Report, highlighting

the key inspection findings for PwC and their

response to these findings.

Non-audit fees

The Committee monitors the provision of

non-audit services by PwC to ensure that

theirindependence and objectivity is maintained.

In addition to the reports provided by PwC on their

#### External Audit

Oversight and assessment of audit quality

The Committee is responsible for overseeing the

Group’s relationship with its external auditors and

the effectiveness of the audit process. The work

ofthe Committee in supporting a robust and

high-quality external audit has included:

– ensuring the external audit plan was appropriate

and receiving assurance on PwC’s continued

independence;

– reviewing regular and detailed reports from

PwCthroughout 2024 which covered all aspects

of their audit work, as well as regulatory and

industry updates to keep the Committee abreast

of accounting, auditing and reporting

developments;

– reviewing PwC’s internal control

recommendations and assessing management’s

response to these findings; and

– separate meetings between the Chair of the

Committee and the lead external audit partner

in advance if each Committee meeting to ensure

that the discussions at Committee meetings

areappropriately focused and challenge the

conclusions reached by management as well

asthe audit work performed thereon.

The Committee considers the level of professional

scepticism and challenge applied by PwC to

management assumptions when reviewing

reports on their audit work and regularly seeks

PwC’s independent perspective on critical

accounting judgements and estimates during

Committee meetings. PwC have contributed

strongly to discussions on the Group’s financial

statements, financial reporting processes and

keyaccounting judgements, as well as providing

challenge with regards to the oversight of

controlswithin our third-party suppliers.

The Committee continues to use Audit Quality

Indicators (“AQIs”) as a tool to inform its

independence, the Committee has received

reports from management providing details of

thenon-audit services provided by PwC and the

consultancy support provided by other leading

audit firms. The policy adopted by the Committee

on non-audit services requires that non-audit

services provided by the external auditors will

notexceed 25% of the fees charged for audit and

audit-related services. The Group’s total fees for

non-audit services in 2024 remained within the

25% limit set out in the policy at 13%.

Tenure and lead partner rotation

PwC have served as the Group’s statutory

auditors since the 2020 year-end reporting period,

following a formal tender process conducted in

2019. In line with the mandatory requirements on

audit partner rotation, Mark Pugh will be replaced

by Sandra Dowling as the lead external audit

partner following completion of the 2024 audit,

having been in this role since PwC’s appointment.

Sandra has met with the Chair of the Committee,

the Chair of the Board and the Chief Financial

Officer, and will benefit from a full handover

fromMark Pugh.

The Company has complied with the Statutory

Audit Services for Large Companies Market

Investigation (Mandatory Use of Competitive

Tender Processes and Audit Committee

Responsibilities) Order 2014 for the financial year

ended 31 December 2024. The Committee

remains satisfied with PwC’s performance,

independence and objectivity and therefore has

no current intention of tendering for alternative

statutory auditors before the end of the current

required period of 10 years. Accordingly, a

competitive tender process is expected to be

conducted in 2029 for the 2030 year-end

reporting period. This approach is considered

tobe in the best interests of shareholders given

the effective service delivered by PwC and the

benefits of continuity given their understanding

ofour business, alongside the fresh challenge

thatwill be provided by the new lead external

audit partner referred to above. However, the

Committee will keep this under review, as

appropriate. PwC will be recommended for

re-appointment by shareholders at Quilter’s

AGMin May 2025.

#### Key areas of Committee focus

#### External auditors’ remuneration

Year ended

31December

2024

£m

Year ended

31December

2023

£m

Fees payable to the Group auditors and their associates for the audit of

Parent Company and Group consolidated financial statements 1.6 1.5

Fees payable to the Group auditors and their associates for other services:

− Audit of the financial statements of the Group subsidiaries 2.5 1.9

− Audit-related assurance services 1.1 1.1

Fees for other assurance services 0.7 0.5

Total Group auditors’ remuneration 5.9 5.0

Strategic Report

Other information

71

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Governance Report

![]()

Neeta Atkar MBE

Chair

### Board Risk Committee Report

including in relation to the analysis and reporting

of top risks to the Committee. Further information

regarding our Risk Management Framework can

be found inthe Risk review on page 37.

During 2024 the Committee spent significant time

evaluating preparatory work and assurance activity

in advance of the first Consumer Duty Board

Assessments for our key regulated subsidiaries.

We provided challenge to management to ensure

that the Consumer Duty was appropriately

embedded across the organisation and that our

advisers were supported while they adapted to

their own regulatory obligations. We reviewed

management actions taken to deliver good

customer outcomes and prevent foreseeable harm

and will continue to monitor the actions identified

to improve further, the outcomes for customers.

As previously reported, Paul Matthews stepped

down from the Committee during 2024. We are

grateful to Paul for his contribution as a

Committee member. In September 2024, we

welcomed Alison Morris to the Committee. Alison

brings recent and relevant experience of financial

services and serves on risk committees within

thesector.

As we look forward to 2025, the Committee

willfocus on continuing to discharge its

responsibilities with an emphasis on challenging

and holding management to account as they

deliver the Board’s strategic priorities, whilst

remaining within our agreed risk appetite. Our

areas of focus will include challenging Quilter’s

operational resilience capabilities and new

technologies including AI, continuing to oversee

the delivery of strategic technology-related

programmes, and supporting management as

they continue to strengthen the financial crime

control framework.

Neeta Atkar MBE

Chair

#### Dear shareholder

I am pleased to present the Board Risk Committee

Report which outlines the activities that the

Committee has undertaken during 2024.

The Committee plays a vital role in supporting

andadvising the Board on Quilter’s risk profile,

providing robust challenge to management on the

risks associated with the delivery of our strategy,

whilst ensuring that Quilter remains within the

agreed risk appetite. We monitor and assess the

internal and external risks that Quilter faces, and

provide guidance to and challenge management

to ensure that the top risks facing the business are

managed and mitigated. In 2024, our focus has

been on the continued evolution of the business,

including the investment in operations and

technology to better support our customers.

Despite external headwinds from continued

economic and geopolitical tensions, and the

changes in government in the UK and US, we saw

a return of investor confidence during the year,

resulting in significantly improved flow levels

intoour business. The Committee reviewed the

methodology of the models used to determine

our capital and solvency requirements, and

challenged the key assumptions and stress and

scenario testing conducted to provide insight on

potential adverse impacts to the business and the

management actions available. Through prudent

management, Quilter continues to maintain strong

and conservative capital and liquidity positions.

Strong risk management remains critical to

achieving good outcomes for all our stakeholders.

Our Risk Management Framework enables Quilter

to manage risk through the monitoring of key

indicators and management information,

underpinned by clear metrics which ensures

management can take action in a timely manner,

thus ensuring that the business operates within

risk appetite. We made further enhancements

tothe Risk Management Framework in the year,

Committee gender diversity

40%

60%

Committee membership and attendance

Scheduled

Meetings

Ad hoc

Meetings

Neeta Atkar (Chair) 5/5 1/1

Moira Kilcoyne 5/5 1/1

Alison Morris

1

1/2 1/1

George Reid 5/5 1/1

Chris Samuel 5/5 1/1

Former members

Paul Matthews

2

2/2 –

1

Appointed with effect from 9 September 2024. Alison was

unable toattend one meeting due to a prior engagement.

She reviewed the papers and comments were provided to

theCommittee Chair in advance of the meeting.

2

Stepped down with effect from 23 May 2024.

#### Committee activity

42%

20%

19%

19%

2024

46%

20%

9%

25%

2023

Committee activity 2024 2023

Top Risk Oversight

Risk Governance and Remuneration

Regulatory Change

Risk Appetite, Profile and Capital &

Liquidity

Female

Male

72

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

#### Board Risk Committee Report continued

#### Committee responsibilities

– Oversees risk strategy.

– Recommends the total level of risk Quilter is prepared to take (risk appetite).

– Monitors the Group’s risk profile.

– Assesses the top and emerging risks.

– Monitors and reviews the internal control framework.

– Oversees the effectiveness of the Risk and Compliance function.

#### Committee governance

The Board Risk Committee currently comprises five independent Non-executive Directors. Details of the

skills and experience of the Committee members can be found in their biographies onpages 46 to 48.

#### Committee effectiveness review

As part of the 2024 Board effectiveness review, the Board has assessed that the Committee membership

is appropriate in providing challenge and oversight and that the Committee is operating effectively.

#### Discharging our responsibilities

The Committee reviewed its activities over the previous 12 months against its Terms of Reference

andconfirmed that it had fully discharged its responsibilities in line with its remit. The Terms of

Reference are available at plc.quilter.com.

#### Attendance

The Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Risk Officer and

ChiefInternal Auditor regularly attend Committee meetings. The Group Chair and, on occasion,

otherNon-executive Directors attend Committee meetings for specific matters.

#### At a glance

#### Key areas of Committee focus

The Committee discharged its responsibilities in 2024 through monitoring and reviewing internal and external risks that the business faces. The table below highlights where the Committee spent its time during

the year and the key outcomes.

#### Report Summary of discussions and activity Outcomes

#### Top Risk Oversight

Chief Risk

Officer’s Report

Review of top risks

The Committee discussed quarterly updates from the Chief Risk Officer on their assessment of the top risks facing

Quilter. You can read about the Group’s assessment of our top risks and how these are identified, managed and

mitigated in the Risk review on pages 37 to 41.

Review of emerging risks

The Committee considered updates on the emerging risks to Quilter, which are less certain in terms of timescales

and potential impacts from the external environment. The Committee reviewed management’s assessment of these

risks and challenged the proposed mitigating actions. Details of the near, medium- and longer-term emerging risks

identified for Quilter can be found in the Risk review on page 41.

Risk Management Framework and internal controls

The Committee reviewed and approved changes to the Risk Management Framework and certain policies

underpinning the Framework. The Committee’s focus was to ensure that the Framework supports good customer

outcomes and prevents customer harm.

Regulatory engagement

The Chief Risk Officer provided analysis and commentary on the interactions with our regulators, including

regulatory change that impacts our customers and our business.

Risk events

The Chief Risk Officer briefed the Committee, as required, on the root cause analysis of risk events together with

theproposed control enhancements to minimise the risk of re-occurrence.

– Challenged and evaluated that

the top risks have been

correctly identified and that

management actions to mitigate

the risks are appropriate.

– Agreed that emerging risks had

been appropriately identified

andare monitored and

managed accordingly.

– Recommended Risk

Management Framework

changes to the Board for

approval.

– Challenged management to

ensure that controls are

sufficiently enhanced to protect

our customers from harm.

Strategic Report

Other information

73

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Governance Report

![]()

#### Key areas of Committee focus

#### Report Summary of discussions and activity Outcomes

#### Top Risk Oversight

#### (continued)

Money

Laundering

Reporting

Officer (“MLRO”)

Annual Report

The Committee reviewed the annual update from the Group’s MLRO which gives a pan-Quilter view of the anti-

money laundering and counter terrorist financing operating environment and associated risks.

– Noted the MLRO Annual Report.

Risk and

Compliance

Function Plans

The Committee reviewed the Risk and Compliance function plans and received regular updates on progress

throughout the year. This included monitoring resourcing and the overall delivery of agreed activity. Adjustments

tothe plans were approved by the Committee where necessary.

– Approved the Risk and

Compliance function plans

for2025.

Strategic

Programme

Delivery

The Committee received updates on key strategic programmes including enhancements to technology to support

customers and advisers.

– Challenged management on the

quality and timeliness of delivery

of strategic initiatives.

Third Party Risk

Management

The Committee was updated on the progress to improve the management of Quilter’s third party strategic partners

and the areas where further enhancements are required.

– Noted progress to enhance

supplier reporting, service

delivery and risk management.

Data Protection

Officer’s Report

The Data Protection Officer provided his assessment of data privacy risk. This assessment detailed the adequacy

ofdata protection policies, procedures and governance arrangements to mitigate data protection risks and comply

with data protection legislation.

– Noted the assessment of data

privacy risk.

Risk Appetite,

#### Profile, Capital

#### andLiquidity

Risk Appetite

Review

The Committee considered some modest changes to the Group’s risk appetite statements and key indicators.   – Recommended changes to risk

appetite statements and key

indicators to the Board for

approval.

Capital and

Liquidity Risk

The liquidity and solvency of the regulated entities within the Group were reviewed by the Committee. The

Committee challenged the proposed changes to capital and liquidity risk appetite thresholds to ensure that they

remained appropriate.

– Recommended updated

capitaland liquidity thresholds

tothe Board for approval.

– Noted that Quilter remains

strongly capitalised and has

operated within capital and

liquidity risk appetites during

theyear.

#### Board Risk Committee Report continued

74

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

#### Key areas of Committee focus

#### Report Summary of discussions and activity Outcomes

Risk Appetite,

#### Profile and Capital

#### &Liquidity

#### (continued)

Own Risk and

Solvency

Assessment

(“ORSA”) and

Internal Capital

Adequacy and

Risk Assessment

(“ICARA”)

Reports

The Committee reviewed and challenged the Group’s ORSA and ICARA processes throughout the year. This included

detailed stress and scenario testing which supports the assessment of financial resilience indicators, such as liquidity

and solvency ratios for the Group and key subsidiaries, as well as analysis and challenge of reverse stress testing.

Corporate sustainability and ESG risk

During 2024, as part of the preparation of the ICARA and ORSA, the Committee reviewed a scenario around the

financial risk of sustainability and ESG in our propositions, including climate change. This scenario analysis focused

on the risk of greenwashing.

– Recommended the Group ICARA

and ORSA Reports to the Board

for approval.

Financial Crime

Framework

Management presented changes to the financial crime risk appetite statement and the key indicators used to

measure performance against risk appetite. The Committee discussed the controls in place to ensure Quilter

remains within risk appetite, and the potential impacts to Quilter and its stakeholders should any thresholds be

triggered.

– Recommended the financial

crime risk appetite statement

andthe key indicators to the

Board for approval.

– Approved revisions to the

Financial Crime policies.

#### Risk Governance

#### and Remuneration

Risk-adjusted

remuneration

The Committee, in conjunction with the Board Remuneration Committee and with input from the Chief Risk Officer,

considered the relevant financial and operational risk factors to be taken into account in annual remuneration

decisions.

– Considered the 2024 risk

adjustment methodology.

Material Risk

Takers

Framework

The Committee considered changes to the Material Risk Takers Framework as part of its annual review and the

colleagues deemed to be Material Risk Takers for Quilter.

– Approved the Material Risk Takers

Framework and the Material Risk

Taker population.

Group Policy

Framework

The Committee endorsed the proposed simplification of the Risk Policy suite, which forms part of the Risk

Management Framework, and agreed that the policies be structured on a principles basis with certain mandatory

requirements included.

– Endorsed management’s

proposal to simplify the Risk

Policy suite.

Conflicts of

Interest

Following the changes to the Group governance structure in 2023, the Committee reviewed the approach to the

identification and management of potential conflicts of interest in the Affluent business. The Committee reviewed

the processes that support Quilter’s management of conflicts of interest together with the controls and risk

assessment performed.

– Noted the outcome of the control

and risk assessments performed

and satisfied itself that the

identification and management

ofconflicts of interest was

appropriate.

Group

Governance

Manual

The Group Governance Manual sets out at a high-level Quilter’s governance framework and is refreshed on an

annual basis.

– Recommended changes to the

Group Governance Manual to the

Board for approval.

Strategic Report

Other information

75

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Governance Report

![]()

#### Key areas of Committee focus

#### Report Summary of discussions and activity Outcomes

#### Regulatory Change

Consumer Duty The Committee regularly evaluated preparatory work and assurance activity in advance of the first Consumer Duty

Board Assessments for the Group and our UK regulated subsidiaries. We challenged management to ensure that

the Consumer Duty was appropriately embedded across the organisation, and reviewed management actions taken

to deliver good customer outcomes.

– The Committee oversaw the

assessment process for the Group

with the regulated subsidiary

boards approving their Consumer

Duty assessments.

– The Committee endorsed the

actions identified by management

to improve customer outcomes

and continue to monitor progress

against the agreed action plans.

Operational

resilience

The Committee reviewed how the Group had developed its approach to operational resilience to ensure that it is

appropriately prepared in advance of the revised regulatory requirements that are due to come into effect from

31March 2025.

– Recommended the annual

self-assessment of operational

resilience, including details of

ourimportant business services

and impact tolerances, to the

Board for approval.

#### Internal controls

Throughout the year ended 31 December 2024 and to date, the Group has operated a system of

internal control that provides reasonable assurance of effective operations covering all controls,

including financial and operational controls and compliance with laws and regulations. Processes

arein place for identifying, evaluating and managing the principal risks facing the Group in accordance

with the “Guidance on Risk Management, Internal Control and Related Financial and Business

Reporting” published by the Financial Reporting Council.

The Board Audit Committee and the Board Risk Committee regularly review internal controls through

reports from management and the Risk and Internal Audit functions. The Board Audit Committee

monitors the controls over financial reporting and the independence and effectiveness of the internal

and external auditors, which you can read more about on pages 65 to 71. In February 2025, the Board

Risk Committee received management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal controls

asof31December 2024 to date, and concluded that, based on this assessment, they were effective.

TheBoard subsequently considered and endorsed this assessment.

The publication of the 2024 UK Corporate Governance Code introduced changes to provision 29

relating to the annual Board review of the effectiveness of the Company’s risk management and

internal control framework, which apply from 1 January 2026. Management have progressed their

analysis of the current controls and are reviewing areas where further enhancement may be required.

The Board Audit Committee is overseeing the work to review and scrutinise the evidencing of Quilter’s

internal controls framework.

#### Board Risk Committee Report continued

76

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

Neeta Atkar MBE

Chair

conditions. The Committee was satisfied that the

vesting outcome was appropriate, did not require

any discretionary adjustment and reflected the

strong performance achieved over the

performance period.

The Committee undertook an annual review of

theExecutive Directors’ salaries against relevant

market data, taking into account business and

individual performance and the average increase

for the wider workforce. The Committee approved

an increase of 5% for Steven Levin and 3% for

Mark Satchel from 1April 2025.

Full details of the 2024 STI and 2022 LTI outcomes,

as well as the awards and salaries for 2025, are set

out in the Report. The Committee was satisfied

that the Policy operated as intended during 2024.

The Company continues to focus on its inclusion

and diversity agenda, including increasing the

proportion of females and ethnically diverse

colleagues in thesenior management team. At the

end of 2024, the proportion of females was 41%

and the proportion that are ethnically diverse was

6%, slightly lower than the prior year and the 2024

targets. Whilst disappointing, this reflects very

small changes in the underlying population. For

2024, we have reported a mean gender pay gap

of27%, and a mean gender bonus gap of 55%,

both two points lower than 2023. On colleague

engagement, Quilter ended the year with an

engagement score of 8.0/10, which was historically

high and significantly ahead of the target of 7.6/10.

I would like to reiterate my thanks to shareholders

for their engagement on the Policy proposals and

look forward to seeking approval at the 2025 AGM.

I also welcome the opportunity to engage further

with the wider investor community on the

proposals or any other aspect of executive

remuneration at Quilter.

Neeta Atkar MBE

Chair

on efficiency targets. Thisall contributed to an

Adjusted Profit outcome of £196 million, up 17%

on 2023, and an operating margin of 29%, up

from27% in 2023.

The Committee considered carefully the impact

ofthe Ongoing Advice Review (“OAR”) and decided

to exercise downward discretion to apply a risk

adjustment to the Executive Directors’ 2024

Short-term Incentive (“STI”) outcomes. In

considering the circumstances of the OAR and

theprovision in the Company’s 2024 accounts

forthe estimated costs of a potential customer

remediation exercise, the Committee determined

that the Adjusted Profit element of the STI

scorecard should be reduced to 50% of maximum

in line with on-target. This had the effect of

reducing the outturn of the profit element of

theSTI scorecard by 40% and as a result the STI

outcome for Steven Levin by £135,500 and for

Mark Satchel by £109,000. Further details are

contained in the Report.

The Committee also noted that the Skilled Person

Review of ongoing advice was yet to conclude and

that it has the right to make further adjustments

to remuneration outcomes in the future if, and to

the extent, necessary. It will in due course

consider the findings in the Skilled Person report

and detail any further risk adjustments in next

year’s Report.

Against this backdrop, the Committee approved a

2024 STI outcome of £911,000 (77% of maximum)

for Steven Levin and £701,000 (74% of maximum)

for Mark Satchel. This included maximum

achievement of the net flow target and the

Committee was content that a maximum payout

was justified by the Company’s exceptional

performance against this measure.

The Committee also approved an outcome of

61%of maximum for the 2022 Long-term Incentive

(“LTI”) award. The targets for this award were

established at the end of 2021 and were viewed as

particularly stretching against the ensuing market

#### Dear shareholder

On behalf of the Board Remuneration Committee

(the “Committee”), I am pleased to present the

Remuneration Report (the “Report”) for the year

ended 31 December 2024 and would like to thank

my predecessor, Tim Breedon, for his contribution

to the Committee during the year. The Report sets

out what the Directors of the Company were paid

in respect of 2024, how the Committee met its

responsibilities and its decision making.

I am also pleased to present our new Directors’

Remuneration Policy (the “Policy”), which, following

a review, is put to shareholders for approval at

least every three years. The Policy is detailed

inthe Report and will be put to a binding vote at

the Company’s next AGM on 22 May 2025. The

objectives of the review were to ensure that our

remuneration framework continues toencourage,

reinforce and reward the growth ofshareholder

value and promotes the long-term sustainable

success of the Company for the benefit of all

stakeholders, whilst aligning to market practice,

investor expectations and all applicable corporate

governance and regulatory requirements.

The Committee undertook an extensive

consultation exercise during the review, engaging

with Quilter’s major shareholders who collectively

hold approximately 75% of the Company’s shares.

The Committee is grateful for the feedback it

received, which broadly reflected that the current

Policy was fit for purpose and working well, and,

assuch, only minor, evolutionary changes are

proposed, full details of which are in the Report.

In terms of business performance, 2024 saw a

material improvement in market conditions and

investor sentiment compared to 2023, despite

ongoing macroeconomic and geopolitical

challenges. Flowsacross the industry were up

significantly, with Quilter performing exceptionally

well. Thebusiness achieved core net inflows of

£5.2 billion, equal to 5% of opening assets, up

from £0.8 billion and 1% in 2023. The business

also maintained strong cost discipline and focus

### Board Remuneration Committee Report

Female

Male

Committee gender diversity

Committee membership and attendance

Scheduled

Meetings

Ad hoc

Meetings

Neeta Atkar (Chair)

1

1/1 1/1

Chris Hill

2

3/3 1/1

Ruth Markland 5/5 1/1

Alison Morris

3

1/1 1/1

Former members

Tim Breedon (Chair)

4

 4/4

Tazim Essani

5

3/3

Paul Matthews

5

3/3

1

Appointed as Chair with effect from 12 September 2024.

2

Appointed with effect from 7 March 2024.

3

Appointed with effect from 12 September 2024.

4

Stepped down with effect from 11September 2024.

5

Stepped down with effect from 23 May 2024.

25%

75%

Strategic Report

Other information

77

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Governance Report

![]()

#### Board Remuneration Committee Report continued

#### Committee responsibilities

– Sets the overarching principles and parameters

of remuneration policy across Quilter.

– Considers and approves remuneration

arrangements for Executive Directors,

seniorexecutives and the Company Chair.

– Considers the impact of risk matters on

remuneration.

– Approves individual remuneration awards.

– Agrees changes to senior executive

incentiveplans.

#### Committee governance

The Committee currently comprises three

independent Non-executive Directors and

theChair of the Board, who was independent

onappointment.

Details of the skills and experience of the

Committee members can be found in their

biographies on pages 46 to 48.

#### Committee effectiveness review

As part of the 2024 Board effectiveness review,

the Board has assessed that the Committee

membership is appropriate in providing

challenge and oversight and that the Committee

is operating effectively.

#### Discharging our responsibilities

The Committee reviewed its activities over

theprevious 12 months against its Terms of

Reference and confirmed that it had fully

discharged its responsibilities in line with its

remit. The Terms of Reference are available

atplc.quilter.com.

#### Attendance

The Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial

Officer, Human Resources Director, Reward

Director and the Committee’s independent

remuneration adviser regularly attend

Committee meetings, except when it would

notbe appropriate for them to do so. Attendees

do not take part in decisions relating to their

own remuneration and potential conflicts are

suitably mitigated.

40%

19%

28%

13%

2024

57%

18%

20%

5%

2023

#### Remuneration Policy review

The current Policy is considered to have operated

as intended and been effective in incentivising and

rewarding the Executive Directors for executing

the Company’s strategy in the interests of all

stakeholders. Accordingly, the Committee, taking

into account feedback from shareholders during

consultation on the proposals, decided to make

three evolutionary updates to the way the new

Policy is proposed to be applied in 2025. For

clarity, these are not changes to the actual Policy

itself but to the way the Policy will be implemented

in 2025.

– There is no change to the maximum STI and LTI

opportunity and the relative weightings of base

salary, STI and LTI remain unchanged.

– On the STI scorecard, it is proposed to remove

the risk management metric and upweight the

customer metric commensurately. This change

isintended to reflect both the maturity of the

risk management framework and continued

ability for the Committee to reflect material risks

in remuneration outcomes through uncapped

ex-ante and ex-post risk adjustments, and the

strategic focus for Quilter on the customer.

– On the LTI scorecard, it is proposed to remove

the operating margin metric and redistribute

20% of its weighting to the earnings per share

(“EPS”) metric and 5% to the relative total

shareholder return (“TSR”) metric. Quilter’s

operating margin will continue to be measured

until 2026 under the in-flight LTI awards, by

which time it should be expected to have

reached the Company’s long-term external

target. Removing this metric thereafter, noting

itis not common in LTI plans, will simplify the

scorecard and increase the weighting on

EPSand TSR, which are established drivers

ofshareholder value and consistent with

marketpractice.

– In addition, it is proposed to narrow the

comparator group for TSR purposes from the

FTSE 250 excluding investment trusts to also

exclude companies in the basic resources

(mining), oil and gas sectors. The Committee

noted that those sectors are subject to different

cyclical market dynamics and excluding them

would provide a better correlation between

Quilter and the rest of the index for determining

relative TSR performance.

#### Committee activity

Committee activity  2024 2023

Remuneration Schemes Including

AllEmployee Schemes

Risk and Governance

Specific Remuneration Arrangements

Group Remuneration Policy

#### At a glance Key areas of Committee focus

78

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

#### Long-term incentive outcome

The 2022 LTI award for the three-year performance

period that ended on 31 December 2024 was

weighted 40% on cumulative EPS, 25% on TSR

relative to the FTSE 250 excluding investment

trusts, 25% on the operating margin achieved in

2024, 7.5% on the Company’s 2024 score against

the Principles for Responsible Investment (“PRI”)

Framework and 2.5% on the Company’s 2024

Scope 1 and 2 emissions.

The business exceeded the threshold target

across all five metrics. Of particular note, the total

Scope 1 and 2 emissions in 2024 were ahead of

the maximum target, generating a 100% outcome

for that measure. The relative TSR outcome was

also particularly positive having been below

threshold for the past two awards, with the

Company ranked just below the maximum target

of the upper quartile of the comparator group.

Overall, this resulted in an LTI outcome of 61%

ofmaximum for both Executive Directors. The

Committee considered whether this outcome was

justified byunderlying performance and whether

any adjustments were required for the

consideration of risk and/or windfall gains. It

concluded that no discretionary adjustment was

required to the formulaic outcome.

The awards will vest on 27 March 2025, with the

net vested shares subject to a minimum two-year

post-vesting holding period and subject to

clawback during that period. Full details of the

2022 LTI outcome, the 2024 LTI award granted

during the year and the 2025 LTI award the

Committee intends to grant are set out on pages

97 to 98 of the Report.

#### Fixed remuneration

The Committee decided to increase the base

salary of Steven Levin from £595,000 to £625,000

from 1 April 2025, an increase of 5%, and increase

the base salary of Mark Satchel from £472,500

to£486,500, an increase of 3% in line with the

average increase for all other employees.

TheCommittee considered the following factors

inrelation to the increase for Steven Levin:

– Steven Levin’s salary was conservatively

positioned at the time of appointment in

November 2022 to recognise it was a step-up

and he was unproven as the CEO of a plc;

– after two and a half years of consistently strong

performance, the Committee believe it is the

appropriate time to commence a period of

meaningful adjustments to ensure his pay,

whichcurrently sits at the low end of market

comparators, remains competitive;

– whilst moderately higher than the average

increase for the wider workforce, it is not out

ofkilter with increases awarded to other

highperformers in the organisation; and

– the Committee intends to review carefully in

future years the appropriate positioning of

Steven Levin’s salary and expects it will make

further meaningful adjustments to reflect his

strong leadership and market relativity.

A review of Non-executive Director fees, excluding

the Company Chair, was also undertaken against

prevailing market data to review the impact of

changes made to the Group governance structure.

Non-conflicted members of the Board agreed that

no change was required to the current fees for

theBoard Chair, Senior Independent Director or

chairing or membership of a Committee. However,

a 14% increase to the Quilter plc and Affluent

Boards base fees was approved from 1 January 2025

to recognise the additional regulatory

responsibilities and time commitment for the

Non-executive Directors.

#### Key performance highlights

– Adjusted Profit was £196 million for 2024, up

17% on £167 million in 2023, with an operating

margin of 29%, up from 27% in 2023.

– By the end of 2024, the business had delivered

£35 million of the £50 million Simplification

Phase Two run-rate savings targeted by the end

of 2025. Overall, the total savings realised under

the programme since 2022 are £80 million.

– Core net inflows of £5.2 billion, equal to 5%

ofopening AuMA, represented exceptional

performance and a significant increase on 2023

(£0.8 billion and 1%). Within the Affluent

business, the Platform’s share of IFA flows was

market leading, with strong flows into the

WealthSelect MPS range continuing as its assets

under management surpassed £17 billion by the

end of 2024, up from £13 billion a year earlier.

– Outside of core financial performance, the

Company made good progress across its key

strategic programmes that are foundational to

future capabilities and growth. The business also

continued its embedding of the Consumer Duty

Principles following the Duty’s implementation

in2023 and made a number of service and

proposition enhancements to support better

customer experience and outcomes.

– The OAR has been a complex and challenging

matter for Quilter, as it has for many in the

advice industry. The Executive Directors

provided strong leadership throughout the

review and remain focused on the end customer

and doing the right thing. The Committee

decided to apply a proportionate downward

adjustment to the STI outcome in recognition of

the material provision that has arisen in respect

of the review and its impact on key stakeholders,

as detailed earlier in the Report, whilst noting

that the Skilled Person Review was ongoing and

its findings would be considered in due course.

#### Short-term incentive outcome

The business achieved strong financial

performance in 2024, with the Adjusted Profit

outcome of £196 million equating to 83% of

maximum for STI purposes, and core net inflows

of 5% of opening AuMA equal to the maximum

target for STI purposes. The Committee was

satisfied that amaximum outcome for the net

flows metric was justified and appropriately

aligned with underlying performance.

As a result, the outcome for both Executive

Directors for the financial element of the STI

scorecard, which accounts for 60% of the total

scorecard, was 90% of maximum before

consideration of material risk matters. After the

Committee’s exercise of downward discretion in

light of the impact of a material below-the-line

provision in respect of the OAR, the outcome was

reduced to 71% of maximum.

Performance against the risk management and

customer metrics was also assessed to be strong.

On key people targets, the Company exceeded

itscolleague engagement target but fell short of

its diverse representation targets for colleagues

insenior management positions. The aggregate

outcome across the non-financial measures,

which account for 40% of the total scorecard,

was87% of maximum for Steven Levin and

79%ofmaximum for Mark Satchel.

Overall, this resulted in STI outcomes of 77% of

maximum for Steven Levin and 74% of maximum

for Mark Satchel. Full details of the STI awards are

set out on pages 93 to 96 of the Report.

#### Key areas of Committee focus

Strategic Report

Other information

79

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Governance Report

![]()

#### Board Remuneration Committee Report continued

2024 saw significant activity in respect of culture

change, including the launch of a refreshed

purpose and new values, as well as development

of the performance management and reward

framework to support a culture focused on

delivery, service quality and high performance.

This contributed to an increase in colleague

engagement, which ended 2024 at 8.0/10, a record

high for the Company and materially ahead of

theSTI target of 7.6/10. More details on Quilter’s

culture transformation and the initiatives

delivered in 2024 are set out in the Our people

section on pages 16 to 20.

#### Considerations for the year ahead

The new Policy is set out in the Report and

contains no material changes from the current

version, which was approved by shareholders

atthe 2022 AGM. There are some evolutionary

updates proposed to the incentive metrics for

2025 to simplify the STI and LTI scorecards, whilst

also taking into account shareholder feedback,

and the Committee will continue to review the

operation of the Policy going forward to ensure

itreinforces delivery of the Company’s strategic

priorities.

The targets for the 2025 LTI award are set out on

page 98 and the targets for the 2025 STI award will

be disclosed retrospectively in next year’s Report,

in line with normal practice given the commercial

sensitivity of annual targets.

#### Wider workforce

The pay and conditions for the wider employee

base were reviewed by the Committee regularly

throughout 2024. This included a deep dive on

annual benchmarking and market relativity, the

workplace pension scheme and performance of

the default fund, the Quilter Save As You Earn

scheme, the design and operation of incentive

schemes across the Group, and changes to the

performance management and reward framework

designed to support a high-performance culture.

The Committee also considered employee

sentiment on reward and broader organisational

matters from data from the Company’s

engagement survey and insights from the

Workforce Engagement Director.

The Committee approved a salary increase budget

for the workforce of 3% for 2025.

#### Inclusion, diversity and culture

As at 31 December 2024, the proportion of

females in our senior management population

was 41%, which exceeded the 2025 target in the

Company’s Inclusion and Diversity Action Plan but

was a small reduction from the prior year and fell

short of the Company’s stretch target of 43% for

2024. Ethnically diverse representation in the

same population was 6%, down from 9% a year

earlier and also below the target of 9% for 2024.

As the senior management cohort is relatively

small, these proportions are sensitive to small

changes in the incumbent population and we do

not anticipate that progress towards the long-term

targets set out in the Inclusion and Diversity

Action Plan will necessarily be linear.

For 2024, we have reported a mean gender pay

gap of 27%, two points lower than 2023, and

median pay gap of 30%, flat to 2023. Our mean

gender bonus gap was 55%, also two points lower

than 2023, although the median bonus gap

increased from 39% to 45%. As we have for a

number of years, the Company also voluntarily

reports its ethnicity pay gaps on the same basis as

gender pay gap reporting. The mean and median

ethnicity pay gaps for 2024 were 18% and 15%, up

from 15% and 8% in 2023 respectively. The mean

and median ethnicity bonus gaps were 47% and

38%, compared to 48% and 30% in the prior year.

Our pay gaps reflect the imbalance of gender and

ethnicity representation in senior and higher paid,

revenue generating roles. This is an area the

Company is addressing through the Inclusion and

Diversity Action Plan. You can read more about

this in the Our people section on pages 16 to 20.

80

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

3-year cumulative adjusted EPS

27.9p

2023: 24.7p

Total shareholder return ranking

#### 73rd percentile

2023: 34th percentile

Operating margin

29%

2023: 27%

Principles for Responsible

Investment score

#### 15.2 stars

2023: 14 stars

Scope 1 and 2 emissions

#### 1,062 tCO

2

e

2023: 1,191 tCO

2

e

#### Key Performance

#### Indicators

Annual salary review (April 2024)

4%

2023: 5%

Company Pension contribution

10%

2023: 10%

Flexible benefits utilisation rate

58%

2023: 59%

SAYE new plan uptake

21%

2023: 43%

SAYE 2021 3-year Maturity (Gain)

10%

Average gain at exercise on option

price of 131p

SAYE 2019 5-year Maturity (Gain)

15%

Average gain at exercise on option

price of 125p

Vesting outcome

61.0% of maximum 2023: 66.1% of maximum

Adjusted profit

£196m

2023: £167m

Core net inflows

£5.2bn

2023: £0.8bn

Core net inflows as percentage

of opening AuMA

5%

2023: 1%

#### Short-term Incentive

#### Long-term Incentive

#### Wider workforceSingle figure

Salary

Benefits

Pension

STI

LTI

Minimum shareholding requirement (after 5 years)

Owned shares

Unvested shares

Additional shares subject to performance conditions

Actual qualifying shareholding (as at 31 December 2024)

\*  Has until 1 November 2027 to reach minimum requirement

\* Adjusted outcomes

Steven Levin

£911,000

\*

77% of max (154% of salary)

2023: 65% of max (130% of salary)

Mark Satchel

£701,000

\*

74% of max (148% of salary)

2023: 64% of max (127% of salary)

#### Short-term Incentive

Cumulative EPS (40%)

Relative TSR (25%)

Threshold 24.6p Max 37.0p

Threshold 50th Pctl

Max 75th Pctl

Operating margin (25%)

Actual 73rd Pctl

Actual 29.3%

Actual 15.2 Stars

Actual 1,062 tCO

2

e

Actual 27.9p

Responsible Inv. (7.5%)

Scope 1&2 Emiss. (2.5%)

Threshold 2,050 tCO

2

e Max 1,650 tCO

2

e

Threshold 27.5%

Threshold 12 Stars

Max 32.5%

Max 20 Stars

#### Shareholding

#### Long-term Incentive

Steven Levin

£1,867.2k

£1,899.0k

Mark Satchel

Steven Levin

Mark Satchel

Adjusted Proﬁt (35%)

Customer (10%)

Net Inﬂows/AuMA (25%)

Risk Management (10%)

Threshold £138m

Threshold 1%

Threshold 25%

Threshold 25% Target 50%

Target 50%

Target £173m

Target 3%

Max £208m

Max 5%

Actual 5%

Max 100%

Max 100%

Max 100%

Actual 75%

Actual 82%

Reported £196mSTI Adjusted Outcome

Threshold 25% Target 50%

Actual 75%

Actual 95%

Actual 80%

Steven LevinPersonal (20%)

Mark Satchel

Steven Levin

\*

Mark Satchel

248%

300%

526%

#### At a glance – 2024 remuneration

Strategic Report

Other information

81

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Governance Report

![]()

50% paid in cash

#### Short-term Incentive

#### Long-term Incentive

### Directors’ Remuneration Policy

#### At a glance – Implementation of the Policy in 2025

The new Policy set out on the following pages is

subject to shareholder approval at the Company’s

2025 AGM. It is intended that the Policy will apply

for three years from that date.

The Committee undertook a comprehensive

review of the current Policy against market

practice, investor guidelines, regulatory and

financial reporting obligations, and alignment

withstrategy and culture. As part of its review the

Committee sought input from its independent

adviser and completed an extensive engagement

exercise to understand the views of the Company’s

shareholders, which were taken into account in

finalising the Policy proposals. The Committee

concluded that the Policy has operated as

intended over the past three-year cycle and

remains fit-for-purpose. There are no fundamental

changes proposed to the Policy terms but there

are some minor, evolutionary updates proposed

for how the Policy is applied to ensure that the

incentive metrics reinforce the next phase of the

strategy for the benefit of all stakeholders.

The Policy is intended to be clear, simple and aligned

to the Company’s strategy and culture. It aims to

provide proportionate reward to the Executive

Directors for the delivery of superior business

performance, achieved within risk appetite.

Key

Alignment to strategic pillars

How we create value for our stakeholders:

Grow distribution

Enhance propositions

Be future fit

Metrics

Policy illustration

– Fixed Pay reflects expected base pay, benefits

and pension funding over 2025.

– Target and maximum outcomes reflect STI and

LTI outcomes at 50% and 100% of maximum.

– An additional scenario is included to illustrate

the impact of 50% share price appreciation to

the maximum LTI outcome on total

remuneration.

#### Steven Levin (£’000)

1,921

3,156

0 1,000 2,000 3,000 4,00

0

100%

36%

22%

18%

32%

39%

33%

32%

39%

33% 16%

3,774

686

Maximum + 50%

share price growth

Maximum

Minimum\*

Target

#### Mark Satchel (£’000)

1,503

2,469

0 1,000 2,000 3,000 4,000

100%

36%

22%

18%

32%

39%

33%

32%

39%

33% 16%

2,952

537

Maximum + 50%

share price growth

Maximum

Minimum\*

Target

LTIP

50% share price growth

Fixed pay

S T I P

2025 2027 20292026 2028 2030

Performance

period

35% Adjusted

Profit

20% Customer

Non-financial metrics

25% Net flows

Financial metrics

20% Personal

2025 2027 20292026 2028 2030

1/3 vesting

50% paid

in QLT shares

1/3 vesting 1/3 vesting

100% paid in QLT options

Performance period

Minimum holding period

Vesting Release

– Maximum opportunity of 200% of base salary.

– 50% paid in cash in Q1 following the end of the

performance year.

– 50% deferred via an award of conditional shares

which vest annually in equal tranches over three years.

– Subject to malus and clawback provisions.

– Maximum opportunity

of 200% of base salary.

– Nil-cost options subject to

three-year vesting period.

– Options can be exercised at

vesting, with acquired shares

subject to minimum two-year

holding period.

– Subject to malus and

clawback provisions.

60% Cumulative EPS

7.5% Principles for Responsible Investment

30% TSR relative to FTSE 250 excluding investment trusts

andmining, oil and gas sectors

2.5% Scope 1 and 2 Emissions Reduction

Uncapped malus and clawback

Uncapped malus and clawback

82

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

#### Elements Purpose and link to strategy Operation and performance Maximum opportunity

#### Fixed pay

#### Base

#### Salary

To attract and retain Executive

Directors with the calibre,

personal skills and attributes

to develop, lead and execute

the Company’s strategy.

Base salaries are normally paid in equal monthly instalments during the year and reviewed annually

with increases usually effective 1 April. In reviewing base salaries, the Committee takes into account

anumber of factors, including:

– business and individual performance;

– the skills, experience and level of responsibilities of the Executive Director and their market value;

– the scope, nature and size of the role;

– levels of increases across the wider workforce; and

– affordability, economic factors, external market data and internal relativity.

The Committee also considers the direct and indirect impact of any base salary increases on total

remuneration.

There are no prescribed maximum salary levels

but any salary increases will normally be in line

with percentage increases across the wider

workforce.

In specific circumstances, the Committee may

award increases above this level, for example:

– where the base salary for a new recruit or

promoted Executive Director has been set at

alower level to allow the individual to progress

into the role over time;

– to reflect a material increase in the size or scope

of an Executive Director’s role or responsibilities;

– where a change is deemed necessary to reflect

changes in the regulatory environment; or

– where the size, value or complexity of the

Company warrants a higher salary positioning.

#### Benefits

To aid the attraction and

retention of top talent with a

total package that is market

competitive.

The benefits currently provided to Executive Directors are in line with other Quilter employees and include:

– private medical insurance;

– life assurance; and

– income protection.

The Committee’s usual approach to benefit provisions for Executive Directors is to be consistent

andoperated in line with the benefits provided to all employees. Specific benefit provisions are

subjectto regular review in line with market practice and may change from time to time.

Executive Directors are also eligible to participate in the UK all-employee share plans on the same

terms as other employees, including the Company’s Share Incentive Plan and Sharesave Plan.

In line with other employees, Executive Directors can access discounted Company products and

services and select additional voluntary benefits which they fund themselves, sometimes through

salary sacrifice arrangements.

Any reasonable business-related expenses (including tax thereon if determined to be a taxable

benefit) can be reimbursed.

In line with other employees, there is no

maximum monetary level for benefits as this

isdependent on the individual’s circumstances,

market practice and the cost to the Company.

#### Pension

To provide a market-

competitive contribution

towards retirement that helps

to attract and retain top

talent.

Executive Directors are eligible to receive employer contributions to the Company’s pension plan

(which is a defined contribution plan) or a cash allowance in lieu of pension contributions, or a

combination. Contributions and/or a cash alternative are paid monthly.

The level of pension funding for Executive

Directors is consistent with the wider workforce.

This is currently 10% of base salary.

#### Remuneration elements for Executive Directors

The following pages outline the key components of Executive Director remuneration arrangements, subject to shareholder approval.

Strategic Report

Other information

83

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Governance Report

![]()

#### Directors’ Remuneration Policy continued

#### Elements Purpose and link to strategy Operation and performance Maximum opportunity

#### Short-term

#### Incentive

To align remuneration with

performance against financial

and non-financial targets and

personal goals, within the

Group’s risk appetite and

taking into consideration the

Company’s culture and values,

on an annual basis.

A portion of any award is

deferred and delivered in

shares to aid retention,

encourage long-term

shareholding and reinforce

the alignment of Executive

Director and shareholder

interests.

The STI plan uses a balanced scorecard of financial and non-financial performance measures,

whicharealigned with the key strategic priorities of the business and designed to deliver sustainable

shareholder value.

The metrics, weightings and targets are reviewed and set annually by the Committee taking into

account business plans, market conditions and the Company’s risk appetite. The performance

measures and relative weighting are typically disclosed prospectively each year in the Report,

withthetargets typically disclosed retrospectively in the following year’s Report given commercial

sensitivity. The majority of any annual bonus is subject to financial performance, with no less than

50% of the scorecard weighted to financial metrics.

Pay-out levels are determined by the Committee following the year-end based on performance

against the targets and objectives. The pay-out level for threshold performance is set at 25% of

maximum, on-target performance is set at 50% of maximum and maximum is set at 100%. STI awards

for the Executive Directors are funded from the Company’s overall bonus pool, which is approved

each year bythe Committee.

When determining the performance, pool and individual award outcomes, the Committee, in

conjunction with the Board Risk Committee, will consider a comprehensive report from the Chief

RiskOfficer in relation to the nature and incidence of material risk events and risk issues against

theCompany’s risk appetite, as well as an overall assessment of risk culture and risk management

effectiveness. The Committee will apply collective and/or individual risk-based adjustments to

outcomes where necessary to ensure that all risk factors are appropriately reflected.

At least 50% of any STI award is normally deferred in the form of conditional awards under the Quilter

plc Share Reward Plan, which vests annually in equal annual instalments over a three-year period

subject to the rules of the Share Reward Plan. Dividend equivalents accrue on deferred STI awards

during the vesting period on an assumed reinvestment basis and are normally settled in the form

ofadditional shares or, exceptionally, cash, at the relevant vesting dates. The vested shares are not

subject to any post-vesting minimum holding period.

If required by regulation, deferral levels, vesting periods and/or holding periods may be amended

from time to time to ensure ongoing compliance with regulatory requirements.

Malus and clawback provisions apply to both the up-front cash and deferred share portions of

STIawards as described in further detail on page 87.

The maximum STI opportunity is 200% of

basesalary.

84

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

#### Elements Purpose and link to strategy Operation and performance Maximum opportunity

#### Long-term

#### incentive

To incentivise and reward

Executive Directors for

achieving superior long-term

business performance that

creates shareholder value and

maximises sustainable

shareholder returns.

LTI awards are made under the Quilter plc Performance Share Plan. Awards are normally granted

annually in the form of nil-cost options, which are subject to performance conditions. Awards

normally vest after three years subject to the achievement of performance conditions and continued

employment.

The LTI plan uses a balanced scorecard of performance measures, the majority of which will be

financial measures, and is designed to align with the business’s strategic priorities, deliver

sustainable returns to shareholders and promote the long-term, sustainable success of the Company

for the benefit of all stakeholders.

The metrics, weightings and targets for each LTI award are reviewed and set by the Committee at

thestart of the performance period taking into account business plans, market conditions and the

Company’s risk appetite, and are disclosed prospectively in the Report each year. The majority of

anyLTI award is subject to financial performance, with no less than 75% of the scorecard weighted

tofinancial metrics.

For each performance measure, a threshold target and maximum target is set. At threshold,

25%ofthe applicable portion of the award vests, rising on a straight-line basis to 100% for

attainment oflevels of performance between threshold and maximum.

When determining the performance outcomes, the Committee, in conjunction with the Board Risk

Committee, will consider a comprehensive report from the Chief Risk Officer in relation to the nature

and incidence of material risk events and risk issues against the Company’s risk appetite, as well as an

overall assessment of risk culture and risk management effectiveness. The Committee has discretion

to apply risk-based adjustments as necessary, reducing award outcomes to nil if required, to ensure

that all risk factors are appropriately reflected.

Dividend equivalents accrue on LTI awards during the vesting period on an assumed reinvestment

basis and are normally settled in the form of additional shares or, exceptionally, cash, on the vesting

date or date of exercise of a vested option.

LTI awards are subject to a minimum post-vesting holding period of two years. The Committee may

shorten the minimum holding period in exceptional circumstances provided it is not to the Executive

Directors’ advantage, such as a situation where the vesting date is delayed and the holding period is

shortened to maintain the original release date, which must be no earlier than the fifth anniversary

ofthe grant date.

The vested options may be exercised in full at vesting but the acquired shares may not be sold during

the holding period other than to settle any tax liability arising.

Malus and clawback provisions apply to LTI awards as described in further detail on page 87.

The maximum LTI opportunity is 200% of

basesalary at the time of grant.

Strategic Report

Other information

85

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Governance Report

![]()

#### Directors’ Remuneration Policy continued

#### Elements Purpose and link to strategy Operation and performance Maximum opportunity

Share-

#### holding

#### requirements

To align Executive Directors’

interests with those of

shareholders.

Executive Directors are required to build up and maintain a shareholding in the Company with a

net-of-tax value at least equal to 300% of gross-of-tax base salary. Executive Directors are expected

to meet the requirement within five years of appointment.

At least 50% of any shares vesting under Quilter’s share plans (on a net-of-tax basis) are expected

tobe retained until the shareholding requirement is met. Vested and unvested (net of tax) awards

under the Quilter plc Share Reward Plan that are not subject to performance conditions are included

in the calculation of an Executive Director’s shareholding for this purpose. Vested awards under the

Quilter plc Performance Share Plan that remain subject to a holding period but are no longer subject

to performance conditions are also included (net of tax).

Executive Directors are also required to hold shares for at least two years following cessation of

theirappointment at the lower of the minimum shareholding requirement of 300% of base salary

orthe value of shares held at the point of departure (if the Executive Director is still in the five-year

accumulation period).

Any shares purchased by an Executive Director from the open market (i.e. separate to shares

originally awarded under a Company share plan) will be excluded from the post-cessation

shareholding requirement. However, only 25% of the value of such purchased shares will count

towards the minimum shareholding requirement during employment. This applies to shares

purchased after the date the post-cessation requirement came into effect, in January 2020.

The Committee has discretion to make adjustments to the shareholding and post-cessation

shareholding requirements in exceptional circumstances.

There is no upper limit to the shareholding

anExecutive Director may accumulate.

86

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

#### Committee scope for discretion

The Committee will operate the STI and LTI plans

according to the Policy set out in this Report and

the rules of the Quilter plc Share Reward Plan and

Quilter plc Performance Share Plan. The

Committee, in line with normal market practice,

retains discretion in a number of areas relating to

the operation and administration of these plans.

These include, but are not limited to, the following:

– who participates in the plans;

– the timing of award grants and/or payments;

– the size of an award and/or payment (within the

limits set out in the Policy);

– the choice and weighting of performance

measures (in accordance with the statements

made in the Policy);

– in exceptional circumstances, determining that

any share-based award (or dividend equivalent)

shall be settled in full or in part in cash;

– discretion relating to the measurement of

performance in the event of a change of control

or restructuring;

– determination of a good leaver (in addition

toany specified categories) for incentive plan

purposes based on the rules of each plan and

the appropriate treatment in such

circumstances;

– determining the extent of payment or vesting

ofan award based on the assessment of any

performance conditions, including discretion

asto the basis on which performance is to be

measured if an award vests in advance of the

normal timetable (on cessation of employment

as a good leaver or on the occurrence of a

corporate event) and whether (and to what

extent) pro-rating shall apply in such

circumstances;

– whether (and to what extent) malus and/or

clawback shall apply to an award;

– adjustments required in certain circumstances

(e.g. rights issues, corporate restructuring, on

achange of control and special dividends);

– the ability to adjust existing performance

conditions for exceptional events so that they

can still fulfil their original purpose whilst being

no less stretching; and

– the discretion to adjust vesting outcomes to take

account of overall performance and the wider

stakeholder experience.

While the Committee anticipates that any such

discretion would normally result in a reduction,

the Committee reserves the right to make an

upwards adjustment if considered appropriate.

#### Legacy arrangements

The Committee reserves the right to make any

remuneration payments and payments for loss

ofoffice notwithstanding that they are not in line

with the terms of the Policy where the terms of

thepayment were agreed:

– before the Policy came into effect, provided in

the case of any payment whose terms were

agreed before the Policy became effective, either

(a) was permitted under the Company’s former

Policy in place at the time of agreement or (b) the

agreement was before any Policy was effective;

or

– at a time when the relevant individual was not

aDirector of the Company and in the opinion

ofthe Committee the payment was not in

consideration for the individual becoming

aDirector of the Company.

Details of any such payments will be set out in

theReport as they arise as required.

#### Payment of statutory entitlements

#### and settlement of claims

The Company may pay any statutory entitlements

to which an Executive Director is entitled, or settle

or compromise any claims made in connection

with the employment of a Director where the

Committee considers such claims to have a

reasonable prospect of success and that it is in

thebest interests of the Company to do so.

Risk adjustment, malus and

#### clawback

All variable pay arrangements operated by the

Company are subject to malus and clawback

provisions. The Committee may, in its absolute

discretion, determine to reduce the number of

shares before they are released (malus), impose

further conditions on the vesting or exercise of an

award or, alternatively, at any time within five years

of an award being made, the Committee may

require the Executive Director to transfer to the

Company a number of shares or a cash amount

(clawback). The Committee considers that a period

of five years from award is a suitable time horizon

for malus and/or clawback to be applied in

accordance with the nature and risk profile of

thebusiness. The provisions are detailed in the

Company’s share plan rules under which all share

awards are made and in annual Material Risk Taker

notification letters to the Executive Directors.

Malus may be applied where:

– the results or accounts or consolidated accounts

of any company, business unit or undertaking in

which the Executive Director worked or works or

for which he or she was or is directly or indirectly

responsible are found to have been materially

incorrect or misleading;

– an error in the calculation of the Executive

Director’s bonus in respect of which any

deferred bonus award was made;

– there is any material failure of risk management

at a Group or business unit level and/or loss

from business written, due in whole or in part,

toa failure to observe risk management policies

in effect at the time;

– there is evidence of Executive Director gross

misconduct or it is discovered that the Executive

Director’s employment could have been

summarily terminated, or there is reasonable

evidence of Executive Director misbehaviour or

material error;

– the behaviour by the Executive Director resulted,

or is likely to result, in serious reputational

damage to the Company or has, or is likely to

bring, the Company into disrepute in any way;

– the Executive Director participated in or was

responsible for conduct that resulted in

significant losses for the Company and/or for

anycompany, business or undertaking in which

he/she worked;

– the Executive Director failed to meet appropriate

standards of fitness and propriety, in accordance

with any regulatory rules or principles, internal

policies or reasonable expectations as

determined by the Committee in its absolute

discretion;

– the Company or any company, business or

undertaking in which the Executive Director

worked or works or which he/she was or is

directly or indirectly responsible has suffered

amaterial downturn in its financial performance

which the Committee considers justifies the

application of malus;

– corporate failure of the Company or any Group

company; and

– any other circumstances similar in nature to

those described above where the Committee

considers adjustments should be made.

Clawback may be applied where:

– the results or accounts or consolidated accounts

of any company, business unit or undertaking in

which the Executive Director worked or works or

for which he or she was or is directly or indirectly

responsible are found to have been materially

incorrect or misleading;

– there is any material failure of risk management

at a Group or business unit level and/or loss

from business written, due in whole or in part,

toa failure to observe risk management policies

in effect at the time;

– there is evidence of Executive Director gross

misconduct or it is discovered that the Executive

Director’s employment could have been

Strategic Report

Other information

87

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Governance Report

#### Directors’ Remuneration Policy continued

summarily terminated, or there is reasonable

evidence of Executive Director misbehaviour

ormaterial error;

– the Executive Director participated in or was

responsible for conduct that resulted in

significant losses for the Company and/or for

anycompany, business or undertaking in which

he/she worked;

– the Executive Director failed to meet appropriate

standards of fitness and propriety, in accordance

with any regulatory rules or principles, internal

policies or reasonable expectations as

determined by the Committee in its absolute

discretion;

– the Company or any company, business or

undertaking in which the Executive Director

worked or works or which he/she was or is

directly or indirectly responsible has suffered a

material downturn in its financial performance

which the Committee considers justifies the

application of clawback;

– corporate failure of the Company or any Group

company; and

– any other circumstances similar in nature to

those described above where the Committee

considers adjustments should be made.

The Committee is supported in its decision making

in this area as appropriate by the Board Risk and

Board Audit Committees and the Quilter Risk and

Compliance function.

#### Recruitment

The remuneration package for an Executive

Director will be established in accordance with the

Policy, subject to such modifications set out below:

– Salary will be set in line with the Policy at a level

commensurate with the experience and calibre

of the individual, taking into account his or her

existing remuneration package. Where it is

appropriate to offer a lower salary initially, a

series of increases to the desired salary

positioning may be made over subsequent years,

subject to individual performance and

development in the role.

– Pension and benefit provisions will be in line

withthe Policy and consistent with the wider

workforce. Relocation assistance may be

provided where appropriate, which will normally

be for a capped amount and/or limited time.

– Variable pay arrangements will be in line with the

Policy. Different performance measures may be

set initially during the year of joining to take into

account the responsibilities of the individual

andthe point when he or she joined the Board.

AnLTI award can be made shortly following an

appointment (provided the Company is not in

aclosed period). The maximum variable pay

opportunity will be 400% of salary, comprised

of200% STI and 200% LTI, in line with the Policy.

– The Committee may buy out incentive awards a

new hire has forfeited on joining the Company,

ifit considers the cost can be justified and is in

the best interests of the Company. Any buy-out

award would take into account the key terms,

vesting schedule and expected value (e.g.

likelihood of meeting any performance criteria)

of the forfeited award(s) and would, to the extent

possible, replicate such terms and value in the

buy-out award. The Committee retains

discretion to rely on the exemption under UKLR

9.3.2 of the Listing Rules to make such an award,

or to utilise any other incentive plan operated

bythe Company. The aim of any such award

would be to ensure that, as far as possible, the

expected value and the structure of the award

will be no more generous than the award(s)

forfeited.

– Where an Executive Director is appointed

fromwithin the Group, any legacy arrangements

would be honoured in line with the original

terms and conditions as long as these do not

cause a material conflict with the Policy.

Fees for a new Chair or Non-executive Director

will be set in line with the Policy.

#### Executive Director service

#### agreements

All Executive Directors enter into service

agreements with the Company. The service

agreements are of indefinite duration, subject to

termination by either party giving not less than

sixmonths’ notice. Where a longer notice period is

required to recruit an executive, a notice period of

up to 12 months may be offered for an initial

period. The agreement contains terms typical for

asenior executive, including entitlement to a

salary, pension contribution, other core benefits

including annual holiday entitlement, and eligibility

for consideration of annual STI and LTI awards in

accordance with the Policy. The Executive

Directors are also entitled to reimbursement of

reasonable business expenses incurred by him/

her in the performance of his/her duties and will

be eligible for cover under any director or officer

insurance the Company has in place from time to

time. Service contracts are available for inspection

at the Company’s registered office.

Executive Director Notice period

Steven Levin 6 months

12 12smonths

Mark Satchel 6 months

#### External appointments

Subject to prior clearance by the Board, an

Executive Director is permitted to hold one

external non-executive directorship of a listed

company and is entitled to retain any fees paid

fordoing so.

#### Compliance with regulatory

#### requirements

The Policy is compliant with current regulatory

requirements, namely the PRA and FCA

Remuneration Codes that apply to the Company.

Remuneration arrangements will operate in line

with the PRA and FCA Remuneration Codes, as

amended from time to time.

The Committee may make minor amendments

tothe Policy (for regulatory, exchange control,

taxor administrative purposes, to correct clerical

errors or to take account of a change in legislation)

without obtaining shareholder approval for that

amendment.

88

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

#### Termination of office policy

If the employment of an Executive Director is terminated, any compensation payable will be determined by reference to the terms of the service agreement in force at the time. As variable pay awards are not

contractual, treatment of these awards is determined by the relevant plan rules. Bad leavers are not entitled to any payment. The Committee may structure any compensation payments beyond the contractual

notice provisions in the contract in such a way as it deems appropriate as set out in the table below and taking into account the best interests of the Company.

Policy element Details

Notice

Normally six months’ notice.

– In certain cases, Executive Directors will not be required to work their notice period and may be put

ongarden leave or granted pay in lieu of all or part of their notice period (“PILON”). PILON may be paid

monthly or in a lump sum, depending on circumstances.

– Holiday does not accrue when PILON is paid. During a period of garden leave, holiday that has accrued

isdeemed to have been taken during the garden leave.

– Executive Directors will be subject to annual re-election at the AGM.

Treatment of annual incentive awards

Annual incentive awards will be made to good leavers (see below) based on an overall assessment of

corporate and personal performance and (normally) pro-rated for the period worked in the performance

year of termination.

– Delivered in line with normal Policy and timeline, including the application of deferral into shares.

Treatment of unvested LTI and deferred annual incentive share awards

All awards lapse except for good leavers (see below).

– LTI awards continue to the normal vesting date for good leavers

1

unless (exceptionally) the Committee

applies discretion to accelerate the vesting to the termination date. In each case, the number of shares

released shall be based on the achievement of performance conditions over the performance period

(orcurtailed performance period, if applicable). The number of shares that vest would typically be

calculated on a pro-rata basis, based on time served during the vesting period.

– Deferred annual incentive share awards for good leavers

1

continue to the normal vesting date unless

theCommittee applies discretion to accelerate the vesting to the termination date.

– Any post-vesting retention periods on share awards for good leavers continue to apply as normal.

Compensation for loss of office

Settlement agreements may provide for, as appropriate:

– Terms are subject to the signing of a settlement agreement.

– Incidental costs related to the termination, such as legal fees for advice on the settlement agreement.

– Provision of outplacement services.

– Payment in lieu of accrued, but untaken, holiday entitlement.

– Exit payments in relation to any legal obligation or damages arising from such obligation.

– Settlement of any claim arising from the termination.

– Continuation or payment in lieu of other incidental benefits.

– In the case of redundancy, in line with the Company operated enhanced redundancy policy.

1

Subject to further adjustments which may be applied to discretionary good leavers. An executive will be treated as a good leaver under certain circumstances such as death, illness, injury, disability, redundancy, retirement, their employing company ceasing to be a Group

company or any other circumstances at the discretion of the Committee.

Strategic Report

Other information

89

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Governance Report

#### Directors’ Remuneration Policy continued

#### Change of control

STI awards may continue to be paid in respect

ofthe full financial year pre and post change of

control, or a pro-rated STI award may be paid in

respect of the portion of the year that has elapsed

at the point of change of control. Exceptionally, the

Committee may exercise its discretion to waive

pro-rating.

All the Company’s employee share plans contain

provisions relating to a change of control. In the

event of a change of control, outstanding awards

and options may lapse and be replaced with

equivalent awards over shares in the new

company, subject to Committee discretion.

Alternatively, outstanding awards and options

mayvest and become exercisable on a change of

control, subject to the assessment of performance

conditions at that time and any pro-rating of

awards in accordance with the rules of the

Company share plans and the terms of awards.

#### Remuneration policy for the wider

#### workforce

The principles and key terms of the Policy are

broadly applied throughout the Group on a

consistent basis to support recruitment,

motivation and retention, as well as to reward

highperformance whilst observing high

standardsof risk management and operating

within risk appetite.

The structure of total remuneration packages

forthe Executive Directors and for the broader

employee population is similar, comprised of

salary, pension and benefits and eligibility for a

discretionary STI award based on a combination

of Company and personal performance in the

financial year. The level of STI opportunity is

determined by role and responsibility.

All employees are subject to the Company’s

deferral policy, which applies above a certain

threshold of annual incentive award or such other

amount as may be required in accordance with

regulatory requirements. Deferred bonuses are

granted in the form of a conditional award of

shares under the Quilter plc Share Reward Plan,

or, for certain Investment Managers, in their own

funds or managed solutions, and vest no faster

than annually over three years in equal parts.

Executive Directors and other selected senior

executives participate in the LTI plan to aid

retention and motivate the delivery of long-term

growth in shareholder value and to reinforce the

alignment of management and shareholder

interests. As a result of this more limited

participation, a greater proportion of the

Executive Director’s potential pay is subject to

performance and therefore “at risk” than

compared to the broader employee population.

Annual base pay increases for the Executive

Directors are normally limited to the average base

pay increase for the wider employee population

unless there are exceptional circumstances such

as a change in role or salary progression for a

newly appointed Director.

The provision of pension contributions for the

Executive Directors is consistent with the wider

workforce.

#### How the views of employees are

#### taken into account

Pay and employment conditions generally in the

Group will be considered when setting Executive

Directors’ remuneration. Though currently the

Company does not consult with employees

specifically in determining Executive Director

remuneration, the Board has appointed Chris Hill

(a member of the Committee) as the designated

Non-executive Director responsible for ensuring

the “employee voice” is heard at Board level on

matters including executive remuneration and

alignment to the wider workforce. This role

extends to a range of issues that matter to

employees and includes inputs from annual

employee engagement and culture surveys,

meetings with employee forums/representatives

and a report to the Board.

The Committee receives regular updates on

overall pay and conditions in the Group, including

(but not limited to) changes in base pay and the

incentive schemes in operation, as well as pay

ratio data. The Committee also has oversight

ofthe all employee share plans which Executive

Directors and all other Group employees can

participate in on the same terms and conditions.

Statement of consideration of

#### shareholder views

The Committee recognises that Director

remuneration is an area of particular interest to

our shareholders and in setting and considering

changes to remuneration, it is critical that we

listen to, and take into account, their views.

The Committee considers shareholder feedback

received in relation to the AGM each year at its

first meeting following the AGM. This feedback,

aswell as any additional feedback received during

any other meetings with shareholders, is then

considered as part of the Group’s annual review

ofthe implementation of the Remuneration Policy.

We also regularly engage with our largest

shareholders to ensure we understand the range

of views which exist on remuneration issues.

The Committee engaged with key shareholders

inthe development of this Policy during 2024.

Thiswas a broad consultation exercise and

shareholders who collectively held around 75%

ofthe Company’s shares were approached for

feedback on the Policy proposals. These

discussions were productive and the feedback

was taken into account in the finalisation of the

Policy. The Committee was pleased that many

shareholders were supportive of the approach the

Committee has taken in maintaining consistency

with, and making only minimal changes to, the pay

approach in the existing policy. In developing the

new Policy, the Committee has also considered

the guidelines from the main shareholder bodies

and regulatory requirements, as well as prevailing

market practice.

90

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

#### Non-executive Directors

The following table sets out the key elements of the Policy for Non-executive Directors:

#### Fee approach

and link to

#### strategy

Fees for the Chair and Non-executive Directors are set at an appropriate level to attract individuals of the highest calibre with relevant commercial and other experience to develop,

monitor and oversee the Group’s strategy. Fee levels take into account:

– the time commitment required to fulfil the role;

– the duties and responsibilities associated with the role; and

– external fee reference points and typical practice from relevant FTSE and other comparable competitor organisations.

#### Fee operation

The Chair receives an all-inclusive annual fee which is reviewed periodically by the Committee.

All other Non-executive Directors receive a basic annual fee. Additional fees are also payable to reflect the extra responsibilities and additional time commitment required from

Non-executive Directors for chairmanship or membership of Board Committees and subsidiary boards and committees. Such additional fees may be payable to:

– the Senior Independent Director;

– the Chairs of the Board Audit, Risk, Remuneration and Corporate Governance and Nominations Committees

1

; and

– other members of the Board Audit, Risk, Remuneration

2

and Corporate Governance and Nominations Committees.

If there is a temporary yet material increase in the time commitments for Non-executive Directors, the Board may pay extra fees on a pro rata basis to recognise the additional

workload.

Fee levels for the Non-executive Directors are reviewed periodically by the Chair and Executive Directors. No individual may participate in the approval of his or her own fees.

Neither the Chair nor the other Non-executive Directors are eligible for any performance-related remuneration or a pension contribution. They do not receive any benefits but they

may be reimbursed for the cost, or such costs paid directly by the Company, of any reasonable and properly documented business expenses incurred in carrying out their duties.

TheCompany will also meet the cost of any tax liabilities incurred on such expenses on the Non-executive Director’s behalf, on a grossed-up basis.

Details of current fees are set out in the Report.

#### Appointment

#### term

All Non-executive Directors have a letter of appointment with the Company for an initial period of three years. Non-executive Directors are typically expected to serve two three-year

terms but may be invited by the Board to serve for an additional period. All Non-executive Directors are subject to annual re-election at the Company’s AGM.

Appointments may be terminated with three months’ notice. Non-executive Directors are not entitled to any compensation on termination, other than accrued fees and expenses.

The letters of appointment are available for inspection at the Company’s registered office.

1

The Board Corporate Governance and Nominations Committee is chaired by the Chair, who receives an all-inclusive annual fee.

2

The Chair is a member of the Remuneration Committee, who receives an all-inclusive annual fee.

Strategic Report

Other information

91

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Governance Report

![]()

The Report sets out how the Policy of the Company was applied in respect of 2024 in accordance with

the Policy principles of alignment to culture, clarity, simplicity, risk, predictability and proportionality as

detailed on page 73 of the 2023 Annual Report and Accounts, and how the Committee intends to apply

the Policy going forward. An advisory shareholder resolution to approve this Report will be proposed

atthe 2025 AGM.

The table below sets out the single figure of remuneration for the full financial year 2024 together with

2023 comparator figures.

Audited

Base

£’000

Benefits

£’000

Pension

1

£’000

Total

Fixed

£’000

STI

£’000

LTI

2

£’000 Other

3

Total

Variable

£’000

Total

Reward

£’000Executive Director

2024

Steven Levin  590.0 9.2 59.0 658.2 911.0 298.0 – 1,209.0 1,867.2

Mark Satchel 472.5 7.8 47.3 527.6 701.0 670.5 – 1,371.5 1,899.1

2023

Steven Levin 575.0 8.6  57.5 641.1 745.0 187.8 7.5 940.3 1,581.4

Mark Satchel 466.9 7.2 46.7 520.8  595.0 422.6 7.5 1,025.1 1,545.9

1

Pension includes contributions made under the Group defined contribution pension scheme plus amounts received as a pension

allowance.

2

LTI is a vesting value determined as a result of the achievement of performance conditions for the 2022 LTI award, the

performance period for which ended on 31 December 2024 (see page 97 for further details). The value of the 2022 LTI is calculated

using the average share price over the final three-month period of the year ending 31 December 2024, which was £1.4587. The

actual vesting date is 27 March 2025 and the actual value will be reflected in next year’s Report. This figure includes share dividend

equivalents of £39k for Steven Levin and £89k for Mark Satchel as at 31 December 2024. The amount of this figure attributable to

share price appreciation is valued at £24k for Steven Levin and £54k for Mark Satchel as at 31 December 2024. The vested value of

the 2021 LTI, shown in the 2023 outcomes, has been updated to reflect the share price on the actual vesting date, 27 March 2024,

which was £1.046.

3

Represents the value of the 20% market discount awarded on Save As You Earn options granted during 2023.

### Annual Report on Remuneration

#### Audited

Content within an “Audited” tab indicates that

all the information is audited.

#### Application of the Policy in 2025

Content within a shaded box reflects the

implementation approach for 2025.

#### Components of the single figure

The Committee agreed for Steven Levin to receive a 3.5% base salary increase at the 1 April 2024 review

date, which was slightly below the average increase for the wider workforce, with no adjustment to

MarkSatchel’s base salary at that time.

From 1 April 2025, Steven Levin’s base salary will be increased by 5% and Mark Satchel’s base salary will

be increased by 3%. Steven Levin’s increase is marginally higher than the average increase of 3% for the

wider workforce to recognise that his salary was conservatively positioned at the time of appointment

and remains at the low end of comparable UK listed wealth and asset management companies.

Audited

Annual base salary

as at 1 April 2024

£’000

Total base salary

paid in 2024

£’000

Total base salary

effective 1 April 2025

£’000Executive Director

Steven Levin 595.0 590.0 625.0

Mark Satchel 472.5 472.5 486.5

#### Benefits

Benefits include life assurance, private medical cover and income protection.

Audited

Life assurance

£’000

Medical

£’000

Income protection

£’000Name

2024

Steven Levin 3.4 2.1 3.7

Mark Satchel 2.7 2.1 3.0

2023

Steven Levin 2.8 1.3 4.5

Mark Satchel 2.3 1.3 3.6

#### Benefits for 2025

No changes to the approach.

92

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

#### Pension

Pension includes contributions made under the Group defined contribution pension scheme and/or

amounts received as cash in lieu of pension contributions due to the impact of HMRC limits. The pension

provisions of Executive Director appointments are aligned to the pension arrangements of the wider

workforce, which is currently set at 10% of base salary.

Audited

Cash in lieu of pension

contribution

£’000

Contribution to

pension scheme

£’000

Total contribution

£’000Name

2024

Steven Levin 49.0 10.0 59.0

Mark Satchel 37.3 10.0 47.3

2023

Steven Levin 49.0 8.5 57.5

Mark Satchel 38.2 8.5 46.7

#### Pension for 2025

No changes to the approach.

#### 2024 STI awards

For the purpose of determining the 2024 STI outcome, the Committee assessed the performance of

thebusiness and the individuals by reference to a balanced scorecard of Adjusted Profit (35%), net

inflows as a percentage of opening AuMA (25%), Customer (10%), Risk Management (10%) and Strategic

Personal performance objectives (20%) in line with the Policy. Each Executive Director had a maximum

2024 STI opportunity of 200% of base salary received during the year.

The summary below reflects the Committee’s assessment of performance for the year ended

31December 2024.

#### Financial performance

The basis of the profit measure for 2024 was Adjusted Profit, which was in line with the approach used

inprior years. TheCommittee retained discretion to override the Adjusted Profit outcome if any costs

recognised outside of Adjusted Profit exceeded Board approved budgets. The net inflow measure

reflects the year’s core business gross inflows less gross outflows, divided by the opening AuMA as at

1January 2024.

The financial targets and outcomes for 2024 are set out adjacent:

Audited

Weighting

as % of

total STI

opportunity

Threshold

(25% of

max)

Target (50%

of max)

Maximum

(100%) Outcome

Outcome as

% of max

Group financial

performance measures

Adjusted Profit before tax

pre-STI adjustment 35% £138m £173m £208m £196m 83%

1

Adjusted Profit before tax

post-STI adjustment 50%

Net inflows as a percentage of

openingAuMA

2

25% 1% 3% 5% 5% 100%

1

Before risk adjustment in consideration of the impact of the OAE review, as outlined below.

2

Reflects the core business only, excluding non-core assets in run-off related to legacy business disposals.

The business delivered strong financial performance in 2024, with reported Adjusted Profit 17% higher

than the prior year driven by a combination of revenue growth and expense discipline. However, the

Committee decided to exercise downward discretion to reduce the outcome of the profit metric in

consideration of the material 2024 below-the-line provision in respect of the OAR. The Committee

considered carefully all aspects of the OAR and the impact of the 2024 provision on all stakeholders and

concluded that it would not be appropriate for the profit element of the scorecard to payout above

target. Adjusting down the Adjusted Profit result to target for STI purposes reduced the outcome of this

metric by 40%, which had the effect of reducing Steven Levin’s STI outcome by £136k and Mark Satchel’s

by £109k. The Committee’s judgement was that this exercise of downward discretion was reasonable,

fair and proportionate in the circumstances, whilst noting that it may consider further downward

adjustments in the future in respect of OAR if, and to the extent, necessary.

Aside from the exceptional provision for the OAR, the Committee reviewed other below-the-line costs

and noted that business transformation costs were below Board-approved budgets and decided that

nofurther override to the Adjusted Profit outcome was required.

Net inflows in the core business of £5.2 billion, equal to 5% of opening assets, represented more than

afive-fold increase on the prior year and achieved the maximum target. Inflows in the IFA channel were

especially strong, with Quilter leading the industry in gross and net advised platform flows for the year.

The Committee was satisfied that a maximum outcome for the net inflows metric was justified.

#### Risk Management

Risk Management performance represented a maximum of 10% of the total STI opportunity. The risk

measure assessed the effectiveness of risk management in the year at an overall corporate level for

each of the Executive Directors by considering quantitative and qualitative indicators of: tone from

thetop to drive apositive risk and customer outcome focused culture; the day-to-day governance and

oversight of riskand use of risk tools to drive improvement; the management of key risks against risk

appetite; the understanding of risk in strategic and tactical decision making; and maintaining open and

effective regulatory relationships. In addition to the risk management metric, the Committee retains

discretion to adjust the whole of the STI for ex-ante and ex-post risk events; see above for the

application of that discretion in 2024.

Strategic Report

Other information

93

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Governance Report

![]()

#### Annual Report on Remuneration continued

Audited

Executive Director

Weighting as

% of total STI

opportunity Key achievements in the year

Outcome as

% of max

Risk Management

Measures

Risk Management

Effectiveness

Steven Levin 10%  – Strong risk leadership behaviours and tone from

the top, with evidence of risk embedded in

decision making and robust challenge on risk

profile via governance fora, supporting a positive

risk culture.

– Good progress on risk mitigation in key

transformation programmes where there has

been elevated risk historically.

– Positive engagement with second and third lines,

including careful consideration of root-cause

analyses and pro-active action where areas of

concern identified.

– Demonstrated strong focus on regulatory

relationships and obligations, with all regulatory

actions prioritised and completed on time.

75%

Risk Management

Effectiveness

Mark Satchel 10%  – Strong management of the Group’s financial

position, with capital and liquidity well controlled

and all entity-level indicators within appetite.

– Clear financial reporting and market

communication, demonstrating strong discipline

around mitigation of market abuse risks.

– Positive and open approach to regulatory

engagement, ensuring appropriate focus and

completion of all regulatory actions, including

addressing feedback from the FCA SREP within

agreed timescales.

– Strong overall assurance position, with positive

work noted by internal and external auditors,

including key enhancements to the control

environment.

75%

#### Customer performance

Customer performance represented a maximum of 10% of the total STI opportunity and is assessed

against a scorecard comprised of a balance of quantitative and qualitative measures.

50% of the scorecard is based on the Group’s average performance against a comprehensive suite

ofprimary customer KPIs. In total, there were 165 customer KPIs assessed across the business, with

each KPI generating a red, amber or green rating. Each individual KPI is then categorised into an

overarching customer theme, which align to the Principles of the Consumer Duty. The themes were

Product Governance; Price and Value; Customer Advice; Customer Understanding; Customer Support

– non-advised; Customer Support – contact; Customer support – service-level attainment; Customer

support – vulnerable customers; Engagement and Satisfaction; Complaints and Root Cause;

Foreseeable Harms, Customer Outcome Testing; Customer Culture; and Governance. These theme

categories were assessed separately for the Group’s two business segments. Target ranges are set for

each theme based on the number of colour ratings required to generate different payout levels.

In total 23 theme categories were assessed across the business. As set out below, the majority of theme

categories were rated “all green” based on strong performance against their constituent KPIs and so

corresponded with full payout. No theme categories received enough red-ratings to correspond with

below threshold vesting.

Threshold

(25% of max)

Target

(50% of max)

Exceeding

(75% of max)

Maximum

(100%)

<Threshold

(0% of max)

0%

(0 categories)

17%

(4 categories)

4%

(1 category)

22%

(5 categories)

57%

(13 categories)

Based on the application of the framework, the overall outcome under the customer KPI score was 80%.

The remaining 50% of the customer scorecard is split between quantitative customer satisfaction

measures, which account for 30%, and a qualitative assessment of strategic progress, customer

innovation and delivery of tangible customer benefits, which account for 20%. A summary of the

performance achieved in 2024 is set out in the table below:

Audited

Weighting

as % of

Customer

Metric

Threshold

(25% of

max)

Target (50%

of max)

Maximum

(100%) Outcome

Outcome as

% of max

Customer Performance

Measures

Average Customer KPIs Score 50% See table above 80%

Customer Satisfaction 30% 100%

Trustpilot score 15% 3.5 4.0 4.5 4.5 100%

Trustpilot share of positive reviews 5% 60% 70% 80% 83% 100%

NPS score 10% +20 +35 +50 +56 100%

Delighting the Customer 20%

Discretionary

assessment 60%

Key achievements in the year  – Rolled out a new Big 4 financial planning and investment

management proposition in the High Net Worth business,

working more closely with solicitors and accountants to

achieve better client outcomes.

– Completed significant development phase and successful pilot

of new Quilter Cheviot client portal and app.

– In Affluent, the At Retirement policy and proposition was

enhanced to support better customer outcomes at retirement.

– Suite of enhancements delivered to the online customer

journey also in Affluent, including to the valuation and

performance data features, as well as further improvements to

the app to support vulnerable customers.

– At a Group level, “tell us once” methodology effectively

embedded to ensure that all parts of the business understand

and respond to each customer’s specific needs and avoid

duplication of customer requests.

Overall outcome 82%

94

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

#### Strategic and personal performance

Personal objectives represented a maximum of 20% of total STI opportunity.

Audited

Weighting as

% of total STI

opportunity Key areas of focus Achievements in the year

Outcome as

% of max

Executive

Director

Steven Levin 20%  – Improve business

performance by setting the

conditions for growth and

delivery of efficiency targets.

– Lead evolution of Quilter’s

strategy, ensuring clear

definition of long-term vision

and strategic challenges and

opportunities.

– Progress key transformation

programmes safely and at

pace.

– Lead culture transformation

and broader people initiatives,

including delivery of the

Inclusion and Diversity Action

Plan.

– Investor relations, working

with the CFO to achieve

positive shareholder

sentiment and support.

– Delivered very strong set of results, with

exceptional inflows, continued expense

discipline and good progress on

Simplification savings all leading to

increased confidence in Quilter and share

price growth of 50% over the year.

– Firmly established as a strong leader

within Quilter and the investor base,

becoming a thought leader on key

industry developments.

– Led strategy development work

effectively with the Board, with the

acquisition of NuWealth an example of

how we can continue to develop the

integrated model.

– Progress across the Advice and Wealth

Management transformation

programmes has been good, with further

opportunities to accelerate pace of

execution in 2025.

– Significant progress on culture change,

with refreshed purpose, values and

high-performance framework all

delivered in 2024, and colleague

engagement at an all-time high of 8.0

against a target of 7.6.

– As at 31 December 2024, the proportion

of females in senior leadership roles was

41%, which exceeds the Company’s 2025

ambition but was two points lower than

the 2024 stretch target and prior year.

Similarly, ethnically diverse

representation was 6% compared to a

2024 target and prior year position of 9%.

– Demonstrated strong leadership on the

OAR, ensuring that the focus remained on

customers and doing the right thing.

95%

Audited

Weighting as

% of total STI

opportunity Key areas of focus Achievements in the year

Outcome as

% of max

Executive

Director

Mark Satchel 20%  – Maintain focus on cost

discipline and delivery of

Simplification targets.

– Oversee delivery of M&A

strategy and integration

framework.

– Focus on strategy execution,

working with Exco colleagues

to improve business

performance.

– Lead a full investor

engagement programme,

including delivery and

communication of a strong set

of annual and interim results.

– Lead culture change in Finance

and beyond, and support

delivery of broader people

initiatives, including the

Inclusion and Diversity Action

Plan.

– Strong management of the cost base,

with 2024 expenses below market

consensus, complementing top line

growth to drive excellent profit and

operating margin outcomes.

– Strong progress on Simplification, with

run rate benefits of £35 million achieved

by the end of 2024, ahead of plan targets.

– M&A activity progressing well, with

several strategic acquisitions completed

during the year, including NuWealth, and

a strong pipeline going forward.

– Delivered significant enhancements to

the commercial management of QFP to

support adviser attraction and retention,

with standardised adviser loan

parameters to support QFP’s strategy

and increased loan activity compared to

prior years.

– Led an active and comprehensive

calendar of investor engagement

activities, recognised externally by the

investor relations industry, with

underlying confidence in Quilter’s

investment case reflected in substantial

share price growth over the year.

– Active leadership of culture change

across the Company, with colleague

engagement in the Finance function at

8.1, an historical high and well ahead of

the 2024 target and industry benchmark.

– As noted earlier and in the Committee

Chair’s statement, the Company did not

meet its 2024 diverse representation

targets for senior roles due to small

changes in the population. Focus in this

area will continue in order to deliver the

longer term Inclusion and Diversity Action

Plan.

80%

Strategic Report

Other information

95

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Governance Report

![]()

#### Annual Report on Remuneration continued

#### Consideration of risk

As part of its performance assessment, the Committee considered whether the overall STI outcomes

were appropriate in the context of business performance, individual strategic/personal objectives, and

any material ex-post and/or ex-ante risks in the STI outcomes. The Committee, jointly with the Board

Risk Committee, considered an annual risk report and the recommendations of the Chief Risk Officer

inrespect of the incidence and materiality of any risk issues arising during the year and an overall

assessment of risk management relative to the Board’s risk appetite and risk culture across the

business.

As detailed earlier, the Committee decided to apply a proportionate ex-post risk adjustment in

consideration of the impact of the OAR and the material provision taken in respect of the matter.

Thedownward adjustment resulted in a 40% reduction to the profit component of the STI scorecard

forboth Executive Directors.

As the Skilled Person Review was ongoing at the time the Committee made these decisions, the matter

will remain under review and, taking into account the findings of the Skilled Person Review and any

othernew information that becomes available in due course, the Committee may consider further

adjustments to remuneration outcomes in future if, and to the extent, it considers necessary.

Audited

#### Deferral policy

In line with our Policy, 50% of the Executive Directors’ 2024 STI awards will be deferred into a

conditional award of Ordinary Shares under the Company’s Share Reward Plan and will vest in equal

annual instalments over a three-year period, subject to continued employment and malus and

clawback provisions in accordance with the rules of the Share Reward Plan.

Total  Deferred bonus To be paid in cash

Executive Director £’000  % of salary  £’000 % of salary £’000  % of salary

Steven Levin 911.0 154% 455.5 77% 455.5 77%

Mark Satchel 701.0 148% 350.5 74% 350.5 74%

Each Executive Director held the following deferred STI awards under the Share Reward Plan during

2024:

Outstanding

shares at

1 January

2024

Shares

vested

during the

year

Shares

granted

during

the year

1

Dividend

equivalents

accrued

during

the year

2

Outstanding

shares at

31December

2024Executive Director

Steven Levin 346,339 133,907 354,424 26,010 592,866

Mark Satchel 426,589 169,677 283,064 24,777 564,753

1

Shares granted in 2024 were the deferred portion of 2023 STI, granted on 27 March 2024 at an award price of £1.051 and face value

of £372.5k for Steven Levin and £297.5k for Mark Satchel. The grant price was the closing share price on the day preceding grant. The

2023 STI was assessed on the balanced scorecard of Adjusted Profit (35%), net flows as a percentage of opening AuMA (25%),

Customer (10%), Risk Management (10%) and Strategic Personal performance objectives (20%).

2

Share-settled dividend equivalents accrue on awards during the vesting period on an assumed reinvestment basis.

#### STI for 2025

Each Executive Director will have a maximum STI opportunity equal to 200% of salary, with outcomes

to be determined against a balanced scorecard comprised of the metrics and weightings set out in

the following table.

For 2025, the Committee decided to remove the risk metric and upweight the customer performance

metric to reinforce the customer-centric nature of the business, whilst also aligning with the

regulator’s focus on firms acting to deliver good customer outcomes as part of the Consumer Duty.

The Company continues to evolve its customer performance indicators following the implementation

of the Duty to provide a more quantitative, data-driven approach to assessing customer experience

and outcomes to strengthen the link between performance and reward in this area. The Committee

considered this strategic change carefully as part of its review of the Policy and was clear that

removing the risk metric would not mean any softening of the Company’s risk appetite or the way it

manages risk, or its expectations of executives and the link between risk management and reward

outcomes. All incentive outcomes remain subject to meeting minimum risk standards, such as the

effective management of capital and liquidity risks and maintaining the Company’s overall risk profile

within appetite, whilst risk management behaviours, tone from the top and management of the

Company’s top risks will be considered and reflected within the personal element of the STI

scorecard. Finally, all incentive outcomes are also subject to uncapped downward risk adjustment

forany material ex-ante and/or ex-post risk issues or events.

The targets will be disclosed retrospectively in next year’s Report due to commercial sensitivity,

inline with normal practice.

Weighting2025 STIP Performance Metrics

Adjusted Profit 35%

Net inflows as a percentage of opening AuMA 25%

Customer Performance 20%

Strategic and Personal Performance 20%

96

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

#### Vesting of 2022 LTI awards

On 31 December 2024, the 2022 LTI awards granted under the PSP reached the end of their

performance period. These awards will vest on 27 March 2025, with the vested shares subject to a

further two-year post-vesting holding period. The performance conditions which applied to the 2022

LTIaward and the performance achieved are set out below. The impact of the B Share Scheme and

Share Consolidation that completed in 2022 was factored into the targets when the award was granted.

Audited

Weighting

Threshold

1

(25% vesting)

Maximum

1

(100%

vesting)

Performance

Achieved

Weighted

Percentage

of Award

VestingPerformance condition

Cumulative Adjusted EPS 2022-24

(Pre-dividend exc. amortisation and

goodwill) 40% 24.6p 37.0p 27.9p 18.0%

Relative TSR

2

(Ranking against FTSE

250 exc. investment trusts) 25% Median Upper quartile 73rd percentile 23.3%

Operating Margin 2024 (Pre-tax

Adjusted Profit divided by total net

fee revenue) 25% 27.5% 32.5% 29.3% 13.1%

Responsible Investing

(Principles for Responsible

Investment 2024 Aggregate Score)

3

7.5% 12 Stars 20 Stars 15.2 Stars 4.1%

Scope 1 and 2 Emissions

(Tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent

(tCO

2

e)) 2.5% 2,050 1,650 1,062 2.5%

Award Outcome 61.0%

1

Straight-line interpolation between points.

2

Quilter achieved TSR of 24% over the performance period compared to median TSR for the comparator group of -10% and upper

quartile of 28%, and was ranked 40th out of 147 companies.

3

Quilter’s score reflects its aggregate rating across four primary modules covering Policy, Governance and Strategy, Confidence

Building Measures, Direct Holdings and Indirect Holdings. Its scores for Direct and Indirect Holdings were calculated as the

weighted average by AUM of its underlying scores against each asset class within each module.

#### Consideration of risk

The Committee considered whether performance had been achieved within the Company’s agreed

riskappetite and the impact of any risk events during the performance period and concluded that no

adjustment to the LTI outcome was required. It considered carefully the impact of the OAR and decided

not to adjust the LTI outcome on the basis that the downward adjustment to the STI outcome outlined

earlier in the Report is considered proportionate and sufficient at this time. The Committee retains the

ability to make further adjustments to remuneration outcomes in future if and to the extent it deems

necessary.

As a result of the 2022 LTI awards vesting at 61%, the Executive Director outcomes are set out in

thetable below. Steven Levin’s award was granted during his prior role within the Group, before his

appointment as the Chief Executive Officer, at a lower level than applicable for Executive Directors

atthetime and is therefore over a smaller number of shares than Mark Satchel’s award.

Audited

Number of

shares granted

Share settled

dividend

equivalents

% of Awards

vesting

Number of

shares vesting

Value of shares

vesting (£000)

1

Executive Director

Steven Levin 290,592 44,295 61.0% 204,281 298.0

Mark Satchel 653,832 99,667 61.0% 459,634 670.5

1

Deemed value based on the average share price of the final three-month period ended 31 December 2024 of £1.4587. The actual

value will be based on the share price when the awards vest on 27 March 2025. The amount of this figure, which includes share

dividend equivalents, attributable to share price appreciation is valued at £24k for Steven Levin and £54k for Mark Satchel as at

31December 2023.

#### LTI awards granted in 2024

Executive Directors received the following LTI awards in 2024, granted under the PSP and subject to the

following performance conditions:

Audited

Weighting

Threshold

1

(25% vesting)

Maximum

1

(100% vesting)

2024 LTIP Performance

Metrics

Earnings per share Cumulative Adjusted EPS 2024-26

(pre-dividend excluding amortisation and

goodwill)

40% 27p 40p

Operating margin 2026 pre-tax Adjusted Profit divided by total

net fee revenue

25% 28% 32%

Total shareholder

return

Ranking relative to the constituents of the

FTSE 250 excluding investment trusts

25% Median

of index

Upper quartile

of index

ESG  – Responsible investing (Principles for

Responsible Investment (“PRI”) aggregate

modules rating)

2

7.5% 12 stars 20 stars

– Total Scope 1 and Scope 2 carbon

emissions (Tonnes of carbon dioxide

equivalent (tCO

2

e))

2.5% 1,250 900

1

Straight-line interpolation between threshold and maximum.

2

If the score for any module is less than three stars, it will not count towards the total.

Strategic Report

Other information

97

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Governance Report

![]()

#### Annual Report on Remuneration continued

At the end of the three-year performance period, the Committee will critically assess whether the

formulaic vesting outcome produced by the criteria is justified. To do this, the Committee will look at

several factors, including whether the result is reflective of underlying performance and has been achieved

within the Company’s agreed risk appetite. If such considerations mean that the formulaic outcome of the

vesting schedule is not felt to be justified, then the Committee can exercise downward discretion.

The following LTI awards were granted in respect of the 2024 performance year:

Audited

Form of

award

Date of

award

Basis of

award (% of

salary)

Share price

at the date

of grant

1

Nil cost

options

awarded

Face value of

award

% vesting at

threshold

Performance

period

Executive

Director

Steven Levin Nil cost

options

2 April 2024 200% £1.0710 1,111,111 £1,190,000 25% 2024–2026

Mark Satchel Nil cost

options

2 April 2024 200% £1.0710 882,353 £945,000 25% 2024–2026

1

The grant price was the closing share price on the day preceding grant.

At the time the LTI awards were granted, the Committee considered carefully the prevailing share price

and the potential for windfall gains. It noted that the grant price was 27% higher than the prior year’s grant

price and 20% higher than the preceding 12-month average share price. Accordingly, it decided not to

scale back the awards at grant but retains discretion to reduce the awards at vesting if, and to the extent

itdeems necessary, the outcome is considered to incorporate a windfall gain.

#### LTI awards to be granted in 2025

As part of the Policy review, the Committee considered whether the LTI metrics remained

appropriately aligned to the Company’s strategic priorities and creation of long-term shareholder

value, and decided to make two amendments to the LTI scorecard for 2025:

– Firstly, the Committee had added operating margin to the LTIP at the start of the previous Policy

cycle given the strategic priority at the time to improve the Company’s operating margin relative

toits peers, whilst recognising that its inclusion would make Quilter an outlier in terms of market

practice. The in-flight LTI awards will measure operating margin out to 2026 and the Committee

concluded that the Quilter-specific circumstances that justified its inclusion will come to an end

atthat point and it is therefore appropriate to realign with market practice for the next Policy cycle.

The Committee decided to redistribute the 25% weighting from operating margin to the EPS and

TSR measures, which are key drivers of shareholder value, with the EPS weighting increased from

40% to 60% and TSR from 25% to 30% respectively.

– Secondly, having considered feedback from some shareholders on the broad nature of the current

TSR comparator group, the Committee decided to exclude companies from the basic resources

(mining), oil and gas sectors, which are subject to different market dynamics and cycles than Quilter.

Going forward, the Company’s TSR will be ranked against the FTSE 250 excluding investment trusts

and excluding companies from the basic resources, oil and gas sectors. The Committee concluded

that this approach will provide a better correlation between Quilter’s TSR and the comparator

group in determining relative performance.

The Committee decided to retain the existing ESG measures, which cover responsible investing

andreducing the Company’s own carbon footprint. It will continue to monitor market practice

developments in this area alongside the Company’s own corporate sustainability and responsible

investment strategies and may amend the metrics and/or weightings for future awards.

The Committee intends to grant awards to the Executive Directors in April 2025 over nil cost options

under the PSP with a face value at grant of 200% of base salary. The Committee will consider the

prevailing share price at the time of grant and may decide to scale back the level of awards if it

considers it necessary to do so. The metrics, weightings and targets are set out below:

2025 LTIP

Performance Metrics Weighting

Threshold

1

(25% vesting)

Maximum

1

(100%

vesting)

Earnings per share Cumulative Adjusted EPS 2025–27

(Pre-dividend excluding amortisation and

goodwill)

60% 28.5p 42.5p

Total shareholder

return

Ranking relative to the constituents of the

FTSE 250 excluding investment trusts and

companies in the basic resources, oil and gas

sectors

30% Median of

index

Upper quartile

of index

ESG

2

– Responsible investing

(Principles for Responsible Investment (“PRI”)

aggregate modules rating)

2

7.5% 12 stars 20 stars

– Total Scope 1 and Scope 2 carbon emissions

(Tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent (tCO

2

e))

2.5% 1,000 700

1

Straight-line interpolation between threshold and maximum.

2

If the score for any module is less than three stars, it will not count towards the total.

The Committee may apply discretion to adjust the formulaic outcome upon vesting based on a

review of the extent to which windfall gain considerations apply.

98

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

#### Save As You Earn scheme

In 2024, the Company invited all eligible UK employees, including Executive Directors, to enter the Save

As You Earn (“SAYE”) scheme. The scheme allows participants to save up to a maximum of £500 across

all savings contracts on a monthly basis for either a three or five-year term. At the end of the savings

period, participants have the option to purchase Company shares at an option price discounted by 20%

from the market value, which was set at the beginning of the scheme. The 2024 scheme commenced on

1 July 2024, with an option price of 83 pence.

Neither Steven Levin or Mark Satchel entered into the 2024 SAYE scheme as they had already reached

their maximum monthly savings limit by entering the 2023 SAYE scheme at a monthly savings amount

of£500. There was no change in SAYE participation during 2024 and both Executive Directors continue

to make monthly contributions to the 2023 scheme in accordance with their savings contracts.

Audited

Options

held at

1 January

2024

Lapsed in

the year

Granted

in the year

Exercised

in the year

Options

held at

31December

2024

Option

price

Maturity

DateExecutive Director

Steven Levin 43,478 – – – 43,478 £0.6900 1 July 2028

Mark Satchel 43,478 – – – 43,478 £0.6900 1 July 2028

#### Non-executive Director total remuneration

Total remuneration for services to Quilter for Non-executive Directors is set out in the following table.

Details of the Chair’s and Non-executive Directors’ dates of appointment are set out in their biographies

on pages 46 to 48.

During 2024, the Board Chair and Executive Directors, supported by independent expert advice and

market benchmarking, undertook an annual review of fees for Non-executive Directors (excluding the

Board Chair fee). The review took into account changes to the Group governance structure implemented

in 2023 that resulted in the Quilter plc Directors also sitting on the Boards and certain Committees of

the Affluent entities, as well as an additional change in January 2025 that saw Quilter Investors Limited

delegate portfolio management to one of the Affluent entities, Quilter Investment Platform Limited,

therefore further broadening the oversight scope of that Board. Fulfilling these parallel Board roles

creates additional complexity, regulatory responsibility and time commitment for the Non-executive

Directors.

Following the review, there is no change to the current fees for the Senior Independent Director, chairing

or membership of a Board Committee, or chairing or membership of a subsidiary board or subsidiary

board committee. However, noting that the base fees for the Quilter plc Board and Affluent Boards were

at the low end of market when compared to peer companies, the Board Chair and Executive Directors

decided to increase the Quilter plc Board base fee from £52,500 to £60,000 and the Affluent Boards

base fee from £17,500 to £20,000 with effect from 1 January 2025.

As at 31 December 2024, the Quilter plc Non-executive Director fees were paid as follows:

Quilter plc Annual Board fees

Fees as at

31December

2024

Fees from

1January

2025

Chair £350,000 £350,000

Annual fee £52,500 £60,000

Additional fees:

Senior Independent Director £20,000 £20,000

Chairs of Board Audit, Board Risk and Board Remuneration Committees  £30,000 £30,000

Members of the above Board Committees £15,000 £15,000

Members of the Board Corporate Governance and Nominations Committee

1

£5,500 £5,500

1

The Chair of the Board currently chairs the Board Corporate Governance and Nominations Committee and does not receive a fee for

this as the Chair of the Board receives a single, all-inclusive fee.

Where applicable, additional fees are paid to a Non-executive Director who also serves on the Board or

Committee of a subsidiary company within the Group (in addition to the Affluent entity appointments

and fees). The current subsidiary Board and Committee fees paid to the Quilter plc Non-executive

Directors are listed below, and details of fees paid are disclosed in the financial statements of the

relevant legal entity.

Subsidiary Board fees

Fees as at

31December

2024

Fees from

1January

2025

Member of Affluent Boards £17,500 £20,000

Member of the Quilter Financial Planning Limited, Quilter Investment Platform

Limited and Quilter Life & Pensions Limited (Affluent Boards) and Quilter Investors

Limited Investment Oversight Committees

1

£15,000 N/A

Chair of Quilter Investors Limited

2

£70,000 N/A

Member of Quilter Cheviot Limited Board £45,000 £45,000

Member of Quilter Cheviot Limited Board Committee £5,000 £5,000

1

The Investment Oversight Committees were closed with effect from 31 December 2024.

2

Following Tim Breedon stepping down as Chair of Quilter Investors Limited on 31 December 2024, this position is no longer fulfilled

by a Quilter plc Non-executive Director.

Strategic Report

Other information

99

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Governance Report

![]()

#### Annual Report on Remuneration continued

Fees for both Quilter plc and, where relevant, subsidiary Board appointments and taxable benefits

received in 2024 are set out in the single figure table below, together with a comparison to 2023:

Audited

Quilter plc

fees for

2024

£’000

Subsidiary

fees for

2024

£’000

Taxable

benefits

1

2024

£’000

Total for

2024

£’000

Quilter plc

fees for

2023

£’000

Subsidiary

fees for

2023

£’000

Taxable

benefits

1

2023

£’000

Total for

2023

£’000

Non-executive

Director

Ruth Markland 350.0 – 0.5 350.5 350.0 – 1.2 351.2

Neeta Atkar

2

118.1 17.5 3.0 138.6 102.3 5.8 0.9 109.0

Alison Morris

3

30.2 5.4 – 35.7 – – – –

Chris Hill

4

67.4 14.3 1.9 83.6 – – – –

Chris Samuel

7

67.5 32.5 1.2 101.2 72.8 80.8 2.0 155.6

George Reid 103.0 17.5 21.1 141.6 105.0 59.2 29.3 193.5

Moira Kilcoyne

8

67.5 67.5 17.9 152.9 72.8 51.7 28.6 153.1

Paul Matthews

5

32.6 6.9 1.4 40.9 84.8 42.5 4.7 132.0

Tazim Essani

4

32.6 6.9 – 39.5 84.8 5.8 0.3 90.9

Tim Breedon

6,9

75.3 97.2 – 172.5 113.0 87.5 – 200.5

1

Taxable benefits relate to travel and subsistence expenses, and tax thereon, which were required to enable the individuals to

carry out duties as a Non-executive Director.

2

Neeta Atkar became Senior Independent Director and Chair of the Board Remuneration Committee on 12 September 2024,

whilstcontinuing to serve as Chair of the Board Risk Committee.

3

Alison Morris was appointed to the Quilter plc and Affluent boards on 9 September 2024.

4

Chris Hill was appointed to the Quilter plc and Affluent boards on 7 March 2024.

5

Paul Matthews and Tazim Essani stepped down from the Quilter plc and Affluent boards at the conclusion of the AGM on 23 May

2024.

6

Tim Breedon stepped down from the Quilter plc and Affluent boards on 11 September 2024.

The following Non-executive Directors received additional fees for subsidiary appointments during 2024:

7

Chris Samuel was a member of the Affluent boards and Quilter Investors Limited Investment Oversight Committees, until they

were closed on 31 December 2024.

8

Moira Kilcoyne is a Non-executive Director of Quilter Cheviot Limited and a member of its Governance, Audit and Risk Committee.

9

Tim Breedon was the Chair of Quilter Investors Limited and a member of the Affluent boards and Quilter Investors Limited

Investment Oversight Committees. Tim Breedon stepped down from the Affluent boards on 11 September 2024, and from the

Quilter Investors Limited board and Quilter Investors Limited Investment Oversight Committee on 31 December 2024.

Further details on the Quilter plc Non-executive Directors’ Board and Committee responsibilities and

dates of appointment can be found on pages 46 to 48 of the Governance Report.

#### Remuneration in context

The chart below shows the Company’s TSR performance (which includes capital growth and dividends

paid) compared with the FTSE 250 excluding Investment Trusts over the period from Admission to

31December 2024. The FTSE 250 has been chosen as the Company is a member of that index and

theCommittee believes it provides the most appropriate basis for a broad comparison of relative

performance, whilst also being consistent with the TSR measure in the LTIP for Executive Directors.

#### TSR performance over the period since Admission

50

100

150

200

June 19

Jan 20

Aug 20

April 21

Nov 21

July 22

Feb 23

Oct 23

May 24

Dec 24

FTSE250 excluding Investment Trusts

Quilter

100

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

#### Chief Executive Officer pay history

The table below contains the Chief Executive Officer’s annual remuneration since the Company listed

in2018:

Financial year Name

Total

remuneration

£’000

STI as %

of maximum

LTI as %

of maximum

2024 Steven Levin 1,867 77% 61%

2023 Steven Levin 1,581 65% 66%

2022 Steven Levin (appointed 1 November 2022) 201 46% 32%

2022 Paul Feeney (stood down 31 October 2022) 1,475 41% 32%

2021 Paul Feeney 2,393 66% 57%

2020 Paul Feeney 1,487 0% 49%

2019 Paul Feeney 1,896 79% n/a

2018 Paul Feeney 2,779 93% n/a

#### Percentage change in Directors’ remuneration compared to the average

#### employee

The following table sets out the annual percentage change in salary or fee and STI between the Directors

and the average of all employees from 2019 to 2024. As Quilter plc, the listed Company, is not an

employing entity, we have calculated the average percentage change for employees against employees

ofthe Company’s subsidiaries. The annual change in salary is based on the salary of permanent UK

employees as at 31 December of each year, and the annual change in STI excludes employees that are not

eligible for a bonus. As Executive Directors’ benefits are aligned to other UK employees, the analysis of

movement inaverage benefits was not considered meaningful and therefore not included in the

comparison. Further detail of Executive Directors’ benefits can be found on page 92 of this Report.

The percentage change in remuneration is most directly comparable between the Executive Directors

andthe employee average. The salary increase of 3% awarded to Steven Levin in 2024 was in line with the

increase for the average employee, with no increase awarded to Mark Satchel in 2024. The increase in STI

in 2024 was higher for both Executive Directors than the average employee, reflecting that the variability

of remuneration outcomes in line with business performance is greater for the Executive Directors than

the wider workforce, both in terms of upside and downside. After careful consideration, the Committee

was satisfied thatthe relativity of STI outcomes between Executive Directors and other employees was

appropriate.

Remuneration

outcome

2

Executive Directors Independent Non-executive Directors

1

Employee

Average

Steven

Levin

Mark

Satchel

Ruth

Markland

Tim

Breedon

George

Reid

Moira

Kilcoyne

Paul

Matthews

Tazim

Essani

Chris

Samuel

Neeta

Atkar

Chris

Hill

Alison

Morris

2023–2024

Salary/fees 3% 3% 0% 0% 5% (27)% 8% (21)% 10% (35)% 25% n/a n/a

STI 11% 22% 18% n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a

2022–2023

Salary/fees 6% 0% 5% 92% 14% (18%) 24% (16%) 5% (26%) 3% n/a n/a

STI 12% 40% 43% n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a

2021–2022

Salary/fees 4% n/a 0% 15% 3% 5% 0% (7%) 33% 15% n/a n/a n/a

STI (12%) n/a (32%) n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a

2020–2021

Salary/fees 5% n/a 0% 2% 122% (1%) 0% 24% n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a

STI 78% n/a 100% n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a

2019–2020

Salary/fees 5% n/a 0% 6% n/a (2%) 0% 10% n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a

STI

3

(49%) n/a (100%) n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a

1

The Non-executive Directors’ annual fee percentage changes reflect the total actual fees received during the year for all Quilter plc

and subsidiary company appointments. The percentage changes from 2023 to 2024 are due to changes made to the fees for the

Non-executive Directors (excluding the Board Chair) during 2023 following a fee review in light of changes to the Board corporate

governance structure. The percentage changes for certain Non-executive Directors are also due to changes in their appointments

during the year or the previous year. Details of these changes for 2024 can be found on page 105 of this Report.

2

In years where Executive and Non-executive Directors joined or stepped down from the Board partway through the year, their

remuneration has been annualised for comparison purposes.

3

In respect of 2020, on the recommendation of the Executive Directors, the Committee exercised its discretion to reduce the

Executive Directors’ STI outcome to zero, which impacts the year-on-year percentage change in 2020 and 2021.

Strategic Report

Other information

101

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Governance Report

![]()

#### Annual Report on Remuneration continued

#### Chief Executive Officer pay ratio

The table below sets out the ratio between the Chief Executive Officer’s total remuneration and the

25th, 50th and 75th percentile of the total remuneration of full-time equivalent UK employees as at

31December 2024. Since the 2020 Report, the Committee has adopted Option A as it is referred to in

the legislation to identify the comparators at each quartile, which calculates total remuneration for all

UKemployees on the same single figure basis as the Executive Directors earlier in this Report. Option A

has been selected as it provides consistency between the reporting basis for Executive Directors and

employees for the purpose of calculating the ratios.

Year Pay ratio All employees (£’000)

Base salary Method

25th

percentile

50th

percentile

75th

percentile

25th

percentile

50th

percentile

75th

percentile

2024 Option A 19:1 13:1 8:1 31.4 47.0 75.3

2023 Option A 19:1 13:1 8:1 30.1 45.1 72.3

2022

1

Option A 23:1 16:1 9:1 28.4 42.5 70.0

2021 Option A 27:1 18:1 11:1 25.0 37.6 63.3

2020 Option A 28:1 19:1 11:1 24.0 36.4 61.0

2019 Option B 28:1 18:1 14:1 24.3 37.0 48.7

Year Pay ratio All employees (£’000)

Total remuneration Method

25th

percentile

50th

percentile

75th

percentile

25th

percentile

50th

percentile

75th

percentile

2024 Option A 46:1 30:1 18:1 41.0 62.1 104.9

2023 Option A 40:1 26:1 15:1 39.3 60.0 101.6

2022

1

Option A 46:1 30:1 17:1 36.2 56.1 96.8

2021 Option A 70:1 47:1 26:1 34.0 51.4 93.4

2020 Option A 55:1 36:1 21:1 29.7 45.3 78.4

2019 Option B 62:1 39:1 27:1 30.5 48.5 69.1

1

Reflects the combined salary and total single figures for Paul Feeney and Steven Levin in respect of their qualifying services as CEO

during the year.

Total remuneration includes salary, benefits, pension, short-term incentives and any value vested from

long-term incentives during the year. As some 2024 STI amounts across the wider workforce are subject

to change after the publication of this Report, the total remuneration may not be exact. However, any

STI changes are expected to be minimal and it is unlikely the pay ratios will change materially once the

final STI amounts are determined. The Chief Executive Officer has a higher proportion of total

remuneration in variable pay than the majority of the wider workforce, which, exacerbated by strong

performance and high variable pay outcomes for 2024, is the main factor driving the difference in the

ratios between salary and total remuneration.

The ratio of the Chief Executive Officer’s base salary to employees at the 25th, 50th and 75th percentiles

remained static in 2024 compared to 2023, reflecting relatively small and consistent movements in the

base salary of the Chief Executive Officer and the salary profile of the underlying population. The total

remuneration ratios were higher in 2024 than 2023 due to strong business performance and the Chief

Executive Officer’s higher level of variable pay opportunity relative to the wider workforce. However,

both the base salary and total remuneration ratios remain materially below historical levels prior to

Steven Levin’s appointment.

The Committee continues to monitor closely the pay conditions of the Company’s employees in addition

to the application of the Policy to ensure that all aspects of Executive Director remuneration remain

appropriate and proportionate to the wider workforce.

#### Remuneration of the wider workforce

The Company operates a remuneration policy and framework for the wider workforce that is consistent

with the principles of the Policy. Base salaries are market aligned and benchmarked annually, and all

UKemployees receive the same core risk benefits and pension contribution as Executive Directors.

Allemployees are eligible for consideration of variable pay, subject to serving a minimum proportion

ofthe year, which is determined on broadly the same basis as Executive Directors, taking into account

an appropriate balance of corporate and personal performance.

Over the past two years, the Company has reset its performance management and reward framework

to reinforce a culture of high expectations and high performance, and strengthen the link between the

performance and behaviours of all colleagues with reward outcomes. Further details regarding the

Company’s culture change activity and focus on high performance are set out in the Our people section

on pages 16 to 20.

During 2024, the role of the Board’s Workforce Engagement Director was a member of the Committee,

and able to reflect the views of the wider workforce in Committee decision making through their

engagement with the Company’s Employee Forum and other employee networks.

#### Gender pay gap

The Company reported a mean gender pay gap of 27% and a mean bonus gap of 55% for 2024. The

results reflect the lower proportion of females in senior and revenue generating roles that attract

higherpay, which we recognise is a systemic issue facing the wealth management industry and will

require ongoing, multi-year efforts to resolve. Further details regarding our gender pay gap figures and

wider Inclusion and Diversity Action Plan can be found in the Our people section on pages 16 to 20.

102

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

#### Relative importance of spend on pay

The following table sets out the profit, dividends and overall spend on pay in the years ended

31December 2024 and 31 December 2023:

2024 2023 % Change

Adjusted profit before tax

1

(£m) 196 167 17%

Dividends

2

(£m) 80 70  14%

Employee remuneration costs

3

(£m) 299 291 3%

1

Adjusted profit before tax is included in the above table as the Company considers it an important Key Performance Indicator.

Thisfigure is detailed in note 7(a) to the consolidated financial statements on page 134 of the 2024 Annual Report and Accounts.

2

In 2024, the Company paid an Interim Dividend of 1.7 pence and has recommended a Final Dividend of 4.2 pence. In 2023, the

Company paid an Interim Dividend of 1.5 pence and a Final Dividend of 3.7 pence.

3

Employee remuneration costs represent the underlying employee costs within the Adjusted Profit for Quilter, excluding the impact

of one-off items.

#### Executive Directors’ shareholding and outstanding share awards

The table below shows the Executive Directors’ interests, which include shares held by connected

persons, share awards under Company share plans which will vest in future years subject to

performance conditions and/or continued service as at 31 December 2024, together with any additional

interests in shares held beneficially by the Executive Directors outside of Group share schemes. The

share price at 31 December 2024 was £1.5420.

During the period 31 December 2024 to 5 March 2025, there were no exercises or dealings in the

Company’s share awards by the Executive Directors.

Audited

Share interests at 31 December 2024

1

Name

Legally owned

(shares)

Subject to SIP

(shares)

Subject to SAYE

(options)

Deferred STI

awards not

subject to

performance

conditions

(shares)

Subject to

performance

conditions

under

the LTIP

(options)

Steven Levin

2

697,379 1,565 43,478 592,866 2,834,318

Mark Satchel

2

1,403,326 1,565 43,478 564,753 2,775,280

1

Information provided to the Company by major shareholders pursuant to the FCA’s DTRs is published via a Regulatory Information

Service and is available at plc.quilter.com/investor-relations.

2

On 27 March 2024, the 2021 LTI awards vested and Steven Levin exercised 179,551 nil-cost options with a market value on exercise

of £187,810 and Mark Satchel exercised 403,991 nil-cost options with a market value on exercise of £422,575. As at 31 December

2024, Steven Levin and Mark Satchel do not hold any vested but unexercised options.

All of the Company’s share plans contains provisions relating to a change of control, which are set out

inthe Policy.

Audited

#### Executive Directors’ shareholding requirements

In line with the Policy, each Executive Director is required to acquire and maintain a shareholding

equivalent to 300% of base salary, including shares beneficially held by the individual or his/her

spouse and the net of tax value of unvested share interests within Company share plans which are

not subject to performance conditions.

Each Executive Director has up to five years from the date of their appointment to achieve the

minimum, which is 1 November 2027 for Steven Levin and was 13 March 2024 for Mark Satchel. As at

31 December 2024, Steven Levin is on course to reach the minimum requirement within his five-year

accumulation period and Mark Satchel has satisfied the minimum shareholding requirement.

Value

1

£’000

Multiple

of base

salaryName

Steven Levin 1,477.9 248%

Mark Satchel 2,485.9 526%

1

Includes the estimated net value of unvested share awards which are not subject to performance conditions. For the purposes of

the minimum shareholding requirement, the calculation is based on the average share price of the final three-month period ended

31 December 2023 of £1.4587.

#### Directors’ personal holding and beneficial share interests

As at 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023, the Executive and Non-executive Directors held the

following legal and beneficial interests in Ordinary Shares:

Audited

31 December

2024

31 December

2023Name

Ruth Markland 100,000 100,000

Steven Levin 698,944 533,639

Mark Satchel 1,404,891 1,102,144

Neeta Atkar – –

Alison Morris

1

– –

Chris Hill

2

– –

Chris Samuel 19,788 18,969

George Reid 37,733 37,733

Moira Kilcoyne 29,556 29,556

Paul Matthews

3, 5

25,714 25,714

Tazim Essani

3, 5

12,428 12,428

Tim Breedon

4, 5

10,000 10,000

1

Appointed to the Board on 9 September 2024.

2

Appointed to the Board on 7 March 2024.

3

Stepped down from the Board at the conclusion of the AGM on 23 May 2024.

4

Stepped down from the Board on 11 September 2024.

5

The 2024 shareholding is as at the day each Non-executive Director stepped down from the Board.

During the period 31 December 2024 to 5 March 2025, there were no other changes to the interests

inshares held by the Directors as set out in the table above.

Strategic Report

Other information

103

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Governance Report

![]()

Audited

#### Payments to past Directors

As set out in the market announcement on 10 October 2022 and in the 2022 Report, when Paul

Feeney stepped down as Chief Executive Officer he was granted Good Leaver status under the Policy.

He stepped down as an Executive Director on 31 October 2022 and his employment with the Group

was terminated on 1 May 2023, after the completion of his notice period.

As a Good Leaver, Paul Feeney remains eligible for the vesting of deferred share awards on the

normal vesting dates, subject to the rules of the relevant share plans, satisfaction of any performance

conditions and time pro-rating for the proportion of the vesting periods served where applicable, as

well as meeting additional post-termination conditions. The following share awards vested to Paul

Feeney during 2024:

Number of

shares granted

Share-settled

dividend

equivalents

Performance

outcome as %

of maximum

1

Proportion of

vesting period

served

2

Number of

shares vested

2

Value

3

£’000Awards

Deferred STI

4

546,265 40,525 n/a n/a 234,996 243.6

2021 LTI

5

804,529 112,516 66.1% 69.5% 421,504 440.9

1

The performance outcome of the 2021 LTI award was set out in the 2023 Report.

2

Time pro-rating is not applied to deferred STI awards. Time pro-rating of LTI awards is calculated by reference to the last date of

employment in accordance with the rules of the PSP.

3

Value based on the share price on the respective vesting dates of 27 March 2024 of £1.046 and 3 April 2024 of £1.027.

4

Number of shares granted reflects the total balance of outstanding deferred STI awards as at 31 December 2023. The shares

vested represented one third of Paul Feeney’s deferred STI awards in respect of the 2021 and 2022 financial years. The remaining

balance will continue to accrue dividend equivalents and vest on the normal vesting dates in 2025 and 2026, subject to the Policy,

rules of the Share Reward Plan and additional post-termination conditions.

5

The vested LTI shares, after allowing sufficient shares to be sold to cover tax and National Insurance liabilities, are subject to a

minimum two-year post-vesting holding period and are subject to clawback during that period.

As a former Executive Director, Paul Feeney was also subject to a post-cessation minimum

shareholding requirement equal to the lower of 300% of the salary in effect at cessation or the value

of his shareholding at cessation, which applied for two years after he stepped down. At the time the

post-cessation shareholding requirement ended, on 31 October 2024, Paul Feeney’s shareholding

exceeded the minimum requirement as shown below:

Value

1

£’000

Multiple of

base salaryName

Paul Feeney 2,956.3 438%

1

Includes the estimated net value of unvested share awards which are not subject to performance conditions. The value is based on

the share price on 31 October 2024, when the minimum shareholding requirement ceased, of £1.434.

There were no further payments to past Directors during the year.

#### External directorships

Neither Executive Director held any external directorships during 2024.

#### Payments for loss of office

There were no payments for loss of office during 2024.

#### External advisers

During 2024, Deloitte provided advice to the Committee covering the Policy, the Report and disclosures,

market practice, incentive design and regulatory requirements. Deloitte also support the Group with risk

advisory, tax compliance and consulting services. As part of the procurement and contracting process,

appropriate safeguards were put in place to ensure no conflict of interest arises.

The Committee appointed Deloitte in April 2021, following the completion of a comprehensive tender

and procurement process, and remain satisfied that the advice received is objective and independent,

and the firm is a member of the Remuneration Consultants Group, whose voluntary Code of Conduct

isdesigned to ensure objective and independent advice is given to Committees. The total fees paid in

respect of remuneration advice during 2024, on a time and materials basis, were as follows:

Adviser Key areas of advice received

Total fees

2024

Deloitte Policy review, application, disclosures, governance and market practice £46.5k

#### Statement of shareholder voting

The table below sets out the outcome of shareholder voting on the prior year Report and the Policy.

Thenext resolution to approve the Policy is expected to be at the 2025 AGM.

AGM Resolution Votes For Votes Against Votes Withheld

May 2024 2023 Directors’ Remuneration Report

(advisory)

97% 3% 317,021 (0.02% of

issued share capital)

May 2022 Directors’ Remuneration Policy

(binding)

96% 4% 127,420 (0.01% of

issued share capital)

#### Annual Report on Remuneration continued

104

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

### Directors’ Report

#### The Directors present their Report for the financial

#### year ended 31 December 2024.

#### Cautionary statement

This Annual Report has been prepared for, and only for, the members of the Company, as a body, and

noother persons. The Company, its Directors, employees, agents or advisers do not accept or assume

responsibility to any other person to whom this document is shown or into whose hands it may come

and any such responsibility or liability is expressly disclaimed. By their nature, the statements

concerning the risks and uncertainties facing the Group in this Annual Report involve uncertainty since

future events and circumstances can cause results and developments to differ materially from those

anticipated. The forward-looking statements reflect knowledge and information available at the date

ofpreparation of this Annual Report and the Company undertakes no obligation to update these

forward-looking statements. Nothing in this Annual Report should be construed as a profit forecast.

#### Corporate governance statement

The information that fulfils the requirements of the corporate governance statement for the purposes

ofthe FCA’s DTRs can be found in the Governance section of the Annual Report on pages 44 to 104

(allof which forms part of this Directors’ Report) and in this Directors’ Report.

#### Information included in the Strategic Report

The Company’s Strategic Report is on pages 1 to 43 and includes the following information that would

otherwise be required to be disclosed in this Directors’ Report:

Subject matter

Page

reference

Likely future developments in the business 3 to 5

Events since the end of the financial year  173

Engagement with employees 13 and 16 to 20

Engagement with suppliers, customers and others 12 to 15

Employment of disabled persons  20

Greenhouse gas emissions, energy consumption and energy efficiency action  22 to 29

Financial risks  39

#### Information to be disclosed under UK Listing Rule 6.6.1R

Subject matter

Page

reference

Details of long-term incentive schemes 97 to 98

Shareholder waivers of dividends  105

Shareholder waivers of future dividends  105

#### Financial instruments and risk management

The information relating to financial instruments and financial risk management objectives and policies

can be found on pages 126 to 128, 150 and 167 to 172.

#### Branches

During the year, the Group had a branch in the United Arab Emirates.

#### Profit and dividends

Statutory loss after tax from continuing operations for 2024 was £34 million (2023: £42 million profit).

The Directors have recommended a Final Dividend for the financial year ended 31 December 2024 of

4.2pence per Ordinary Share which will be paid out of distributable reserves, subject to approval by

shareholders at the AGM. Further information regarding the dividend, including key dates, can be found

at plc.quilter.com /dividends. On Wednesday 7 August 2024, the Board declared an Interim Dividend

of1.7 pence per Ordinary Share. The Interim Dividend was paid on Monday 23 September 2024 to

shareholders on the UK and South African share registers.

Shares are held in the Quilter Employee Benefit Trust and the Equiniti Share Plans Trust (“ESPT”) in

connection with the operation of the Company’s share plans. Dividend waivers are in place for those

shares that have not been allocated to employees.

#### Directors

The names of the current Directors of the Company, along with their biographical details, are set out

onpages 46 to 48 and are incorporated into this Report by reference. Director changes during the year

are set out below:

Name Role

Effective date of Appointment/

Resignation

Chris Hill Non-executive Director Appointed 7 March 2024

Tazim Essani Non-executive Director Resigned 23 May 2024

Paul Matthews Non-executive Director Resigned 23 May 2024

Alison Morris Non-executive Director Appointed 9 September 2024

Tim Breedon Non-executive Director Resigned 11 September 2024

Details of the Directors’ interests in the share capital of the Company are set out in the Annual Report

on Remuneration on pages 92 to 104.

The powers given to the Directors are contained in the Company’s Articles of Association and are

subject to relevant legislation and, in certain circumstances, including in relation to the issuing or buying

back by the Company of its shares, subject to authority being given to the Directors by shareholders in

General Meeting. The Articles of Association also govern the appointment and replacement of Directors.

The Board has the power to appoint additional Directors or to fill a casual vacancy amongst Directors.

Any such Director only holds office until the next AGM and must offer themselves for election.

Strategic Report

Other information

105

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Governance Report

#### Directors’ Report continued

#### Articles of Association

The Articles of Association may be amended in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act

2006 by way of a special resolution of the Company’s shareholders. The following information

summarises certain provisions in the Articles of Association in force as at the date of this Report.

#### Share capital and control

The Company has a single class of Ordinary Shares in issue with a nominal value of 8 1/6 pence

each,representing 100% of the total issued share capital as at 31 December 2024 and as at

Friday 28 February 2025 (the latest practicable date for inclusion in this Report). Details regarding

changes in theCompany’s share capital during the year can be found in note 27 of the financial

statements on page157. The rights attaching to the Ordinary Shares are set out in the Articles

ofAssociation and aresummarised in the following paragraphs:

#### Voting rights of members

On a show of hands, every member or authorised corporate representative present has one vote

andevery proxy present has one vote except if the proxy has been duly appointed by more than one

member and has been instructed by (or exercises his discretion given by) one or more of those

members to vote for the resolution and has been instructed by (or exercises his discretion given by)

oneor more other of those members to vote against it, in which case a proxy has one vote for and

onevote against the resolution. On a poll, every member present in person, by authorised corporate

representative or by proxy, has one vote for every share of which he is a holder. In the case of joint

holders, the vote of the person whose name stands first in the register of members and who tenders

avote is accepted to the exclusion of any votes tendered by any other joint holders.

Unless the Board decides otherwise, a member shall not be entitled to vote either in person or by proxy

at any General Meeting of the Company in respect of any share held by him unless all calls and other

sums presently payable by him in respect of that share have been paid.

#### Transfers

Save as described below, the Ordinary Shares are freely transferable.

A member may transfer all or any of his shares in any manner which is permitted by any applicable

statutory provision and is from time to time approved by the Board. The Company shall maintain

arecord of uncertificated shares in accordance with the relevant statutory provisions.

A member may transfer all or any of his certificated shares by an instrument of transfer in any usual

form, or in such other form as the Board may approve. The instrument of transfer shall be signed by or

on behalf of the transferor and, except in the case of a fully paid share, by or on behalf of the transferee.

The Board may, in its absolute discretion, refuse to register any instrument of transfer of any certificated

share which is not fully paid up (but not so as to prevent dealings in listed shares from taking place on

anopen and proper basis) or on which the Company has a lien. The Board may also refuse to register

any instrument of transfer of a certificated share unless it is left at the registered office, or such other

place as the Board may decide, for registration, accompanied by the certificate for the shares to be

transferred and such other evidence (if any) as the Board may reasonably require to prove title of the

intending transferor or his right to transfer shares; and it is in respect of only one class of shares. If the

Board refuses to register a transfer of a certificated share it shall, as soon as practicable and in any

event within two months after the date on which the instrument was lodged, give to the transferee

notice of the refusal together with its reasons for refusal. The Board must provide the transferee with

such further information about the reasons for the refusal as the transferee may reasonably request.

Unless otherwise agreed by the Board in any particular case, the maximum number of persons who

maybe entered on the register as joint holders of a share is four.

#### Variation of rights

If at any time the share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class

(unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue) may, whether or not the Company is being wound up,

be varied with the consent in writing of the holders of three-fourths in nominal value of the issued

shares of that class or with the sanction of a special resolution of the holders of the shares of that class.

#### Exercisability of rights under an employee share scheme

An Employee Benefit Trust operates in connection with certain of the Group’s employee share plans

(“Plans”). The Trustee of the Employee Benefit Trust may exercise all rights attaching to the shares in

accordance with their fiduciary duties other than as specifically restricted in the relevant Plan governing

documents. The Trustee of the Employee Benefit Trust has informed the Company that their normal

policy is to abstain from voting in respect of the Quilter shares held in trust. The Trustee of the Quilter

Share Incentive Plan (“SIP”) will vote as directed by SIP participants in respect of the allocated shares

butthe Trustee will not otherwise vote in respect of the unallocated shares held in the SIP Trust.

106

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

#### Purchase of own shares

At the AGM held on Thursday 23 May 2024, shareholders passed resolutions to authorise the Company

to purchase a maximum of 140,410,550 Ordinary Shares of 8 1/6 pence each, representing 10% of the

Company’s issued Ordinary Share capital as at Tuesday 19 March 2024, which was the latest practicable

date prior to publication of the Notice of AGM. As at Friday 28 February 2025, the latest practicable

datefor inclusion in this Report, no shares have been purchased under this authority. The Directors

areseeking renewal of this authority at the forthcoming AGM, in accordance with relevant institutional

guidelines, together with an authority relating to potential purchase on the JSE, where the Company

hasa secondary listing, subject to the same overall limits.

#### Significant agreements (change of control)

All the Company’s share plans contain provisions relating to a change of control. In the event of a change

of control, outstanding awards and options may be lapsed and replaced with equivalent awards over

shares in the new company, subject to the Board Remuneration Committee’s discretion.

Alternatively, outstanding awards and options may vest and become exercisable on a change of control

subject, where appropriate, to the assessment of performance at that time and pro-rating of awards.

Exceptionally, the Board Remuneration Committee may exercise its discretion to waive pro-rating.

Short-term incentive (“STI”) awards may continue to be paid in respect of the full financial year pre

andpost change of control, or a pro-rated STI award may be paid in respect of the portion of the year

that has elapsed at the point of change of control.

On a change of control, including following a takeover bid, the Company is required to enter into

negotiations in good faith with the lenders under the Group’s Revolving Credit Facility in respect of any

changes to its terms. If after such negotiations no agreement has been reached, the Revolving Credit

Facility would be cancelled and existing drawdowns would become repayable.

The Group is also party to a number of supplier agreements that may be terminated upon a change

ofcontrol of the Company, including following a takeover bid. In many cases, whether this may apply

depends on the identity or characteristics of the new controller. This may result in the provision of

certain services and software licences being terminated early.

#### Directors’ indemnities

Qualifying third-party indemnity provisions (as defined by section 234 of the Companies Act 2006)

werein force during the course of the financial year ended 31 December 2024 for the benefit of the then

Directors and, at the date of this Report, are in force for the benefit of the Directors in relation to certain

losses and liabilities which they may incur (or have incurred) in connection with their duties, powers

andoffice. In addition, the Company maintains Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance which gives

appropriate cover for legal action brought against its Directors.

#### Donations

Quilter does not make monetary donations or gifts in kind to political parties, elected officials or

election candidates. Accordingly, no such donations were made in 2024. However, at the 2025 AGM, the

Directors are seeking to renew the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ authority to make political donations

not exceeding £50,000 in aggregate. This is for the purposes of ensuring that neither the Company nor

its subsidiaries inadvertently breach Part 14 of the Companies Act 2006 by virtue of the relevant

definitions being widely drafted. Further information is available in the 2025 Notice of AGM. For

information on our engagement with shareholders following the 2024 AGM, please refer to page 55.

#### Major shareholders

As at 31 December 2024, the Company had been notified, in accordance with Rule 5 of the FCA’s DTRs,

of the following holdings of voting rights in its Ordinary Share capital:

Name of shareholder

Number of

voting rights

attached to

Quilter shares

% interest in

voting rights

attached to

Quilter shares

1

Nature of

holding

notified

Coronation Asset Management (Pty) Ltd 252,571,433 17.98% Direct

Public Investment Corporation of the Republic of South Africa 206,425,328 14.70% Direct

Ninety One UK Ltd

2

82,416,634 5.01% Indirect

Equiniti Trust (Jersey) Limited

3

55,786,133 3.97% Direct

1

The percentage of voting rights detailed above was calculated at the time of the relevant disclosures made in accordance with Rule 5

of the FCA’s DTRs.

2

The number of voting rights reflects the position at the time of notification which, in this case, was prior to a consolidation of

Ordinary Shares in May 2022.

3

These shares are held by Equiniti Trust ( Jersey) Limited in its capacity as Trustee of the Employee Benefit Trust.

As at Friday 28 February 2025, the latest practicable date for inclusion in this Report, the following voting

rights had been notified, in accordance with Rule 5 of the FCA’s DTRs:

Name of shareholder

Number of

voting rights

attaching to

Quilter shares

% interest in

voting rights

attaching to

Quilter shares

1

Nature of

holding

notified

Coronation Asset Management (Pty) Ltd 252,571,433 17.98% Direct

Public Investment Corporation of the Republic of South Africa 188,969,070 13.45% Direct

Ninety One UK Ltd

2

82,416,634 5.01% Indirect

Equiniti Trust (Jersey) Limited

3

55,786,133 3.97% Direct

1

The percentage of voting rights detailed above was calculated at the time of the relevant disclosures made in accordance with Rule 5

of the FCA’s DTRs.

2

The number of voting rights reflects the position at the time of notification which, in this case, was prior to a consolidation

ofOrdinary Shares in May 2022.

3

These shares are held by Equiniti Trust ( Jersey) Limited in its capacity as Trustee of the Employee Benefit Trust.

Information provided to the Company by major shareholders pursuant to the FCA’s DTRs is published

via a Regulatory Information Service and is available at plc.quilter.com/investor-relations.

Strategic Report

Other information

107

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Governance Report

![]()

#### Directors’ responsibility statements

The following statements should be read in conjunction with the Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

in respect of the Annual Report and the financial statements on page 110.

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report of the Parent Company and consolidated

financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

The Directors consider that the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, are fair, balanced and

understandable and provide the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s

andthe Group’s position, performance, business model and strategy.

Each of the Directors in office as at the date of this report, whose names and functions are listed

onpages 46 to 48, confirms that, to the best of his or her knowledge:

– the consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with International

Financial Reporting Standards as endorsed by the UK, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities,

financial position and profit or loss of the Company and the Group; and

– the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report include a fair review of the development and performance

of the business and the position of the Company and the Group, together with a description of the

principal risks and uncertainties that they face.

For further information on the comprehensive process followed by the Board in order to reach these

conclusions please refer to the Board Audit Committee Report on pages 64 to 71.

#### Disclosure of information to external auditors

Each person who is a Director of the Company as at the date of approval of this Report confirms that:

a)   so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Company’s external

auditors are unaware; and

b)   the Director has taken all the steps that he or she ought to have taken as a Director in order to make

him/herself aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s external

auditors are aware of that information.

#### Independent auditors

The Directors are recommending the reappointment of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as the Company’s

statutory auditors at the 2025 AGM.

#### AGM

The Quilter plc 2025 AGM will be held at Senator House, 85 Queen Victoria Street, London EC4V 4AB on

Thursday 22 May 2025 at 11:00am (UK time). Details of the business to be transacted at the 2025 AGM,

along with details of how you can ask questions and join the meeting, are included in the Quilter plc

2025 Notice of AGM which can be found on our GM Hub at plc.quilter.com/gm.

By order of the Board

Clare Barrett

Company Secretary

5 March 2025

#### Directors’ Report continued

108

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

# Index to the consolidated

# financial statements

#### For the year ended 31 December 2024

Group consolidated financial statements

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities  110

Independent auditors’ report  111

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income  118

Consolidated statement of financial position  119

Consolidated statement of changes in equity  120

Consolidated statement of cash flows  121

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

General information  121

1: Basis of preparation  121

2: New standards, amendments to standards

andinterpretations adopted by the Group  123

3: Future standards, amendments to standards

andinterpretations not early adopted in these

financial statements  123

4: Significant changes in the year  123

5: Material accounting policies  124

6: Business combinations, acquisitions

and disposals  133

7: Alternative performance measures  134

8: Segment information  138

9: Investment return  141

10: Expenses  141

11: Tax  143

12: Earnings per share  144

13: Dividends  145

14: Goodwill and intangible assets  146

15: Property, plant and equipment   147

16: Investment property  148

17: Investments in associates  148

18: Loans and advances  149

19: Financial investments  149

20: Derivatives – assets and liabilities  149

21: Categories of financial instruments   150

22: Fair value methodology  151

23: Structured entities  153

24: Trade, other receivables and other assets  154

25: Contract costs  154

26: Cash and cash equivalents  155

27: Ordinary Share capital  157

28: Share-based payments reserve  157

29: Investment contract liabilities  158

30: Provisions  159

31: Tax assets and liabilities  161

32: Borrowings and lease liabilities  163

33: Trade, other payables and other liabilities  163

34: Post-employment benefits  164

35: Master netting and similar arrangements  166

36: Contingent liabilities  166

37: Commitments  167

38: Capital and financial risk management  167

39: Fiduciary activities  173

40: Related party transactions  173

41: Parent company guarantee audit exemption  173

42: Events after the reporting date  173

Appendix

A: Related undertakings  174

Parent Company financial statements

Company statement of financial position  176

Company statement of changes in equity  177

Notes to the financial statements of the Company  178

109

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Other informationGovernance Report

Strategic Report

Financial statements

![]()

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the Group and Parent Company

financial statements in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group and Parent Company financial statements for

each financial year. Under that law, the Directors have prepared the Group financial statements in

accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards and the Parent Company financial

statements in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (comprising FRS

101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework” and applicable law). In preparing the Group financial statements,

the Directors have also elected to comply with International Financial Reporting Standards issued by the

International Accounting Standards Board (IFRSs as issued by IASB).

Under company law, the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied

that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and Parent Company and of the

profit or loss of the Group for that period. In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are

required to:

– select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

– state whether applicable UK-adopted international accounting standards and IFRSs issued by IASB

have been followed for the Group financial statements;

– state whether applicable United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101, have been

followed for the parent Company financial statements, subject to any material departures disclosed

and explained in the financial statements;

– make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and

– prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that

the Group and Parent Company will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and Parent Company and hence

for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are also responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show

and explain the Group’s and the Parent Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy

at any time the financial position of the Group and Parent Company and enable them to ensure that

thefinancial statements and the Directors’ Remuneration Report comply with the Companies Act 2006.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the Parent Company’s website.

Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements

may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

#### Directors’ confirmations

The Directors consider that the Annual Report and the Group and Parent Company financial statements,

taken as a whole, are fair, balanced and understandable and provide the information necessary for

shareholders to assess the Group’s and Parent Company’s position and performance, business model

and strategy.

Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are listed in the Governance Report, confirm that,

tothe best of our knowledge:

– the Group financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted

international accounting standards and IFRSs issued by IASB, give a true and fair view of the assets,

liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Group;

– the Parent Company financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with United

Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities

and financial position of the Parent Company; and

– the Strategic Report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business

andthe position of the Group and Parent Company, together with a description of the principal

risksand uncertainties that they face.

Signed on behalf of the Board

Steven Levin

Chief Executive Officer

5 March 2025

Mark Satchel

Chief Financial Officer

#### Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

#### in respect of the Annual Report and the financial statements

110

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

#### Opinion

In our opinion:

– Quilter plc’s Group financial statements and Company financial statements (the “financial statements”)

give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Company’s affairs as at 31 December 2024

and of the Group’s loss and the Group’s cash flows for the year then ended;

– the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted

international accounting standards as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act

2006;

– the Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom

Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards, including FRS 101

“Reduced Disclosure Framework”, and applicable law); and

– the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies

Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report, which comprise: the

Consolidated statement of financial position and the Company statement of financial position as at

31December 2024; the Consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the Consolidated statement

of changes in equity, the Consolidated statement of cash flows and the Company statement of changes

in equity for the year then ended; and the notes to the financial statements, comprising material

accounting policy information and other explanatory information.

Our opinion is consistent with our reporting to the Board Audit Committee.

#### Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and

applicable law. Our responsibilities under ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities

for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We believe that the audit evidence we

have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence

We remained independent of the Group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to

our audit of the financial statements in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable

to listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with

these requirements.

To the best of our knowledge and belief, we declare that non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s

Ethical Standard were not provided.

Other than those disclosed in note 10 to the Group’s financial statements, we have provided no

non-audit services to the Company or its controlled undertakings in the period under audit.

#### Our audit approach

Context

This is our fifth year of involvement as auditors of the Quilter plc Group (“the Group”). In planning for the

2024 audit of the Group, we met with the Board Audit Committee and members of management across

the business to discuss and understand significant changes during the year, and to understand their

perspectives on associated business risks. We used this insight, along with our experience from the

previous year’s audit approach, when forming our views regarding the business updates, as part of

developing our audit plan and when scoping and performing our audit procedures.

Overview

Audit scope

– At 31 December 2024, the Group comprised two operating segments, together with head office

activities, each of which contain several reporting components. We conducted audit testing over

thirteen components in total excluding the consolidation adjustments, which we selected based

ontheir respective significance to the consolidated results. The Company is considered a full scope

component.

– In addition to the Company, five components were subject to an audit of their complete financial

information due to their financial significance.

– Five components were subject to an audit of a specific provision (Customer remediation exercise

provision) due to its significance.

– Specific financial statement line items were also brought into scope for a further two components

toensure sufficient coverage was obtained over all material balances in the Group accounts.

– Taken together, the procedures we performed over the six full scope components provided us with

coverage of over 82% of total income as recognised in the Consolidated statement of comprehensive

income and greater than 52% of all material line items for the Group, including profit before tax.

– We have considered the potential impact of climate change-related factors within our audit, including

challenging management on its assessment of how climate change related risks and opportunities

impact the financial statements. Given that Quilter has opted to take the approach of preparing a

separate Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”) report, which is then referred

toin the Annual Report, we have further challenged management to ensure that all materially relevant

information from the separate TCFD report is also included and linked clearly to within the Annual

Report.

Key audit matters

– Customer remediation exercise provision (Group)

– Goodwill impairment assessment (Group)

– Impairment of investments in subsidiary undertakings (Parent)

Materiality

– Overall Group materiality: £8,840,000 (2023: £5,506,000) based on 5% of adjusted profit before tax

from continuing operations.

– Overall Company materiality: £28,230,000 (2023: £27,963,351) based on 1% of total assets.

– Performance materiality: £6,630,000 (2023: £4,130,000) (Group) and £21,170,000 (2023: £20,972,513)

(Company).

#### Independent auditors’ report to the members of Quilter plc

#### Report on the audit of the financial statements

Strategic Report

Governance Report Other information

111

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

![]()

Key audit matter How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Customer remediation exercise provision (Group)

As disclosed in the Board Audit Committee Report (page

67) and note 30 (page 159) to the financial statements.

During the year, the Group has recognised a provision

related to the review of a sub-population of clients that

has been charged for ongoing advice services since

the start of 2018 but where the evidence of delivery of

the ongoing advice service falls below the acceptable

standard (the customer remediation exercise provision).

As at 31 December 2024, the total provision in respect

of the review was £76 million (2023: £nil) which

represents the estimated refund of fees, interest and

the administration costs associated with completing

thecustomer remediation exercise.

The estimation of the provision involves significant

judgement and subjectivity in relation to key

assumptions.

Management has estimated the provision based on a

sample of case record reviews undertaken by a Skilled

Person (and management’s expert for the purpose of

our audit) with the results from the sample applied to

the wider population under review. Management have

then overlaid further assumptions onto the calculation

based on work performed by a second management

expert.

Significant judgements include:

– the cohorts of customers to be included within the

scope of any proactive remediation; and

– the period covered by the remediation exercise.

Significant assumptions include:

– the estimation of the population of clients where

evidence is not available to demonstrate that ongoing

advice was provided;

– the response rate from customers; and

– the administration costs of running the review

programme.

We have assessed and challenged the Group’s

methodology and the assumptions and judgements

applied in arriving atthe provision.

We obtained management’s calculation and tested the

mathematical accuracy and agreed the calculation back

to source data.

We have tested the completeness and accuracy of source

data used in the calculation.

We reviewed the scope, methodology and results of the

procedures undertaken on the sample population of

clients by management’s expert to assess whether it was

an appropriate basis for the calculation of a provision.

As part of our procedures, we selected a sample of

the findings from management’s expert and assessed

whether the reported finding was appropriate.

We engaged PwC regulatory experts to assess the work

ofmanagement’s experts and to evaluate and challenge

the basis of significant assumptions and judgements.

We assessed and challenged the discount rate applied

tothe expected cash outflows.

We independently performed sensitivity analysis on

the significant assumptions and considered alternative

scenarios which could be considered reasonably possible.

We obtained and reviewed relevant regulatory

correspondence with the Financial Conduct Authority

and discussed the content of any correspondence

considered to be pertinent to our audit with

management. We met with the FCA to corroborate

details of their discussions with management.

Given the inherent uncertainty in the estimation of the

provision and its judgemental nature, we evaluated

the disclosures made in the financial statements. In

particular, we focused on the disclosure of the sensitivity

of the provision to changes in the underlying assumptions.

Based on the procedures performed and evidence

obtained, we found the customer remediation exercise

provision to be appropriate.

#### Our audit approach continued

The scope of our audit

As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material

misstatement in the financial statements.

Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most

significance in the audit of the financial statements of the current period and include the most

significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified by the

auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation

ofresources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any

comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, were addressed in the context of our

audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide

a separate opinion on these matters.

This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.

Customer remediation exercise provision is a new key audit matter this year. Recoverability of the

deferred tax asset, which was a key audit matter last year, is no longer included because of the reduction

in risk associated with the recoverability of the deferred tax asset when compared to the prior year.

Thisis the second year where the asset has been recognised in full and forecasts indicate taxable profits

in excess of the deferred tax asset over the next 5 years. Otherwise, the key audit matters below are

consistent with last year.

#### Independent auditors’ report to the members of Quilter plc

#### Report on the audit of the financial statements

112

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

Key audit matter How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Goodwill impairment

assessment (Group)

Refer to page 67 of the Board Audit

Committee report and note 14 to

the Group’s financial statements.

The goodwill balance of £307 million

(2023: £306 million) is subject to

an annual impairment review.

No impairment charge has been

recorded by management against

the goodwill balance in the current

year.

Judgement is used to determine

the appropriate level at which

to perform the impairment

assessment. Management analyses

discounted cash flows at the

operating segment level to calculate

the value-in-use for each group

of cash generating units (“CGUs”)

as opposed to assessing for each

individual CGU.

Due to the inherent subjectivity in

the assumptions used in the model,

combined with the potential impact

of the current economic climate

on future profit forecasts, this has

been assessed as a significant risk

for our audit.

We checked that the cash flow forecasts used by management in the

assessment of goodwill impairment were consistent with the

Board-approved three-year Business Plan.

We evaluated the historical accuracy of the cash flow forecasts, including a

comparison of the current year actual results with the 2024 figures included

in the prior year forecast. Furthermore, we ensured the forecasts were

completed on a basis consistent with prior years. We note that a change in

the Group’s unit pricing policy relating to policyholder tax charges resulted

in significant additional headroom, given in the prior year the impact

of policyholder tax resulted in a negative outflow which was taken into

perpetuity.

For certain key assumptions which underpinned the forecast performance,

such as growth of assets under management in the Business Plan period,

wecorroborated these against external market data where available.

We challenged management on the inclusion of certain cash flows where

these looked to include future enhancements or future restructuring activity

(such as the inclusion of future cost savings).

We considered the appropriateness of performing the impairment

assessment for groups of CGUs. This included consideration of how the

financial information of the business is presented to the Chief Operating

Decision Maker.

We engaged our internal valuation experts to independently calculate a

reasonable range for both the discount rate and long-term growth rate

assumptions used within the value-in-use calculations. Whilst the weighted

average cost of capital applied was lower than our range based on market

data, we have performed a sensitivity analysis and observed that using a rate

within the PwC expected range would still produce significant headroom.

We obtained and understood management’s sensitivity calculations over

the impairment assessment and performed further sensitivity scenarios

ourselves. These calculations confirmed that the impairment assessment

was not highly sensitive to any of the key assumptions, being the discount

rate and the forecast growth of cash flows. For each operating segment we

also calculated the degree to which these assumptions would need to move

before an impairment was triggered and considered the likelihood of such a

movement. We further assessed the Group’s disclosure of these sensitivities

to ensure that the risks inherent in the valuation were appropriately reflected

within the accounts.

We challenged management on the magnitude of the variance between

the total value in use and the market capitalisation, and corroborated the

explanations we received to supporting documentation.

We have considered the cash flow impacts of the customer remediation

exercise provision. Whilst it impacts the Affluent segment, when sensitised

into a severe downside scenario, this still results in positive headroom.

Overall, based on the procedures we have performed, we concur with

management that no impairment to the goodwill balance is required.

Key audit matter How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Impairment of investments

in subsidiary undertakings

(Company)

Refer to note 3 to the Company

financial statements.

The Company holds investments

in subsidiaries of £2,187 million

(2023: £2,162 million). Whilst these

eliminate on consolidation in the

Group financial statements, they

are recorded in the Company

financial statements.

The carrying amount of the

investment exceeds the market

capitalisation of the Group and

therefore management have

performed an impairment

assessment, utilising consistent

methodology to that described in

the impairment of goodwill key audit

matter above. They have concluded

that no impairment or reversal of

impairment was required.

We have determined the

impairment assessment over the

investments in subsidiaries to

be a significant risk in light of the

discrepancy between carrying value

and market capitalisation, the size

of this balance and the judgemental

nature of the discounted cash

flow model used in assessing

impairment.

The impairment assessment leveraged management’s value in use

calculations for the Group goodwill impairment assessment as described

above.

We reviewed the disclosures in the Company financial statements, including

the disclosure of the judgement used by management in their impairment

assessment regarding the Company’s investments in Quilter Holdings

Limited and Quilter Investors Limited representing a single cash generating

unit. This judgement is not considered representative of a critical accounting

judgement since, in the current year, the estimated discounted future cash

flows at a subsidiary level do not indicate that an impairment is required, and

therefore applying this judgement does not have a significant effect on the

amounts recognised in the financial statements. This disclosure is consistent

with the results of our testing of management’s impairment assessment.

For investments in non-trading subsidiaries the value in use is deemed

by management to be represented by their net asset position as this best

approximates the available funds for distribution as dividends.

Overall we are satisfied that there is sufficient evidence to support the

basis of management’s impairment assessment and therefore concur with

management that no impairment is required, and that the disclosures made

in the Company financial statements are appropriate.

#### Our audit approach continued

Strategic Report

Governance Report Other information

113

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

![]()

How we tailored the audit scope

We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an

opinion on the financial statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of the Group and the

Company, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in which they operate.

Quilter plc has two operating segments – High Net Worth and Affluent. Within these segments there are

several reporting units, of which the Company is considered a full scope component, five are considered

significant components due to size, and were all subject to an audit of their complete financial

information. Five other reporting entities were in scope as significant components due to risk as a result

of the customer remediation exercise provision. In addition, a further two reporting entities were in

scope for specific audit procedures, as these components contributed a significant proportion of certain

financial statement line items. Together with the procedures performed at the Group level, including

auditing the consolidation and financial statement disclosures, taxation, and goodwill impairment

assessment, this gave us the evidence we needed to form our opinion on the financial statements as a

whole. Almost all of the Group’s trading is based in the UK, resulting in all of the audit procedures being

performed locally by the UK audit team. Of the thirteen components that we have performed audit

procedures over, none of these components were based outside the UK.

We applied an overall materiality level of £515,300,000 to the classification of unit-linked assets and

liabilities in the consolidated statement of financial position, the related line items in the consolidated

statement of comprehensive income and the related notes to the financial statements. This materiality

was applied solely for our work on matters for which a misstatement is likely only to lead to a

reclassification between line items, in accordance with FRC Practice Note 20 ‘The audit of Insurers in the

United Kingdom’. The Group contains several regulated trading entities and is a regulated insurance

group itself. Some of the Group’s activities are outsourced to third-party providers, such as investment

and platform administration. In respect of the activities outsourced to service providers, we were able to

gain appropriate audit evidence through a combination of evaluating the providers’ published assurance

reports on internal controls and performing substantive procedures.

The Company is a single legal entity over which we were required to perform a full scope statutory audit.

We have determined the scope using our set materiality levels and performed procedures over those

financial statement line items which are material through the monetary threshold or material by nature.

The impact of climate risk on our audit

As part of our audit, we made enquiries of management to understand the process management

adopted to assess the extent of the potential impact of climate risk on the Group’s financial statements

and support the disclosures made within the Annual Report. The Group prepares a separate TCFD

report, which is then cross referenced in the Annual Report, with the key highlights included in the main

body ofthe report. Based on this, we have challenged management to ensure that all materially relevant

information in the separate report is also included and linked clearly within the Annual Report. In

addition to enquiries with management, we also challenged the completeness of management’s climate

risk assessment by comparing the consistency of management’s climate impact assessment with

internal climate plans and Board minutes, including whether the time horizons management have

usedtake account of all relevant aspects of climate change such as transition risks.

Materiality

The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative

thresholds for materiality. These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the

scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the individual financial

statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and

in aggregate on the financial statements as a whole.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole

as follows:

Financial statements – Group Financial statements – Company

Overall materiality £8,840,000 (2023: £5,506,000). £28,230,000 (2023: £27,963,351).

How we determined it 5% of adjusted profit before tax from

continuing operations\*

1% of total assets

Rationale for benchmark applied A profit-based metric is an expected

materiality basis for auditing a profit

oriented entity. We had previously

used a revenue-based metric because

of the level of restructuring and

Group reorganisation activity that

was happening at the time. In view of

this activity becoming more stable we

consider it appropriate to revert to a

profit based measure for the current

year.

\*

We have adjusted for specific key

performance metrics and added them back

to arrive at our materiality benchmark.

A benchmark of total assets has

been used as the Company’s primary

purpose is to act as a holding company

with investments in the Group’s

subsidiaries, not to generate operating

profits and therefore a profit-

based measure is not considered

appropriate.

For each component in the scope of our Group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our

overall Group materiality. The range of materiality allocated across components was £4,199,000 to

£8,800,000. Certain components were audited to a local statutory audit materiality that was also less

than our overall Group materiality.

We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the

aggregate of uncorrected and undetected misstatements exceeds overall materiality. Specifically, we

use performance materiality in determining the scope of our audit and the nature and extent of our

testing of account balances, classes of transactions and disclosures, for example in determining sample

sizes. Our performance materiality was 75% (2023: 75%) of overall materiality, amounting to £6,630,000

(2023: £4,130,000) for the Group financial statements and £21,170,000 (2023: £20,972,513) for the

Company financial statements.

In determining the performance materiality, we considered a number of factors – the history of

misstatements, risk assessment and aggregation risk and the effectiveness of controls – and concluded

that an amount at the upper end of our normal range was appropriate.

We agreed with the Board Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified

during our audit above £500,000 (Group audit) (2023: £500,000) and £1,379,643 (Company audit) (2023:

£1,398,168) as well as misstatements below those amounts that, in our view, warranted reporting for

qualitative reasons.

#### Our audit approach continued

#### Independent auditors’ report to the members of Quilter plc

114

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

#### Conclusions relating to going concern

Our evaluation of the Directors’ assessment of the Group’s and the Company’s ability to continue

toadopt the going concern basis of accounting included:

– Obtaining the Directors’ updated going concern assessment and challenging the rationale for

assumptions on growth of assets under management/administration and asset returns using our

knowledge of Quilter’s business performance and corroborating to external market evidence where

available. Our assessment included reviewing management’s stress testing and scenario analyses.

– Obtaining management’s estimated solvency capital position and evaluating this for consistency with

available information and against management’s own target capital ratios. We found that the Group

maintained internal targets for its Group Solvency Capital Requirement (SCR) ratio, and is forecasted to

remain compliant with all external regulatory capital requirements for the period covered by the going

concern assessment; and

– Confirming compliance with the debt covenants of the Group’s borrowing facilities, and the forecast

continued compliance for the duration of the period covered by the going concern assessment.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to

events or conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group’s and the

Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least twelve months from when the

financial statements are authorised for issue.

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the Directors’ use of the going concern

basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate.

However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this conclusion is not a

guarantee as to the Group’s and the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

In relation to the Directors’ reporting on how they have applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we

have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to the Directors’ statement in the financial

statements about whether the Directors considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of

accounting.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with respect to going concern are described

in the relevant sections of this report.

#### Reporting on other information

The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial

statements and our auditors’ report thereon. The Directors are responsible for the other information.

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, accordingly, we do

not express an audit opinion or, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any form

of assurance thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other

information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with

thefinancial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially

misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material misstatement, we are required

to perform procedures to conclude whether there is a material misstatement of the financial statements

or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we have performed, we

conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that

fact. We have nothing to report based on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report, we also considered whether the disclosures

required by the UK Companies Act 2006 have been included.

Based on our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006 requires us also to

report certain opinions and matters as described below.

Strategic Report and Directors’ Report

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the

Strategic Report and Directors’ Report for the year ended 31 December 2024 is consistent with the

financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Company and their environment

obtained in the course of the audit, we did not identify any material misstatements in the Strategic

Report and Directors’ Report.

Directors’ Remuneration

In our opinion, the part of the Annual Report on Remuneration to be audited has been properly

prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

Strategic Report

Governance Report Other information

115

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

![]()

#### Corporate governance statement

The Listing Rules require us to review the Directors’ statements in relation to going concern, longer-term

viability and that part of the corporate governance statement relating to the Company’s compliance with

the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code specified for our review. Our additional

responsibilities with respect to the corporate governance statement as other information are described

in the Reporting on other information section of this report.

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following

elements of the corporate governance statement is materially consistent with the financial statements

and our knowledge obtained during the audit, and we have nothing material to add or draw attention

toin relation to:

– The Directors’ confirmation that they have carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and

principal risks;

– The disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those principal risks, what procedures are in place

to identify emerging risks and an explanation of how these are being managed or mitigated;

– The Directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether they considered it appropriate to

adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing them, and their identification of any material

uncertainties to the Group’s and Company’s ability to continue to do so over a period of at least twelve

months from the date of approval of the financial statements;

– The Directors’ explanation as to their assessment of the Group’s and Company’s prospects, the period

this assessment covers and why the period is appropriate; and

– The Directors’ statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that the Company will be

able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of its assessment,

including any related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions.

Our review of the Directors’ statement regarding the longer-term viability of the Group and Company

was substantially less in scope than an audit and only consisted of making inquiries and considering the

Directors’ process supporting their statement; checking that the statement is in alignment with the

relevant provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code; and considering whether the statement is

consistent with the financial statements and our knowledge and understanding of the Group and

Company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit.

In addition, based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the

following elements of the corporate governance statement is materially consistent with the financial

statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit:

– The Directors’ statement that they consider the Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and

understandable, and provides the information necessary for the members to assess the Group’s and

Company’s position, performance, business model and strategy;

– The section of the Annual Report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and

internal control systems; and

– The section of the Annual Report describing the work of the Board Audit Committee.

We have nothing to report in respect of our responsibility to report when the Directors’ statement

relating to the Company’s compliance with the Code does not properly disclose a departure from a

relevant provision of the Code specified under the Listing Rules for review by the auditors.

#### Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit

Responsibilities of the Directors for the financial statements

As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ responsibilities, the Directors are responsible for

the preparation of the financial statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for being

satisfied that they give a true and fair view. The Directors are also responsible for such internal control

as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from

material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the

Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going

concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate

the Group or the Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole

are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that

includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an

audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists.

Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the

aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the

basis of these financial statements.

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design

procedures in line with our responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect

of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting

irregularities, including fraud, is detailed below.

Based on our understanding of the Group and industry, we identified that the principal risks of

non-compliance with laws and regulations related to breaches of UK regulatory principles, such as those

governed by the Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA) and the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA), and

unsuitable or prohibited business practices, and we considered the extent to which non-compliance

might have a material effect on the financial statements. We also considered those laws and regulations

that have a direct impact on the financial statements such as the Companies Act 2006 and the Listing

Rules. We evaluated management’s incentives and opportunities for fraudulent manipulation of the

financial statements (including the risk of override of controls), and determined that the principal risks

were related to understating results either by creating liabilities or deferring revenue to move profits

into future periods, as well as management bias in accounting estimates and judgemental areas of the

financial statements, such as provisioning. The group engagement team shared this risk assessment

with the component auditors so that they could include appropriate audit procedures in response to

such risks in their work. Audit procedures performed by the group engagement team and/or component

auditors included:

– Testing certain journal entries, identified by applying risk based criteria and agreeing to supporting

evidence.

– Discussions with the Board Audit Committee, management, internal audit, management involved in

the risk and compliance functions and the Group and Company’s legal function, including

consideration of known or suspected instances of non-compliance with laws and regulation and fraud.

#### Independent auditors’ report to the members of Quilter plc

116

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

– Reviewing correspondence between the Group and the PRA, the FCA and HMRC in relation to

compliance with laws and regulations.

– Assessment of matters reported on the Group’s whistleblowing register including the quality and

results of management’s investigation of such matters.

– Reviewing Board minutes as well as relevant Board Committee meeting minutes, including those of

theBoard Audit Committee, the Board Remuneration Committee, and the Board Risk Committee.

– Reviewing data regarding customer complaints, the Group’s and Company’s register of litigation and

claims, internal audit reports, and compliance reports so far as they related to non-compliance with

laws and regulations and fraud.

– Challenging assumptions made by management in accounting estimates and judgements, in particular

in relation to provisions and the impairment assessments of goodwill and investments in subsidiaries.

– Designing audit procedures to incorporate unpredictability around the nature, timing or extent of our

testing.

There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures described above. We are less likely to become

aware of instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations that are not closely related to events

and transactions reflected in the financial statements. Also, the risk of not detecting a material

misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may

involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery or intentional misrepresentations, or through

collusion.

Our audit testing might include testing complete populations of certain transactions and balances,

possibly using data auditing techniques. However, it typically involves selecting a limited number of

items for testing, rather than testing complete populations. We will often seek to target particular items

for testing based on their size or risk characteristics. In other cases, we will use audit sampling to enable

us to draw a conclusion about the population from which the sample is selected.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the

FRC’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’

report.

Use of this report

This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the Company’s members as

abody in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose.

Wedo not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any other purpose or to any

other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly

agreed by our prior consent in writing.

#### Other required reporting

#### Companies Act 2006 exception reporting

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

– we have not obtained all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or

– adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Company, or returns adequate for our

audithave not been received from branches not visited by us; or

– certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

– the Company financial statements and the part of the Annual Report on Remuneration to be audited

are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

#### Appointment

Following the recommendation of the Board Audit Committee, we were appointed by the Directors on

19 May 2020 to audit the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 and subsequent

financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted engagement is five years, covering the years ended

31 December 2020 to 31 December 2024.

#### Other matter

The Company is required by the Financial Conduct Authority Disclosure Guidance and Transparency

Rules to include these financial statements in an annual financial report prepared under the structured

digital format required by DTR 4.1.15R – 4.1.18R and filed on the National Storage Mechanism of the

Financial Conduct Authority. This auditors’ report provides no assurance over whether the structured

digital format annual financial report has been prepared in accordance with those requirements.

Mark Pugh

(Senior Statutory Auditor)

for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors

London

5 March 2025

#### Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit continued

Strategic Report

Governance Report Other information

117

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

![]()

#### Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

#### For the year ended 31 December 2024

|  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | Year ended | Year ended |
|  |  | 31 December | 31 December |
|  |  | 2024 | 2023 |
|  | Notes | £m | £m |
| Income |  |  |  |
| Fee income and other income from service activities | 8 | 544 | 542 |
| Investment return | 9 | 4,877 | 4,075 |
| Other income |  | 28 | 9 |
| Total income |  | 5,449 | 4,626 |
| Expenses |  |  |  |
| Change in investment contract liabilities | 29 | (4,065) | (3,313) |
| Fee and commission expenses and other acquisition costs | 10(a) | (49) | (49) |
| Change in third-party interests in consolidated funds |  | (587) | (579) |
| Other operating and administrative expenses | 10(b) | (691) | (575) |
| Finance costs | 10(e) | (21) | (22) |
| Total expenses |  | (5,413) | (4,538) |
| Impairment of investments in associates | 17(b) | (1) | – |
| Profit before tax |  | 35 | 88 |
| Income tax expense attributable to policyholder returns | 11(a) | (95) | (76) |
| (Loss)/profit before tax attributable to shareholder returns |  | (60) | 12 |
| Income tax expense | 11(a) | (69) | (46) |
| Less: income tax expense attributable to policyholder returns |  | 95 | 76 |
| Income tax credit attributable to shareholder returns | 11(a) | 26 | 30 |
| (Loss)/profit after tax attributable to the owners of the  Company |  | (34) | 42 |
| Other comprehensive expense |  |  |  |
| Exchange losses on translation of foreign operations |  | (1) | – |
| Total comprehensive income |  | (35) | 42 |
| Earnings per Ordinary Share |  |  |  |
| Basic earnings per Ordinary Share (pence) | 12 | (2.5) | 3.1 |
| Diluted earnings per Ordinary Share (pence) | 12 | (2.5) | 3.1 |

All income and expenses relate to continuing operations.

The above consolidated statement of comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the

accompanying notes.

118

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

|  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | 31 December | 31 December |
|  |  | 2024 | 2023 |
|  | Notes | £m | £m |
| Assets |  |  |  |
| Goodwill and intangible assets | 14 | 339 | 372 |
| Property, plant and equipment | 15 | 91 | 91 |
| Investment property | 16 | 9 | 10 |
| Investments in associates | 17 | 16 | 2 |
| Contract costs | 25 | 24 | 16 |
| Loans and advances | 18 | 56 | 38 |
| Financial investments | 19 | 59,360 | 50,329 |
| Deferred tax assets | 31(a) | 115 | 91 |
| Current tax receivable | 31(c) | 45 | 33 |
| Trade, other receivables and other assets | 24 | 418 | 447 |
| Derivative assets | 20 | 26 | 57 |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 26 | 1,949 | 1,859 |
| Total assets |  | 62,448 | 53,345 |
| Equity and liabilities |  |  |  |
| Equity |  |  |  |
| Ordinary Share capital | 27 | 115 | 115 |
| Ordinary Share premium reserve |  | 58 | 58 |
| Capital redemption reserve |  | 346 | 346 |
| Share-based payments reserve | 28 | 42 | 42 |
| Other reserves |  | (1) | – |
| Retained earnings |  | 863 | 958 |
| Total equity |  | 1,423 | 1,519 |
| Liabilities |  |  |  |
| Investment contract liabilities | 29 | 51,758 | 43,396 |
| Third-party interests in consolidated funds |  | 8,225 | 7,444 |
| Provisions | 30 | 111 | 46 |
| Deferred tax liabilities | 31(b) | 96 | 64 |
| Current tax payable | 31(c) | 1 | 2 |
| Borrowings and lease liabilities | 32 | 275 | 279 |
| Trade, other payables and other liabilities | 33 | 506 | 570 |
| Derivative liabilities | 20 | 53 | 25 |
| Total liabilities |  | 61,025 | 51,826 |
| Total equity and liabilities |  | 62,448 | 53,345 |

The financial statements on pages 118 to 121 were approved by the Board of Directors on 5 March 2025

and signed on its behalf by

Steven Levin

Chief Executive Officer

Mark Satchel

Chief Financial Officer

#### Consolidated statement of financial position

At 31 December 2024

The above consolidated statement of financial position should be read in conjunction with the

accompanying notes.

Strategic Report

Governance Report Other information

119

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

![]()

#### Consolidated statement of changes in equity

#### For the year ended 31 December 2024

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  | Ordinary Share | Capital | Share-based |  |  | Total |
|  |  | Ordinary Share | premium | redemption | payments | Other | Retained | shareholders’ |
|  |  | capital | reserve | reserve | reserve | reserves | earnings | equity |
| Year ended 31 December 2024 | Notes | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Balance at 1 January 2024 |  | 115 | 58 | 346 | 42 | – | 958 | 1,519 |
| Loss after tax attributable to the owners of the Company |  | – | – | – | – | – | (34) | (34) |
| Other comprehensive expense |  | – | – | – | – | (1) | – | (1) |
| Total comprehensive income |  | – | – | – | – | (1) | (34) | (35) |
| Dividends | 13 | – | – | – | – | – | (73) | (73) |
| Exchange rate movements (ZAR/GBP)  1 |  | – | – | – | – | – | (1) | (1) |
| Movement in own shares |  | – | – | – | – | – | (6) | (6) |
| Equity-settled share-based payment transactions | 28(e) | – | – | – | (4) | – | 18 | 14 |
| Aggregate tax effects of items recognised directly in equity |  | – | – | – | 4 | – | 1 | 5 |
| Total transactions with the owners of the Company |  | – | – | – | – | (1) | (61) | (61) |
| Balance at 31 December 2024 |  | 115 | 58 | 346 | 42 | (1) | 863 | 1,423 |

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  | Ordinary Share | Capital | Share-based |  |  | Total |
|  |  | Ordinary Share | premium | redemption | payments | Other | Retained | shareholders’ |
|  |  | capital | reserve | reserve | reserve | reserves | earnings | equity |
| Year ended 31 December 2023 | Notes | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Balance at 1 January 2023 |  | 115 | 58 | 346 | 41 | (1) | 989 | 1,548 |
| Total comprehensive income  2 |  | – | – | – | – | – | 42 | 42 |
| Dividends | 13 | – | – | – | – | – | (65) | (65) |
| Exchange rate movements (ZAR/GBP)  1 |  | – | – | – | – | – | 2 | 2 |
| Acquisition of own shares  3 |  | – | – | – | – | – | (14) | (14) |
| Movement in own shares |  | – | – | – | – | – | (13) | (13) |
| Equity-settled share-based payment transactions | 28(e) | – | – | – | – | – | 18 | 18 |
| Aggregate tax effects of items recognised directly in equity |  | – | – | – | 1 | – | – | 1 |
| Total transactions with the owners of the Company |  | – | – | – | 1 | – | (72) | (71) |
| Transfer to retained earnings |  | – | – | – | – | 1 | (1) | – |
| Balance at 31 December 2023 |  | 115 | 58 | 346 | 42 | – | 958 | 1,519 |

1

For shares registered on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange, the amounts of proposed dividends are set in South African Rand on the relevant Market Announcement date which is prior to the date of payment. The impact of exchange rate movements between these dates

is recognised directly in equity. The Group held cash in South African Rand equal to the expected cash outflows and therefore was economically hedged for these payments.

2

The total comprehensive income in 2023 was equal to profit after tax attributable to the owners of the Company.

3

In November 2023, as a result of an Odd-lot Offer, Quilter plc purchased 15,798,423 of its own Ordinary Shares for £14 million. Those shares were gifted to the Employee Benefit Trust and subsequently held as treasury shares.

The above consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

120

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

Consolidated statement of cash flows

For the year ended 31 December 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

For the year ended 31 December 2024

The cash flows presented in this statement cover all the Group’s activities and include flows from both

policyholder and shareholder activities. All cash and cash equivalents are available for general use by

the Group for the purposes of the disclosures required under IAS 7 Statement of Cash Flows except

forcash and cash equivalents in consolidated funds (as shown in note 26).

|  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | Year ended | Year ended |
|  |  | 31 December | 31 December |
|  |  | 2024 | 2023 |
|  | Notes | £m | £m |
| Cash flows from operating activities |  |  |  |
| Cash flows from operating activities |  | 4,654 | 2,137 |
| Taxation paid |  | (69) | (26) |
| Total net cash flows from operating activities | 26(b) | 4,585 | 2,111 |
| Cash flows from investing activities |  |  |  |
| Net purchases and sales of financial investments |  | (4,360) | (1,908) |
| Purchase of property, plant and equipment |  | (8) | (1) |
| Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment held for sale |  | – | 1 |
| Acquisition of subsidiary | 6 | (6) | – |
| Acquisition of shares in associates | 17 | (14) | (1) |
| Total net cash flows from investing activities |  | (4,388) | (1,909) |
| Cash flows from financing activities |  |  |  |
| Dividends paid to the owners of the Company | 13 | (73) | (65) |
| Exchange rate movements passed to shareholders  1 |  | (1) | 2 |
| Finance costs on borrowings  2 | 32(a) | (18) | (18) |
| Payment of interest on lease liabilities  2 | 32(b) | (2) | (3) |
| Payment of principal of lease liabilities |  | (8) | (9) |
| Quilter plc shares acquired under the Odd-lot Offer  3 |  | – | (14) |
| Quilter plc shares acquired for use within the Group’s employee share |  |  |  |
| scheme |  | (6) | (15) |
| Proceeds from the issue of subordinated debt | 32 | – | 199 |
| Subordinated debt repaid | 32 | – | (200) |
| Total net cash flows from financing activities | 26(c) | (108) | (123) |
| Net increase in cash and cash equivalents |  | 89 | 79 |
| Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year |  | 1,859 | 1,782 |
| Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents |  | 1 | (2) |
| Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year | 26(a) | 1,949 | 1,859 |

1

The exchange rate movements passed to shareholders relate to foreign exchange gains or losses that have arisen on dividend

payments to JSE shareholders. Further details are included within the consolidated statement of changes in equity.

2

The total interest paid during the year includes finance costs on borrowings and payment of interest on lease liabilities.

3

Further information relating to the Odd-lot Offer is included within the consolidated statement of changes in equity.

General information

Quilter plc (the “Company”), a public limited company incorporated in England and Wales and domiciled

in the United Kingdom (“UK”), together with its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Group”) offers investment

and wealth management services, long-term savings and financial advice primarily in the UK. Quilter plc

is listed with a primary listing on the London Stock Exchange (“LSE”)and a secondary listing on the

Johannesburg Stock Exchange (“JSE”).

The Company’s registration number is 06404270. The address of the registered office is Senator House,

85 Queen Victoria Street, London, EC4V 4AB.

1: Basis of preparation

The consolidated financial statements of Quilter plc for the year ended 31 December 2024 have been

prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards and with the requirements

of the Companies Act 2006 as applicable to companies reporting under those standards.

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for the

revaluation of certain financial instruments which are held at fair value, and are presented in pounds

sterling, which is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Group operates.

Appendix A Related undertakings forms an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

The separate financial statements of the Company are on pages 176 to 177.

Going concern

The Directors have considered the resilience of the Group, its current financial position, the principal

risks facing the business and the effectiveness of any mitigating strategies which are or could be

applied. This included an assessment of capital and liquidity over a three-year planning period covering

2025 to 2027. This assessment incorporated a number of stress tests covering a broad range of

scenarios, including economic and market shocks of up to 40% falls in equity markets, mass lapse

events, new business growth scenarios and severe business interruption, equivalent to 1-in-50 and

1-in-200 year events. The assessment also considered the potential implications of the Skilled Person

Review which could include the potential payment of remediation and associated administrative costs

(see note 30). As part of the going concern assessment, the Group took into consideration the current

position of the UK and global economy. The Group also considered how climate-related risks and

opportunities affect operations, investment activities, advice and distribution, and their impact on

specific projects and initiatives, estimates and judgements. Based on the assessment, the Directors

believe that both the Group and Quilter plc have sufficient financial resources to continue in business

for a period of at least 12 months from the date of approval of these financial statements and continue

to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the Group and Parent Company financial statements.

Further information is contained in the viability statement and going concern section of the Annual

Report.

Basis of consolidation

The Group’s consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets, liabilities and results of the

Company and its subsidiaries. Subsidiaries are those entities, including investment funds, controlled

by the Group. More information on how the Group assesses whether it has control over an entity is

provided in accounting policy note 5(a). Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date the Group obtains

control and are excluded from consolidation from the date the Group loses control.

The above consolidated statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the

accompanyingnotes.

Strategic Report

Governance Report Other information

121

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

![]()

Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to bring the

accounting policies used in line with Group policies. All intercompany transactions, balances and

unrealised gains and losses on transactions between Group companies are eliminated when preparing

consolidated financial statements.

Liquidity analysis of the statement of financial position

The Group’s statement of financial position is in order of liquidity. For each asset and liability line item,

those amounts expected to be recovered or settled more than 12 months after the reporting date are

disclosed separately in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

The preparation of financial statements requires management to exercise judgement in applying the

Group’s material accounting policies and make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported

amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. The Board Audit Committee

reviews these areas of judgement and estimates, and the appropriateness of material accounting

policies adopted in the preparation of these financial statements.

Critical accounting judgements

The Group’s critical accounting judgements are those made when applying its material accounting

policies and that have the greatest effect on the net profit and net assets recognised in the Group’s

financial statements.

Ongoing Advice Review

In the preliminary results announcement on 6 March 2024, the Group committed to undertake a

review of historical data and practices across the Appointed Representative firms in the Quilter Financial

Planning network in relation to the provision of ongoing advice. Following discussion with the FCA,

a Skilled Person was appointed in June 2024 to assess and provide a view to the FCA on whether the

delivery of ongoing advice services by Appointed Representative firms in the Quilter Financial

Planning network has been compliant with applicable regulatory requirements during the period from

1 January 2017 to 31 December 2023. Although the Skilled Person Review has not yet completed, it is

well advanced, and the final report is expected to be submitted to the FCA in the second quarter of

2025. Subject to further discussions with the FCA that will occur following the Skilled Person Review,

it is currently expected that some form of customer remediation will likely be required. Based on the

results of the Skilled Person Review to date together with other evidence available, including

consideration of the announcement made by the FCA on 24 February 2025 titled “Ongoing financial

advice services”, the Group has recognised a provision for a reasonable estimate of the costs of a

potential customer remediation exercise, including both redress and administrative costs, based upon

current assumptions as to a plausible customer remediation approach that may be followed. See notes

30 and 36 for further details of the provision and contingent liability (including assumptions made and

uncertainties arising). The significant judgements are:

– the precise period to be included within the scope of a potential remediation exercise; and

– the proportion of customers, determined by reference to cohorts shown by the Skilled Person’s

sample to be at the highest likelihood of having not received the expected level of service from their

adviser, to be involved within the scope of a potential remediation exercise.

Critical accounting estimates

The Group’s critical accounting estimates involve the most complex or subjective assessments and

assumptions, which have a significant risk of resulting in material adjustment to the net carrying

amounts of assets and liabilities until those amounts are settled. Management uses its knowledge of

current facts and circumstances and applies estimation and assumption setting techniques, that are

aligned with relevant actuarial and accounting standards and guidance, to make predictions about

future actions and events. Actual results may differ materially from those estimates.

Ongoing Advice Review

As set out above, based on the results to date of the Skilled Person Review together with other evidence

available, the Group considers that a customer remediation exercise in relation to ongoing advice will

likely be required to consider cases where the customer has been charged for ongoing advice services,

and the adviser is unable to satisfactorily evidence the provision of those services. The Group currently

expects to finalise the Skilled Person Review and undertake discussions with the FCA during the second

quarter of 2025, to consider the form and methodology of this potential customer remediation exercise.

Any such remediation exercise is currently expected to involve the population of customers who are at

the highest likelihood of having not received the expected level of service from their adviser, based upon

the results of the Skilled Person Review. Given that a customer remediation exercise will likely be

required, the Group has considered the estimated costs. This includes estimates for refunds of fees

previously charged and interest payable and the cost of the remediation exercise. While there are a

number of outstanding contingencies and variables the Group has determined that a reasonable

estimate can be made based on the information currently available and as a result has recognised a

provision (see notes 30 and 36). Following the initial draft results of the statistically reliable

representative cohort of customers undertaken by the Skilled Person, an initial quantification of the

potential financial impact of the approach to be followed, can be reasonably estimated. In determining

this provision, consideration has been given to a wide range of assumptions, drawing on data from the

Skilled Person’s results to date, previous experience of past business reviews, and the views of external

specialists familiar with similar remediation exercises. The significant estimates in the calculation of the

provision are:

– extrapolation of the proportion of the Skilled Person’s statistically significant sample where

satisfactory evidence of servicing was not found, to the entire population of ongoing advice customers;

– response rate for customers invited to engage in the potential remediation exercise; and

– administrative costs to perform a potential remediation exercise, including costs associated with

customer engagement and case reviews, which have been determined based upon experience from

previous past business reviews performed by the Group, and assumptions on the number of

customers who may be subject to the review process.

Measurement of deferred tax

The annual business planning process estimates future taxable profits based on estimated levels of

assets under management and administration (“AuMA”), which are subject to a large number of factors

including global stock market movements, related movements in foreign exchange rates, net client cash

flows and estimates of expenses and other charges. The Business Plan, adjusted for known and

estimated tax adjusting items, is used to determine the extent to which deferred tax assets are

recognised. The Group assesses the recoverability of shareholder deferred tax assets based on

estimated taxable profits over a five-year horizon and assesses policyholder deferred tax assets based

on estimated investment growth over the medium term. To the extent that profit estimates extend

#### 1: Basis of preparation continued

#### Notes to the consolidated financial statements

#### For the year ended 31 December 2024

122

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

beyond the normal three-year planning cycle, average profits over the final two years of the plan are

used. This approach is considered reasonable based on historical profitability. Future profit projections

show the majority of deferred tax assets being utilised over the next three years. Management has

reassessed the sensitivity of the recoverability of deferred tax assets based on the latest forecast cash

flows. See note 31 for further details.

Other principal estimates

The Group’s assessment of goodwill and intangible assets for impairment uses the latest cash flow

forecasts from the Group’s three-year Business Plan. These forecasts include estimates relating to

equity market levels and growth in AuMA in future periods, together with levels of new business growth,

net client cash flows, revenue margins, and future expenses and discount rates (see note 14). These

forecasts take account of climate-related risks and other responsible business considerations.

Management does not consider that the use of these estimates has a significant risk of causing a

material adjustment to the carrying amount of the assets within the next financial year.

2: New standards, amendments to standards, and interpretations

adopted by the Group

The amendments to accounting standards in the table below became applicable for the current

reporting period, with no material impact on the Group’s results, financial position or disclosures or

on those of the Parent Company.

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| Adopted by the Group from | Amendments to standards |
| 1 January 2024 | Amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements – classification of liabilities as |
|  | current and non-current |
| 1 January 2024 | Amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements – non-current liabilities with |
|  | covenants |
| 1 January 2024 | Amendments to IFRS 16 Leases – Sale and leaseback transactions |
| 1 January 2024 | Amendments to IAS 7 Statement of Cash Flows and IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: |
|  | Disclosures – Supplier Finance Arrangements |

3: Future standards, amendments to standards, and interpretations not

early adopted in these financial statements

Certain new standards, interpretations and amendments to existing standards have been published by

the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) that are not yet effective. The Group has not early

adopted these standards, interpretations and amendments, and does not expect these to have a

material impact on the financial statements of the Group or the Parent Company.

IFRS 18 Presentation and Disclosures in Financial Statements

IFRS 18 includes requirements for all entities applying IFRS for the presentation and disclosure of

information in financial statements. The standard aims to improve how companies communicate in their

financial statements, with a focus on information about financial performance in the statement of profit

or loss. IFRS 18 replaces IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements. The effective date of IFRS 18 is 1

January 2027. The standard is not yet endorsed by the UK Endorsement Board.

IFRS 19 Subsidiaries without Public Accountability: Disclosures

IFRS 19 specifies the reduced disclosure requirements an eligible subsidiary is permitted to apply

instead of the disclosure requirements in other IFRS standards. The effective date of IFRS 19 is 1 January

2027. The standard is not yet endorsed by the UK Endorsement Board and will not impact the Group’s

financial statements.

IAS 21 – Lack of Exchangeability

In August 2023, the IASB amended IAS 21 to help entities to determine whether a currency is

exchangeable into another currency, and which spot exchange rate to use when it is not. The Group

does not expect these amendments to have a material impact on its operations or financial statements.

The effective date of this amendment is 1 January 2025.

IFRS 9 and IFRS 7 – Amendments to the Classification and Measurement of Financial

Instruments

Amendments to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7 were made to:

– clarify the date of recognition and derecognition of some financial assets and liabilities, with a new

exception for some financial liabilities settled through an electronic cash transfer system;

– clarify and add further guidance for assessing whether a financial asset meets the solely payments

of principal and interest (SPPI) criterion;

– add new disclosures for certain instruments with contractual terms that can change cash flows

(such as some financial instruments with features linked to the achievement of environment, social and

governance targets); and

– update the disclosures for equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive

income (FVOCI).

The Group does not expect these amendments to have a material impact on its operations or financial

statements. The effective date of these amendments is 1 January 2026. The standard is not yet

endorsed by the UK Endorsement Board .

4: Significant changes in the year

Ongoing Advice Review

In the preliminary results announcement on 6 March 2024, the Group committed to undertake a review

of historical data and practices across the Appointed Representative firms in the Quilter Financial

Planning network in relation to the provision of ongoing advice. Following discussion with the FCA, a

Skilled Person was appointed in June 2024 to assess and provide a view to the FCA on whether the

delivery of ongoing advice services by Appointed Representative firms in the Quilter Financial Planning

network has been compliant with applicable regulatory requirements during the period from 1 January

2017 to 31 December 2023. Although the Skilled Person Review has not yet completed, it is relatively well

progressed. Subject to further engagement with the FCA that will occur following the Skilled Person

Review, it is currently expected that some form of customer remediation will likely be required. Based

on the results of the Skilled Person Review to date together with other evidence available, the Group has

recognised a provision for a reasonable estimate of the costs of such a customer remediation exercise,

including both redress and administrative costs, based upon current assumptions as to a plausible

customer remediation approach that may be followed. See notes 30 and 36 for further details of the

provision and contingent liability .

#### 1: Basis of preparation continued

Strategic Report

Governance Report Other information

123

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

![]()

Acquisitions

The Group made two acquisitions in the year, 100% of the share capital of NuWealth Limited and 35%

of the share capital of Beals Mortgage and Financial Services Limited. Further details are given in note 6.

#### 5: Material accounting policies

The Group’s material accounting policies are described below. There have been no changes to the

Group’s material accounting policies as a result of changes in accounting standards during the year.

The accounting policies disclosed in these notes have been consistently applied throughout the current

and prior financial year.

5(a): Group accounting

Subsidiaries

Subsidiary undertakings are those entities (investees) controlled by the Group. The Group controls

an investee if, and only if, the Group has all of the following three elements of control:

– power over the investee;

– exposure or rights to variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and

– the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee.

For operating entities, this usually arises with a shareholding in the entity of 50% or more.

Associates

Associates are entities over which the Group has significant influence, but not control or joint control,

through its participation in the entity’s financial and operating policy decisions. Significant influence is

generally demonstrated by the Group holding between 20% and 50% of the voting rights. Voting rights

are not the only consideration, all other relevant factors, contractual or otherwise, are assessed in

determining whether the Group has the ability to exercise significant influence.

The results, assets and liabilities of associates are incorporated into these consolidated financial

statements using the equity method of accounting from the date that significant influence commences

until the date it ends. Under this method, the cost of the investment in an associate together with the

Group’s share of that entity’s post-acquisition changes to shareholders’ funds is included as an asset in

the consolidated statement of financial position. The cost includes goodwill recognised on acquisition.

Subsequent to initial recognition, the consolidated financial statements include the Group’s share of

the profit or loss and other comprehensive income of the associate until the date on which significant

influence ceases. Where a Group entity transacts with an associate of the Group, unrealised profits and

losses are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the relevant associate. Unrealised losses

are eliminated in the same way but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment.

Investments in associates that are held with a view to subsequent resale are accounted for as

non-current assets held for sale.

Where the Group has an investment in an associate, a portion of which is held by, or is held indirectly

through a unit trust or similar entity, including through unit-linked funds, that portion of the investment

is measured at FVTPL.

The Group classified 360 Dot Net Limited as an associate throughout 2023 and 2024. In addition,

from 29 October 2024, the Group classified Beals Mortgage and Financial Services Limited and Clinton

Kennard Associates Ltd as associates (see note 6).

Investment funds

The Group consolidates certain of its interests in open-ended investment companies (“OEICs”), unit

trusts, mutual funds and similar investment vehicles (collectively “investment funds”).

The Group continually assesses any changes to facts and circumstances to determine, in the context of

the three elements of control listed above, whether it still controls the investee and is therefore required

to consolidate it.

The Group invests in a wide range of investment funds in respect of its unit-linked investment contracts

where investments are made to match the investment choices of its clients. For some of these funds, it

also acts as fund manager. These funds invest predominantly in equities, bonds, cash and cash

equivalents. The Group holds interests in these investment funds mainly through the receipt of fund

management fees, in the case where the Group acts as fund manager, which provide a variable return

based on the value of the funds under management and other criteria, and in the case of third-party

funds where fund performance has an impact on fund-based fees within unit-linked investment

contracts and other similar client investment products. Where the Group acts as fund manager, it

may also hold investments in the underlying funds, through acquiring units or shares. Where these

investments are held in unit-linked funds, the Group has a secondary exposure to variable returns

through the management fees that it deducts from unit-linked policyholders’ account balances. The

Group’s percentage ownership can fluctuate from day-to-day according to the Group’s participation

in them as clients’ underlying investment choices change.

Where, as is often the case with investment funds, voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor

in deciding who controls the investee, other factors are considered in the control assessment.

When assessing the control of investment funds, the Group considers the purpose and design of the

fund, the scope of its decision-making authority, including its ability to direct relevant activities and to

govern the operations of a fund so as to obtain variable returns from that fund and its ability to use its

power to affect these returns, both from the perspective of an investor and an asset manager. In

addition, the Group assesses rights held by other parties including substantive removal (“kick-out”)

rights that may affect the Group’s ability to direct relevant activities.

On consolidation, the interests of parties other than the Group are classified as a liability in the Group’s

statement of financial position and are described as “third-party interests in consolidated funds”. Such

interests are not recorded as non-controlling interests as they meet the criteria to be classified as

liabilities rather than equity. These liabilities are regarded as current, as they are repayable on demand,

although it is not expected that they will be settled in a short time period .

Business combinations

The Group is required to use the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations. Business

combinations are accounted for at the date that control is achieved (the acquisition date). The cost of a

business combination is measured as the aggregate of the fair values (at the date of exchange) of assets

given, liabilities incurred or assumed, and equity instruments issued by the Group in exchange for

control of the acquiree. Deferred and contingent consideration relating to acquisitions is recognised as

a liability on the date of acquisition.

#### Notes to the consolidated financial statements

#### For the year ended 31 December 2024

124

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

The acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities that meet the conditions for

recognition are recognised at their fair value at the acquisition date.

If the initial accounting for a business combination is incomplete by the end of the reporting period in

which the combination occurs, the Group reports provisional amounts. Where provisional amounts are

reported, these are adjusted during the measurement period which extends up to a maximum of 12

months from the acquisition date. Additional assets or liabilities may also be recognised during this

period, to reflect any new information obtained about the facts and circumstances that existed at the

acquisition date that, if known, would have affected the amounts recognised at that date.

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share

of the identifiable net assets of the acquired entity at the date of acquisition. Other acquisition-related

costs, not forming part of the cost of acquisition, are expensed as incurred.

Upon sale, the Group derecognises a subsidiary or disposal group on the date on which control passes.

The consolidated statement of comprehensive income includes the results of a subsidiary or disposal

group up to the date of disposal. The difference between the proceeds from the sale of a subsidiary

undertaking and its carrying amount as at the date of disposal, including the cumulative amount of

any related exchange differences that are recognised in the foreign currency translation reserve, is

recognised in profit and loss as the gain or loss on sale of the subsidiary undertaking.

5(b): Fair value measurement

Fair value is a market-based measure and is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to

transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

For a financial instrument, the best evidence of fair value at initial recognition is normally the transaction

price, which represents the fair value of the consideration given or received.

Where observable market prices in an active market, such as bid or offer (ask) prices are unavailable, fair

value is measured using valuation techniques based on the assumptions that market participants would

use when pricing the asset or liability. If an asset or a liability measured at fair value has a bid or an offer

price, the price within the bid-offer spread that is most representative of fair value is used as the basis

of the fair value measurement.

The quality of the fair value measurement for financial instruments is disclosed by way of the fair value

hierarchy in note 22.

5(c): Product classification

The Group’s life assurance contracts included in the Affluent segment are categorised as investment

contracts, in accordance with the classification criteria set out in the paragraph below.

Investment contracts

Investment contracts do not meet the IFRS definition of an insurance contract as they do not transfer

significant insurance risk from the policyholder to the insurer. Unit-linked investment contracts are

separated into two components, an investment management services component and a financial

liability. The financial liability component is designated at FVTPL as it is managed on a fair value basis,

and its value is directly linked to the market value of the underlying portfolio of assets. The Group does

not directly benefit economically from returns from the assets held to match policyholder liabilities,

apart from secondary exposure to future annual management fees that the Group expects to receive

over the life of the policy.

5(d): Fee income and other income from service activities

Fee income and other income from service activities represent the fair value of services provided, net of

value added tax. Revenue is only recognised to the extent that management is satisfied that it is highly

probable that no significant reversal of the revenue recognised will be required when uncertainties are

resolved. In circumstances where refunds are expected on a portion of the income, including indemnity

commission on policies sold, an estimate of the reduction of revenue is made and charged to profit and

loss at the point of sale, based upon assumptions determined from historical experience.

Fund-based fees

This relates to non-refundable fees taken on receipt of clients’ investments and recognised on receipt

over the life of the contract, in line with the performance obligation associated with the contract in

respect of the administration of the underlying client records and client benefits.

In addition, this also includes periodic fee income based on the market valuation of the Group’s

contracts with clients. It is calculated and recognised on a daily basis in line with the provision of

investment management services.

This also includes the fee income of consolidated funds.

Premium-based fees

This relates to fees in respect of advice to clients when the advice has been provided and the financial

adviser’s performance obligation has been fully delivered. Accordingly, fee income is recognised from

the inception of the financial product sold.

Given the Group’s business model for advice, management is required to exercise significant judgement

in assessing the capacity in which the Group is contracting for the purposes of recognising revenue from

the advice business under IFRS 15. As a result of the assessment, management has determined that

revenue from the advice business should be presented net of certain fees and commissions payable

to Appointed Representatives of Quilter companies.

Fixed fees

This is periodic fee income which is fixed in value according to underlying contract terms and relates to

the provision of services and transactional dealing fees. It is recognised on provision of the transaction

or service.

Other fee and commission income

This includes charges taken from unit-linked funds to meet future policyholder tax liabilities. Depending

on the nature of the tax liability, the charges are either recognised at the point a transaction occurs on

the unit-linked fund, or annually.

#### 5: Material accounting policies continued

5(a): Group accounting continued

Strategic Report

Governance Report Other information

125

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

![]()

5(e): Investment return

Investment return comprises two elements (a) investment income and (b) realised and unrealised gains

and losses on investments held at FVTPL.

Investment income

Investment income includes dividends on equity securities, client and shareholder interest income

and rental income. Dividends are recorded as revenue on the ex-dividend date. Interest income is

recognised using the effective interest rate method which allocates interest and other finance costs

at a constant rate over the expected life of the financial instrument. In respect of client money, retained

interest income is accounted for under the principles of IFRS 15 and is calculated as the difference,

on an accruals basis, between total interest received and interest paid across to clients.

Rental income is recognised on an accruals basis.

Realised and unrealised gains and losses

A gain or loss on a financial investment is only realised on disposal or transfer and represents the

difference between the proceeds received, net of transaction costs, and its original cost (or amortised

cost). Unrealised gains or losses, arising on investments which have not been disposed of or transferred,

represent the difference between carrying value at the year end and the carrying value at the previous

year end or purchase value (if this occurs during the year), less the reversal of previously recognised

unrealised gains or losses in respect of disposals made during the year.

Gains and losses resulting from changes in both market value and foreign exchange rates on

investments classified at FVTPL are recognised in the period in which they occur.

5(f): Contract costs

Incremental costs, including fee and commission expenses, that are directly attributable to securing

unit-linked investment contracts, asset management services and advice business are deferred and

recognised as contract costs. Contract costs are linked to the contractual right to benefit from providing

the service. These are therefore amortised in line with the provision of the services to which the contract

relates.

5(g): Investment contract liabilities

The Group’s investment contracts are unit-linked contracts. At inception, investment contract liabilities

for unit-linked business are classified as financial liabilities and measured at FVTPL. For these contracts,

the fair value liability is equal to the total value of units allocated to the policyholders, based on the bid

price of the underlying assets in the fund. The FVTPL classification reflects the fact that the matching

investment portfolio that backs the unit-linked liabilities, is managed, and its performance evaluated,

on a fair value basis.

Contributions received on investment contracts are treated as policyholder deposits and credited

directly to investment contract liabilities, as opposed to being reported as revenue. Withdrawals paid

out to policyholders on investment contracts are treated as a reduction to policyholder deposits,

reducing the investment contract liabilities, as opposed to being recognised as expenses. This practice

is known as deposit accounting.

5(h): Financial instruments (other than derivatives)

Financial instruments cover a wide range of financial assets, including financial investments, trade

receivables and cash and cash equivalents and financial liabilities, including investment contract

liabilities, trade payables, and borrowings. Derivatives, which are also financial instruments, are covered

by accounting policy note 5(j). Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised in the Group’s

statement of financial position when the Group becomes party to the contractual provisions of the

instrument. The Group derecognises a financial asset when the contractual rights to receive cash flows

have expired or been forfeited by the Group. A financial liability is derecognised when the liability is

extinguished.

The Group assesses the objective of a business model in which an asset is held at a portfolio level

because this best represents the way the business is managed and information is reported to

management. The assessment considers the stated portfolio policies and objectives. The Group

determines its strategy in holding the financial asset, particularly considering whether the Group earns

contractual interest revenue, for example to match the duration of financial assets to the duration of

liabilities that are funding those assets or to realise cash flows through the sale of the assets. The

frequency, volume and timing of sales in prior periods may be reviewed, along with the reasons for

such sales and expectations about future sales activity. These factors enable management to determine

which financial assets should be measured at FVTPL.

Initial measurement

A financial asset (unless it is a trade receivable without a significant financing component that is initially

measured at the transaction price) is initially measured at fair value plus, for an item not at FVTPL,

transaction costs that are directly attributable to its acquisition.

Subsequent measurement

The classification of financial assets depends on (i) the purpose for which it was acquired, (ii) the

business model in which it is managed, and (iii) its contractual cash flow characteristics. Two categories

are applicable to the Group’s financial assets: FVTPL and amortised cost. This classification determines

the subsequent measurement basis. The following accounting policies apply to the subsequent

measurement of financial assets.

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| Measurement basis | Accounting policies |
| FVTPL | These financial assets are subsequently measured at fair value. Net gains |
|  | and losses, including interest and dividend income, are recognised in profit |
|  | or loss. |
| Amortised cost | These financial assets are subsequently measured at amortised cost |
|  | using the effective interest rate method. The amortised cost is reduced |
|  | by impairment losses. Interest income, foreign exchange gains and losses |
|  | and impairments are recognised in profit or loss. Any gain or loss on |
|  | derecognition is recognised in profit or loss. |

#### 5: Material accounting policies continued

#### Notes to the consolidated financial statements

#### For the year ended 31 December 2024

126

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

Amortised cost

A financial asset is measured at amortised cost if it meets both of the following conditions and unless

recognised as FVTPL on initial recognition applying the Fair Value Option (see below):

– the asset is held within a business model whose objective is to hold assets to collect contractual cash

flows; and

– the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise to cash flows that are solely payments of principal

and interest on the principal amount outstanding on specified dates.

For the purposes of this assessment, principal is defined as the fair value of the financial asset on initial

recognition. Interest is defined as consideration for the time value of money and for the credit risk

associated with the principal amount outstanding during a particular period of time and for other basic

lending risks and costs (e.g. liquidity risk and administrative costs), as well as profit margin.

All other financial assets that are not measured at amortised cost are classified and measured at FVTPL.

Financial investments

The Group’s interests in pooled investment funds, equity securities and debt securities are mandatorily

at FVTPL, as they are part of groups of financial assets which are managed and whose performance is

evaluated on a fair value basis. These investments are recognised at fair value initially and subsequently,

with changes in fair value recognised in investment return.

Fixed-term deposits with a maturity profile exceeding three months are categorised as financial

investments and are measured at amortised cost.

The Group recognises purchases and sales of financial investments on trade date, which is the date that

the Group commits to purchase or sell the assets. The costs associated with investment transactions

are included within expenses.

On initial recognition, the Group may irrevocably designate a financial asset at FVTPL that otherwise

meets the requirements to be measured at amortised cost, if doing so eliminates or significantly

reduces an accounting mismatch that would otherwise arise (the Fair Value Option).

Loans and advances

Loans are recognised when cash is advanced to borrowers. Loans to advisers are stated at amortised

cost using the effective interest rate method, except for loans at below-market interest rates which are

measured at fair value. Loans stated at amortised cost are subject to the impairment requirements

outlined below.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances, call deposits, money market collective investment

funds and other short-term deposits with an original maturity of three months or less.

Cash and cash equivalents held within money market collective investment funds are classified as

FVTPL. All other cash and cash equivalents are classified as amortised cost which means they are

initially recognised at fair value and subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest

method and are subject to the impairment requirements outlined below. The carrying amount of cash

and cash equivalents, other than money market collective investment funds which are measured at fair

value, approximates to their fair value.

Financial liabilities and equity

Financial liabilities and equity instruments are classified according to the substance of the contractual

arrangements entered into. At inception, investment contract liabilities for unit-linked business are

recognised as financial liabilities and measured at FVTPL. Other financial liabilities, including the Group’s

borrowings and trade payables, are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Investment contract liabilities are subsequently measured at fair value. Gains and losses are recognised

in profit or loss.

Trade payables and receivables

Trade payables and receivables are classified at amortised cost. Due to their short-term nature, their

carrying amount is considered to be the same as their fair value.

Impairment of financial assets

The expected loss accounting model for credit losses applies to financial assets measured at amortised

cost, but not to financial assets at FVTPL. Financial assets at amortised cost include trade receivables,

cash and cash equivalents (excluding money market collective investment funds which are measured

at fair value), fixed-term deposits and certain loans and advances.

Credit loss allowances are measured on each reporting date according to a three-stage expected credit

loss (“ECL”) impairment model:

Performing financial assets:

Stage 1

From initial recognition of a financial asset to the date on which an asset has experienced a significant

increase in credit risk relative to its initial recognition, a stage 1 loss allowance is recognised equal to the

credit losses expected to result from its default occurring over the earlier of the next 12 months or its

maturity date (“12-month ECL”).

Stage 2

Following a significant increase in credit risk relative to the initial recognition of the financial asset,

a stage 2 loss allowance is recognised equal to the credit losses expected from all possible default

events over the remaining lifetime of the asset (“Lifetime ECL”).

The assessment of whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk requires considerable

judgement, based on the lifetime probability of default.

#### 5: Material accounting policies continued

5(h): Financial instruments (other than derivatives) continued

Strategic Report

Governance Report Other information

127

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

![]()

Impaired financial assets:

Stage 3

When a financial asset is considered to be credit-impaired, the allowance for credit losses (“ACL”)

continues to represent lifetime expected credit losses. However, interest income is calculated based

on the amortised cost of the asset, net of the loss allowance, rather than its gross carrying amount.

Application of the impairment model

The Group applies the ECL model to all financial assets that are measured at amortised cost:

– Trade receivables, to which the simplified approach prescribed by IFRS 9 is applied. This approach

requires the recognition of a Lifetime ECL allowance on day one and thereafter.

– Loans, cash and cash equivalents, and fixed-term deposits at amortised cost, to which the general

three-stage model (described above) is applied, whereby a 12-month ECL is recognised initially and

the balance is monitored for significant increases in credit risk which would trigger the recognition

of a Lifetime ECL allowance.

ECLs are a probability-weighted estimate of credit losses. ECLs for financial assets that are not

credit-impaired at the reporting date are measured as the present value of all cash shortfalls (i.e. the

difference between the cash flows due in accordance with the contract and the cash flows that the

Group expects to receive). ECLs for financial assets that are credit-impaired at the reporting date are

measured as the difference between the gross carrying amount and the present value of estimated

future cash flows. ECLs are discounted at the effective interest rate of the financial asset. The maximum

period considered when estimating ECLs is the maximum contractual period over which the Group is

exposed to credit risk.

The measurement of ECLs considers information about past events and current conditions, as well as

supportable information about future events and economic conditions. The Group has implemented its

impairment methodology for estimating the credit loss, taking into account forward-looking information

in determining the appropriate level of allowance. In addition, it has identified indicators and set up

procedures for monitoring for significant increases in credit risk.

Credit-impaired financial assets

At each reporting date, the Group assesses whether financial assets carried at amortised cost are

credit-impaired. A financial asset is credit-impaired when one or more events that have a detrimental

impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset have occurred. Evidence that a financial

asset is credit-impaired includes events such as significant financial difficulty of the borrower or issuer,

a breach of contract such as a default or past due event or the restructuring of a loan or advance by the

Group on terms that the Group would not otherwise consider. The assumption that the credit risk for

balances over 30 days significantly increases has been rebutted on the basis that some balances will

exceed 30 days in the normal course of the settlement cycle, and therefore, there is no increase in the

credit risk.

Presentation of impairment

Loss allowances for financial assets measured at amortised cost are deducted from the gross carrying

amount of the assets.

Write-offs

Loans and debt securities are written off (either partially or in full) when there is no realistic prospect

of the amount being recovered. This is generally the case when the Group concludes that the borrower

does not have assets or sources of income that could generate sufficient cash flows to repay the

amounts subject to the write-off.

5(i): Contract assets

Contract assets are not classified as financial assets. Due to their short-term nature, their carrying

amount is considered to be the same as their fair value.

The expected loss accounting model for credit losses applies to contract assets. The Group applies the

ECL model to contract assets, which are measured at amortised cost. The simplified approach

prescribed by IFRS 9 is applied to contract assets. This approach requires the recognition of a Lifetime

ECL allowance on day one and thereafter.

5(j): Derivatives

The only derivatives recognised in the Group’s statement of financial position arise as a result of the

consolidation of funds (described in note 5(a)). Management determines the classification of derivatives

at initial recognition and classifies derivatives as mandatorily at FVTPL. All derivatives are carried as

assets when their fair value is positive and as liabilities when their fair value is negative.

5(k): Employee benefits

Pension obligations

The Group operates two types of pension plans which have been established for eligible employees

of the Group:

– Defined contribution schemes where the Group makes contributions to members’ pension plans but

has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been paid.

– Defined benefit plans which provide pension payments upon retirement to members as defined by the

plan rules. The Group has funded these liabilities by ring-fencing assets in trustee-administered funds.

Defined contribution pension obligations

Under a defined contribution plan, the Group’s legal or constructive obligation is limited to the amount

it agrees to contribute to a pension fund and there is no obligation to pay further contributions if the

fund does not hold sufficient assets to pay benefits. Contributions in respect of defined contribution

schemes for current service are expensed as staff costs and other employee-related costs when

incurred.

#### 5: Material accounting policies continued

5(h): Financial instruments (other than derivatives) continued

#### Notes to the consolidated financial statements

#### For the year ended 31 December 2024

128

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

Defined benefit pension obligations

A defined benefit pension plan typically defines the amount of pension benefit that an employee will

receive on retirement. For these plans, the Group’s defined benefit obligation is calculated by

independent actuaries using the projected unit credit method, which measures the pension obligation

as the present value of estimated future cash outflows. The discount rate used is determined based on

the yields for investment grade corporate bonds that have maturity dates approximating to the terms

of the Group’s obligations. Plan assets are measured at their fair value at the reporting date. The net

surplus or deficit of the defined benefit plan is recognised as an asset or liability and represents the

present value of the defined benefit obligation at the end of the reporting period less the fair value

of the plan assets.

An asset is recognised only where there is an unconditional right to future benefits. The current and

past service cost curtailments and settlements are charged to other expenses.

Remeasurements which comprise gains and losses as a result of experience adjustments and changes

in actuarial assumptions, the actual return on plan assets (excluding interest) and the effect of the asset

ceiling are recognised immediately in other comprehensive income in the period in which they occur.

Remeasurements are not reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent periods. Administration costs

(other than the costs of managing plan assets) are recognised as an expense when the service is

provided.

When the benefits of a plan are changed, or when a plan is curtailed, the portion of the changed benefit

related to past service by employees, or the gain or loss on curtailment, is recognised immediately in

profit or loss when the plan amendment or curtailment occurs.

Employee share-based payments

The Group operates a number of share incentive plans for its employees. These involve an award of

shares or options in the Group (equity-settled share-based payments). The Group has not granted

awards under cash-settled plans in the current or prior year.

The Group’s incentive plans have conditions attached before the employee becomes entitled to the

award. These can be performance and/or service conditions (vesting conditions) or conditions that are

often wholly within the control of the employee, for example where the employee has to provide funding

during the vesting period, which is then used to exercise share options (non-vesting condition).

Performance conditions may be market-based or non-market-based. Market-based performance

conditions are those related to an entity’s equity, such as achieving a specified share price or targets

based on a comparison of the entity’s share price with an index of share prices. Non-market

performance conditions are those related to an entity’s profit or revenue targets, an example of which

would be Earnings per Share (“EPS”). Market based performance conditions and non-vesting conditions

are taken into account when estimating the fair value of the share or option awards at the measurement

date. The fair value of the share awards or options is not adjusted to take into account non-market

performance features. These are taken into consideration by adjusting the number of equity

instruments in the share-based payment measurement and this adjustment is made each period until

the equity instruments vest.

The fair value of share-based payment awards granted is recognised as an expense over the vesting

period which accords with the period for which related services are provided by the employee.

A corresponding increase in equity is recognised for equity-settled plans.

For equity-settled plans, the fair value is determined at grant date and not subsequently remeasured.

At each period end, the Group reassesses the number of equity instruments expected to vest and

recognises any difference between the revised and original estimate in profit or loss with a

corresponding adjustment to the share-based payments reserve in equity.

At the time the equity instruments vest, the amount recognised in the share-based payments reserve

in respect of those equity instruments is transferred to retained earnings.

5(l): Tax

Current tax

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or

substantively enacted at the reporting date and any adjustment to income tax payable in respect of

previous years. In the UK, a change in tax law is substantively enacted when it has been accepted by the

House of Commons. Current tax is charged or credited to profit or loss, except when it relates to items

recognised directly in equity or in other comprehensive income.

Deferred tax

Deferred tax represents the tax on profits or losses which are required by law to be taxed in a different

year to the year in which they impact the financial statements.

Deferred tax is calculated according to the statement of financial position method, based on temporary

differences between the tax base of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial

statements. Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when

the liability is settled or the asset is realised.

Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available

against which the deductible temporary differences can be utilised.

Deferred tax is charged or credited to profit or loss, except when it relates to items recognised directly

in equity or in other comprehensive income. In certain circumstances, as permitted by accounting

standards, deferred tax balances are not recognised. In particular, where the liability relates to the initial

recognition of goodwill, or transactions that are not a business combination and at the time of their

occurrence affect neither accounting nor taxable profit. Note 31 includes further detail of circumstances

in which the Group does not recognise temporary differences.

Policyholder tax

Certain products are subject to tax on the policyholder investment returns. This “policyholder tax” is an

element of the Group’s total tax expense. To make the tax expense more meaningful, tax attributable

to policyholder returns and tax attributable to shareholder returns are shown separately.

The tax attributable to policyholder returns is the amount payable in the year plus the movement

of amounts expected to be payable in future years. The remainder of the tax expense is attributed

to shareholder returns.

#### 5: Material accounting policies continued

5(k): Employee benefits continued

Strategic Report

Governance Report Other information

129

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

![]()

5(m): Investments in subsidiaries

The Parent Company’s investments in subsidiary undertakings are initially stated at cost. Subsequently,

investments in subsidiary undertakings are stated at cost less any provision for impairment. An

investment in a subsidiary is deemed to be impaired when its carrying amount is greater than its

estimated recoverable amount, and there is evidence to suggest that the impairment occurred

subsequent to the initial recognition of the asset in the financial statements. All impairments are

recognised in the Parent Company profit or loss as they occur.

5(n): Goodwill and intangible assets

The recognition of goodwill arises on the acquisition of a business and represents the premium paid

over the fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired at the date

of acquisition. Intangible assets include intangible assets initially recognised as part of a business

combination, purchased assets and internally generated assets, such as software development costs

related to amounts recognised for in-house systems development.

Goodwill and goodwill impairment

Goodwill arising on the Group’s investments in subsidiaries is shown as a separate asset, while that

on associates, where it arises, is included within the carrying value of those investments. Goodwill is

recognised as an asset at cost at the date when control is achieved (the acquisition date) and is

subsequently measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is not amortised

but is subject to annual impairment reviews.

Goodwill is allocated to one or more groups of cash-generating units (“CGUs”) expected to benefit from

the synergies of the combination, where the CGU represents the smallest identifiable group of assets

that generates cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups

of assets. Goodwill is reviewed for impairment at least annually as a matter of course even if there is no

indication of impairment, and whenever an event or change in circumstances occurs which indicates a

potential impairment. For impairment testing, the carrying value of goodwill is compared to the

recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of value-in-use and the fair value less costs

of disposal. Any impairment loss is recognised immediately in profit or loss and is not subsequently

reversed.

On disposal of an operation within a group of CGUs to which goodwill has been allocated, the goodwill

associated with that operation is included in the carrying amount of the operation when determining

the gain or loss on sale. It is measured based on the relative values of the operation disposed of and the

portion of the CGU retained.

The value-in-use calculations are determined as the sum of net tangible assets and the expected cash

flows from existing and expected future new business derived from the Business Plan. Future cash flow

elements allow for the cost of capital needed to support the business.

Market share and market growth information is also used to inform the expected volumes of future

new business.

Cost savings linked to future restructuring activity are only included in the value-in-use calculation

in cases where an associated restructuring provision has also been recognised. Consequently, for

the purpose of the value-in-use calculation, a number of planned cost savings and the related

implementation costs, primarily in relation to the Business Simplification programme, have been

removed from the future cash flows.

The cost of capital is the weighted average of the cost of equity (return required by shareholders) and

the cost of debt (return required by bondholders and owners of properties leased by the Group).

When assessing the systematic risk (i.e. the beta value) within the calculation of the cost of equity, a

triangulation approach is used that combines beta values obtained from historical data, a forward-

looking view on the progression of beta values and the external views of investors.

Intangible assets acquired as part of a business combination

Intangible assets acquired as part of a business combination are recognised where they are separately

identifiable and can be measured reliably. Acquired intangible assets consist primarily of contractual

relationships such as customer relationships and distribution channels. Such items are capitalised at

their fair value, represented by the estimated net present value of the future cash flows from the

relevant relationships acquired at the date of acquisition. Brands and similar items acquired as part

of a business combination are capitalised at their fair value based on a ‘relief from royalty’ valuation

methodology.

Subsequent to initial recognition, acquired intangible assets are measured at cost less amortisation

and any recognised impairment losses. Amortisation is recognised at rates calculated to write off the

cost or valuation less estimated residual value, using a straight-line method over their estimated useful

lives as set out below:

– Distribution channels  8 years

– Customer relationships  7–10 years

– Software    5 years

The economic lives are determined by considering relevant factors such as usage of the asset, product

life cycles, potential obsolescence, competitive position and stability of the industry. The amortisation

period is re-evaluated at the end of each financial year.

Research, development and internally developed software

Costs incurred in the research phase are expensed, whereas costs incurred in the development phase

are capitalised, subject to meeting specific criteria, as set out in the relevant accounting standards and

guidance. In particular, for the costs to be capitalised, it is a requirement that future economic benefits

can be identified as resulting from the development expenditure.

There are a number of factors taken into account when considering whether internally developed

software meets the criteria to be recognised as an asset in the statement of financial position. For

example, where a third-party provider retains ownership of the software, no asset will be recognised

by the Group and the costs will be expensed as incurred.

#### 5: Material accounting policies continued

#### Notes to the consolidated financial statements

#### For the year ended 31 December 2024

130

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

Where it is capitalised, internally developed software is held at cost less accumulated amortisation and

impairment losses. Such software is recognised as an asset if, and only if, it is probable that the relevant

future economic benefits attributable to the software will flow to the Group and its cost can be

measured reliably.

Amortisation is recognised as an expense on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of five

years.

Subsequent expenditure

Subsequent expenditure on intangible assets is capitalised only when it increases the future economic

benefits embodied in the specific asset to which it relates. All other expenditure is expensed as

incurred.

Impairment testing for intangible assets

For intangible assets with finite lives, impairment charges are recognised where evidence of impairment

is observed. Indicators of impairment can be based on external factors, such as significant adverse

changes to the asset as part of the overall business environment and internal factors, such as worse

than expected performance reflected in the Group’s three-year Business Plan. If an indication of

impairment exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of

the impairment loss (if any). The recoverable amount is calculated as the higher of fair value less costs to

sell and value in use. If the recoverable amount of an intangible asset is estimated to be less than its

carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment

loss is recognised as an expense immediately. Where an intangible asset is not yet available for use, it

is subject to an annual impairment test by comparing the carrying value with the recoverable amount.

The recoverable amount is estimated by considering the ability of the asset to generate sufficient future

economic benefits to recover the carrying value.

5(o): Property, plant and equipment

Aside from right-of-use assets, property, plant and equipment consist principally of computer

equipment and fixtures and fittings and are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any

recognised impairment losses. Property, plant and equipment also includes assets under construction

which are not depreciated. Cost includes the original purchase price of the asset and the costs of

bringing the asset to its working condition for its intended use. Depreciation is charged to profit or loss

on a straight-line basis to write down the cost of the asset to its residual value over its estimated useful

life. The following maximum useful lives are applied:

– Right-of-use assets  length of the lease

– Plant and equipment  5–10 years

Management determines useful lives and residual values for assets when they are acquired, based

on experience of similar assets and taking into account other relevant factors such as any expected

changes in technology. The Group assesses and, where appropriate, adjusts the useful life, residual

value and depreciation method for property plant and equipment on an annual basis.

Items of property, plant and equipment are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in

circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. For assessing impairment,

assets are grouped at the lowest level for which there are separately identifiable cash flows. Where the

carrying amount of an asset is greater than its estimated recoverable amount, which represents the

higher of the asset’s fair value less costs of disposal and value in use, it is written down immediately to

its recoverable amount and an impairment loss is recognised as an expense. Impaired non-financial

assets, except goodwill, are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

On derecognition of an item of equipment, any gain or loss on disposal, determined as the difference

between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset, is included in profit or loss at

the date of the disposal. Items of property and equipment that are not owned by the Group but are held

under lease arrangements are accounted for in accordance with the accounting policy on leases.

5(p): Leases

The Group assesses whether a contract is or contains a lease at the inception of the contract. A contract

is or contains a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a

period of time in exchange for consideration. To assess where a contract conveys the right to control

the use of an identified asset, the Group assesses whether:

– the contract involves the use of an identified asset which may be specified explicitly or implicitly and

is physically distinct or represents substantially all of the capacity of a physically distinct asset. If the

supplier has a substantive substitution right, then the asset is not identified;

– the Group has the right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from the use of the asset

throughout the period of use; and

– the Group has the right to direct the use of the asset.

For lessee contracts, the right-of-use asset is initially measured at cost, which comprises the initial

amount of lease liability, adjusted for any lease payments made at or before the commencement date,

and any initial direct costs incurred. Adjustments are also made, where appropriate, to recognise

provisions for property restoration costs and for lease incentives received such as rent-free periods.

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are unpaid at

the commencement date, discounted using the asset-specific incremental borrowing rates.

Subsequent to lease commencement, the Group measures the right-of-use asset using a cost model,

whereby the asset is held at cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment.

Depreciation is recognised as an expense on a straight-line basis to write down the cost of the right-of-

use asset to its residual value over its estimated useful life which is dependent on the length of the

lease. In addition, the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset may be adjusted for certain

remeasurements of the lease liability. The lease liability is subsequently measured at amortised cost

using the effective interest method and also reflects any lease modifications or reassessments.

The Group presents its right-of-use assets within “Property, plant and equipment” and “Investment

property” and lease liabilities within “Borrowings and lease liabilities” in the statement of financial

position.

#### 5: Material accounting policies continued

5(n): Goodwill and intangible assets continued

Strategic Report

Governance Report Other information

131

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

![]()

The Group currently has material lease commitments of varying durations for the rental of a number

of office buildings. The Group’s future lease cash outflows are not materially exposed to variable lease

payments, low value or short-term leases, residual value guarantees or restrictions imposed by a lease

contract or sale and leaseback transactions.

Subleases

Where the Group sublets a leased asset to a third party, it accounts for its interest in the sublease

separately from the head lease. In determining whether a sublease is a finance or operating lease,

the Group assesses whether the sublease has transferred substantially all the risk and rewards of the

right-of-use asset arising from the head lease to the sublessee.

Where the sublease does transfer substantially all the risk and rewards of the right-of-use asset to

the sublessee, the Group derecognises the right of use asset and a net investment in finance leases is

recognised. The net investment in finance lease is calculated as the present value of the future lease

payments receivable under the sublease. Any difference between the initial value of the net investment

in finance leases and the right of use asset derecognised is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

Interest is calculated on the net investment in finance lease using the incremental borrowing rate and

is recognised as finance income.

Where the sublease does not transfer substantially all the risk and rewards of the right-of-use asset to

the sublessee, the Group continues to recognise the right-of-use asset. The sublease is accounted for as

an operating lease with the lease payments received recognised as investment income. Lease incentives

granted are recognised as part of the rental income and are spread over the lease term.

The Group had one material sublease at 31 December 2024 (2023: one) as detailed in note 16.

5(q): Provisions, contingent assets and contingent liabilities

Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of

past events, it is more probable than not that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle

the obligation and a reliable estimate of the amount of the obligation can be made. Provisions are

measured at management’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the obligation at the

reporting date. Where the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are discounted and

represent the present value of the expected expenditure. Provisions are not recognised for future

operating costs or losses.

The Group recognises specific provisions where they arise for the situations outlined below:

– Client compensation and related costs, when the Group compensates clients in the context of

providing fair customer outcomes.

– Onerous contracts, when the expected benefits to be derived by the Group from a contract are lower

than the unavoidable cost of meeting the obligations under the contract.

– Corporate restructuring, only if the Group has approved a detailed formal plan and raised a valid

expectation among those parties directly affected, that the plan will be carried out either by having

commenced implementation or by publicly announcing the plan’s main features. Such provisions

include the direct expenditure arising from the restructuring, such as employee termination payments

but not those costs associated with the ongoing activities of the Group.

– Legal uncertainties and the settlement of other claims.

– Clawback provisions in respect of potential refunds due to product providers in relation to indemnity

commission.

– Property provisions, where the Group has an obligation to restore a property to its original condition

at the end of the lease.

Contingent liabilities are possible obligations of the Group for which the timing or amount are subject

to significant uncertainty. Contingent liabilities are not recognised in the consolidated statement of

financial position, unless they are assumed by the Group as part of a business combination. They are,

however, disclosed, unless they are considered to be remote. If a contingent liability becomes probable

and the amount can be reliably measured it is no longer treated as contingent and it is recognised as a

liability.

Contingent assets, which are possible benefits to the Group, are only disclosed if it is probable that

the Group will receive the benefit. If such a benefit becomes virtually certain, it is no longer considered

contingent and is recognised in the statement of financial position as an asset.

5(r): Foreign currency translation

The Group and Parent Company’s presentation currency is pounds sterling. The functional currency

of the Group’s foreign operations is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the

relevant entities operate. The results and cash flows of foreign entities are translated into the Group’s

presentation currency at average exchange rates for the year and their statements of financial position

are translated at the year-end exchange rates. Exchange rate differences arising from the translation of

the net investment in foreign subsidiaries are recognised in other comprehensive income and taken to

the currency translation reserve which forms part of other reserves within equity. To the extent that

these gains and losses are effectively hedged, the cumulative effect of such gains and losses arising on

the hedging instruments is also included in that component of equity. On disposal of a foreign entity,

exchange differences are transferred out of this reserve and included within the gain or loss on sale

in profit or loss.

Foreign currency transactions are converted into the relevant functional currency at the exchange rate

prevailing at the date of the transaction.

#### 5: Material accounting policies continued

5(p): Leases continued

#### Notes to the consolidated financial statements

#### For the year ended 31 December 2024

132

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into the relevant

functional currency at exchange rates prevailing at the reporting date. Non-monetary assets and

liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are stated at fair value are translated into the functional

currency at the exchange rates prevailing at the dates the fair values were determined. Non-monetary

assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are stated at historical cost are converted

into the functional currency at the rate of exchange at the time of the initial recognition of the asset and

liability and are not subsequently retranslated.

Exchange gains and losses on the translation and settlement during the year of foreign currency assets

and liabilities are recognised in profit or loss. Exchange differences for non-monetary items are

recognised in other comprehensive income when the changes in the fair value of the non-monetary item

are recognised in other comprehensive income, and in profit or loss if the changes in fair value of the

non-monetary item are recognised in profit or loss.

5(s): Share capital

Equity instruments

Shares are classified as equity instruments when there is no contractual obligation to deliver cash or

other assets to another entity on terms that may be unfavourable. The value of the Company’s share

capital consists of the number of Ordinary Shares in issue multiplied by their nominal value. The

difference between the proceeds received on the issue of the shares and the nominal value of the

shares issued is recorded in share premium.

Share issue costs

Incremental external costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares are shown in equity as a

deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds of the issue and disclosed where material.

Dividends

Dividends are distributions of profit to the Company’s shareholders and as a result are recognised as a

deduction in equity. Interim Dividends payable to shareholders are announced with the half-year results

and authorised by the Directors. The Final Dividend is announced with the Annual Report and typically

requires shareholder approval at the Annual General Meeting. For this reason, it is not included as a

liability in the annual financial statements for the year to which the Final Dividend relates.

Shares held by trusts

Shares in the Company that are held by the Employee Benefit Trust (“EBT”) are treated as “Own shares”.

The EBT acquires shares in the Company for delivery to employees under employee incentive plans.

Acquired shares are recognised as a deduction from equity at the price paid for them.

5(t): Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing the profit attributable to the Ordinary Shareholders

of the Company by the weighted average number of Ordinary Shares in issue during the year, excluding

Ordinary Shares held within employee benefit trusts (“EBTs”) and shares held in consolidated funds

(“Own shares”). Own shares are deducted for the purpose of calculating both basic and diluted EPS.

Diluted earnings per share recognises the dilutive impact of shares awarded and options granted to

employees under share-based payment arrangements, to the extent they have value, in the calculation

of the weighted average number of shares, as if the relevant shares were in issue for the full year, and

are calculated by increasing the weighted average number of Ordinary Shares outstanding to assume

conversion of all dilutive potential Ordinary Shares, notably those related to employee share schemes.

The Group is also required to calculate headline earnings per share (“HEPS”) in accordance with the

Johannesburg Stock Exchange (“JSE”) Listing Requirements, determined by reference to the South

African Institute of Chartered Accountants’ circular 1/2023 Headline Earnings. Disclosure of HEPS is

not a requirement of IFRS, but it is a commonly used measure of earnings in South Africa.

5(u): Investment property

Investment properties are valued under the cost model. Depreciation is recognised as an expense on a

straight-line basis to write down the cost of the right-of-use asset to its residual value over its estimated

useful life which is dependent on the length of the lease.

Lease income from operating leases where the Group is a lessor, is recognised in income on a straight-

line basis over the sublease term.

6: Business combinations, acquisitions and disposals

The Group made two acquisitions during the year. There were no material acquisitions in the prior year.

On 5 September 2024, Quilter acquired 100% of the share capital of NuWealth Limited for a total

consideration of £6 million. NuWealth Limited provides a savings and investment app that offers its

users savings tools, high-interest accounts and access to stocks, fractional shares and exchange traded

funds. An intangible asset of £5 million was recognised on acquisition (see note 14) related to the

software acquired.

On 29 October 2024, the Group acquired 35.0% of the share capital of Beals Mortgage and Financial

Services Limited, and 9.4% of the share capital of its subsidiary, Clinton Kennard Associates Ltd. The

Group has carried out an assessment of control and influence and concluded that it has significant

influence but not control of each of these entities. It will therefore account for each of these holdings as

an investment in associate and account for its share of the profits or losses of these companies using

the equity method of accounting (see note 5(a)). Subject to certain terms being met, the Group intends

to acquire the remaining share capital of each company over the next five years.

There have been no material disposals of businesses during 2023 and 2024.

#### 5: Material accounting policies continued

5(r): Foreign currency translation continued

Strategic Report

Governance Report Other information

133

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

![]()

#### 7: Alternative performance measures

7(a): Adjusted profit before tax and reconciliation to (loss)/profit after tax

Basis of preparation of adjusted profit before tax

Adjusted profit before tax is one of the Group’s alternative performance measures (“APMs”) and

represents the Group’s IFRS results, adjusted for specific items that management considers to be

outside of the Group’s normal operations or one-off in nature, as detailed in note 7(b). Adjusted profit

before tax does not provide a complete picture of the Group’s financial performance, which is disclosed

in the statement of comprehensive income, but is instead intended to provide additional comparability

and understanding of the financial results.

|  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | Year ended | Year ended |
|  |  | 31 December | 31 December |
|  |  | 2024 | 2023 |
|  | Notes | £m | £m |
| Affluent |  | 148 | 124 |
| High Net Worth |  | 48 | 41 |
| Head Office |  | – | 2 |
| Adjusted profit before tax | 8(b) | 196 | 167 |
| Adjusting items: |  |  |  |
| Impact of acquisition and disposal-related accounting | 7(b)(i) | (40) | (39) |
| Business transformation costs | 7(b)(ii) | (26) | (28) |
| Skilled Person Review | 7(b)(iii) | (10) | – |
| Customer remediation exercise | 7(b)(iv) | (76) | – |
| Other customer remediation | 7(b)(v) | 3 | (6) |
| Exchange rate movements (ZAR/GBP) | 7(b)(vi) | 1 | (2) |
| Policyholder tax adjustments | 7(b)(vii) | (90) | (62) |
| Other adjusting items | 7(b)(viii) | – | 1 |
| Finance costs | 7(b)(ix) | (18) | (19) |
| Total adjusting items before tax |  | (256) | (155) |
| (Loss)/profit before tax attributable to shareholder returns |  | (60) | 12 |
| Income tax attributable to policyholder returns | 11 | 95 | 76 |
| IFRS profit before tax |  | 35 | 88 |
| Income tax expense | 11 | (69) | (46) |
| IFRS (loss)/profit after tax |  | (34) | 42 |

7(b): Adjusting items

The adjustments made to the Group’s IFRS profit before tax to calculate adjusted profit before tax are

detailed below.

7(b)(i): Impact of acquisition and disposal-related accounting

The Group excludes any impairment of goodwill from adjusted profit as well as the amortisation and

impairment of acquired intangible assets, finance costs related to the discounting of contingent

consideration and incidental items relating to past disposals.

The effect of these adjustments to determine adjusted profit are summarised below.

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | Year ended | Year ended |
|  | 31 December | 31 December |
|  | 2024 | 2023 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Amortisation of acquired intangible assets | 38 | 38 |
| Impairment of acquired intangible assets  1 | – | 1 |
| Amortisation of acquired adviser schemes | 2 | – |
| Total impact of acquisition and disposal-related accounting | 40 | 39 |

1

The impairment of acquired intangible assets in 2023 resulted from the impairment of specific client books held within the Affluent

operating segment as the Group could no longer support the carrying value.

7(b)(ii): Business transformation costs

In 2024, business transformation costs totalled £26 million (2023: £28 million), the principal components

of which are described below:

Business Simplification costs – 2024: £24 million, 2023: £25 million

During 2024, the Group spent £24 million on delivering Simplification initiatives (2023: £25 million).

The implementation costs to deliver the remaining £15 million of annualised run-rate savings for the

programme are estimated to be £40 million.

Investment in business costs – 2024: £2 million, 2023: £1 million

Investment in business costs of £2 million (2023: £1 million) were incurred as the Group continues to

enable and support advisers and clients and improve productivity through better utilisation of

technology.

Business separation costs following the sale of Quilter International – 2024: £nil, 2023: £2 million

The Group sold Quilter International to Utmost Group in 2021 and entered into a Transitional Service

Agreement with the acquirer. The cost to the Group of running the Transitional Service Agreement,

which ended in November 2023, was £nil for 2024 (2023: £2 million).

#### Notes to the consolidated financial statements

#### For the year ended 31 December 2024

134

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

7(b)(iii): Skilled Person Review

Skilled Person Review costs of £10 million (2023: £nil) include the estimated external cost and direct cost

of internal resources to support and perform the Skilled Person Review of historical data and practices

across the Quilter Financial Planning network of Appointed Representative firms. This cost is excluded

from adjusted profit as management considers it to be outside of the Group’s normal operations and

one-off in nature.

7(b)(iv): Customer remediation exercise

Customer remediation exercise costs of £76 million (2023: £nil) include the estimated redress payable to

customers, comprising a refund of ongoing advice charges and interest payable for customers impacted,

and administrative costs which represent the costs to perform a potential customer remediation

exercise across the Quilter Financial Planning network of Appointed Representative firms (see note 30).

This cost is excluded from adjusted profit as management considers it to be outside of the Group’s

normal operations and one-off in nature.

7(b)(v): Other customer remediation

Lighthouse pension transfer advice provision – 2024: £3 million credit, 2023: £6 million cost

For 2023, the customer remediation expense of £6 million reflected £4 million of legal, consulting and

other costs and a £2 million provision increase related to non-British Steel Pension Scheme redress

payments. This was the result of the Group-managed past business review of defined benefit to defined

contribution (“DB to DC”) pension transfer advice suitability by an independent expert. For 2024, the

provision for redress decreased by £3 million as a result of the redress calculations performed for

customers being lower than forecast in 2023 due to the changes in assumptions used to perform the

calculations and market movements of the pension scheme values during 2024. Further details of the

provision are provided in note 30.

7(b)(vi): Exchange rate movements (ZAR/GBP)

In 2024, income of £1 million was recognised (2023: £2 million expense) due to foreign exchange

movements on cash held in South African Rand in preparation for payments of dividends to

shareholders. Cash was converted to South African Rand upon announcement of the dividend

payments to provide an economic hedge for the Group. The foreign exchange movements are fully

offset by an equal amount taken directly to retained earnings.

7(b)(vii): Policyholder tax adjustments

In 2024, the total amount of policyholder tax adjustments to adjusted profit is a credit of £90 million

(2023: £62 million credit). Adjustments to policyholder tax are made to remove distortions arising from

market volatility that can, in turn, lead to volatility in the policyholder tax adjustments between periods.

The recognition of the income received from policyholders to fund the policyholder tax liability (which

is included within the Group’s income) can vary in timing to the recognition of the corresponding tax

expense, creating volatility in the Group’s IFRS profit or loss before tax. During 2024, the Group made

changes to the Group’s unit pricing policy relating to policyholder tax charges which will reduce the value

of these timing differences in future periods. These changes, together with current year market

movements, have resulted in the unwind of most of the opening timing difference.

7(b)(viii): Other adjusting items

In 2024, there were no other adjusting items. In 2023, £1 million of income was received in relation

to the settlement offer for the indemnification asset that was impaired in 2022.

7(b)(ix): Finance costs

The nature of much of the Group’s operations means that, for management’s decision-making and

internal performance management, the effects of interest costs on external borrowings are removed

when calculating adjusted profit. For 2024, finance costs were £18 million (2023: £19 million).

#### 7: Alternative performance measures continued

7(b): Adjusting items continued

Strategic Report

Governance Report Other information

135

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

![]()

#### Notes to the consolidated financial statements

#### For the year ended 31 December 2024

7(c): Reconciliation of IFRS income and expenses to “Total net revenue” and “Operating expenses” within adjusted profit

This reconciliation shows how each line of the Group’s IFRS income and expenses are allocated to the Group’s APMs: Net management fees, Other revenue, Investment revenue, Total net revenue and Operating

expenses, which are all defined on pages 186 and 187, and form the Group’s adjusted profit before tax. The total column in the table below, down to “Profit before tax attributable to shareholder returns”,

reconciles to each line of the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. Allocations are determined by management and aim to show the Group’s sources of profit (net of relevant directly attributable

expenses). These allocations remain consistent from year to year to ensure comparability, unless otherwise stated.

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Net mgmt. | Other | Investment | Total net | Operating | Adjusted profit | Consol. of |  |
|  | fees  1 | revenue  1 | revenue  1 | revenue  1 | expenses  1 | before tax | funds  2 | Total |
| Year ended 31 December 2024 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Income |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Fee income and other income from service activities | 541 | 87 | – | 628 | – | 628 | (84) | 544 |
| Investment return  3 | 57 | 4,037 | 78 | 4,172 | – | 4,172 | 705 | 4,877 |
| Other income | – | 3 | – | 3 | 21 | 24 | 4 | 28 |
| Total income | 598 | 4,127 | 78 | 4,803 | 21 | 4,824 | 625 | 5,449 |
| Expenses |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Change in investment contract liabilities  3 | (26) | (4,032) | (7) | (4,065) | – | (4,065) | – | (4,065) |
| Fee and commission expenses and other acquisition costs | (50) | 3 | – | (47) | (1) | (48) | (1) | (49) |
| Change in third-party interests in consolidated funds | – | – | – | – | – | – | (587) | (587) |
| Other operating and administrative expenses | (15) | – | – | (15) | (639) | (654) | (37) | (691) |
| Finance costs | – | – | – | – | (21) | (21) | – | (21) |
| Total expenses | (91) | (4,029) | (7) | (4,127) | (661) | (4,788) | (625) | (5,413) |
| Impairment of investments in associates | – | – | – | – | (1) | (1) | – | (1) |
| Profit before tax | 507 | 98 | 71 | 676 | (641) | 35 | – | 35 |
| Income tax expense attributable to policyholder returns | (95) | – | – | (95) | – | (95) | – | (95) |
| Loss before tax attributable to shareholder returns | 412 | 98 | 71 | 581 | (641) | (60) | – | (60) |
| Adjusting items: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Impact of acquisition and disposal-related accounting | – | – | – | – | 40 | 40 |  |  |
| Business transformation costs | – | – | – | – | 26 | 26 |  |  |
| Skilled Person Review | – | – | – | – | 10 | 10 |  |  |
| Customer remediation exercise | – | – | – | – | 76 | 76 |  |  |
| Other customer remediation | – | – | – | – | (3) | (3) |  |  |
| Exchange rate movements (ZAR/GBP) | – | (1) | – | (1) | – | (1) |  |  |
| Policyholder tax adjustments | 90 | – | – | 90 | – | 90 |  |  |
| Finance costs | – | – | – | – | 18 | 18 |  |  |
| Adjusting items | 90 | (1) | – | 89 | 167 | 256 |  |  |
| Adjusted profit before tax | 502 | 97 | 71 | 670 | (474) | 196 |  |  |

1

The APMs “Net management fees”, “Other revenue”, “Investment revenue”, “Total net revenue” and “Operating expenses” are commented on within the Financial review.

2

Consolidation of funds shows the grossing up impact to the Group’s income and expenses as a result of the consolidation of funds requirements, as described within note 5(a). This grossing up is excluded from the Group’s adjusted profit.

3

Reported within net management fees, investment return of £57 million represents £36 million interest income on investments held for the benefit of policyholders and £21 million net interest income on client money balances. Change in investment contract liabilities

of £26 million represents the amount of interest income paid to policyholders. The net balance of £31 million represents interest income on customer balances retained by the Group for 2024. The £78 million investment return less £7 million change in investment contract

liabilities paid to customers on transactional cash balances, as reported within investment revenue, represents £71 million of interest income on shareholder cash and cash equivalents.

#### 7: Alternative performance measures continued

136

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

7(c): Reconciliation of IFRS income and expenses to “Total net revenue” and “Operating expenses” within adjusted profit continued

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Net mgmt. | Other | Investment | Total net | Operating | Adjusted profit | Consol. of |  |
|  | fees  1 | revenue  1 | revenue  1 | revenue  1 | expenses  1 | before tax | funds  2 | Total |
| Year ended 31 December 2023 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Income |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Fee income and other income from service activities | 527 | 86 | – | 613 | – | 613 | (71) | 542 |
| Investment return  3 | 48 | 3,285 | 68 | 3,401 | – | 3,401 | 674 | 4,075 |
| Other income | – | – | – | – | 9 | 9 | – | 9 |
| Total income | 575 | 3,371 | 68 | 4,014 | 9 | 4,023 | 603 | 4,626 |
| Expenses |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Change in investment contract liabilities  3 | (25) | (3,282) | (6) | (3,313) | – | (3,313) | – | (3,313) |
| Fee and commission expenses, and other acquisition costs | (46) | – | – | (46) | – | (46) | (3) | (49) |
| Change in third-party interests in consolidated funds | – | – | – | – | – | – | (579) | (579) |
| Other operating and administrative expenses | (13) | (5) | – | (18) | (536) | (554) | (21) | (575) |
| Finance costs | – | – | – | – | (22) | (22) | – | (22) |
| Total expenses | (84) | (3,287) | (6) | (3,377) | (558) | (3,935) | (603) | (4,538) |
| Profit before tax | 491 | 84 | 62 | 637 | (549) | 88 | – | 88 |
| Tax credit attributable to policyholder returns | (76) | – | – | (76) | – | (76) | – | (76) |
| Profit before tax attributable to shareholder returns | 415 | 84 | 62 | 561 | (549) | 12 | – | 12 |
| Adjusting items: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Impact of acquisition and disposal-related accounting | – | – | – | – | 39 | 39 |  |  |
| Business transformation costs | – | – | – | – | 28 | 28 |  |  |
| Other customer remediation | – | – | – | – | 6 | 6 |  |  |
| Exchange rate movements (ZAR/GBP) | – | 2 | – | 2 | – | 2 |  |  |
| Policyholder tax adjustments | 62 | – | – | 62 | – | 62 |  |  |
| Other adjusting items | – | – | – | – | (1) | (1) |  |  |
| Finance costs | – | – | – | – | 19 | 19 |  |  |
| Adjusting items | 62 | 2 | – | 64 | 91 | 155 |  |  |
| Adjusted profit before tax | 477 | 86 | 62 | 625 | (458) | 167 |  |  |

1

The APMs “Net management fees”, “Other revenue”, “Investment revenue”, “Total net revenue” and “Operating expenses” are commented on within the Financial review.

2

Consolidation of funds shows the grossing up impact to the Group’s profit or loss as a result of the consolidation of funds requirements, as described within note 5(a). This grossing up is excluded from the Group’s adjusted profit.

3

Reported within net management fees, investment return of £48 million represents £30 million interest income on investments held for the benefit of policyholders and £18 million net interest income on client money balances. Change in investment contract liabilities of

£25 million represents the amount of interest income paid to policyholders. The net balance of £23 million represents interest income on customer balances retained by the Group for 2023. The £68 million investment return less £6 million change in investment contract

liabilities paid to customers on transactional cash balances, as reported within investment revenue, represents £62 million of net interest income on shareholder cash and cash equivalents.

#### 7: Alternative performance measures continued

Strategic Report

Governance Report Other information

137

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

![]()

#### Notes to the consolidated financial statements

#### For the year ended 31 December 2024

8: Segment information

8(a): Segment presentation

The Group has two operating segments: High Net Worth and Affluent. The segments used for reporting

purposes are consistent with the structure and management of the Group. Head Office includes certain

revenues and central costs that are not allocated to the segments.

Adjusted profit before tax is an APM reported to the Group’s management and the Board of Quilter plc.

The segment information in this note reflects the adjusted and IFRS profit measures for each operating

segment as provided to management and the Board. Management and the Board use additional

performance indicators to assess the performance of each of the segments, including net client cash

flows, assets under management and administration, total net revenue and operating margin. Income

is analysed in further detail for each operating segment in note 8(b).

Consistent with internal reporting, income and expenses that are not directly attributable to a particular

segment are allocated between segments where appropriate. The Group accounts for inter-segment

income and transfers as if the transactions were with third parties at current market prices.

High Net Worth

This segment comprises Quilter Cheviot and Quilter Cheviot Financial Planning.

Quilter Cheviot provides discretionary investment management, predominantly in the United Kingdom,

with bespoke investment portfolios tailored to the individual needs of high net worth clients, charities,

companies and institutions through a network of branches in London and the regions. Investment

management services are also provided by operations in the Channel Islands and Ireland.

Quilter Cheviot Financial Planning provides financial advice for protection, mortgages, savings,

investments and pensions predominantly to high net worth clients.

Affluent

This segment comprises Quilter Investment Platform, Quilter Investors, Quilter Financial Planning and

NuWealth.

Quilter Investment Platform is a leading investment platform provider of advice-based wealth

management products and services in the UK, which serves an affluent client base through advised

multi-channel distribution.

Quilter Investors is a leading provider of investment solutions in the UK multi-asset market. It develops

and manages investment solutions in the form of funds for the Group and third-party clients. It has

several fund ranges which vary in breadth of underlying asset class. The investment management of the

Quilter investors fund range has been delegated to Quilter Investment Platform from 1 January 2025.

Quilter Financial Planning is a restricted and independent financial adviser network providing mortgage

and financial planning advice and financial solutions for both individuals and businesses through a

network of intermediaries. It operates across all markets, from wealth management and retirement

planning advice through to dealing with property wealth and personal and business protection needs.

NuWealth is a developer of a fintech platform through which customers can build investment portfolios.

The NuWealth platform provides access to savings and investments and is particularly beneficial for

people starting to invest who are looking for additional help and guidance, with the option to work with

a financial adviser later in their investment journey.

Head Office

In addition to the Group’s two operating segments, Head Office comprises the investment return on

centrally held assets, central support function expenses, central core structural borrowings and certain

tax balances.

138

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

8(b): Adjusted profit statement — segment information

The table below presents the Group’s operations split by operating segment, reconciling IFRS profit or loss to adjusted profit before tax. The Total column reconciles to the consolidated statement of

comprehensive income.

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | Operating segments |  |  |  |  |
|  |  |  | High | Head | Consolidation |  |
|  |  | Affluent | Net Worth | Office | adjustments  1 | Total |
| Year ended 31 December 2024 | Notes | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Income |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Premium-based fees |  | 70 | 19 | – | – | 89 |
| Fund-based fees |  | 343 | 184 | – | (83) | 444 |
| Fixed fees |  | 1 | – | – | – | 1 |
| Other fee and commission income |  | 10 | – | – | – | 10 |
| Fee income and other income from service activities |  | 424 | 203 | – | (83) | 544 |
| Investment return  2 |  | 4,131 | 21 | 31 | 694 | 4,877 |
| Other income |  | 98 | 2 | 1 | (73) | 28 |
| Segment income |  | 4,653 | 226 | 32 | 538 | 5,449 |
| Expenses |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Change in investment contract liabilities  2 |  | (4,065) | – | – | – | (4,065) |
| Fee and commission expenses and other acquisition costs |  | (49) | – | – | – | (49) |
| Change in third-party interests in consolidated funds |  | – | – | – | (587) | (587) |
| Other operating and administrative expenses |  | (484) | (217) | (29) | 39 | (691) |
| Finance costs |  | (2) | – | (29) | 10 | (21) |
| Segment expenses |  | (4,600) | (217) | (58) | (538) | (5,413) |
| Impairment of investments in associates |  | – | – | (1) | – | (1) |
| Profit/(loss) before tax |  | 53 | 9 | (27) | – | 35 |
| Income tax expense attributable to policyholder returns |  | (95) | – | – | – | (95) |
| (Loss)/profit before tax attributable to shareholder returns |  | (42) | 9 | (27) | – | (60) |
| Adjusting items: |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Impact of acquisition and disposal-related accounting | 7(b)(i) | 9 | 31 | – | – | 40 |
| Business transformation costs | 7(b)(ii) | 8 | 8 | 10 | – | 26 |
| Skilled Person Review | 7(b)(iii) | 10 | – | – | – | 10 |
| Customer remediation exercise | 7(b)(iv) | 76 | – | – | – | 76 |
| Other customer remediation | 7(b)(v) | (3) | – | – | – | (3) |
| Exchange rate movements (ZAR/GBP) | 7(b)(vi) | – | – | (1) | – | (1) |
| Policyholder tax adjustments | 7(b)(vii) | 90 | – | – | – | 90 |
| Finance costs | 7(b)(ix) | – | – | 18 | – | 18 |
| Adjusting items before tax |  | 190 | 39 | 27 | – | 256 |
| Adjusted profit before tax |  | 148 | 48 | – | – | 196 |

1

Consolidation adjustments comprise the elimination of inter-segment transactions and the consolidation of investment funds.

2

Investment return and change in investment contract liabilities includes net £31 million of interest income on customer cash and cash equivalents retained by the Group. Investment return total also includes £71 million of interest income on shareholder cash and

cash equivalents.

#### 8: Segment information continued

Strategic Report

Governance Report Other information

139

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

![]()

#### Notes to the consolidated financial statements

#### For the year ended 31 December 2024

8(b): Adjusted profit statement — segment information continued

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | Operating segments |  |  |  |  |
|  |  |  | High |  | Consolidation |  |
|  |  | Affluent | Net Worth | Head Office | adjustments  1 | Total |
| Year ended 31 December 2023 | Notes | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Income |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Premium-based fees |  | 66 | 20 | – | – | 86 |
| Fund-based fees |  | 336 | 172 | – | (71) | 437 |
| Fixed fees |  | 1 | – | – | – | 1 |
| Other fee and commission income |  | 18 | – | – | – | 18 |
| Fee income and other income from service activities |  | 421 | 192 | – | (71) | 542 |
| Investment return  2 |  | 3,361 | 19 | 28 | 667 | 4,075 |
| Other income |  | 88 | 1 | – | (80) | 9 |
| Segment income |  | 3,870 | 212 | 28 | 516 | 4,626 |
| Expenses |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Change in investment contract liabilities  2 |  | (3,313) | – | – | – | (3,313) |
| Fee and commission expenses, and other acquisition costs |  | (47) | – | – | (2) | (49) |
| Change in third-party interests in consolidated funds |  | – | – | – | (579) | (579) |
| Other operating and administrative expenses |  | (387) | (205) | (41) | 58 | (575) |
| Finance costs |  | (3) | – | (26) | 7 | (22) |
| Segment expenses |  | (3,750) | (205) | (67) | (516) | (4,538) |
| Profit/(loss) before tax |  | 120 | 7 | (39) | – | 88 |
| Tax credit attributable to policyholder returns |  | (76) | – | – | – | (76) |
| Profit/(loss) before tax attributable to shareholder returns |  | 44 | 7 | (39) | – | 12 |
| Adjusting items: |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Impact of acquisition and disposal-related accounting | 7(b)(i) | 7 | 32 | – | – | 39 |
| Business transformation costs | 7(b)(ii) | 5 | 3 | 20 | – | 28 |
| Other customer remediation | 7(b)(v) | 6 | – | – | – | 6 |
| Exchange rate movements (ZAR/GBP) | 7(b)(vi) | – | – | 2 | – | 2 |
| Policyholder tax adjustments | 7(b)(vii) | 62 | – | – | – | 62 |
| Other adjusting items | 7(b)(viii) | – | (1) | – | – | (1) |
| Finance costs | 7(b)(ix) | – | – | 19 | – | 19 |
| Adjusting items before tax |  | 80 | 34 | 41 | – | 155 |
| Adjusted profit before tax |  | 124 | 41 | 2 | – | 167 |

1

Consolidation adjustments comprise the elimination of inter-segment transactions and the consolidation of investment funds.

2

Investment return and change in investment contract liabilities includes net £23 million of interest income on customer cash and cash equivalents retained by the Group. Investment return total also includes £62 million of interest income on shareholder cash and cash

equivalents.

#### 8: Segment information continued

140

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

#### 9: Investment return

This note analyses the investment return from the Group’s investing activities.

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | Year ended | Year ended |
|  | 31 December | 31 December |
|  | 2024 | 2023 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Interest and similar income |  |  |
| Loans and advances | 4 | 3 |
| Investments and securities | 161 | 130 |
| Cash and cash equivalents  1 | 100 | 86 |
| Total interest and similar income | 265 | 219 |
| Dividend income | 386 | 271 |
| Rental income from investment property | 1 | 1 |
| Total gains on financial instruments mandatorily recognised at fair value through  profit or loss | 4,225 | 3,584 |
| Total net investment return | 4,877 | 4,075 |

1

Further information on interest income is contained in the footnote in note 8.

#### 10: Expenses

This note provides further information on the Group’s expenses.

10(a): Fee and commission expenses, and other acquisition costs

The table below analyses the fee and commission expenses and other acquisition costs.

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | Year ended | Year ended |
|  | 31 December | 31 December |
|  | 2024 | 2023  1 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Fee and commission expense | 1 | 3 |
| Renewal commission — investment contracts  1 | 5 | 6 |
| Fund management fees  1 | 31 | 25 |
| Rebates paid | 14 | 15 |
| Other acquisition costs | (2) | – |
| Total fee and commission expenses, and other acquisition costs | 49 | 49 |

1

Fund management fees were presented within Renewal commission on investment contracts in the Group’s 2023 financial

statements and are now presented separately to provide additional information.

10(b): Other operating and administrative expenses

The table below provides further information on other operating and administrative expenses.

|  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | Year ended | Year ended |
|  |  | 31 December | 31 December |
|  |  | 2024 | 2023 |
|  | Notes | £m | £m |
| Staff costs | 10(c)(i) | 312 | 295 |
| Depreciation charge on right-of-use assets | 15 | 6 | 7 |
| Depreciation charge on other plant and equipment | 15 | 5 | 5 |
| Depreciation charge on sublet property | 16 | 1 | – |
| Amortisation of software development costs | 14(a) | 2 | 2 |
| Amortisation of other intangible assets | 14(a) | 38 | 38 |
| Impairment of other intangible assets | 14(a) | – | 1 |
| Administration and other expenses |  | 327 | 227 |
| Total other operating and administrative expenses |  | 691 | 575 |

Administration and other expenses include project costs and the costs of establishing provisions in

relation to the Ongoing Advice Review as well as general operating expenses including regulatory fees

and levies, professional and consultancy fees, marketing, premises and IT-related costs.

10(c): Staff costs and other employee-related costs

10(c)(i): Staff costs

|  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | Year ended | Year ended |
|  |  | 31 December | 31 December |
|  |  | 2024 | 2023 |
|  | Note | £m | £m |
| Salaries |  | 178 | 174 |
| Bonus and incentive remuneration |  | 60 | 48 |
| Social security costs |  | 32 | 28 |
| Retirement obligations – defined contribution plans |  | 18 | 18 |
| Share-based payments – equity-settled | 28(e) | 14 | 18 |
| Other |  | 10 | 9 |
| Total staff costs |  | 312 | 295 |

10(c)(ii): Employee numbers

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | Year ended | Year ended |
|  | 31 December | 31 December |
|  | 2024 | 2023 |
|  | £m | £m |
| The average number of persons employed by the Group was: |  |  |
| Affluent | 1,929 | 2,008 |
| High Net Worth | 934 | 920 |
| Head Office | 126 | 86 |
| Total average number of employees during the year | 2,989 | 3,014 |

Strategic Report

Governance Report Other information

141

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

![]()

#### Notes to the consolidated financial statements

#### For the year ended 31 December 2024

10(d): Auditors’ remuneration

Included in other operating and administrative expenses are fees paid to the Group’s auditors.

These can be categorised as follows:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | Year ended | Year ended |
|  | 31 December | 31 December |
|  | 2024 | 2023 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Fees payable to the Group auditors and their associates for the audit |  |  |
| of Parent Company and Group consolidated financial statements | 1.6 | 1.5 |
| Fees payable to the Group auditors and their associates for other  services: |  |  |
| Audit of the financial statements of the Group subsidiaries | 2.5 | 1.9 |
| Audit-related assurance services | 1.1 | 1.1 |
| Fees for other assurance services | 0.7 | 0.5 |
| Total Group auditors’ remuneration | 5.9 | 5.0 |

10(e): Finance costs

The table below analyses the interest costs on the Group’s borrowings and similar charges, all of which

are measured at amortised cost. Finance costs comprise:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | Year ended | Year ended |
|  | 31 December | 31 December |
|  | 2024 | 2023 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Term loans and other external debt | 1 | 1 |
| Subordinated debt securities (Tier 2 bond) | 17 | 18 |
| Interest payable on borrowed funds | 18 | 19 |
| Interest expense on lease liabilities | 3 | 3 |
| Total finance costs | 21 | 22 |

Finance costs represent the cost of interest and finance charges on the Group’s borrowings from a

number of relationship banks. More details regarding borrowed funds, including the interest rates

payable, are shown in note 32. These costs are excluded from adjusted profit within the Finance costs

adjusting item.

#### 10: Expenses continued

142

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

11: Tax

11(a): Tax charged

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | Year ended | Year ended |
|  | 31 December | 31 December |
|  | 2024 | 2023 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Current tax |  |  |
| United Kingdom | 67 | 2 |
| Overseas tax | 1 | – |
| Adjustments to current tax in respect of prior periods | (10) | – |
| Total current tax charge | 58 | 2 |
| Deferred tax |  |  |
| Origination and reversal of temporary differences | 3 | 52 |
| Effect on deferred tax of changes in tax rates | – | (3) |
| Adjustments to deferred tax in respect of prior periods | 8 | (5) |
| Total deferred tax charge | 11 | 44 |
| Total tax charged | 69 | 46 |
| Attributable to policyholder returns | 95 | 76 |
| Attributable to shareholder returns | (26) | (30) |
| Total tax charged | 69 | 46 |

Policyholder tax

Certain products are subject to tax on policyholders’ investment returns. This “policyholder tax” is an

element of total tax expense. To make the tax expense more meaningful, tax attributable to policyholder

returns and tax attributable to shareholder returns are shown separately in the consolidated statement

of comprehensive income.

The tax attributable to policyholder returns is the amount payable in the year plus the movement

of amounts expected to be payable in future years. The remainder of the tax expense is attributed

to shareholder returns.

The Group’s income tax charge was £69 million in 2024 (2023: £46 million tax charge). The income tax

charge can vary significantly year-on-year as a result of market volatility and the impact this has on

policyholder tax.

The recognition of the income received from policyholders to fund the policyholder tax liability (which is

included within the Group’s income) has historically been volatile due to timing differences between the

recognition of policy deductions and credits and the corresponding policyholder tax expense, resulting

in the need for significant adjustments to the adjusted profit to remove these distortions. The Group

has made changes to the Group’s unit pricing policy during 2024 relating to policyholder tax charges

which will reduce future volatility in these timing differences. These changes are expected to reduce

the value of adjustments made to future periods adjusted profit, set out in note 7(b)(vii).

Market movements for the year ended 31 December 2024 resulted in investment gains of £342 million

on products subject to policyholder tax. The gain is a component of the total “investment return” gain

of £4,877 million shown in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. The tax impact of the

£342 million investment return gain is a significant element of the £95 million tax charge attributable

to policyholder returns in 2024 (2023: £76 million charge).

First time recognition of deferred tax assets on tax losses

Within the £11 million total deferred tax charge, the Group has recognised £10 million shareholder

deferred tax credit in respect of previously unrecognised losses. Further information around the

Group’s deferred tax recognition criteria is included in note 31.

Pillar II taxes

Pillar II legislation has been substantively enacted in the UK, introducing a Pillar II minimum effective

tax rate of 15%. The legislation implements a Multinational Top-up Tax (“MTT”) and a Domestic Top-up

Tax (“DTT”), effective for the Group’s financial year beginning 1 January 2024. The Group has applied the

exemption under IAS 12.4A and accordingly will not recognise or disclose information about deferred

tax assets and liabilities related to Pillar II income taxes.

The assessment of the exposure to Pillar II income taxes has shown that the majority of the Group’s

profits arise in countries with tax rates above 15%. The position in respect of these rules in each of

the Group’s main territories is summarised below.

UK

The Group has assessed that its Pillar II UK effective tax rate exceeds the 15% minimum rate and

therefore there is no additional liability in relation to the UK.

The scope of the MTT means that a top-up tax charge may also arise in the UK on profits earned in

countries with lower tax rates in which the Group operates, subject to a local qualifying domestic

minimum tax. The Group’s main non-UK operations are in Jersey and Ireland. Ireland has enacted a

qualifying domestic minimum tax (see below), and accordingly no additional tax charge is due in the

UK on Irish operations. Jersey is expected to introduce a qualifying domestic minimum tax in 2025.

The Group’s effective tax rate in Jersey is 10% and therefore a MTT liability of £0.1 million in relation

to Jersey profits arises in the UK during 2024. This does not have a material impact on the Group’s

tax charge.

Jersey, Guernsey and the Isle of Man

The three Crown Dependencies have enacted or are due to enact legislation to introduce a domestic

minimum tax with effect from 1 January 2025. The Group does not therefore expect to pay an additional

local tax in these countries during 2024. The Group expects to pay a MTT in the UK in respect of any

2024 taxable profits arising in these countries (see above).

Ireland

Ireland has introduced a qualifying domestic minimum tax. This has been substantively enacted,

effective for the Group’s financial year beginning 1 January 2024. The Group’s effective tax rate in Ireland

is 19% and therefore no additional tax arises in Ireland in 2024.

Other

The Group has assessed there are no material Pillar II tax charge in any other countries in which it had

a presence during 2024.

Strategic Report

Governance Report Other information

143

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

![]()

#### Notes to the consolidated financial statements

#### For the year ended 31 December 2024

11(b): Reconciliation of total income tax expense

The income tax credited or charged to profit or loss differs from the amount that would apply if all of the

Group’s profits from all the countries in which the Group operates had been taxed at the UK standard

Corporation Tax rate. The difference in the effective rate is explained below:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | Year ended | Year ended |
|  | 31 December | 31 December |
|  | 2024 | 2023 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Profit before tax | 35 | 88 |
| Tax at UK standard rate of 25% (2023: 23.5%) | 9 | 21 |
| Untaxed and low taxed income | (1) | (1) |
| Expenses not deductible for tax purposes | 1 | 2 |
| Adjustments to current tax in respect of prior years | (10) | – |
| Net movements on unrecognised deferred tax assets | (10) | (29) |
| Effect of changes in tax rates on deferred tax | – | (3) |
| Adjustments to deferred tax in respect of prior periods | 8 | (5) |
| Income tax attributable to policyholder returns (net of tax relief) | 72 | 61 |
| Total tax charged to profit or loss | 69 | 46 |

11(c): Reconciliation of IFRS income tax credit or expense to income tax on adjusted profit

|  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | Year ended | Year ended |
|  |  | 31 December | 31 December |
|  |  | 2024 | 2023 |
|  | Note | £m | £m |
| Income tax expense  1 |  | 69 | 46 |
| Tax on adjusting items |  |  |  |
| Impact of acquisition and disposal-related accounting |  | 10 | 9 |
| Business transformation costs |  | 7 | 7 |
| Skilled Person Review |  | 2 | – |
| Customer remediation exercise |  | 19 | – |
| Other customer remediation |  | (1) | 1 |
| Finance costs |  | 4 | 4 |
| Exchange rate movements (ZAR/GBP) |  | – | 1 |
| Tax adjusting items |  |  |  |
| Policyholder tax adjustments | 7(b)(vii) | (90) | (62) |
| Other shareholder tax adjustments  2 |  | 33 | 46 |
| Tax on adjusting items |  | (16) | 6 |
| Less: tax attributable to policyholder returns within adjusted profit  3 |  | (5) | (14) |
| Tax charged on total adjusted profit |  | 48 | 38 |

1

Includes both tax attributable to policyholder and shareholder returns, in compliance with IFRS.

2

Other shareholder tax adjustments comprise the reallocation of adjustments from policyholder tax as explained in note 7(b)(vii)

and shareholder tax adjustments for one off items in line with the Group’s adjusted profit policy.

3

Adjusted profit treats policyholder tax as a pre-tax expense (this includes policyholder tax under IFRS and the policyholder tax

adjustments) and is therefore removed from the tax charge on adjusted profit.

12: Earnings per share

The Group calculates earnings per share (“EPS”) on a number of different bases. IFRS requires the

calculation of basic and diluted EPS. Adjusted EPS reflects earnings that are consistent with the Group’s

adjusted profit measure and Headline earnings per share (“HEPS”) is a requirement of the Johannesburg

Stock Exchange.

12(a): Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares

The table below summarises the calculation of the weighted average number of Ordinary Shares for

the purposes of calculating basic and diluted earnings per share for each profit measure (IFRS, adjusted

profit and Headline earnings).

#### 11: Tax continued

144

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

The bases for the calculation of the Group’s EPS are disclosed in note 5(t).

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | Year ended | Year ended |
|  | 31 December | 31 December |
|  | 2024 | 2023 |
|  | Million | Million |
| Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares | 1,404 | 1,404 |
| Own shares including those held in consolidated |  |  |
| funds and employee benefit trusts | (60) | (54) |
| Basic weighted average number of Ordinary Shares | 1,344 | 1,350 |
| Adjustment for dilutive share awards and options | 48 | 24 |
| Diluted weighted average number of Ordinary Shares | 1,392 | 1,374 |

12(b): Basic and diluted EPS (IFRS and adjusted profit)

|  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | Year ended | Year ended |
|  |  | 31 December | 31 December |
|  |  | 2024 | 2023 |
|  | Notes | £m | £m |
| (Loss)/profit after tax |  | (34) | 42 |
| Total adjusting items before tax | 7(a) | 256 | 155 |
| Tax on adjusting items | 11(c) | 16 | (6) |
| Less: policyholder tax adjustments | 11(c) | (90) | (62) |
| Adjusted profit after tax |  | 148 | 129 |

|  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | Year ended | Year ended |
|  |  | 31 December | 31 December |
|  | Post-tax profit | 2024 | 2023 |
|  | measure used | Pence | Pence |
| Basic EPS | IFRS profit | (2.5) | 3.1 |
| Diluted EPS  1 | IFRS profit | (2.5) | 3.1 |
| Adjusted basic EPS | Adjusted profit | 11.0 | 9.6 |
| Adjusted diluted EPS | Adjusted profit | 10.6 | 9.4 |

1

The adjustment for share awards and options would be antidilutive and as such has not been included in the calculation of diluted

EPS in accordance with the requirements of IFRS.

12(c): Headline earnings per share

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | Year ended 31 December 2024 |  | Year ended 31 December 2023 |
|  | Gross | Net of tax | Gross | Net of tax |
|  | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| (Loss)/profit |  | (34) |  | 42 |
| Adjusted for: |  |  |  |  |
| – add back of impairment of investments in associates | 1 | 1 | – | – |
| – add back of impairment loss on intangible assets | – | – | 1 | 1 |
| Headline earnings |  | (33) |  | 43 |
| Headline basic EPS (pence) |  | (2.5) |  | 3.2 |
| Headline diluted EPS (pence)  1 |  | (2.5) |  | 3.1 |

1

The adjustment for share awards and options would be antidilutive and as such has not been included in the calculation of diluted

HEPS in accordance with the requirements of The South African Institute of Chartered Accountants Circular 1/2023.

#### 12: Earnings per share continued

12(a): Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares continued

13: Dividends

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  | Year ended | Year ended |
|  |  |  | 31 December | 31 December |
|  |  |  | 2024 | 2023 |
|  |  | Payment date | £m | £m |
| 2022 | Final Dividend paid — 3.3p per Ordinary Share | 22 May 2023 | – | 45 |
| 2023 | Interim Dividend paid — 1.5p per Ordinary Share | 18 September 2023 | – | 20 |
| 2023 | Final Dividend paid — 3.7p per Ordinary Share | 28 May 2024 | 50 | – |
| 2024 | Interim Dividend paid — 1.7p per Ordinary Share | 23 September 2024 | 23 | – |
| Dividends paid to Ordinary Shareholders |  |  | 73 | 65 |

On 5 March 2025, the Group announced a proposed Final Dividend for 2024 of 4.2 pence per Ordinary

Share amounting to £57 million in total. Subject to approval by shareholders at the Annual General

Meeting, the dividend will be paid on 27 May 2025. In compliance with the rules issued by the Prudential

Regulation Authority (“PRA”) in relation to the UK Solvency II regime and other regulatory requirements

to which the Group is subject, the dividend is required to remain cancellable at any point prior to it

becoming due and payable on 27 May 2025 and to be cancelled if, prior to payment, the Group ceases

to hold capital resources equal to or in excess of its solvency capital requirement, or if that would be the

case if the dividend was paid. The Directors have no intention of exercising this cancellation right, other

than where required to do so by the PRA or for regulatory capital purposes.

Final and Interim Dividends paid to Ordinary Shareholders are calculated using the number of shares

in issue at the record date less own shares held in employee benefit trusts.

Strategic Report

Governance Report Other information

145

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

![]()

#### Notes to the consolidated financial statements

#### For the year ended 31 December 2024

14: Goodwill and intangible assets

14(a): Analysis of goodwill and intangible assets

The table below shows the movements in cost and amortisation of goodwill and intangible assets.

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | Other |  |  |
|  |  | intangible |  |  |
|  | Goodwill | assets | Software | Total |
|  | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Gross amount |  |  |  |  |
| 1 January 2023 | 306 | 425 | 30 | 761 |
| Disposals | – | – | (21) | (21) |
| 31 December 2023 | 306 | 425 | 9 | 740 |
| Acquisitions through business combinations  1 | 1 | – | 7 | 8 |
| 31 December 2024 | 307 | 425 | 16 | 748 |
| Accumulated amortisation and impairment losses |  |  |  |  |
| 1 January 2023 | – | (324) | (24) | (348) |
| Amortisation charge for the year | – | (38) | (2) | (40) |
| Disposals | – | – | 21 | 21 |
| Impairment of other intangibles | – | (1) | – | (1) |
| 31 December 2023 | – | (363) | (5) | (368) |
| Acquisitions through business combinations  1 | – | – | (1) | (1) |
| Amortisation charge for the year | – | (38) | (2) | (40) |
| 31 December 2024 | – | (401) | (8) | (409) |
| Carrying amount |  |  |  |  |
| 31 December 2023 | 306 | 62 | 4 | 372 |
| 31 December 2024 | 307 | 24 | 8 | 339 |

1

Relates to the acquisition of NuWealth Limited as explained in note 6. Total gross amount includes £1 million goodwill and £7 million

software, which consists of £2 million of NuWealth’s net assets and £5 million recognised by the Group on acquisition of the business.

Total accumulated amortisation of £1 million relates to software in NuWealth’s net assets.

14(b): Analysis of other intangible assets and software

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | 31 December | 31 December | Average | Average |
|  | 2024 | 2023 | estimated | period |
|  | £m | £m | useful life | remaining |
| Net carrying value |  |  |  |  |
| Other intangible assets |  |  |  |  |
| Distribution channels — Quilter Financial Planning | 1 | 2 | 8 years | < 1 year |
| Customer relationships |  |  |  |  |
| Quilter Cheviot | 4 | 32 | 10 years | < 1 year |
| Quilter Financial Planning | 12 | 17 | 8 years | 2 years |
| Quilter Cheviot Financial Planning | 7 | 10 | 8 years | 2 years |
| Other | – | 1 | 7 years | – |
|  | 24 | 62 |  |  |
| Software |  |  |  |  |
| NuWealth | 6 | – | 5 years | 5 years |
| Quilter Financial Planning | 2 | 4 | 5 years | 1 year |
|  | 8 | 4 |  |  |
| Total other intangible assets and software | 32 | 66 |  |  |

14(c): Allocation of goodwill to cash-generating units (“CGUs”) and consideration of the need

for an impairment review

Goodwill is monitored by management at the level of the Group’s two operating segments: Affluent and

High Net Worth. Both operating segments represent a group of CGUs.

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 31 December | 31 December |
|  | 2024 | 2023 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Goodwill (net carrying amount) |  |  |
| Affluent | 224 | 223 |
| High Net Worth | 83 | 83 |
| Total goodwill | 307 | 306 |

146

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

14(c): Allocation of goodwill to cash-generating units (“CGUs”) and consideration of the need

for an impairment review continued

Consideration of the need for an impairment review

Goodwill in both the Affluent and High Net Worth CGU groups is tested for impairment annually, or

earlier if an indicator of impairment exists, by comparing the carrying value of the CGU group to which

the goodwill relates to the recoverable value of that CGU group, being the higher of that CGU group’s

value-in-use or fair value less costs to sell. If applicable, an impairment charge is recognised when the

recoverable amount is less than the carrying value. Goodwill impairment indicators include sudden

stock market falls, the absence of positive Net Client Cash Flows (“NCCF”), significant falls in profits

and significant increases in the discount rate.

The goodwill balance has been tested for impairment at 31 December 2024 and continues to

demonstrate a surplus of the recoverable amount over the carrying value of the CGUs. As a result,

no impairment is required.

The following table shows the percentage change required in each key assumption before the carrying

value would exceed the recoverable amount, assuming all other variables remain the same. This

highlights that further adverse movements in the key assumptions used in the CGU value-in-use

calculation would be required before an impairment would need to be recognised.

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | High Net |
|  | Affluent | Worth |
| Reduction in forecast cash flows | 65% | 81% |
| Percentage point increase in the discount rate | 42% | 48% |

Forecast cash flows are impacted by movements in underlying assumptions, including equity market

levels, revenue margins and NCCF. The Group considers that forecast cash flows are most sensitive to

movements in equity markets because they have a direct impact on the level of the Group’s fee income.

The principal sensitivity within equity market level assumptions relates to the estimated growth in equity

market indices included in the three-year cash flow forecasts. Management forecasts equity market

growth for each business using estimated asset-specific growth rates that are supported by internal

research, historical performance, Bank of England forecasts and other external estimates.

The Group has considered and assessed reasonably possible changes for other key assumptions and

has not identified any other instances that could cause the carrying amount of CGUs to exceed its

recoverable amount.

Value-in-use methodology

The cash flows used to determine the value in use of the groups of CGUs are based on the most recent

management approved three-year profit forecasts, which are contained in the Group’s Business Plan.

These profit forecasts incorporate anticipated equity market growth on the Group’s future cash flows

and take into account climate-related risks and opportunities affecting operations, investments, advice

and distribution, and their impact on specific projects and initiatives, estimates and judgements. After

the three-year forecast period, the growth rate used to determine the terminal value of the groups of

CGUs in the annual assessment was 2.0% (31 December 2023: 2.0%).

The Group uses a single cost of capital (post tax) of 9.0% (31 December 2023: 10.0%) to discount

expected future cash flows across its two groups of CGUs. The single cost of capital is based on the

Group’s consideration of the level of risk that each group of CGUs represents. Capital is provided to

the Group predominantly by shareholders with a relatively small amount of debt financing.

15: Property, plant and equipment

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Right-of-use | Plant and | Assets under |  |
|  | assets | equipment | construction  3 | Total |
|  | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Gross amount |  |  |  |  |
| 1 January 2023 | 131 | 75 | – | 206 |
| Additions | 1 | 2 | – | 3 |
| Disposals | (14) | (24) | – | (38) |
| Transfer to investment property  1 | (13) | – | – | (13) |
| Reclassification  2 | (3) | – | – | (3) |
| 31 December 2023 | 102 | 53 | – | 155 |
| Additions | 3 | 4 | 4 | 11 |
| Disposals | (7) | (3) | – | (10) |
| 31 December 2024 | 98 | 54 | 4 | 156 |
| Accumulated depreciation and impairment losses |  |  |  |  |
| 1 January 2023 | (59) | (35) | – | (94) |
| Depreciation charge for the year | (7) | (5) | – | (12) |
| Disposals | 14 | 23 | – | 37 |
| Transfer to investment property  1 | 3 | – | – | 3 |
| Reclassification  2 | 2 | – | – | 2 |
| 31 December 2023 | (47) | (17) | – | (64) |
| Depreciation charge for the year | (6) | (5) | – | (11) |
| Disposals | 7 | 3 | – | 10 |
| 31 December 2024 | (46) | (19) | – | (65) |
| Carrying value |  |  |  |  |
| 31 December 2023 | 55 | 36 | – | 91 |
| 31 December 2024 | 52 | 35 | 4 | 91 |

1

In 2023, a right-of-use property with a cost of £13 million and an accumulated depreciation of £3 million was transferred to

Investment property as a result of the Group subletting the property under an operating lease.

2

Reclassification of a lease incentive previously presented within Trade, other receivables and other assets to Right-of-use assets

in line with IFRS 16 requirements.

3

The Group recognised £4 million of assets that were under construction at 31 December 2024 (31 December 2023: £nil). These

assets, relating to improvements to leased office property, are expected to be completed and brought into use during 2025.

The carrying value of right-of-use assets at 31 December 2024 relates to £52 million of property leases

(31 December 2023: £55 million).

#### 14: Goodwill and intangible assets continued

Strategic Report

Governance Report Other information

147

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

![]()

#### Notes to the consolidated financial statements

#### For the year ended 31 December 2024

16: Investment property

In June 2023, the Group entered into a contract to sublet a property to a tenant under an operating

lease with rentals payable monthly. The sublet relates to one floor of a leased property which has a

useful economic life of eleven years. There is a break clause in the sublease agreement after five years

and the Group cannot reasonably expect the tenant to continue to lease beyond 2028.

The fair value of the sublet floor can only be reliably measured with the use of a surveyor. The Group

believes the cost of measuring the fair value would be uneconomical when compared to the value of

the sublet and therefore the investment property is valued under the cost model. This is consistent with

the valuation of all of the Group’s leased properties. The carrying amount of the investment property

approximates to the fair value.

Lease income from operating leases where the Group is a lessor is recognised in income on a straight-

line basis over the sublease term. Lease income for 2024 is £1 million (2023: £1 million). Expenses

relating to the property are immaterial to the Group.

There are no contractual obligations to purchase, construct, develop or dispose of investment property.

Standard terms and conditions of leasing are included in the sublease arrangements.

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2024 | 2023 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Gross amount |  |  |
| At beginning of the year | 10 | – |
| Transfer from property, plant and equipment | – | 10 |
| At end of the year | 10 | 10 |
| Accumulated depreciation |  |  |
| At beginning of the year | – | – |
| Depreciation  1 | (1) | – |
| At end of the year | (1) | – |
| Carrying value |  |  |
| At end of the year | 9 | 10 |

1

Depreciation in 2023, being the first year of the sublease arrangement, was immaterial.

16(a): Maturity analysis

Undiscounted cash flows under the sublease are £1 million per annum for each of the four years to the

end of 2028.

17: Investments in associates

The Group has an interest in each of the following associates, all of which are accounted for using the

equity method. None of these associates are market traded. The UK is the country of incorporation and

principal place of business for each associate. All of the material associates have a reporting year ending

31 March.

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | % of ownership interest | Carrying amount |  |
|  | 2024 | 2023 | 2024 | 2023 |
| Associates | % | % | £m | £m |
| Material associate: |  |  |  |  |
| Beals Mortgage and Financial Services Limited | 35% | – | 12 | – |
| Immaterial associates |  |  | 4 | 2 |
| Total equity-accounted associates |  |  | 16 | 2 |

17(a): Summarised financial information for material associate

The information disclosed reflects the amounts presented in the financial statements of the material

associate and not the Group’s share of those amounts.

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
|  | 31 December |
|  | 2024 |
| Beals Mortgage and Financial Services Limited | £m |
| Summarised statement of financial position |  |
| Total current assets | 7 |
| Total non-current assets | 3 |
| Total current liabilities | – |
| Total non-current liabilities | – |
| Net assets | 10 |
| Reconciliation to carrying amounts: |  |
| Opening net assets at 1 April | 9 |
| Profit for the period | 1 |
| Dividend paid | – |
| Closing net assets at 31 December | 10 |
| % of Group share | 35% |
| Group share of closing net assets | 4 |
| Notional goodwill  1 | 8 |
| Carrying amount | 12 |
| Summarised statement of comprehensive income |  |
| Profit for the period from 1 April to 31 December 2024 | 1 |
| Total comprehensive income | 1 |

1

The goodwill forms part of the investment in associates balance in the Group’s statement of financial position.

148

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

#### 17: Investments in associates continued

17(a): Summarised financial information for material associate continued

In 2024, the Group acquired a 35% direct ownership interest in Beals Mortgage and Financial Services

Limited (“Beals”) and an equal proportion of the voting rights. Beals is an Appointed Representative

which offers financial advice. For the period to 31 December 2024, Beals had generated revenue of

£3 million. As at 31 December 2024, Beals had no contingent liabilities.

17(b): Summarised financial information for immaterial associates

The Group also has interests in two immaterial associates: 360 Dot Net Limited and Clinton Kennard

Associates Ltd. The Group’s share of profit from these two associates was immaterial for 2023 and 2024.

The aggregate carrying amounts of immaterial associates are disclosed above. In 2024, the Group

recognised £1 million (2023: £nil) impairment for an immaterial associate as the Group could no longer

support the carrying value.

18: Loans and advances

This note analyses the loans and advances the Group has made. The carrying amounts of loans and

advances were as follows:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 31 December | 31 December |
|  | 2024 | 2023 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Loans to advisers | 59 | 40 |
| Gross loans and advances | 59 | 40 |
| Expected credit loss | (3) | (2) |
| Total net loans and advances | 56 | 38 |
| To be recovered within 12 months | 5 | 11 |
| To be recovered after 12 months | 51 | 27 |
| Total net loans and advances | 56 | 38 |

Loans to advisers are made on individually negotiated commercial terms. The loan agreement with the

adviser details the dates on which the repayments of the loan are to be made. Where an adviser is due

commission payments from Quilter, these commission payments are offset against the loan repayments

due from the adviser. In certain circumstances, the loan agreement period may be extended where

agreed by both Quilter and the adviser. Should the adviser terminate their terms of business agreement

with Quilter, the loan balance becomes immediately repayable in full. The carrying amount of loans to

advisers measured at amortised cost approximates to their fair value which is measured as the principal

amount receivable under the loan agreements net of expected credit losses.

19: Financial investments

The table below analyses the investments and securities that the Group invests in, either on its own

proprietary behalf (shareholder funds) or on behalf of third parties (policyholder funds).

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 31 December | 31 December |
|  | 2024 | 2023 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Government and government-guaranteed securities | 171 | 202 |
| Other debt securities, preference shares and debentures | 2,644 | 2,175 |
| Equity securities | 11,034 | 8,488 |
| Pooled investments | 45,510 | 39,462 |
| Short-term funds and securities treated as investments | – | 1 |
| Other | 1 | 1 |
| Total financial investments | 59,360 | 50,329 |

The financial investments are recoverable within 12 months, apart from £6 million (2023: £nil) which is

recoverable after 12 months. The financial investments recoverability profile is based on the intention

with which the financial assets are held. The assets held on behalf of policyholders cover the liabilities

for linked investment contracts, all of which can be withdrawn by policyholders on demand.

20: Derivatives – assets and liabilities

The Group has limited involvement with derivatives and does not use them for the purposes of

speculation.

The derivatives included within the statement of financial position at 31 December 2024 and

31 December 2023 relate to instruments included as a consequence of the consolidation of investment

funds, and therefore the Group does not anticipate any material adverse effect on its financial position

resulting from such contracts, nor does it anticipate non-performance by counterparties. Investors in

funds have the option to end their investment in the funds at any time and therefore derivative liabilities

are classified as having a maturity of less than three months.

Strategic Report

Governance Report Other information

149

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

![]()

#### Notes to the consolidated financial statements

#### For the year ended 31 December 2024

21: Categories of financial instruments

The analysis of financial assets and liabilities into categories as defined in IFRS 9 Financial Instruments

is set out in the following tables. Assets and liabilities of a non-financial nature, or financial assets and

liabilities that are specifically excluded from the scope of IFRS 9, are reflected in the non-financial assets

and liabilities category.

For information about the methods and assumptions used in determining fair value, refer to note 22.

The Group’s exposure to various risks associated with financial instruments is discussed in note 38.

|  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 31 December 2024 |  |  |  |  |  |
|  |  | Fair value |  | Non-financial |  |
|  | Mandatorily | Designated | Amortised | assets and |  |
|  | at FVTPL | at FVTPL | cost | liabilities | Total |
| Measurement basis | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Assets |  |  |  |  |  |
| Loans and advances | – | – | 56 | – | 56 |
| Financial investments | 59,359 | 1 | – | – | 59,360 |
| Trade, other receivables and other  assets | – | – | 370 | 48 | 418 |
| Derivative assets | 26 | – | – | – | 26 |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 1,215 | – | 734 | – | 1,949 |
| Total assets that include financial |  |  |  |  |  |
| instruments | 60,600 | 1 | 1,160 | 48 | 61,809 |
| Total other non-financial assets | – | – | – | 639 | 639 |
| Total assets | 60,600 | 1 | 1,160 | 687 | 62,448 |
| Liabilities |  |  |  |  |  |
| Investment contract liabilities | – | 51,758 | – | – | 51,758 |
| Third-party interests in consolidated |  |  |  |  |  |
| funds | 8,225 | – | – | – | 8,225 |
| Borrowings and lease liabilities | – | – | 275 | – | 275 |
| Trade, other payables and other  liabilities | – | 1 | 399 | 106 | 506 |
| Derivative liabilities | 53 | – | – | – | 53 |
| Total liabilities that include financial |  |  |  |  |  |
| instruments | 8,278 | 51,759 | 674 | 106 | 60,817 |
| Total other non-financial liabilities | – | – | – | 208 | 208 |
| Total liabilities | 8,278 | 51,759 | 674 | 314 | 61,025 |

|  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 31 December 2023 |  |  |  |  |  |
|  |  | Fair value |  | Non-financial |  |
|  | Mandatorily | Designated | Amortised | assets and |  |
|  | at FVTPL | at FVTPL | cost | liabilities | Total |
| Measurement basis | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Assets |  |  |  |  |  |
| Loans and advances | – | – | 38 | – | 38 |
| Financial investments | 50,329 | – | – | – | 50,329 |
| Trade, other receivables and other  assets | – | – | 404 | 43 | 447 |
| Derivative assets | 57 | – | – | – | 57 |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 1,091 | – | 768 | – | 1,859 |
| Total assets that include financial |  |  |  |  |  |
| instruments | 51,477 | – | 1,210 | 43 | 52,730 |
| Total other non-financial assets | – | – | – | 615 | 615 |
| Total assets | 51,477 | – | 1,210 | 658 | 53,345 |
| Liabilities |  |  |  |  |  |
| Investment contract liabilities | – | 43,396 | – | – | 43,396 |
| Third-party interests in consolidated |  |  |  |  |  |
| funds | 7,444 | – | – | – | 7,444 |
| Borrowings and lease liabilities | – | – | 279 | – | 279 |
| Trade, other payables and other  liabilities | 1 | – | 476 | 93 | 570 |
| Derivative liabilities | 25 | – | – | – | 25 |
| Total liabilities that include financial |  |  |  |  |  |
| instruments | 7,470 | 43,396 | 755 | 93 | 51,714 |
| Total other non-financial liabilities | – | – | – | 112 | 112 |
| Total liabilities | 7,470 | 43,396 | 755 | 205 | 51,826 |

150

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

22: Fair value methodology

This section explains the judgements and estimates made in determining the fair values of financial

instruments that are recognised and measured at fair value in the financial statements. Classifying

financial instruments into the three levels of the fair value hierarchy (see note 22(b)) provides an

indication of the reliability of inputs used in determining fair value.

22(a): Determination of fair value

The fair value of financial instruments that are actively traded in organised financial markets is

determined by reference to quoted market exit prices for assets and offer prices for liabilities,

at the close of business on the reporting date, without any deduction for transaction costs:

– for units in unit trusts and shares in open-ended investment companies, fair value is determined

by reference to published quoted prices representing exit values in an active market;

– for equity and debt securities not actively traded in organised markets and where the price cannot be

retrieved, the fair value is determined by reference to similar instruments for which market observable

prices exist;

– for assets that have been suspended from trading on an active market, the last published price is

used. Many suspended assets are still regularly priced. At the reporting date, all suspended assets

are assessed for impairment; and

– where the assets are private equity investments or within consolidated investment funds, the

valuation is based on the latest available set of audited financial statements, or if more recent is

available, reports from Investment Managers or professional valuation experts on the value of the

underlying assets of the private equity investment or fund.

There have been no significant changes in the valuation techniques applied when valuing financial

instruments. Where assets are valued by the Group, the general principles applied to those instruments

measured at fair value are outlined below:

Financial investments

Financial investments include government and government-guaranteed securities, listed and unlisted

debt securities, preference shares and debentures, listed and unlisted equity securities, listed and

unlisted pooled investments (see below), short-term funds and securities treated as investments and

certain other securities.

Pooled investments represent the Group’s holdings of shares/units in open-ended investment

companies, unit trusts, mutual funds and similar investment vehicles. Pooled investments are

recognised at fair value. The fair values of pooled investments are based on widely published prices

that are regularly updated.

Other financial investments that are measured at fair value use observable market prices where

available. In the absence of observable market prices, these investments and securities are fair valued

using various approaches including valuations based on discounted cash flows and earnings before

interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation multiples.

Derivatives

The fair value of derivatives is determined with reference to the exchange-traded prices of the specific

instruments. The fair value of over-the-counter forward foreign exchange contracts is determined by

reference to the relevant exchange rates.

Investment contract liabilities

The fair value of the investment contract liabilities is determined with reference to the underlying funds

that are held by the Group.

Third-party interests in consolidated funds

Third-party interests in consolidated funds are measured at the attributable net asset value of each

fund.

22(b): Fair value hierarchy

Fair values are determined according to the following hierarchy:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| Description of hierarchy | Types of instruments classified in the respective levels |
| Level 1 – quoted market prices: financial assets and | Listed equity securities, government securities and other |
| liabilities with quoted prices for identical instruments in | listed debt securities and similar instruments that are |
| active markets. | actively traded, actively traded pooled investments, certain |
|  | quoted derivative assets and liabilities and investment |
|  | contract liabilities directly linked to Level 1 financial assets. |
| Level 2 – valuation techniques using observable | Unlisted equity and debt securities where the valuation |
| inputs: financial assets and liabilities with quoted prices | is based on models involving no significant unobservable |
| for similar instruments in active markets or quoted | data. |
| prices for identical or similar instruments in inactive | Over-the-counter derivatives, certain privately placed |
| markets and financial assets and liabilities valued using | debt instruments and third-party interests in consolidated |
| models where all significant inputs are observable. | funds which meet the definition of Level 2 financial |
|  | instruments. |
| Level 3 – valuation techniques using significant | Unlisted equity and securities with significant |
| unobservable inputs: financial assets and liabilities | unobservable inputs, securities where the market is not |
| valued using valuation techniques where one or more | considered sufficiently active, including certain inactive |
| significant inputs are unobservable. | pooled investments. |

The judgement as to whether a market is active may include, for example, consideration of factors such

as the magnitude and frequency of trading activity, the availability of prices and the size of bid/offer

spreads. In inactive markets, obtaining assurance that the transaction price provides evidence of fair

value or determining the adjustments to transaction prices that are necessary to measure the fair value

of the asset or liability requires additional work during the valuation process.

The majority of valuation techniques employ only observable data and so the reliability of the fair value

measurement is high. Certain financial assets and liabilities are valued on the basis of valuation

techniques that feature one or more significant inputs that are unobservable and, for them, the

derivation of fair value is more judgemental. A financial asset or liability in its entirety is classified as

valued using significant unobservable inputs if a significant proportion of that asset or liability’s carrying

amount is driven by unobservable inputs.

Strategic Report

Governance Report Other information

151

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

![]()

#### Notes to the consolidated financial statements

#### For the year ended 31 December 2024

In this context, ‘unobservable’ means that there is little or no current market data available from which

to determine the price at which an arm’s length transaction would be likely to occur. It generally does

not mean that there is no market data available at all upon which to base a determination of fair value.

Furthermore, in some cases the majority of the fair value derived from a valuation technique with

significant unobservable data may be attributable to observable inputs.

22(c): Transfer between fair value hierarchies

The Group deems a transfer to have occurred between Level 1 and Level 2 or Level 3 when an actively

traded primary market ceases to exist for that financial instrument. A transfer between Level 2 and Level

3 occurs when one or more of the significant inputs used to determine the fair value of the instrument

become unobservable. Transfers from Levels 3 or 2 to Level 1 are also possible when assets become

actively priced.

There were no transfers of financial investments between Level 1 and Level 2 during the year to

31 December 2024 (31 December 2023: £nil).

See note 22(e) for the reconciliation of Level 3 financial instruments.

22(d): Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value, classified according to the fair

value hierarchy

The majority of the Group’s financial assets are measured using quoted market prices for identical

instruments in active markets (Level 1) and there have been no significant changes during the year.

The linked assets are held to cover the liabilities for linked investment contracts. The difference between

the value of linked assets and that of linked liabilities is mainly due to short-term timing differences

between policyholder premiums being received and invested in advance of policies being issued, and

tax liabilities within funds which are reflected within the Group’s tax liabilities.

Differences between assets and liabilities within the respective levels of the fair value hierarchy also

arise due to the mix of underlying assets and liabilities within consolidated funds. In addition, third-party

interests in consolidated funds are classified as Level 2.

The tables below analyse the Group’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value by the fair

value hierarchy described in note 22(b).

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total |
| 31 December 2024 | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Financial investments | 49,052 | 10,292 | 16 | 59,360 |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 1,215 | – | – | 1,215 |
| Derivative assets | – | 26 | – | 26 |
| Total financial assets measured at fair value  through profit or loss | 50,267 | 10,318 | 16 | 60,601 |
| Third-party interests in consolidated funds | – | 8,225 | – | 8,225 |
| Derivative liabilities | – | 53 | – | 53 |
| Investment contract liabilities | 51,745 | – | 13 | 51,758 |
| Other liabilities | – | 1 | – | 1 |
| Total financial liabilities measured at fair value  through profit or loss | 51,745 | 8,279 | 13 | 60,037 |
|  | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total |
| 31 December 2023 | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Financial investments | 41,691 | 8,605 | 33 | 50,329 |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 1,091 | – | – | 1,091 |
| Derivative assets | – | 57 | – | 57 |
| Total financial assets measured at fair value  through profit or loss | 42,782 | 8,662 | 33 | 51,477 |
| Third-party interests in consolidated funds | – | 7,444 | – | 7,444 |
| Derivative liabilities | – | 25 | – | 25 |
| Investment contract liabilities | 43,372 | – | 24 | 43,396 |
| Other liabilities | – | 1 | – | 1 |
| Total financial liabilities measured at fair value  through profit or loss | 43,372 | 7,470 | 24 | 50,866 |

22(e): Level 3 fair value hierarchy disclosure

The majority of the assets classified as Level 3 are held within linked policyholder funds. Where this is

the case, all of the investment risk associated with these assets is borne by policyholders and the value

of these assets is exactly matched by a corresponding liability due to policyholders. The Group bears

no risk from a change in the market value of these assets except to the extent that it has an impact

on management fees earned.

Level 3 assets also include investments within consolidated funds attributable to the third-party interest

in those funds. The Group bears no risk from a change in the market value of these assets except to the

extent that it has an impact on management fees earned. Any changes in market value are matched by

a corresponding Level 2 liability within third-party interests in consolidated funds.

#### 22: Fair value methodology continued

22(b): Fair value hierarchy continued

152

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

22(e): Level 3 fair value hierarchy disclosure con tinued

The table below reconciles the opening balance of Level 3 financial assets to the closing balance at each

year end:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2024 | 2023 |
|  | £m | £m |
| At beginning of the year | 33 | 29 |
| Fair value gains/(losses) credited/(charged) to profit or loss  1 | 4 | (1) |
| Sales | (17) | (1) |
| Transfers in | 8 | 27 |
| Transfers out | (12) | (21) |
| Total Level 3 financial assets at the end of the year | 16 | 33 |
| Unrealised fair value (losses)/gains recognised in profit or loss relating to assets held |  |  |
| at the year end | (3) | 2 |

1

Included in Investment return.

All of the assets that are classified as Level 3 are suspended funds for 2023 and 2024.

Transfers into Level 3 assets in the current year total £8 million (2023: £27 million). This is mainly due

to funds from Level 1 being suspended and moved to Level 3. Suspended funds are valued based on

external valuation reports received from fund managers. Transfers out of Level 3 assets in the current

year of £12 million (2023: £21 million) result from a transfer to Level 1 assets relating to assets that are

now being actively repriced (that were previously stale) and where fund suspensions have been lifted.

The table below reconciles the opening balance of Level 3 financial liabilities to the closing balance at

each year end:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2024 | 2023 |
|  | £m | £m |
| At beginning of the year | 24 | 25 |
| Fair value gains credited to profit or loss  1 | (2) | – |
| Transfers in | – | 20 |
| Transfers out | (9) | (21) |
| Total Level 3 financial liabilities at the end of the year | 13 | 24 |
| Unrealised fair value losses recognised in profit or loss relating to liabilities |  |  |
| at the year end | (2) | – |

1

Included in Investment return.

22(f): Effect of changes in significant unobservable assumptions to reasonable alternatives

Details of the valuation techniques applied to the different categories of financial instruments can be

found in note 22(a) above, including the valuation techniques applied when significant unobservable

assumptions are used to value Level 3 assets.

For Level 3 assets and liabilities, no reasonable alternative assumptions are applicable and the Group

therefore performs a sensitivity test of an aggregate 10% (2023: 10%), which is a reasonably possible

change in the value of the financial asset or liability. It is therefore considered that the impact of this

sensitivity will be in the range of £2 million (2023: £3 million) to the reported fair value of Level 3 assets,

and £1 million (2023: £3 million) to the reported fair value of Level 3 liabilities, both favourable and

unfavourable.

22(g): Fair value hierarchy for assets and liabilities not measured at fair value

Certain financial instruments of the Group are not carried at fair value. The carrying values of these

are considered reasonable approximations of their respective fair values as they are either short term

in nature or are repriced to current market rates at frequent intervals.

23: Structured entities

Structured entities are defined as entities that have been designed so that voting or similar rights are

not the dominant factor in deciding who controls the entity, such as when any voting rights relate to

administrative tasks only and the relevant activities are directed by means of contractual arrangements.

The Group has interests in both consolidated and unconsolidated structured entities.

23(a): Group’s involvement in structured entities

The Group invests in collective investment vehicles, including OEICs and unit trusts, in order to match

unit-linked investment contract liabilities. This means that all of the investment risk associated with

these assets is borne by policyholders and any change in the value of these assets is closely matched

by a corresponding change in liability due to policyholders. As the Group earns management fees based

on the market value of unit-linked assets, any change in asset values will increase or decrease the

Group’s revenues. The Group has not provided any non-contractual support to any consolidated or

unconsolidated structured entities during 2023 or 2024.

As at 31 December 2023 and 31 December 2024, the Group has no obligation or intention to provide

financial support to structured entities that could expose the Group to a loss.

Shareholder funds are invested in collective investment vehicles, principally in respect of money market

funds as an alternative to bank deposits.

The Group’s holdings in collective investment vehicles are subject to the terms and conditions of the

respective investment vehicles’ offering documentation and are susceptible to market price risk arising

from uncertainties about the future values of those investment vehicles. All of the investment vehicles in

the investment portfolios are managed by portfolio managers who are compensated by the respective

investment vehicles for their services. Such compensation generally consists of an asset-based fee and

a performance-based incentive fee and is reflected in the valuation of the investment vehicles.

These structured entities are not consolidated where the Group determines that it does not have control.

#### 22: Fair value methodology continued

Strategic Report

Governance Report Other information

153

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

![]()

#### Notes to the consolidated financial statements

#### For the year ended 31 December 2024

#### 23: Structured entities continued

23(b): Interests in unconsolidated structured entities

The Group invests in unconsolidated structured entities as part of its normal investment and trading

activities. The Group’s total interest in unconsolidated structured entities is classified as financial

investments held mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss. The table below provides a summary

of the carrying value of the Group’s interests in unconsolidated structured entities:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 31 December | 31 December |
|  | 2024 | 2023 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Financial investments | 40,599 | 34,147 |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 1,215 | 1,091 |
| Total Group interest in unconsolidated structured entities | 41,814 | 35,238 |

The Group’s maximum exposure to loss with regard to the Group’s interests in unconsolidated

structured entities presented above, before consideration of the reduction in unit-linked liabilities, is the

carrying amount of the Group’s investments (2024: £41,814 million; 2023: £35,238 million). The majority

of the exposure relates to unit-linked products and therefore any movement in the Group’s investment

will be offset by a corresponding movement in investment contract liabilities. Once the Group has

disposed of its shares or units in a fund, it ceases to be exposed to any risk from that fund. The Group’s

holdings in the above unconsolidated structured entities are less than 50% and as such the net asset

value of these structured entities is significantly higher than the carrying value of the Group’s interest.

The net assets of the structured entities are equivalent to the AuM value of these funds.

23(c): Consolidation considerations for structured entities managed by the Group

The Group acts as the fund manager for a number of investment funds. Determining whether the Group

controls such an investment fund usually focuses on the assessment of decision-making rights as fund

manager, the investor’s rights to remove the fund manager and the aggregate economic interests of the

Group in the fund in the form of the interest held and exposure to variable returns.

In most instances, the Group’s decision-making authority, in its capacity as fund manager, with regard to

these funds is regarded to be well-defined. Discretion is exercised when decisions regarding the relevant

activities of these funds are being made. For funds managed by the Group, where the investors have the

right to remove the Group as fund manager without cause, the fees earned by the Group are considered

to be market related. These agreements include only terms, conditions or amounts that are customarily

present in arrangements for similar services and levels of skill negotiated on an arm’s length basis.

The Group has concluded that it acts as agent on behalf of the investors in such cases.

The Group is considered to be acting as principal where the Group is the fund manager and is able

to make the investment decisions on behalf of the unit holders and earn a variable fee, and there are

no kick out rights that would remove the Group as fund manager.

There have been no changes in facts or circumstances in the year which have changed the Group’s

conclusion on its approach to the consolidation of funds.

24: Trade, other receivables and other assets

This note analyses total trade, other receivables and other assets.

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 31 December | 31 December |
|  | 2024 | 2023 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Outstanding settlements | 202 | 267 |
| Other receivables | 106 | 76 |
| Accrued interest | 8 | 7 |
| Accrued income | 53 | 49 |
| Other accruals and prepayments | 31 | 33 |
| Contract assets | 14 | 11 |
| Management fees receivable | 4 | 4 |
| Total trade, other receivables and other assets | 418 | 447 |
| To be settled within 12 months | 415 | 446 |
| To be settled after 12 months | 3 | 1 |
| Total trade, other receivables and other assets | 418 | 447 |

Other receivables mainly relate to trade debtors, tax debtors and other debtors.

There have been no non-performing receivables. Information about the Group’s impairment allowances

in relation to trade receivables are disclosed in note 38(b). None of the receivables reflected above have

been subject to the renegotiation of terms.

25: Contract costs

Contract costs (on investment contracts, asset management services and advice business) relate to

costs that the Group incurs to obtain new business. These acquisition costs are capitalised in the

statement of financial position and are amortised over the life of the contracts. The table below analyses

the movements in these balances.

|  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | Asset |  |
|  | Investment | management |  |
|  | contracts | and advice | Total |
|  | £m | £m | £m |
| 1 January 2023 | 7 | 3 | 10 |
| New business | 1 | 7 | 8 |
| Amortisation | (2) | – | (2) |
| 31 December 2023 | 6 | 10 | 16 |
| New business | 3 | 8 | 11 |
| Amortisation | (1) | (1) | (2) |
| Impairment  1 | – | (1) | (1) |
| 31 December 2024 | 8 | 16 | 24 |

1

The impairment of contract costs resulted from the impairment of specific acquired adviser business assets held within the Affluent

operating segment as the Group could no longer support the carrying value.

154

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 31 December | 31 December |
|  | 2024 | 2023 |
|  | £m | £m |
| To be recovered within 12 months | 13 | 6 |
| To be recovered after 12 months | 11 | 10 |
| Total contract costs | 24 | 16 |

26: Cash and cash equivalents

26(a): Analysis of cash and cash equivalents

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 31 December | 31 December |
|  | 2024 | 2023 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Cash at bank | 369 | 444 |
| Money market funds | 1,215 | 1,091 |
| Cash and cash equivalents in consolidated funds | 365 | 324 |
| Total cash and cash equivalents per statement of cash flows | 1,949 | 1,859 |

The Group’s management does not consider that the cash and cash equivalents balance arising due to

consolidation of funds of £365 million (2023: £324 million) is available for use in the Group’s day-to-day

operations. The remainder of the Group’s cash and cash equivalents balance of £1,584 million (2023:

£1,535 million) is considered to be available for general use by the Group for the purposes of the

disclosures required under IAS 7 Statement of Cash Flows. This balance includes policyholder cash

as well as cash and cash equivalents held by regulated subsidiaries to meet their capital and liquidity

requirements.

26(b): Analysis of net cash flows from operating activities

|  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | Year ended | Year ended |
|  |  | 31 December | 31 December |
|  |  | 2024 | 2023 |
|  | Notes | £m | £m |
| Cash flows from operating activities |  |  |  |
| Profit before tax |  | 35 | 88 |
| Adjustments for  Depreciation of property, plant and equipment | 15 | 11 | 12 |
| Depreciation of investment property | 16 | 1 | – |
| Movement on contract costs | 25 | (8) | (6) |
| Amortisation and impairment of intangibles | 14 | 40 | 41 |
| Fair value and other movements in financial assets |  | (3,891) | (3,200) |
| Fair value movements in investment contract liabilities | 29 | 3,153 | 2,528 |
| Other changes in investment contract liabilities |  | 5,209 | 2,682 |
| Other movements |  | 41 | 47 |
|  |  | 4,556 | 2,104 |
| Net changes in working capital |  |  |  |
| Decrease/(increase) in derivatives position |  | 59 | (12) |
| Increase in loans and advances | 18 | (18) | (4) |
| Increase/(decrease) in provisions | 30 | 65 | (23) |
| Movement in other assets and other liabilities |  | (43) | (16) |
|  |  | 63 | (55) |
| Taxation paid |  | (69) | (26) |
| Net cash flows from operating activities |  | 4,585 | 2,111 |

#### 25: Contract costs continued

Strategic Report

Governance Report Other information

155

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

![]()

#### Notes to the consolidated financial statements

#### For the year ended 31 December 2024

26(c): Cash flows from financing activities is further analysed below:

|  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Liabilities | Equity  1 |  |
|  | Borrowings and | Changes in |  |
|  | lease liabilities | equity | Total |
| Year ended 31 December 2024 | £m | £m | £m |
|  | Note 32 |  |  |
| Opening balance at 1 January 2024 | 279 | 1,519 | 1,798 |
| Cash flows from financing activities |  |  |  |
| Liability related: |  |  |  |
| Finance costs on external borrowings | (18) | – | (18) |
| Payment of lease liabilities | (10) | – | (10) |
| Equity related: |  |  |  |
| Dividends paid | – | (73) | (73) |
| Exchange rate movements passed to shareholders | – | (1) | (1) |
| Repurchase of own Ordinary Shares for use within the Group’s |  |  |  |
| employee share scheme | – | (6) | (6) |
| Cash flows from financing activities | (28) | (80) | (108) |
| Other changes |  |  |  |
| External debt interest accrual | 18 | – | 18 |
| Changes in lease liabilities | 6 | – | 6 |
| Liability related | 24 | – | 24 |
| Equity related | – | (16) | (16) |
| 31 December 2024 | 275 | 1,423 | 1,698 |

1

Full details of changes in equity are shown in the statement of changes in equity.

|  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Liabilities | Equity  1 |  |
|  | Borrowings and | Changes in |  |
|  | lease liabilities | equity | Total |
| Year ended 31 December 2023 | £m | £m | £m |
|  | Note 32 |  |  |
| Opening balance at 1 January 2023 | 290 | 1,548 | 1,838 |
| Cash flows from financing activities |  |  |  |
| Liability related: |  |  |  |
| Finance costs on external borrowings | (18) | – | (18) |
| Proceeds from issue of subordinated and other debt | 199 | – | 199 |
| Subordinated and other debt repaid | (200) | – | (200) |
| Payment of lease liabilities | (12) | – | (12) |
| Equity related: |  |  |  |
| Dividends paid | – | (65) | (65) |
| Exchange rate movements passed to shareholders | – | 2 | 2 |
| Repurchase of own Ordinary Shares under Odd-lot Offer | – | (14) | (14) |
| Repurchase of own Ordinary Shares for use within the Group’s |  |  |  |
| employee share scheme | – | (15) | (15) |
| Cash flows from financing activities | (31) | (92) | (123) |
| Other changes |  |  |  |
| External debt interest accrual | 18 | – | 18 |
| Changes in lease liabilities | 3 | – | 3 |
| Other changes in liabilities | (1) | – | (1) |
| Liability related | 20 | – | 20 |
| Equity related | – | 63 | 63 |
| 31 December 2023 | 279 | 1,519 | 1,798 |

1

Full details of changes in equity are shown in the statement of changes in equity.

#### 26: Cash and cash equivalents continued

156

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

27: Ordinary Share capital

At 31 December 2023 and 31 December 2024, the Company’s equity capital comprises 1,404,105,498

Ordinary Shares of 8 1/6 pence each with an aggregated nominal value of £114,668,616. All Ordinary

Shares have been called up and fully paid.

All Ordinary Shares issued carry equal voting rights. The holders of the Company’s Ordinary Shares are

entitled to receive dividends as declared and are entitled to one vote per share at shareholder meetings

of the Company.

#### 28: Share-based payments reserve

During 2024, the Group participated in a number of share-based payment arrangements. This note

describes the nature of the plans and how the share options and awards are valued.

28(a): Description of share-based payment arrangements

The Group operates the following share-based payment schemes with awards over Quilter plc shares:

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | Description of award |  |  | Vesting conditions |  |
|  |  |  |  | Contractual | Typical |  |
|  | Conditional |  | Dividend | life | service | Performance |
| Scheme | shares | Options | entitlement  1 | (years) | (years) | (measure) |
| Quilter plc | – | ✔ | ✔ | Up to 10 | 3 | AP EPS CAGR  2 |
| Performance Share |  |  |  |  |  | and Relative |
| Plan |  |  |  |  |  | Total |
|  |  |  |  |  |  | Shareholder |
|  |  |  |  |  |  | Return |
| Quilter plc | ✔ | – | ✔ | Not less than 3 | 3 | Conduct, Risk |
| Performance Share |  |  |  |  |  | & Compliance |
| Plan |  |  |  |  |  | Underpins |
| Quilter plc Share | ✔ | – | ✔ | Typically, 3 | 3 | – |
| Reward Plan |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Quilter plc | – | ✔ | – | 3½ – 5½ | 3 and 5 | – |
| Sharesave Plan  3 |  |  |  |  |  |  |

1

Participants are entitled to dividend equivalents.

2

Adjusted profit earnings per share compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”).

3

The Quilter plc Sharesave Plan is linked to a savings plan.

28(b): Reconciliation of movements in options

The movement in options outstanding under the Performance Share Plans and Sharesave Plan

arrangements during the year is detailed below:

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | Year ended 31 December 2024 |  | Year ended 31 December 2023 |
|  |  | Weighted |  | Weighted |
|  |  | average |  | average |
|  | Number of | exercise | Number of | exercise |
| Options over Ordinary Shares (LSE) | options | price | options | price |
| Outstanding at beginning of the year | 27,895,577 | £0.48 | 17,048,538 | £0.63 |
| Granted during the year | 8,672,404 | £0.31 | 22,817,549 | £0.55 |
| Exercised during the year | (1,849,519) | £0.29 | (1,019,420) | £0.00 |
| Expired/forfeited during the year | (1,735,725) | £0.33 | (2,946,806) | £0.20 |
| Cancelled during the year | (982,993) | £0.82 | (8,004,284) | £1.14 |
| Outstanding at end of the year | 31,999,744 | £0.44 | 27,895,577 | £0.48 |
| Exercisable at end of the year | – | – | – | – |

Options outstanding at the end of 2024 include 989,097 dividend equivalent shares (2023: 711,184)

relating to current and prior year schemes.

The weighted average fair value of options at the measurement date for options granted during 2024

is £0.76 (2023: £0.32). The weighted average share price at the dates of exercise for options exercised

during the year was £1.10 (2023: £0.95).

The options outstanding at 31 December 2024 have exercise prices of £nil (2023: £nil) for the Quilter plc

Performance Share Plan, and between £0.69 (2023: £0.69) and £1.31 (2023: £1.31) for the Quilter plc

Sharesave Plan, with a weighted average remaining contractual life of 1.9 years (2023: 2.4 years).

28(c): Reconciliation of movements in share grants

The movement in awards outstanding under the Performance Share Plans, Conditional Shares and

Share Reward Plan and Conditional Shares arrangements during the year is detailed below:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | Year ended | Year ended |
|  | 31 December | 31 December |
|  | 2024 | 2023 |
|  | Number of | Number of |
|  | conditional | conditional |
| Awards of Ordinary Shares (LSE) | share awards | share awards |
| Outstanding at beginning of the year | 36,400,131 | 31,021,730 |
| Granted during the year | 12,123,597 | 21,179,290 |
| Exercised during the year | (12,948,064) | (14,314,199) |
| Expired during the year | (1,062,686) | (1,486,690) |
| Outstanding at end of the year | 34,512,978 | 36,400,131 |
| Exercisable at end of the year | – | – |

Strategic Report

Governance Report Other information

157

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

![]()

#### Notes to the consolidated financial statements

#### For the year ended 31 December 2024

Awards outstanding at the end of 2024 include 3,229,413 dividend equivalent shares (2023: 2,740,711)

relating to current and prior year schemes.

The weighted average fair value of Conditional Share award grants for the year ended 31 December

2024 was £1.05 (2023: £0.84). The weighted average share price at the dates of exercise for awards

exercised during the year was £1.04 (2023: £0.82).

Share awards outstanding at 31 December 2024 have exercise prices of £nil (2023: £nil), with a weighted

average remaining contractual life of 1.0 years (2023: 1.2 years).

28(d): Measurements and assumptions

In determining the fair value of equity-settled share-based awards and the related charge to profit

or loss, the Group makes assumptions about future events and market conditions. Specifically,

management makes estimates of the likely number of shares that will vest and the fair value of each

award granted which is valued and ‘locked in’ at the grant date.

The fair value of services received in return for share options granted is measured by reference to the

fair value of share options granted. The estimate of fair value of share options granted is measured using

either a Black-Scholes option pricing model or a Monte Carlo simulation.

The inputs used in the measurement of fair values at the grant date for awards granted during 2024

were as follows:

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Weighted | Weighted |  | Weighted | Weighted | Weighted |  |
|  | average | average | Weighted | average | average | average |  |
|  | share | exercise | average | expected | risk-free | expected | Expected |
|  | price | price | expected | life | interest | dividend | forfeitures |
| Scheme | £ | £ | volatility | (years) | rate | yield | per annum |
| Quilter plc Performance Share |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Plan – Share Options (Nil cost |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| options) | 1.12 | 0.00 | 34% | 2.8 | 4.1% | 0.0% | 0% |
| Quilter plc Performance Share |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Plan – Conditional Shares | 1.05 | 0.00 | 34% | 3.0 | 4.1% | 0.0% | 4% |
| Quilter plc Share Reward Plan |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| – Conditional Shares | 1.05 | 0.00 | 35% | 2.0 | 4.3% | 0.0% | 4% |
| Quilter plc Sharesave Plan | 1.14 | 0.83 | 33% | 3.7 | 4.1% | 4.6% | 5% |

The expected volatility used was based on the historical volatility of the share price over the period for

which trading history is available. The risk-free interest rate was based on the yields available on UK

Government bonds as at the date of grant. The bonds chosen were those with a similar remaining term

to the expected life of the share awards.

28(e): Financial impact

The share-based payment reserve of £42 million (2023: £42 million) represents the cumulative expense

of the Group for the unsettled portion of equity awarded schemes.

The total expense recognised in the year arising from equity compensation plans was £14 million (2023:

£18 million). All expenses recognised in the current and prior year arose from equity-settled share and

share option plans.

29: Investment contract liabilities

The following table provides a summary of the Group’s investment contract liabilities:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2024 | 2023 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Carrying amount at 1 January | 43,396 | 38,186 |
| Fair value movements | 3,153 | 2,528 |
| Investment income | 912 | 785 |
| Movements arising from investment return | 4,065 | 3,313 |
| Contributions received | 8,222 | 5,358 |
| Withdrawals and surrenders | (3,661) | (3,212) |
| Claims and benefits | (260) | (245) |
| Other movements | (4) | (4) |
| Change in liability | 8,362 | 5,210 |
| Investment contract liabilities at end of the year | 51,758 | 43,396 |

For unit-linked investment contracts, movements in asset values are offset by corresponding changes

in liabilities, limiting the net impact on profit.

The benefits offered under the unit-linked investment contracts are based on the risk appetite of

policyholders and the return on their selected investments and collective fund investments, whose

underlying investments include equities, debt securities, property and derivatives. This investment mix

is unique to each individual policyholder.

For unit-linked business, the unit liabilities are determined as the value of units credited to

policyholders. Since these liabilities are determined on a retrospective basis, no assumptions for future

experience are required. Assumptions for future experience are required for unit-linked business in

assessing whether the total of the contract costs asset and contract liability is greater than the present

value of future profits expected to arise on the relevant blocks of business (the “recoverability test”).

If this is the case, then the contract costs asset is restricted to the recoverable amount. For linked

contracts, the assumptions are on a best estimate basis.

#### 28: Share-based payments reserve continued

28(c): Reconciliation of movements in share grants continued

158

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

30: Provisions

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Customer |  |  |  |  |  |
|  | remediation |  | Sale of |  | Clawback |  |
|  | exercise | Compensation | subsidiaries | Property | and other |  |
|  | provision | provisions | provision | provisions | provisions | Total |
| Year ended 31 December 2024 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Balance at beginning of the year | – | 17 | 3 | 10 | 16 | 46 |
| Charge to profit or loss | 76 | 10 | – | – | 4 | 90 |
| Used during the year | – | (5) | (2) | (2) | (6) | (15) |
| Unused amounts reversed | – | (8) | – | (1) | (1) | (10) |
| Balance at 31 December 2024 | 76 | 14 | 1 | 7 | 13 | 111 |

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Customer |  |  |  |  |  |
|  | remediation |  | Sale of | Property | Clawback |  |
|  | exercise | Compensation | subsidiaries | provisions | and other |  |
|  | provision | provisions | provision |  | provisions | Total |
| Year ended 31 December 2023 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £ | £m |
| Balance at beginning of the year | – | 23 | 15 | 12 | 19 | 69 |
| Charge to profit or loss | – | 17 | – | – | 6 | 23 |
| Used during the year | – | (14) | (12) | (2) | (8) | (36) |
| Unused amounts reversed | – | (9) | – | – | (1) | (10) |
| Balance at 31 December 2023 | – | 17 | 3 | 10 | 16 | 46 |

Customer remediation exercise provision

Based on the results to date of the Skilled Person Review, which is not yet complete, together with other

evidence available, the Group considers that a customer remediation exercise in relation to ongoing

advice will likely be required. As such, a present obligation exists and a provision of £76 million has been

recognised at 31 December 2024 (31 December 2023: £nil) relating to potential remediation following

the review of the delivery of ongoing advice services by the Appointed Representative firms in the

Quilter Financial Planning network. A reasonable estimate of the provision has been determined based

upon a potential customer remediation exercise, whereby the population of customers who are at the

highest likelihood of having not received the expected level of service from their adviser would be

identified. These customers would be invited to join the Review if they believe that they have not

received ongoing advice and if they wish to have their situation reviewed by Quilter. Appropriate and

proportionate redress would be paid to impacted customers. Following the initial draft results of the

statistically reliable representative cohort of customers undertaken by the Skilled Person, together with

other available evidence, the Group has determined a reasonable estimate of a provision for potential

cost to settle the obligation based upon this approach, considering uncertainties and based upon key

assumptions. The draft results from the Skilled Person Review have been extrapolated from their

sample to the population of all customers who paid an ongoing advice charge between 2018 and 2023

(inclusive of both years). An independent expert has reviewed the results of the Skilled Person Review

on a sample basis to determine, based on the available evidence, the cases where the expected level

of service from their adviser may not have been received, and these results have been considered in

determining the provision. An estimate of the response rate of customers to join the Review, and of

the associated administrative costs has been determined based upon experience from previous past

business reviews performed by the Group, and assumptions on the number of customers who may

be subject to the review process.

The provision recognised, based upon the approach described above, includes an estimate of the

refund of ongoing advice charges for customers impacted, interest payable to customers at rates in

line with the Financial Ombudsman Service interest rates, and administrative costs, both internal and

external, to perform the potential customer remediation exercise. Customer redress is expected to be

calculated and paid to relevant customers over a two-year period to December 2026. Of the total £76

million provision outstanding, £33 million is estimated to be payable within one year. Where amounts

are estimated to be payable after 12 months, these payments have been discounted to their present

value. The discount rate used is not a significant estimate given the short time period over which

payments are expected to be made.

The following table presents the potential change to the provision balance at 31 December 2024 as

a result of movements in the key assumptions:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | 31 December 2024 |
|  | Increase | Decrease |
|  | £m | £m |
| Percentage point change in proportion of population where satisfactory service |  |  |
| evidence is unavailable of 10% | 16 | (16) |
| Percentage point change in response rate of 10% | 14 | (14) |
| Change in administrative costs of 10% | 3 | (3) |

Significant uncertainty exists regarding the scope and method of a potential remediation exercise, which

will be informed by the final results of the Skilled Person Review and follow further discussions with the

FCA, including the customer cohorts to be involved within the Review and the customer and Appointed

Representative firm contact strategies, the proportion of the population of customers charged a fee

where satisfactory evidence of servicing is unavailable, the response rate of customers contacted and

the administrative costs. The financial impact could be materially higher or lower than the amount of

the provision.

Separate to the Skilled Person Review and the related provision for the potential customer remediation

exercise, where the Group’s regular adviser oversight controls have determined, based on the available

evidence, that a customer may not have received the servicing that they have paid for, or where the

Group has received complaints from customers regarding ongoing servicing, this has been investigated,

and, where appropriate, remediation has been undertaken and recognised as a normal business as

usual expense.

Strategic Report

Governance Report Other information

159

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

![]()

#### Notes to the consolidated financial statements

#### For the year ended 31 December 2024

Compensation provisions

At 31 December 2024, compensation provisions total £14 million (31 December 2023: £17 million).

The net reduction of £3 million during the year consists of additional charges to profit or loss of

£10 million, compensation and professional fees payments of £5 million and £8 million release of

unused amounts following further review work completed during the year. Compensation provisions

comprise the following:

Lighthouse pension transfer advice provision of £1 million (31 December 2023: £6 million)

A further review of a sample of Lighthouse DB to DC pension transfer advice cases not relating to the

British Steel Pension Scheme is being conducted by an independent expert to identify any cases of

unsuitable DB to DC pension transfer advice. The review is being conducted under a Group managed

past business review process, and the sample has been selected on a risk-based approach. The review

of this sample has identified some additional cases where customer redress is required. Until the review

of the relevant sample has been completed, uncertainty exists as to the number of cases where this will

be required and the value of total redress which may be payable. A provision for redress relating to the

review of this further sample of cases was increased at 31 December 2023, based upon the suitability

review of cases, and the anticipated number of cases required to be reviewed. Payments of £1 million

were made to customers during 2023. Anticipated costs associated with the redress activity of £2 million

were included within the provision at 31 December 2023.

During 2024, redress payments of £1 million were made to customers, £1 million of professional fees

were paid, and £3 million of the provision related to customer redress was unused and reversed, as a

result of the redress calculations performed for customers being lower than forecast at 31 December

2023, due to changes in the assumptions used to perform the calculations and market movements of

the pension scheme values during 2024. Given that the review is nearing completion, the Group’s

estimate of the remaining liability is expected to be utilised in full and settled within the next 12 months.

Compensation provisions (other) of £13 million (31 December 2023: £11 million)

Other compensation provisions of £13 million include amounts relating to internally conducted past

business reviews, the cost of correcting deficiencies in policy administration systems, including redress,

any associated litigation costs and the related costs to compensate current and former policyholders

and customers. This provision represents management’s best estimate of expected outcomes based

upon past experience, and a review of the details of each case. Due to the nature of the provision, the

timing of the expected cash outflows is uncertain. The best estimate of the timing of outflows is that

the majority of the balance is expected to be settled within 12 months.

A provision of £7 million, included within the balance, has been recognised at 31 December 2024

(31 December 2023: £nil) relating to internally conducted past business reviews of ongoing servicing

within Quilter Financial Planning, as part of the Group’s normal business operations. The estimate of

the provision has been determined for the current status of the past business reviews and redress

estimated based upon an initial analysis of adviser servicing records. Customer redress is expected

to be calculated and paid to relevant customers during 2025.

A provision of £2 million, included within the balance, has been recognised at 31 December 2024 (31

December 2023: £3 million) relating to potentially unsuitable DB to DC pension transfer advice provided

by adviser businesses other than Lighthouse. The estimate of the provision has been updated for the

current status of the past business reviews and redress estimated based upon the Group’s experience

of past business reviews. Customer redress is expected to be calculated and paid to relevant customers

during the first half of 2025.

The Group estimates a reasonably possible change of +/- £4 million from the £13 million balance, based

upon a review of the cases and the range of potential outcomes for the customer redress payments.

Sale of subsidiaries provision

The sale of subsidiaries provision totals £1 million at 31 December 2024 (31 December 2023: £3 million),

and includes the following:

Provisions arising on the sale of Quilter International of £nil (31 December 2023: £2 million)

Quilter International was sold in November 2021, resulting in provisions totalling £17 million being

established in respect of costs related to the disposal including the costs of business separation and

data migration activities.

The costs of business separation arise from the process required to separate Quilter International’s

infrastructure, which was complex and covered a wide range of areas including people, IT systems, data,

contracts and facilities. A programme team was established to ensure the transition of these areas to

the acquirer. These provisions were based on external quotations and estimates, together with

estimates of the incremental time and resource costs required to achieve the separation, which was

expected to occur over a two-to-three-year period from the date of the sale.

The most significant element of the provision was the cost of migration of IT systems and data to the

acquirer. Calculation of the provision was based on management’s best estimate of the work required,

the time it was expected to take, the number and skills of the staff required and their cost, and the cost

of related external IT services to support the work. In reaching these judgements and estimates,

management made use of its past experience of previous IT migrations following business disposals.

During the year, £2 million (31 December 2023: £9 million) of the provision related to decommissioning

works has been used, and the project has been completed.

Provision for tax warranty claim £1 million (31 December 2023: £1 million)

This provision is for warranty claims relating to the sale of former subsidiaries. The amount is expected

to be realised within one year.

#### 30: Provisions continued

160

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

Property provisions

Property provisions total £7 million (31 December 2023: £10 million). Property provisions represent the

discounted value of expected future costs of reinstating leased property to its original condition at the

end of the lease term, and any onerous commitments which may arise in cases where a leased property

is no longer fully used by the Group. The estimate is based upon property location, size of property

and an estimate of the cost per square foot. Property provisions are used or released when the

reinstatement obligations are satisfied. The associated asset for the property provisions relating to

the cost of reinstating property is included within Property, plant and equipment.

Of the £7 million provision outstanding, £1 million (31 December 2023: £3 million) is estimated to be

payable within one year. The majority of the balance relates to leased properties which have a lease

term maturity of more than five years.

Clawback and other provisions

Clawback and other provisions total £13 million (31 December 2023: £16 million) and include amounts

for the resolution of legal uncertainties and the settlement of other claims raised by contracting parties

and indemnity commission provisions. Where the impact of discounting is material, provisions are

discounted at discount rates specific to the risks inherent in the liability. The timing and final amounts

of payments, particularly those in respect of litigation claims and similar actions against the Group,

are uncertain and could result in adjustments to the amounts recorded.

Included within the balance at 31 December 2024 is £10 million (31 December 2023: £12 million) of

clawback provisions in respect of potential refunds due to product providers on indemnity commission

within the Quilter Financial Planning business. This provision, which is estimated and charged as a

reduction of revenue at the point of sale of each policy, is based upon assumptions determined from

historical experience of the proportion of policyholders cancelling their policies, which requires Quilter

to refund a portion of commission previously received to the product provider. Reductions to the

provision result from the payment of cash to product providers as refunds or the recognition of

revenue where a portion of the indemnity commission is assessed as no longer payable. The provision

has been assessed at the reporting date and adjusted for the latest cancellation information available.

At 31 December 2024, an associated balance of £6 million recoverable from brokers is included within

Trade, other receivables and other assets (31 December 2023: £8 million).

The Group estimates a reasonably possible change of +/- £3 million, based upon the potential range

of outcomes for the proportion of cancelled policies within the clawback provision, and a detailed review

of the other provisions.

Of the total £13 million provision outstanding, £6 million is estimated to be payable within one year

(31 December 2023: £7 million).

31: Tax assets and liabilities

Deferred tax is calculated on all temporary differences at the tax rate applicable in the country in which

the differences arise.

Deferred tax summary

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 31 December | 31 December |
|  | 2024 | 2023 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Deferred tax assets | 115 | 91 |
| Less: deferred tax liabilities | (96) | (64) |
| Net deferred tax asset | 19 | 27 |

31(a): Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax assets are recognised for tax attributes carried forward only to the extent that the

realisation of the related tax benefit is probable. Realisation of the tax benefit is considered to be

probable where on the basis of all available evidence, it is more likely than not that there will be suitable

taxable profits against which the tax loss or other tax attribute can be relieved or utilised.

The movements on recognised deferred tax assets are explained below:

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | At beginning | Credit/(charge) | Credit | At end of the |
|  | of the year | to profit or loss | to equity | year |
| 2024 | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Tax losses carried forward | 52 | 24 | – | 76 |
| Accelerated depreciation | 21 | (6) | – | 15 |
| Accrued interest expense and other temporary |  |  |  |  |
| differences | 16 | 1 | – | 17 |
| Share-based payments | 8 | 1 | 4 | 13 |
| Deferred expenses | 4 | (1) | – | 3 |
| Netted against deferred tax liabilities | (10) | 1 | – | (9) |
| Deferred tax assets | 91 | 20 | 4 | 115 |

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | At beginning | (Charge)/credit | Credit | At end of the |
|  | of the year | to profit or loss | to equity | year |
| 2023 | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Tax losses carried forward | 16 | 36 | – | 52 |
| Accelerated depreciation | 21 | – | – | 21 |
| Accrued interest expense and other temporary |  |  |  |  |
| differences | 31 | (15) | – | 16 |
| Share-based payments | 7 | – | 1 | 8 |
| Deferred expenses | 50 | (46) | – | 4 |
| Netted against deferred tax liabilities | (31) | 21 | – | (10) |
| Deferred tax assets | 94 | (4) | 1 | 91 |

#### 30: Provisions continued

Strategic Report

Governance Report Other information

161

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

![]()

#### Notes to the consolidated financial statements

#### For the year ended 31 December 2024

31(a): Deferred tax assets continued

As disclosed in note 1, deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent they are supported by the

Group’s Business Plan. The Group considers that forecast and estimated profits are most sensitive

to movements in AuM because they have a direct impact on the level of the Group’s fee income.

The principal sensitivity within AuM are equity market level assumptions including estimated growth

in equity market indices included in the three year Business Plan. Management forecasts equity market

growth for each business using estimated asset-specific growth rates that are supported by internal

research, historical performance, Bank of England forecasts and other external estimates.

The Group has considered and assessed reasonably possible changes in the forecast and estimated

profits over the medium term and has determined that a reduction of 30% in profits is the point at

which the carrying amount of deferred tax assets exceeds the recoverable amount.

The movements in unrecognised deferred tax assets note below contain an explanation of the increase

in deferred tax assets on carried forward losses.

Unrecognised deferred tax assets

The amounts for which no deferred tax asset has been recognised consist of:

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | 31 December 2024 |  | 31 December 2023 |
|  | Gross amount | Tax | Gross amount | Tax |
|  | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Pre-April 2017 UK tax losses | 141 | 35 | 188 | 47 |
| Post-April 2017 UK tax losses | 5 | 1 | – | – |
| Capital losses | 347 | 87 | 347 | 87 |
| Total unrecognised deferred tax assets  1 | 493 | 123 | 535 | 134 |

1

None of the unrecognised deferred tax assets have a set expiry date in tax law.

Movements in unrecognised deferred tax assets

Under UK tax law, UK brought forward non-capital tax losses that arose after 1 April 2017 (“Post-April

2017 UK tax losses”) may be offset against current year UK taxable profits arising in any company within

Group, subject to a restriction of 50% of profits each year. Consequently, as described above, the

recognition of deferred tax assets on Post-April 2017 UK tax losses is assessed by reference to the

Group’s Business Plan.

With the exception of any ringfenced pre-acquisition losses which can only be offset against profits of

the same company, the Group has full recognition of deferred tax assets in respect of Post-April 2017

UK tax losses. This is supported by profits over the Business Plan period and the expectation that the

Group will continue to be profitable beyond the normal three-year planning cycle. In addition, the Group

has recognised a further £40 million of Pre-April 2017 UK tax losses in the year in Quilter Investment

Platform Limited. This results in full recognition of these losses which are fully supported by the

Business Plan. Recoverability of losses will continue to be assessed as the Group progresses through

the Business Plan period.

All other non-capital UK tax losses within the Group (“Pre-April 2017 UK tax losses”) can only be used

against taxable profits arising in the same company as the loss. It is therefore less likely that a deferred

tax asset will be recognised in the foreseeable future in respect of the currently unrecognised portion

of these tax losses.

The recognition of deferred tax assets on these losses is expected to remain a critical accounting

estimate as described in these financial statements in the foreseeable future.

Capital losses are in Quilter Life & Pensions Limited. There is currently insufficient evidence to forecast

future chargeable gains in that company on which to justify recognition of a deferred tax asset for any

of these losses.

31(b): Deferred tax liabilities

The movement on deferred tax liabilities is as follows:

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | At | Charge/(credit) |  |  |
|  | beginning | to profit | Acquisition of | At end of |
|  | of the year | or loss | subsidiaries | the year |
| Year ended 31 December 2024 | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Other acquired intangibles | 15 | (9) | 1 | 7 |
| Other temporary differences | 1 | (1) | – | – |
| Investment gains | 58 | 40 | – | 98 |
| Netted against deferred tax assets | (10) | 1 | – | (9) |
| Deferred tax liabilities | 64 | 31 | 1 | 96 |

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | At | Charge/(credit) |  |  |
|  | beginning | to profit | Acquisition of | At end of |
|  | of the year | or loss | subsidiaries | the year |
| Year ended 31 December 2023 | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Other acquired intangibles | 24 | (9) | – | 15 |
| Other temporary differences | 1 | – | – | 1 |
| Investment gains | 30 | 28 | – | 58 |
| Netted against deferred tax assets | (31) | 21 | – | (10) |
| Deferred tax liabilities | 24 | 40 | – | 64 |

Movements in deferred tax liabilities

Deferred tax liabilities in relation to investment gains have increased by £40 million (2023: £28 million

increase) due to market movements in the year, as disclosed in note 11.

31(c): Current tax receivables and payables

Current tax receivables and current tax payables at 31 December 2024 were £45 million (2023: £33 million)

and £1 million (2023: £2 million), respectively.

#### 31: Tax assets and liabilities continued

162

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

32: Borrowings and lease liabilities

The following table analyses the Group’s borrowings and lease liabilities:

|  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | 31 December | 31 December |
|  |  | 2024 | 2023 |
|  | Notes | £m | £m |
| Subordinated debt: fixed rate loan at 8.625% | 32(a) | 198 | 198 |
| Lease liabilities | 32(b) | 77 | 81 |
| Total borrowings and lease liabilities |  | 275 | 279 |

32(a): Borrowings

Borrowed funds are repayable on demand and categorised as “Financial liabilities at amortised cost”.

The carrying value of the Group’s borrowings is considered to be materially in line with the fair value.

All amounts outstanding at 31 December 2024 are payable to a number of relationship banks.

In January 2023, the Company issued £200,000,000 8.625% Fixed Rate Reset Subordinated Notes

(due April 2033) and received net cash proceeds of £199 million. After deducting structuring costs and

professional fees, the retained cash proceeds were £197 million. The Notes are listed and regulated

under the terms of the LSE.

In addition, the Group has entered into a £125 million revolving credit facility which remains undrawn

and is being held for contingent funding purposes.

32(b): Lease liabilities

The Group has entered into commercial non-cancellable leases on certain property, plant and

equipment where it is not in the best interest of the Group to purchase these assets. Such leases have

varying terms, escalation clauses and renewal rights.

Termination options are included in a number of property leases across the Group. These are used to

maximise operational flexibility in terms of managing the assets used in the Group’s operations. In most

cases, the termination options are only exercisable only by the Group and not by the lessor.

As at 31 December 2024, future undiscounted cash outflows of £nil (2023: £nil) have been included in

the lease liability which will occur beyond termination option dates on none (2023: none) of the Group’s

principal property leases. The lease term is reassessed if an option is exercised or can no longer be

exercised or if the Group becomes obliged to exercise it. The assessment of reasonable certainty is

only revised if a significant event or a significant change in circumstances occurs, which affects this

assessment, and that is within the control of the lessee.

Lease liabilities represent the obligation to pay lease rentals and are categorised as financial liabilities at

amortised cost.

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2024 | 2023 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Opening balance at 1 January | 81 | 90 |
| Additions | 3 | 1 |
| Disposals and adjustments to lease liabilities | – | (1) |
| Interest charge for the year | 3 | 3 |
| Payment of the interest portion of lease liabilities | (2) | (3) |
| Payment of the principal portion of lease liabilities | (8) | (9) |
| Closing balance at 31 December | 77 | 81 |
| To be settled within 12 months | 6 | 6 |
| To be settled after 12 months | 71 | 75 |
| Total lease liabilities | 77 | 81 |
| Maturity analysis — undiscounted |  |  |
| Within one year | 10 | 10 |
| One to five years | 38 | 37 |
| More than five years | 45 | 52 |
| Total lease liabilities — undiscounted | 93 | 99 |

33: Trade, other payables and other liabilities

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 31 December | 31 December |
|  | 2024 | 2023 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Amounts payable to policyholders | 63 | 82 |
| Outstanding settlements | 223 | 286 |
| Accruals | 90 | 78 |
| Trade creditors | 34 | 46 |
| Other liabilities | 96 | 78 |
| Total trade, other payables and other liabilities | 506 | 570 |
| To be settled within 12 months | 505 | 567 |
| To be settled after 12 months | 1 | 3 |
| Total trade, other payables and other liabilities | 506 | 570 |

Strategic Report

Governance Report Other information

163

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

![]()

#### Notes to the consolidated financial statements

#### For the year ended 31 December 2024

#### 34: Post-employment benefits

The Group operates a number of defined contribution and defined benefit pension schemes in the UK,

the Channel Islands and Ireland.

Defined contribution pension schemes

The Group’s defined contribution schemes require contributions to be made to funds held in trust,

separate from the assets of the Group. Participants receive either a monthly pension supplement to

their salaries or contributions to personal pension plans. For the defined contribution schemes, the

Group pays contributions to separately administered pension schemes. The Group has no further

payment obligations once the contributions have been paid. The contributions are recognised as staff

costs and other employee-related costs when they are due.

Defined benefit schemes

The Group operates two defined benefit schemes: in the UK, the Quilter Cheviot Limited Retirement

Benefits Scheme and in the Channel Islands, the Quilter Cheviot Channel Islands Retirement Benefits

Scheme which are both closed to new members. The assets of these schemes are held in separate

trustee administered funds. Pension costs and contributions relating to defined benefit schemes are

assessed in accordance with the advice of qualified actuaries. Actuarial advice confirms that the current

level of contributions payable to each pension scheme, together with existing assets, are adequate

to secure members’ benefits over the remaining service lives of participating employees. The Group’s

policy is to fund at least the amounts sufficient to meet minimum funding requirements under

applicable employee benefit and tax regulations. The schemes are reviewed at least on a triennial basis

or in accordance with local practice and regulations. In the intervening years, the actuary reviews the

continuing appropriateness of the assumptions applied.

The principal plan is the Quilter Cheviot Limited Retirement Benefits scheme and in 2019 the Trustees

of the plan purchased a bulk annuity from Aviva to de-risk the defined benefit pension scheme

obligation. This investment strategy was intended to equally match the assets and liabilities of the

scheme. This covers all remaining insured scheme benefits following previous bulk annuity transactions

in 2013, 2014 and 2015. The scheme has 175 members, 112 of whom are claiming benefits.

The Quilter Cheviot Channel Islands Retirement Benefits Scheme has 14 members, 5 of whom are

claiming benefits, and is immaterial to the Group.

Employee benefits disclosures

This note provides the employee benefits disclosures for the above schemes.

34(a): Liability for defined benefit obligations

The IFRS value of the assets and the scheme obligations are as follows:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2024 | 2023 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Changes in retirement benefit obligations |  |  |
| Total retirement benefit obligation at 1 January | (26) | (25) |
| Interest cost on benefit obligation | (1) | (1) |
| Effect of changes in actuarial financial assumptions | 2 | (1) |
| Benefits paid | 2 | 1 |
| Total retirement benefit obligations at 31 December | (23) | (26) |
| Change in plan assets |  |  |
| Total fair value of scheme assets at 1 January | 27 | 26 |
| Interest income | 1 | 1 |
| Actual return on plan assets | (2) | 1 |
| Benefits paid | (2) | (1) |
| Total fair value of scheme assets at 31 December | 24 | 27 |
| Net asset recognised in statement of financial position |  |  |
| Funded status of plan | 1 | 1 |
| Unrecognised assets | (1) | (1) |
| Net amount recognised in statement of financial position as at 31 December | – | – |

Contributions for the year to the defined benefit schemes totalled £nil (2023: £nil), and £1 million was

accrued at 31 December 2024 (2023: £1 million). The Group expects to contribute £nil in the next

financial year (the year to 31 December 2025), based upon the current funded status and the expected

return assumption for the next financial year.

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2024 | 2023 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Changes in the asset ceiling |  |  |
| Opening unrecognised asset due to asset ceiling at 1 January | 1 | 1 |
| Closing unrecognised asset due to the asset ceiling at 31 December | 1 | 1 |

34(b): Income and expenses recognised

The total pension charge to staff costs for all of the Group’s defined benefit schemes for 2024 was £nil

(2023: £nil).

Actuarial gains and losses and the effect of the limit to the pension asset have been reported in other

comprehensive income.

The cumulative amount of actuarial losses is £33 million (2023: £33 million).

164

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

Assumptions used in the defined benefit schemes

In order to calculate the liabilities, the trustees of the scheme need to make assumptions about various

factors that affect the cost of the benefits provided by the scheme, including discount rate, future level

of inflation, and life expectancy. The Group has agreed that the assumptions that the trustees have

used are appropriate. The assumptions are determined in consideration that the Group has secured

the benefits with an insurance company.

The liabilities of the Scheme are calculated projecting forward all of the future benefit cash flows and

discounting them back to the reporting date, using these assumptions.

The value placed on the scheme’s liabilities has been based on the buyout pricing due to the bulk

annuity purchase, with the assets set to match.

The weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation is 12.0 years (2023: 12.5 years), based

upon actual cash flows.

The following table presents the principal actuarial assumptions of the UK scheme at the end of the

reporting year, the Quilter Cheviot Channel Islands Retirement Benefits Scheme is immaterial to the

Group and the assumptions are not included:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 31 December | 31 December |
|  | 2024 | 2023 |
|  | % | % |
| Discount rate | 5.5 | 4.8 |
| Rate of increase in defined benefit funds | 3.7 | 3.6 |
| Price inflation rate (RPI inflation) | 3.1 | 3.0 |

The mortality assumptions used give the following life expectancy at 65:

|  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  | Life expectancy at 65 for male |  | Life expectancy at 65 for |
|  |  |  | member currently |  | female member currently |
|  | Mortality table | Aged 65 | Aged 40 | Aged 65 | Aged 40 |
| 31 December | SPA\*A, CMI 2020 with Long-term |  |  |  |  |
| 2024 | improvement 1.5% pa | 23.80 | 25.80 | 25.30 | 27.40 |
| 31 December | SPA\*A, CMI 2020 with Long-term |  |  |  |  |
| 2023 | improvement 1.5% pa | 23.70 | 25.70 | 25.20 | 27.30 |

Significant actuarial assumptions for the determination of the defined benefit obligation are discount

rate, inflation rate and rate of mortality.

The sensitivities regarding the principal assumptions used to measure the defined benefit obligations

are described below. Reasonably possible changes at the reporting date to one of the principal actuarial

assumptions, holding other assumptions constant, would have affected the defined benefit obligation

as follows:

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | 31 December 2024 |  | 31 December 2023 |
|  | Increase | Decrease | Increase | Decrease |
|  | £m | £m | £m | £m |
| Discount rate (0.5% movement) | (1.2) | 1.3 | (1.5) | 1.6 |
| Inflation rate (0.1% movement) | 0.1 | (0.1) | 0.1 | (0.2) |
| Post-retirement rate of mortality (increase in life |  |  |  |  |
| expectancy of one year) | 0.7 | N/A | 0.8 | N/A |

34(c): Scheme assets allocation

Scheme assets are stated at their fair values. Information on the composition of scheme assets is

provided below:

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | 31 December | 31 December | 31 December | 31 December |
|  | 2024 | 2023 | 2024 | 2023 |
|  | % | % | £m | £m |
| Equity securities | – | 4 | – | 1 |
| Debt securities | 8 | 4 | 2 | 1 |
| Assets held by insurance company | 92 | 88 | 22 | 24 |
| Cash and other assets | – | 4 | – | 1 |
| Total fair value of scheme assets | 100 | 100 | 24 | 27 |

Equity securities have a quoted market price. Debt securities and the assets held by an insurance

company, which comprise the value of the bulk annuity policy, do not have a quoted market price.

The bulk annuity policy, where assets are matched to the value of liabilities, is included at values

provided by the actuary in accordance with relevant guidelines.

#### 34: Post-employment benefits continued

34(b): Income and expenses recognised continued

Strategic Report

Governance Report Other information

165

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

![]()

#### Notes to the consolidated financial statements

#### For the year ended 31 December 2024

35: Master netting and similar agreements

The Group offsets financial assets and liabilities in the statement of financial position when it has a

legally enforceable right to do so and intends to settle on a net basis. Currently, the only such offsetting

within the Group relates to bank accounts, where in some circumstances a bank account that is

overdrawn is offset against a bank account that is not.

The following tables present information on the potential effect of offsetting arrangements after taking

into consideration these types of agreements.

|  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | Amounts | Net amounts |
|  |  | offset in the | reported in |
|  |  | statement | the statement |
|  |  | of financial | of financial |
|  | Gross amounts | position | position |
| 31 December 2024 | £m | £m | £m |
| Financial assets |  |  |  |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 1,997 | (48) | 1,949 |
| Financial liabilities |  |  |  |
| Trade, other payables and other liabilities — amounts owed to banks | 48 | (48) | – |

|  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | Amounts | Net amounts |
|  |  | offset in the | reported in |
|  |  | statement | the statement |
|  |  | of financial | of financial |
|  | Gross amounts | position | position |
| 31 December 2023 | £m | £m | £m |
| Financial assets |  |  |  |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 1,907 | (48) | 1,859 |
| Financial liabilities |  |  |  |
| Trade, other payables and other liabilities — amounts owed to banks | 48 | (48) | – |

36: Contingent liabilities

The Group, in the ordinary course of business, enters into transactions that expose it to tax, legal,

regulatory and business risks. The Group recognises a provision when it has a present obligation as

a result of past events, it is probable that a transfer of economic benefits will be required to settle the

obligation and a reliable estimate of the amount can be made (see note 30). Possible obligations and

known liabilities where no reliable estimate can be made, or it is considered improbable that an outflow

would result, are reported as contingent liabilities.

The Group routinely monitors and assesses contingent liabilities arising from matters such as business

reviews, litigation, warranties and indemnities relating to past acquisitions and disposals.

Tax

The Group is committed to conducting its tax affairs in accordance with the tax legislation of the

countries in which it operates and this includes compliance with legislation related to levies, sales taxes

and payroll deductions.

The tax authorities in the countries in which the Group operates routinely review historical transactions

undertaken and tax law interpretations made by the Group. All interpretations made by the Group are

made with reference to the specific facts and circumstances of the transaction and the relevant

legislation.

There are occasions where the Group’s interpretation of tax law may be challenged by the tax

authorities. The consolidated financial statements include provisions that reflect the Group’s

assessment of liabilities which might reasonably be expected to materialise as part of their review.

The Group is satisfied that adequate provisions have been made to allow for the resolution of tax

uncertainties.

Due to the level of estimation required in determining tax provisions, amounts eventually payable may

differ from the provision recognised.

DB to DC pension transfer advice redress

As set out in note 30, a sample of Lighthouse DB to DC pension transfer advice cases not relating to the

British Steel Pension Scheme is being reviewed under a Group-managed past business review process.

Until the review has finalised, which is expected during the first half of 2025, uncertainty exists as to the

value of total redress that will be payable.

Customers have the legal right to challenge the outcome of the review in respect of their case via

a complaint to the Financial Ombudsman Service. The review is being undertaken by a party who

is independent from the Group and has run a robust process overseen by the FCA. The Financial

Ombudsman Service may uphold further challenges, which may lead to further redress payable

by the Group.

166

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

It is possible that further material costs of redress may be incurred in relation to past business reviews.

Further customer redress costs may also be incurred for other potential unsuitable DB to DC pension

transfer advice provided across the Group.

Any further redress costs, and any differences between the provision and the final payment to be made

for any unsuitable DB to DC pension transfer cases, will be recognised as an expense or credit in profit

or loss.

Complaints, disputes and regulations

The Group is committed to treating customers fairly and remains focused on delivering good outcomes

for customers to support them in meeting their lifetime goals. During the normal course of business,

from time to time, the Group receives complaints and claims from customers including, but not limited

to, complaints to the Financial Ombudsman Service and legal proceedings, enters into commercial

disputes with service providers and other parties, and is subject to discussions and reviews with

regulators. The costs, including legal costs, of these issues as they arise can be significant and, where

appropriate, provisions have been established.

Ongoing Advice Review

As disclosed in note 30, the Group has recognised a provision for a reasonable estimate of the cost of a

potential customer remediation exercise in relation to ongoing advice. However, until the results of the

Skilled Person Review are finalised and further discussions with the FCA are progressed, there is

significant uncertainty as to the nature, scope and form of any potential future customer remediation

exercise. This includes consideration of the customer cohorts to be involved within a potential customer

remediation exercise, and the customer and Appointed Representative firm contact strategies.

In addition, where redress payments are made to customers, the Group has the ability to seek

appropriate reimbursement from the relevant Appointed Representative firms, who have been unable

to demonstrate that the ongoing advice service paid for by the client was provided. Should the Group

make payments to customers, recompense to the Group can be sought from the relevant Appointed

Representative firm who has benefited from the majority of the revenue recognised over the period of

the servicing agreement. Any reimbursement would not be recognised as an asset until such time as

recoverability became virtually certain, and would only be disclosed, but not recognised, as a contingent

asset if and when a cash inflow becomes probable.

37: Commitments

The Group has contractual commitments in respect of funding arrangements which will be payable in

future periods. These commitments are not recognised in the Group’s statement of financial position.

£2 million of capital expenditure is contracted for property refurbishment at 31 December 2024 (2023:

£nil) but not recognised as liabilities.

#### 38: Capital and financial risk management

38(a): Capital management

The Group manages its capital with a focus on capital efficiency and effective risk management.

The capital management objectives are to maintain the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern

while supporting the optimisation of return relative to the risks. The Group ensures that it can meet its

expected capital and financing needs at all times having regard to the Group’s Business Plans, forecasts,

strategic initiatives and the regulatory requirements applicable to Group entities.

The Group’s overall capital risk appetite is set with reference to the requirements of the relevant

stakeholders and seeks to:

– maintain sufficient, but not excessive, financial strength to support stakeholder requirements;

– optimise debt to equity structure to enhance shareholder returns; and

– retain financial flexibility by maintaining liquidity including unutilised committed credit lines.

The primary sources of capital used by the Group are equity shareholders’ funds of £1,423 million (2023:

£1,519 million) and subordinated debt which was issued at £200 million in January 2023. Alternative

resources are utilised where appropriate. Risk appetite has been defined for the level of capital, liquidity

and debt within the Group. The risk appetite includes long-term targets, early warning thresholds and

risk appetite limits. The dividend policy sets out the target dividend level in relation to profits.

The regulatory capital for the Group is assessed under UK Solvency II requirements.

#### 36: Contingent liabilities continued

Strategic Report

Governance Report Other information

167

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

![]()

#### Notes to the consolidated financial statements

#### For the year ended 31 December 2024

38(a)(i): Regulatory capital (unaudited)

The Group is subject to UK Solvency II group supervision by the Prudential Regulation Authority. The

Group is required to measure and monitor its capital resources under the UK Solvency II regulatory

regime. The UK Solvency II regime replaced Solvency II with effect from 31 December 2024 reporting.

Comparative figures for regulatory capital for 2023 are presented on a Solvency II basis.

The Group’s UK life insurance undertaking is included in the Group solvency calculation on a UK

Solvency II basis. Other regulated entities are included in the Group solvency calculation according to

the relevant sectoral rules. The Group’s UK Solvency II surplus is the amount by which the Group’s

capital on a UK Solvency II basis (own funds) exceeds the UK Solvency II capital requirement (solvency

capital requirement or “SCR”).

The Group’s UK Solvency II surplus is £851 million at 31 December 2024 (2023: £972 million),

representing an SCR coverage ratio of 219% (2023: 271%) calculated under the standard formula. The UK

Solvency II regulatory position at 31 December 2024 allows for the impact of the recommended Final

Dividend payment of £57 million (2023: £50 million).

The UK Solvency II position as at 31 December 2024 (unaudited estimate) and 31 December 2023 is

presented below:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 31 December | 31 December |
|  | 2024  1 | 2023  2 |
|  | £m | £m |
| Own funds | 1,566 | 1,540 |
| Solvency capital requirement | 715 | 568 |
| UK Solvency II surplus | 851 | 972 |
| UK Solvency II coverage ratio | 219% | 271% |

1

Filing of annual regulatory reporting forms due by 27 May 2025.

2

As reported in the Group Solvency and Financial Condition Report for the year ended 31 December 2023.

The Group’s own funds include the Quilter plc issued subordinated debt security which qualifies as

capital under UK Solvency II. The composition of own funds by tier is presented in the table below.

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 31 December | 31 December |
|  | 2024 | 2023 |
| Group own funds | £m | £m |
| Tier 1  1 | 1,366 | 1,336 |
| Tier 2  2 | 200 | 204 |
| Total Group UK Solvency II own funds | 1,566 | 1,540 |

1

All Tier 1 capital is unrestricted for tiering purposes.

2

Comprises a UK Solvency II compliant subordinated debt security in the form of a Tier 2 bond, which was issued at £200 million in

January 2023.

The Group’s UK life insurance undertaking is also subject to UK Solvency II at entity level. Other

regulated entities in the Group are subject to the locally applicable entity-level capital requirements in

the countries in which they operate. In addition, the Group’s asset management and advice businesses

are subject to group supervision by the FCA under the UK Investment Firms Prudential Regime (“IFPR”).

During 2024, the capital requirements for the Group and its regulated subsidiaries were reported and

monitored through regular Group Financial Risk Management Committee meetings. Throughout 2024,

the Group has complied with the regulatory requirements that apply at a consolidated level and Quilter’s

insurance undertakings and investment firms have complied with the regulatory capital requirements

that apply at entity level.

38(a)(ii): Loan covenants

Under the terms of the revolving credit facility agreement, the Group is required to comply with the

following financial covenant: the ratio of total net borrowings to consolidated equity shareholders’ funds

shall not exceed 0.5.

|  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | 31 December | 31 December |
|  |  | 2024 | 2023 |
|  | Note | £m | £m |
| Total external borrowings of the Company | 32 | 198 | 198 |
| Less: cash and cash equivalents of the Company |  | (135) | (110) |
| Total net external borrowings of the Company |  | 63 | 88 |
| Total shareholders’ equity of the Group |  | 1,423 | 1,519 |
| Tier 2 bond | 32 | 198 | 198 |
| Total Group equity (including Tier 2 bond) |  | 1,621 | 1,717 |
| Ratio of Company net external borrowings to Group equity |  | 0.039 | 0.051 |

The Group has complied with the covenant since the facility was originally created in 2018.

38(a)(iii): Own Risk and Solvency Assessment (“ORSA”) and Internal Capital Adequacy and

Risk Assessment (“ICARA”)

The Group ORSA process is an ongoing cycle of risk and capital management processes which provides

an overall assessment of the current and future risk profile of the Group and demonstrates the

relationship between business strategy, risk appetite, risk profile and solvency needs. These

assessments support strategic planning and risk-based decision making.

The underlying ORSA processes cover the Group and consider how risks and solvency needs may evolve

over the planning period. The ORSA includes stress and scenario tests, which are performed to assess

the financial and operational resilience of the Group.

The Group ORSA report is produced annually. This summarises the analysis, insights and conclusions

from the underlying risk and capital management processes in respect of the Group. The ORSA report is

submitted to the PRA as part of the normal supervisory process and may be supplemented by ad hoc

assessments where there is a material change in the risk profile of the Group outside the usual

reporting cycle.

#### 38: Capital and financial risk management continued

38(a): Capital management continued

168

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

38(a)(iii): Own Risk and Solvency Assessment (“ORSA”) and Internal Capital Adequacy and

RiskAssessment (“ICARA”) continued

In addition to the Group ORSA process, an entity-level ORSA process is performed for Quilter Life &

Pensions Limited, with its results included in the Group ORSA report.

The Group ICARA process is an ongoing cycle of risk and capital management processes, similar to the

ORSA process. The Group ICARA process is performed for the prudential consolidation of Quilter’s

investment and advice firms under IFPR requirements. The ICARA process is also performed at an entity

level for Quilter’s UK investment firms, which are Quilter Investment Platform Limited, Quilter Investors

Limited, Quilter Cheviot Limited and NuWealth Limited.

The Group ICARA report is produced annually. This summarises the analysis, insights and conclusions

from the underlying risk and capital management processes in respect of Quilter’s IFPR prudential

consolidation group.

The conclusions of the ORSA and ICARA processes are reviewed by management and the Board

throughout the year.

38(b): Credit risk

Overall exposure to credit risk

Credit risk is the risk of adverse movements in credit spreads (relative to the reference yield curve),

credit ratings or default rates leading to a deterioration in the level or volatility of assets, liabilities or

financial instruments resulting in loss of earnings or reduced solvency. This includes counterparty

default risk, counterparty concentration risk and spread risk.

The Group has established a Credit Risk Framework that includes a Credit Risk Policy and Credit Risk

Appetite Statement. This framework applies to all activities where the Group is exposed to credit risk,

either directly or indirectly, ensuring appropriate identification, measurement, management, monitoring

and reporting of the Group’s credit risk exposures.

The credit risk arising from all exposures is mitigated by ensuring that the Group only enters into

relationships with appropriately robust counterparties, adhering to the Group Credit Risk Policy. For

each asset, consideration is given as to:

– the credit rating of the counterparty, which is used to derive the probability of default;

– the loss given default;

– the potential recovery which may be made in the event of default;

– the extent of any collateral that the Group has in respect of the exposures; and

– any second order risks that may arise where the Group has collateral against the credit risk exposure.

The credit risk exposures of the Group are monitored regularly to ensure that counterparties remain

creditworthy, that there is appropriate diversification of counterparties and that exposures are within

approved limits. At the end of 2024, the Group’s material credit exposures were to financial institutions

(primarily through the investment of shareholder funds), corporate entities (including external fund

managers) and individuals (primarily through fund management trade settlement activities).

There is no direct exposure to non-UK sovereign debt within the shareholder investments. The Group

has no significant concentrations of credit risk exposure.

Other credit risks

The Group is exposed to financial adviser counterparty risk through a number of loans that it makes to

its financial advisers and the payment of upfront commission on the sale of certain types of business.

The risk of default by financial advisers is managed through monthly monitoring of loan and commission

debt balances.

The Group is also exposed to the risk of default by fund management groups in respect of settlements.

This risk is managed through the due diligence process which is completed before entering into any

relationship with a fund group. Amounts due to and from fund groups are monitored for prompt

settlement and appropriate action is taken where settlement is not timely.

Legal contracts are maintained where the Group enters into credit transactions with a counterparty.

Impact of credit risk on fair value

Due to the limited exposure that the Group has to credit risk, credit risk does not have a material impact

on the fair value movement of financial instruments for the year under review. The fair value movements

on these instruments are mainly due to changes in market conditions.

Maximum exposure to credit risk

The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk does not differ from the carrying value disclosed in the

relevant notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Loans and advances subject to 12-month expected credit losses are £56 million (2023: £38 million) and

other receivables subject to lifetime expected credit losses are £268 million (2023: £297 million). Those

balances represent the pool of counterparties that do not require a rating. These counterparties

individually generate no material credit exposure and this pool is highly diversified, monitored and

subject to limits.

Exposure arising from financial instruments not recognised on the statement of financial position is

measured as the maximum amount that the Group would have to pay, which may be significantly

greater than the amount that would be recognised as a liability. The Group does not have any significant

exposure arising from items not recognised on the statement of financial position.

#### 38: Capital and financial risk management continued

38(a): Capital management continued

Strategic Report

Governance Report Other information

169

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

![]()

#### Notes to the consolidated financial statements

#### For the year ended 31 December 2024

The table below represents the Group’s exposure to credit risk from cash and cash equivalents.

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  | Credit rating relating to cash and cash equivalents |
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  | £m |
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  | Carrying |
| 31 December 2024 | AAA | AA | A | B | <BBB | Not rated  1 | value |
| Cash at amortised cost,  subject to 12-month ECL | – | 73 | 296 | – | – | 365 | 734 |
| Money market funds at FVTPL | 1,215 | – | – | – | – | – | 1,215 |
| Total cash and cash |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| equivalents | 1,215 | 73 | 296 | – | – | 365 | 1,949 |

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  | Credit rating relating to cash and cash equivalents |
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  | £m |
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  | Carrying |
| 31 December 2023 | AAA | AA | A | B | <BBB | Not rated  1 | value |
| Cash at amortised cost,  subject to 12-month ECL | – | 63 | 381 | – | – | 324 | 768 |
| Money market funds at FVTPL | 1,091 | – | – | – | – | – | 1,091 |
| Total cash and cash |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| equivalents | 1,091 | 63 | 381 | – | – | 324 | 1,859 |

1

Cash included in the consolidation of funds is categorised as not rated (see note 26(a)).

Impairment allowance

Assets that are measured and classified at amortised cost are monitored for any expected credit losses

on either a 12-month or lifetime ECL model. The majority of such assets within the Group are measured

on the lifetime ECL model, with the exception of some specific loans that are on the 12 month ECL model.

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| Impairment allowance | £m |
| Balance at 1 January 2023 | (1.1) |
| Change due to change in counterparty balance | (0.4) |
| Additional impairment in the year  1 | (4.3) |
| 31 December 2023 | (5.8) |
| Change due to change in counterparty balance | (0.8) |
| Change due to change in counterparty credit rating | (0.1) |
| Additional impairment in the year | (2.4) |
| Write-offs | 0.2 |
| 31 December 2024 | (8.9) |

1

The 2023 additional impairment figure was presented as £1.5 million in the 2023 financial statements and has now been presented

as £4.3 million due to the reclassification of a credit against loan receivables. This reclassification, which had no net impact on loan

receivables, was made in order to ensure comparability between the figures presented for 2023 and 2024.

38(c): Market risk

Market risk is the risk of an adverse change in the level or volatility of market prices of assets or liabilities

resulting in loss of earnings or reduced solvency. Market risk arises from changes in equity, bond and

property prices, interest rates and foreign exchange rates. Market risks are linked to wider economic

and geopolitical conditions and may be driven by the crystallisation of climate¬ related financial risks.

Market risk arises differently across the Group’s businesses depending on the types of financial assets

and liabilities held.

The Group has a market risk policy which sets out the Group’s requirements for the management of

market risk.

The Group does not undertake any principal trading for its own account. The Group’s revenue is however

affected by the value of assets under management and administration and consequently the Group has

exposure to equity market levels and economic conditions. Scenario testing is undertaken to test the

resilience of the business to severe but plausible events, including assessment of the potential implications

of climate-related risks and opportunities, and to assist in the identification of management actions.

38(c)(i): Equity risk

In accordance with the market risk policy, the Group does not generally invest shareholder assets in

equity, or related collective investments, except where the exposure arises due to:

– mismatches between unitised fund assets and liabilities. These mismatches are permitted, subject to

maximum limits, to avoid excessive dealing costs; and

– seed capital investments. Seed capital is invested within new unitised or other funds within the Group

at the time when these funds are launched. The seed capital is then withdrawn from the funds as

policyholders and customers invest in the funds.

The above exposures are not material to the Group.

The Group derives fees (e.g. annual management charges) and incurs costs (e.g. in respect of

outsourced service providers) which are linked to the performance of the underlying assets. Therefore,

future earnings will be affected by equity market performance.

Equity sensitivity testing

A movement in equity would impact the fee income that is based on the market value of the investments

held by or on behalf of customers. The sensitivity is applied as an instantaneous shock to equity at the

start of the year. The sensitivity analysis is not limited to the unit-linked business and therefore reflects

the sensitivity of the Group as a whole.

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 31 December | 31 December |
|  | 2024 | 2023 |
| Impact on profit after tax and net assets | £m | £m |
| Impact of 10% increase in equity | 26 | 26 |
| Impact of 10% decrease in equity | (26) | (26) |

#### 38: Capital and financial risk management continued

38(b): Credit risk continued

170

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

38(c)(ii): Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk arises primarily from bank balances held with financial institutions.

A rise in interest rates would also cause an immediate fall in the value of investments in fixed income

securities within clients’ investment funds, resulting in a fall in fund-based revenues.

Conversely, a reduction in interest rates would cause a rise in the value of investments in fixed income

securities within clients’ investment funds. It would also reduce the interest rate earned on cash

deposits and money market funds.

Exposure of the financial statements to interest rates are summarised below.

Interest rate sensitivity testing

The impact of an increase and decrease in market interest rates of 1% is tested (e.g. if the current

interest rate is 5%, the test allows for the effects of an instantaneous change to 4% and 6% from the

start of the year). The test allows consistently for similar changes in investment returns and movements

in the market value of any fixed interest assets backing the liabilities. The sensitivity of profit to changes

in interest rates is provided.

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 31 December | 31 December |
|  | 2024 | 2023 |
| Impact on profit after tax and net assets | £m | £m |
| Impact of 1% increase in interest rates | 9 | 9 |
| Impact of 1% decrease in interest rates | (9) | (9) |

38(c)(iii): Foreign currency risk

Foreign currency risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will

fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates. The Group’s functional currency is pounds

sterling, which accounts for the majority of the Group’s transactions. The Group has minor exposure to

Euros, through the Group’s Irish subsidiary and to the South African Rand, due to the listing on the

Johannesburg Stock Exchange and the payment of a proportion of shareholder dividends in Rand.

During 2024, the Group had limited exposure to foreign currency risk in respect of other currencies due

to its non-UK operations and foreign currency transactions.

38(d): Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that there are insufficient assets or that assets cannot be realised in order to

settle financial obligations as they fall due or that market conditions preclude the ability of the Group to

trade in illiquid assets in order to maintain its asset and liability matching (“ALM”) profile. The Group

manages liquidity on a daily basis through:

– maintaining adequate high-quality liquid assets and banking facilities, the level of which is informed

through appropriate liquidity stress testing;

– continuously monitoring forecast and actual cash flows; and

– monitoring a number of key risk indicators to help in the identification of a liquidity stress.

Individual businesses maintain and manage their local liquidity requirements according to their business

needs within the overall Group Liquidity Risk Framework that includes a Group Liquidity Risk Policy and

Group Liquidity Risk Appetite Statement. The Group framework is applied consistently across all

businesses in the Group to identify, manage, measure, monitor and report on all liquidity risks that have

a material impact on liquidity levels. This framework considers both short-term liquidity and cash

management considerations and longer-term funding risk considerations.

Liquidity is monitored centrally by Group Treasury, with management actions taken at a business level

to ensure each business has sufficient liquidity to cover its minimum liquidity requirement, with an

appropriate buffer set in line with the Group Liquidity Risk Appetite Statement.

During 2024, Quilter plc and its subsidiaries have operated above their individual liquidity targets and

there were no material liquidity stresses identified during the year. Daily liquidity monitoring continues

across the Group to enable timely identification of any emerging issues.

The Group maintains contingency funding arrangements to provide liquidity support to businesses in

the event of liquidity stresses. Contingency Funding Plans are in place for each individual business under

a Group Consolidated Contingent Funding Plan in order to set out the approach and management

actions that would be taken should liquidity levels fall below liquidity thresholds which have been set to

reflect the liquidity risk appetite of each business. The plans undergo a periodic review and testing cycle

to ensure they are fit for purpose and can be relied upon during a liquidity stress.

Information on the nature of the investments and securities held is given in note 19.

The Group has a £125 million five-year revolving credit facility with a five-bank club that provides a form

of contingency liquidity for the Group. No drawdown on this facility has been made since its original

inception in February 2018. The Group entered into a five-year arrangement in January 2024 with the

option to extend the facility for a further two-year period, to January 2031, and has continued to meet all

the covenants attached to its financing arrangements. The first one-year extension has been exercised

in January 2025 and approved by the bank club. This takes the current expiration date of the

arrangement to January 2030. No drawdown on this facility has been made since its inception.

The financing arrangements are considered sufficient to maintain the target liquidity levels of the Group

and offer coverage for appropriate stress scenarios identified within the liquidity stress testing

undertaken across the Group.

Further details, together with information on the Group’s borrowed funds, are given in note 32.

#### 38: Capital and financial risk management continued

38(b): Credit risk continued

Strategic Report

Governance Report Other information

171

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

![]()

#### Notes to the consolidated financial statements

#### For the year ended 31 December 2024

38(e): Insurance risk

38(e)(i): Overview

Insurance risk covers risks arising under products provided by Quilter’s life insurance firm, Quilter Life &

Pensions Limited. These products do not meet the IFRS definition of insurance contracts.

Insurance risk covers risk of adverse experience of withdrawal, overrun in expenses or higher than

expected mortality experience.

The sensitivity of the Group’s earnings and capital position to insurance risks is monitored through the

Group’s capital management processes.

The Group manages its insurance risks through the following mechanisms:

– Management of expense levels relative to approved budgets.

– Analysis and monitoring of experience relative to the assumptions used to determine technical

provisions.

Persistency

Persistency risk is the risk that the level of surrenders or withdrawals on products offered by Quilter Life

& Pensions Limited occurs at levels that are different to the levels assumed in the determination of

technical provisions. Persistency statistics are monitored monthly and a detailed persistency analysis

at a product group level is carried out on an annual basis. Management actions may be triggered if

persistency statistics indicate significant adverse movement or emerging trends in experience.

Expenses

Expense risk is the risk that actual expenses and expense inflation differ from the levels assumed in the

determination of technical provisions. Expense levels are monitored on a quarterly basis against

budgets and forecasts. Expense drivers are used to allocate expenses to entities and products. Some

product structures include maintenance charges. These charges are reviewed annually in light of

changes in maintenance expense levels and the market rate of inflation. This review may result in

changes in charge levels.

Mortality

Mortality risk is not material as the Group does not provide material mortality insurance on its products.

38(e)(ii): Sensitivity analysis

Sensitivity analysis has been performed by applying the following parameters to the financial

statements for 2023 and 2024. Interest rate and equity and property price sensitivities are included

within the Group market sensitivities above.

Expenses

The increase in expenses is assumed to apply to the costs associated with the maintenance and

acquisition of contracts within the unit-linked business. It is assumed that these expenses are increased

by 10% from the start of the year, so is applied as an expense shock rather than a gradual increase.

The only administrative expenses that are deferrable are sales bonuses but as new business volumes

are unchanged in this sensitivity, sales bonuses and the associated deferrals have not been increased.

Administrative expenses have been allocated equally between life and pensions.

An increase in expenses of 10% would have decreased profit by £5 million after tax (2023: £5 million).

38(f): Operational risk

Operational risk is the risk of loss arising from inadequate or failed internal processes, or from personnel

and systems, or from external events, resulting in an adverse impact to earnings or reduced solvency.

Operational risk includes all risks resulting from operational activities, excluding the risks already

described above and excluding strategic risks.

Operational risk includes, but is not limited to, the effects of failure of oversight and administration

processes, IT and Information Security maintenance and development processes, advice processes

(including oversight of ongoing servicing provided by financial advisers), investment processes (including

settlements with fund managers, fund pricing and matching and dealing), people and HR processes,

product development and management processes, legal risks (e.g. risk of inadequate legal contracts

with third parties), change delivery risks (including poorly managed responses to regulatory change),

physical and certain transitional financial risks arising from climate change, risks relating to the

relationship with outsourced service providers and other suppliers, and the consequences of financial

crime and business interruption events.

In accordance with Group policies, management has primary responsibility for the identification,

measurement, assessment, management and monitoring of risks, and the escalation and reporting on

issues to Executive Management.

The Group’s Executive Management has responsibility for implementing the Group Operational Risk

Framework and for the development and implementation of action plans designed to manage risk levels

within acceptable tolerances and to resolve issues identified.

38(g): Contractual maturity analysis

Investment contract policyholders have the option to terminate or transfer their contracts at any time

and to receive the surrender or transfer value of their policies, and these liabilities are therefore

classified as having a maturity of less than three months. Although these liabilities are payable on

demand, the Group does not expect that all liabilities will be settled within a short time period.

#### 38: Capital and financial risk management continued

172

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

39: Fiduciary activities

The Group provides custody, trustee, corporate administration and investment management and

advisory services to external parties that involve the Group making allocation, purchase and sales

decisions in relation to a wide range of financial instruments. Those assets that are held in a fiduciary

capacity are not included in these financial statements. Some of these arrangements involve the Group

accepting targets for benchmark levels of returns for the assets under the Group’s management and

administration. These services give rise to the risk that the Group may be accused of misadministration

or underperformance.

Certain Quilter investment firms hold client money and other assets on behalf of clients and related

activities are subject to the rules set out in the FCA’s Client Assets Sourcebook (“CASS”). The Group is

not beneficially entitled to those assets and therefore neither the assets nor the related amounts due

to clients are recognised in the Group’s statement of financial position.

40: Related party transactions

In the normal course of business, the Group enters into transactions with related parties. Loans to

related parties are conducted on an arm’s length basis and are not material to the Group’s results.

There were no transactions with related parties during the current year or the prior year which had a

material effect on the results or financial position of the Group.

40(a): Transactions with key management personnel

Key management personnel are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning,

directing and controlling the activities of the Group, directly or indirectly, including any Director (whether

executive or otherwise) of Quilter plc. Details of the compensation paid to the Board of Directors as well

as their shareholdings in the Company are disclosed in the Directors’ Remuneration Report.

40(a)(i): Key management personnel compensation

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 31 December | 31 December |
|  | 2024 | 2023 |
|  | £’000 | £’000 |
| Salaries and other short-term employee benefits | 7,292 | 7,471 |
| Post-employment benefits | 98 | 83 |
| Share-based payments | 4,393 | 2,650 |
| Termination benefits | 365 | – |
| Total compensation of key management personnel | 12,148 | 10,204 |

40(a)(ii): Key management personnel transactions

Key management personnel and members of their close family have undertaken transactions with the

Group in the normal course of business.

The Group’s products are available to all employees of the Group on preferential staff terms, the impact

of which is immaterial to the Group’s financial statements. During 2024, key management personnel and

their close family members contributed £1 million (2023: £2 million) to Group pensions and investments

(in both internal and external funds). The total value of investments in Group pensions and investment

products by key management personnel serving at any point during the year and their close family

members was £13 million at the end of the year (2023: £11 million).

As disclosed in the Directors’ Report, the Company maintains Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance

and third-party indemnity provisions are in place for the benefit of the Company’s Directors.

40(b): Associates

During 2023 and 2024, IT services were provided to the Group by 360 Dot Net Limited, an associate

of the Group. During 2024, Beals Mortgage and Financial Services Limited, and its subsidiary, Clinton

Kennard Associates Ltd became associates of the Group. Beals Mortgage and Financial Services Limited

and Clinton Kennard Associates Ltd are also Appointed Representatives of the Group. Transactions

between the Group and its associates took place in the normal course of business and had no material

impact on the Group’s financial statements.

40(c): Other related parties

Details of the Group’s staff pension schemes are provided in note 34. Transactions between the Group

and the Group’s staff pension schemes are made in the normal course of business.

#### 41: Parent company guarantee audit exemption

The below subsidiary undertakings will apply the parent guarantee audit exemption under section 479A

of the Companies Act 2006 for the purposes of their reporting for the year ended 31 December 2024.

Quilter plc issued the relevant guarantee in relation to the liabilities of these subsidiaries in February 2025.

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| Company name | Company number |
| Quilter UK Holding Limited | 01752066 |
| Quilter Perimeter (GGP) Limited | 02019022 |
| Quilter Perimeter Holdings Limited | 03087634 |
| Quilter Perimeter Limited | 03456361 |

#### 42: Events after the reporting date

Final Dividend

Note 13 provides information on the Group’s Final Dividend in respect of 2024.

Strategic Report

Governance Report Other information

173

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

![]()

#### Appendix A: Related undertakings

The Companies Act 2006 requires disclosure of certain information about the Group’s related

undertakings which is set out in this note. Related undertakings comprise subsidiaries, joint ventures,

associates and other significant holdings. Significant holdings are where the Group either has a

shareholding greater than or equal to 20% of the nominal value of any share class, or a book value

greater than 20% of the company’s assets (or of the group’s net assets if the company prepares group

accounts).

The definition of a subsidiary undertaking in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 is different from

the definition under IFRS. As a result, the related undertakings included within the list below may not be

the same as the undertakings consolidated in the Group IFRS financial statements. Refer to accounting

policies note 5(a) Group Accounting for further detail on the principles of consolidation.

The Group’s related undertakings along with the country of incorporation, the registered address,

theclasses of shares held and the effective percentage of equity owned at 31 December 2024 are

disclosedbelow.

Quilter plc is the ultimate parent of the Group.

Company name Share class % Held

United Kingdom

Senator House, 85 Queen Victoria Street, London, EC4V 4AB

Charles Derby Group Limited Ordinary 100

Charles Derby Wealth Management Limited Ordinary 100

Cheviot Capital (Nominees) Limited Ordinary 100

Falcon Financial Advice Limited Ordinary 100

Lighthouse Advisory Services Limited Ordinary 100

Lighthouse Corporate Services Limited Ordinary 100

Lighthouse Financial Advice Limited Ordinary 100

Lighthouse Group Limited Ordinary 100

LighthouseWealth Limited Ordinary 100

NuWealth Ltd Ordinary 100

Quilpep Nominees Limited Ordinary 100

Quilter Business Services Limited\* Ordinary 100

Quilter Cheviot Holdings Limited Ordinary 100

Quilter Cheviot Limited Ordinary 100

Quilter CoSec Services Limited\* Ordinary 100

Quilter Financial Advisers Limited Ordinary 100

Quilter Financial Limited Ordinary 100

Quilter Financial Planning Limited Ordinary 100

Quilter Financial Planning Solutions Limited Ordinary 100

Quilter Financial Services Limited Ordinary 100

Quilter Holdings Limited\* Ordinary 100

Company name Share class % Held

Quilter Investment Platform Limited Ordinary 100

Quilter Investment Platform Nominees Limited Ordinary 100

Quilter Investors Limited\* Ordinary 100

Quilter Life & Pensions Limited Ordinary 100

Quilter Mortgage Planning Limited Ordinary 100

Quilter Nominees Limited Ordinary 100

Quilter Pension Trustees Limited Ordinary 100

Quilter Perimeter (GGP) Limited Ordinary 100

Quilter Perimeter Holdings Limited\* Ordinary 100

Quilter Perimeter Limited Ordinary 100

Quilter Private Client Advisers Limited Ordinary 100

Quilter UK Holding Limited Ordinary 100

Quilter Wealth Limited Ordinary 100

Violet No.2 Limited Ordinary 100

1 More London Place, London, SE1 2AF

Blueprint Distribution Limited (in liquidation – 25 October 2023) Ordinary 100

Blueprint Financial Services Limited (in liquidation – 7 March 2024) Ordinary 100

Blueprint Organisation Limited (in liquidation – 7 March 2024) Ordinary 100

Caerus Capital Group Limited (in liquidation – 7 March 2024) Ordinary 100

Caerus Holdings Limited (in liquidation – 7 March 2024) Ordinary 100

Caerus Wealth Limited (in liquidation – 7 March 2024) Ordinary 100

Caerus Wealth Solutions Limited (in liquidation – 7 March 2024) Ordinary 100

Charles Derby Private Clients Limited (dissolved – 6 February 2025) Ordinary 100

Forward Thinking Wealth Management Limited (dissolved – 6 February 2025) Ordinary 100

IFA Services Holdings Company Limited (in liquidation – 13 October 2023)\* Ordinary A 0.2

Ordinary B 99.8

Lighthouse Benefits Limited (dissolved – 2 February 2025) Ordinary 100

Lighthouse Support Services Limited (dissolved – 2 February 2025) Ordinary 100

Lighthouse Wealth Management Limited (in liquidation – 25 October 2023) Ordinary 100

LighthouseXpress Limited (dissolved – 2 February 2025) Ordinary 100

Luceo Asset Management Limited (dissolved – 6 February 2025) Ordinary 100

Quilter Investors Portfolio Management Limited (in liquidation – 7 March 2024)\* Ordinary 100

Quilter Perimeter UK Limited (in liquidation – 13 October 2023) Ordinary 100

Think Synergy Limited (in liquidation – 26 March 2024) Ordinary 100

C/O Teneo Financial Advisory Limited, The Colmore Building,

20 Colmore Circus Queensway, Birmingham, B4 6AT

The Falcon Group Limited (in liquidation – 10 November 2022) Ordinary 100

Atria One, 144 Morrison Street, Edinburgh, EH3 8EX

Financial Services Advice & Support Limited (in liquidation – 25 October 2023) Ordinary 100

\* Direct subsidiary undertakings of Quilter plc.

#### Appendix

#### For the year ended 31 December 2024

174

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

Company name Share class % Held

Ireland

Hambleden House, 19-26 Lower Pembroke Street, Dublin 2, D02 WV96

Pembroke Quilter (Ireland) Nominees Limited Ordinary 100

Quilter Cheviot Europe Limited Ordinary 100

Isle of Man

33-37 Athol Street, Douglas, IM1 1LB

Quilter Perimeter (IOM) Limited Ordinary 100

Third Floor, St George’s Court, Upper Hill Street, Douglas, IM1 1EE

Quilter Insurance Company Limited Ordinary 100

Guernsey

1 Royal Plaza, Royal Avenue, St Peter Port, GY1 2HL

Quilter Cheviot PCC Limited Ordinary 100

Jersey

3rd Floor, Windward House, La Route de la Liberation, St Helier, JE1 1QJ

C.I.P.M. Nominees Limited Ordinary 100

QGCI Nominees Limited Ordinary 100

Quilter Cheviot International Limited Ordinary 100

Germany

Wiesenhüttenstraße 11, 60329 Frankfurt am Main

Old Mutual Europe GmbH (in liquidation – 1 September 2022) Ordinary 100

Skandia Retail Europe Holding GmbH (in liquidation – 1 September 2022) Ordinary 100

United Kingdom – associates

12-14 Upper Marlborough Road, St Albans, Hertfordshire, AL1 3UR

360 Dot Net Limited Ordinary A 25.5

Unit 1 Fulcrum, 2 Solent Business Park, Whiteley, Fareham, Hampshire,

PO15 7FN

Beals Mortgage and Financial Planning Services Limited Ordinary  35.0

Clinton Kennard Associates Ltd Ordinary  35.0

The Quilter Foundation (registered charity no. 1175555) is an independent charity. The Quilter

Foundation’s sole member, Quilter Holdings Limited appoints the trustees of the charity.

In addition, the following funds are consolidated and constitute related undertakings, as described

innote 5(a). The funds are consolidated as part of the Group’s financial statements based on the

Group’s holding and in accordance with the requirements of IFRS that may not be regarded as part of

the Group for other purposes.

Some of the funds in the table below are subfunds of umbrella funds. The following umbrella funds are

operated or represented by Quilter entities: Quilter Investors Charity Authorised Investment Funds,

Quilter Investors Cirilium OEIC, Quilter Investors ICAV, Quilter Investors Multi-Asset OEIC, Quilter

Investors OEIC, Quilter Investors Series I and Quilter Investors Trust.

Share Class

A Accumulation

B Income

Fund name Share class % Held

United Kingdom

Senator House, 85 Queen Victoria Street, London, EC4V 4AB

Quilter Investors Absolute Return Bond Fund A 66

Quilter Investors Asia Pacific (ex Japan) Equity Fund A 67

Quilter Investors Asia Pacific (ex Japan) Large-Cap Equity Fund A 65

Quilter Investors Asia Pacific Fund A 69

Quilter Investors Bond 3 Fund B 97

Quilter Investors China Equity Fund A 48

Quilter Investors Cirilium Adventurous Blend Portfolio A 35

Quilter Investors Cirilium Adventurous Portfolio A 42

Quilter Investors Cirilium Adventurous Passive Portfolio A  51

Quilter Investors Cirilium Balanced Passive Portfolio A 44

Quilter Investors Cirilium Balanced Portfolio A 33

Quilter Investors Cirilium Conservative Blend Portfolio A 37

Quilter Investors Cirilium Conservative Passive Portfolio A 41

Quilter Investors Cirilium Conservative Portfolio A 37

Quilter Investors Cirilium Dynamic Blend Portfolio A 38

Quilter Investors Cirilium Dynamic Passive Portfolio A 46

Quilter Investors Cirilium Moderate Passive Portfolio A 44

Quilter Investors Corporate Bond Fund A 76

Quilter Investors Creation Adventurous Portfolio A 39

Quilter Investors Creation Balanced Portfolio A 32

Quilter Investors Creation Conservative Portfolio A 28

Quilter Investors Creation Dynamic Portfolio A 31

Quilter Investors Creation Moderate Portfolio A 31

Quilter Investors Dynamic Bond Fund A 67

Quilter Investors Diversified Bond Fund A 64

Quilter Investors Emerging Markets Equity Fund A 78

Quilter Investors Emerging Markets Equity Growth Fund A 64

Quilter Investors Emerging Markets Equity Income Fund A 68

Quilter Investors Europe (ex UK) Equity Fund A 63

Quilter Investors Europe (ex UK) Equity Growth Fund A 66

Quilter Investors Europe (ex UK) Equity Income Fund A 68

Quilter Investors Global Equity Absolute Return Fund A 66

Quilter Investors Global Equity Value Fund A&B 74

Quilter Investors Investment Grade Corporate Bond Fund A&B 57

Quilter Investors Japanese Equity Fund A 65

#### Appendix A: Related undertakings continued

175

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Strategic Report

Governance Report Other informationFinancial statements

![]()

Fund name Share class % Held

Quilter Investors Monthly Income & Growth Portfolio A&B 44

Quilter Investors Monthly Income Portfolio A&B 43

Quilter Investors Natural Resources Equity Fund A 64

Quilter Investors North American Equity Fund A 67

Quilter Investors Precious Metals Equity Fund A 65

Quilter Investors Sterling Corporate Bond Fund A&B 76

Quilter Investors Sterling Diversified Bond Fund A&B 63

Quilter Investors Timber Equity Fund A 68

Quilter Investors UK Equity Fund A 67

Quilter Investors UK Equity 2 Fund A 100

Quilter Investors UK Equity Growth Fund A 61

Quilter Investors UK Equity Income Fund A 67

Quilter Investors UK Equity Large-Cap Income Fund A&B 63

Quilter Investors UK Equity Opportunities Fund A 64

Quilter Investors US Equity Growth Fund A 72

Quilter Investors US Equity Income Fund A 66

Quilter Investors US Equity Small/Mid-Cap Fund A 63

C/o Investment Fund Services Limited, Marlborough House,

59 Chorley New Road, Bolton, BL1 4QP

IFSL Titan Square Mile Alternative Strategies  A 79

IFSL Titan Square Mile Global Equities  A 78

IFSL Titan Square Mile International Fixed Interest A 80

IFSL Titan Square Mile UK Equity  A 75

C/o Margetts Fund Management Limited, 1 Sovereign Court,

Graham Street, Birmingham, B1 3JR

MGTS Aequitas Defensive A 71

MGTS Progeny Systematic ProFolio 40 A 59

Prima Cautious A 73

#### Appendix A: Related undertakings continued

Notes

31 December

2024

£m

31 December

2023

£m

Non-current assets

Investments in subsidiary undertakings

3 2,187 2,162

Loans and advances

4 487 486

Deferred tax assets

5 26 23

Total non-current assets 2,700 2,671

Current assets

Current tax assets 4 10

Other receivables and other assets

6 9 6

Cash and cash equivalents

7 135 110

Total current assets 148 126

Current liabilities

Other payables

10 4 4

Total current liabilities 4 4

Net current assets 144 122

Non-current liabilities

Borrowings

9 199 202

Total non-current liabilities 199 202

Net assets 2,645 2,591

Equity

Ordinary Share capital 115 115

Ordinary Share premium reserve 58 58

Capital redemption reserve 346 346

Merger reserve

8 1,359 1,359

Share -based payments reserve 41 42

Retained earnings (including profit for the financial year of £104 million

(2023: £99 million)) 726 671

Total equity 2,645 2,591

Approved by the Board of Quilter plc on 5 March 2025.

Steven Levin

Chief Executive Officer

Mark Satchel

Chief Financial Officer

Company registered number: 06404270.

Company statement of financial position

At 31 December 2024

Appendix

For the year ended 31 December 2024

176

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

For the year ended 31 December 2024

Ordinary

Share

capital

£m

Ordinary

Share

premium

£m

Capital

redemption

reserve

£m

Merger

reserve

£m

Share-

based

payments

reserve

£m

Retained

earnings

£m

Total

share-holders’

equity

£m

Balance at 1 January 2024 115 58 346 1,359 42 671 2,591

Profit for the year – – – – – 104 104

Total comprehensive income – – – – – 104 104

Dividends

1

– – – – – (73) (73)

Exchange rate movement (ZAR/GBP)

2

– – – – – (1) (1)

Equity-settled share-based payment transactions – – – – (1) 25 24

Total transactions with the owners of the Company – – – – (1) (49) (50)

Balance at 31 December 2024 115 58 346 1,359 41 726 2,645

For the year ended 31 December 2023

Ordinary

Share

capital

£m

Ordinary

Share

premium

£m

Capital

redemption

reserve

£m

Merger

reserve

£m

Share-

based

payments

£m

Retained

earnings

£m

Total

share-holders’

equity

£m

Balance at 1 January 2023 115 58 346 1,359 41 637 2,556

Profit for the year – – – – – 99 99

Total comprehensive income – – – – – 99 99

Dividends

1

– – – – – (65) (65)

Other movements – – – – – (2) (2)

Exchange rate movement (ZAR/GBP)

2

– – – – – 2 2

Equity-settled share-based payment transactions – – – – 1 – 1

Total transactions with the owners of the Company – – – – 1 (65) (64)

Balance at 31 December 2023 115 58 346 1,359 42 671 2,591

1

Details of dividends proposed and paid during the year are disclosed in the notes to the Group’s financial statements. Please refer to the Group statement of changes in equity for further information.

2

For shares registered on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange, the amounts of proposed dividends are set in South African Rand on the relevant Market Announcement date which is prior to the date of payment. The impact of exchange rate movements between these dates

is recognised directly in equity. The Company held cash in South African Rand equal to the expected cash outflows and therefore was economically hedged for these payments.

#### Company statement of changes in equity

#### For the year ended 31 December 2024

177

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Strategic Report

Governance Report Other informationFinancial statements

177

![]()

#### Notes to the financial statements of the Company

#### For the year ended 31 December 2024

#### 1: General Information

Quilter plc (the “Company”) is a public limited company, limited by shares, incorporated in England and

Wales and domiciled in the United Kingdom with registration number 06404270.

The Company’s Registered Office is Senator House, 85 Queen Victoria Street, London EC4V 4AB.

#### 2: Basis of preparation

The financial statements of Quilter plc for the year ended 31 December 2024 have been prepared in

accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 101, ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’ (“FRS 101”). These

financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis and under the historical cost

convention, as modified by the revaluation of certain financial instruments which have been recognised

at fair value through profit or loss, and in accordance with the Companies Act 2006. The financial

statements are presented in pounds sterling, which is the currency of the primary economic

environment in which the Company operates and are rounded to the nearest million. Quilter’s employee

benefit trusts are regarded as separate reporting entities and therefore their assets, liabilities, income

and expenses are excluded from the standalone financial statements of the Company.

The format of the statement of financial position has been changed for 2024 reporting to present

subtotals for current and non-current assets and for current and non-current liabilities. This change

hasbeen made in order to provide additional information within the primary statements and to ensure

consistency with schedule 1 of the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and

Reports) Regulations 2008. The prior yearfigures in respect of 2023 have been re-presented in the new

format to ensure comparability.

The accounting policies adopted are the same as those set out in note 5 to the Group’s financial

statements to the extent that these are relevant to the Company’s standalone financial statements

except for the disclosure exemptions noted below. These accounting policies have been applied

consistently.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with FRS 101 requires the use of certain critical

accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying

the Company’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or

areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements are disclosed in the

critical accounting estimates and judgements section below.

The Company has taken advantage of the disclosure exemptions available under FRS 101 in relation to

the presentation of a cash flow statement, disclosures relating to capital management, contracts with

customers, fair value measurement, financial instruments, impairments, related party transactions,

share based payments, share capital and comparative information for certain types of assets. The

Company has also taken advantage of the exemption from the requirement to disclose information

when the Company has not applied a new accounting standard that has been issued but is not yet

effective. Where required equivalent disclosures are included in the consolidated financial statements

ofQuilter plc.

The Company has also taken advantage of the exemption in section 408 of the Companies Act 2006

notto present its own income statement in these financial statements.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

The preparation of financial statements requires management to exercise judgement in applying

accounting policies and make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets

and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. Critical accounting estimates and judgements are

those that involve the most complex or subjective assessments and assumptions. Management uses

itsknowledge of current facts and circumstances and applies estimation and assumption setting

techniques that are aligned with the relevant accounting standards and guidance to make predictions

about future actions and events. Actual results may differ significantly from those estimates.

There are no critical accounting estimates or judgements for the year to 31 December 2024.

Other accounting judgements

Area Accounting judgements Note

Investments in subsidiaries –

measurement

Management has applied judgement in its impairment assessment in

respect of determining the cash-generating unit, which is the level at which

largely independent cash inflows occur. The Company’s investments in

Quilter Holdings Limited and Quilter Investors Limited each contain cash

flows generated from within the Affluent segment and management has

taken the judgement that aggregating cash flows from these investments

represents the lowest level at which largely independent cash inflows are

generated. Management does not consider Quilter Investors Limited’s

gross cash inflows to be largely independent of those of Quilter Holdings

Limited, primarily because of the nature of the ongoing relationship between

a substantial proportion of Quilter Investors Limited’s customers with the

Quilter Investment Platform and Quilter Financial Planning businesses,

both of which are subsidiaries of Quilter Holdings Limited. The investments

in Quilter Holdings Limited and Quilter Investors Limited are therefore

considered together for the purpose of the Parent Company’s impairment

assessment, rather than at the individual subsidiary level.

This judgement is not representative of a critical accounting judgement in

2024 since in the current year, the estimated discounted future cash flows

at a subsidiary level do not indicate that an impairment is required, and

therefore applying this judgement does not have a significant effect on the

amounts recognised in the financial statements.

3

Other principal estimates

The Company’s assessment of its investment in subsidiaries for impairment uses the latest cash flow

forecasts from the Group’s three-year Business Plan to calculate the recoverable value of its trading

subsidiaries. These forecasts include estimates relating to equity market levels and growth in AuMA in

future periods, together with levels of new business growth, net client cash flow, revenue margins, and

future expenses and discount rates (see note 14 to the Group’s financial statements). Management does

not believe that the use of these estimates has a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the

carrying amount of the assets within the next financial year.

178

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

178

![]()

#### 3: Investments in subsidiary undertakings

Investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost, less impairment in value. All shares held are Ordinary

Shares.

2024

£m

2023

£m

Balance at the beginning of the year 2,162 2,150

Investment in subsidiary undertakings – 14

Investment in subsidiary undertaking in relation to share-based payments 25 1

Impairment of subsidiary undertakings – (3)

Balance at the end of the year 2,187 2,162

Investment in subsidiary undertakings in relation to share-based payments

Quilter plc grants rights to its equity instruments to employees of its subsidiaries under various share

based payment arrangements. Under these arrangements, the subsidiaries receive services from

employees that are paid for by Quilter plc, thereby increasing the investment that Quilter plc holds

inthose subsidiaries. Quilter plc recognises the equity settled share based payment in equity, with a

corresponding increase in its investment in the subsidiaries. The amount recognised as an additional

investment is based on the grant date fair value of the share options granted and is recognised by

Quilter plc over the vesting period of the respective share schemes. A decrease to the investment in

subsidiary undertakings is recognised when each share award vests, and shares are delivered to the

employees.

Impairments of investments in subsidiary undertakings

In accordance with the requirements of IAS 36 Impairment of Assets, the investments in subsidiaries

aretested annually for impairment by comparing the carrying value of the underlying investments to

therecoverable value, being the higher of the value-in-use or fair value less costs to sell. If applicable,

animpairment charge is recognised when the recoverable amount is less than the carrying value.

During 2023, in preparation for Quilter Investors Portfolio Management Limited being placed into

liquidation, a dividend was made to its parent, Quilter plc. Subsequently, Quilter plc fully impaired

itsinvestment in its subsidiary to recognise the reduction in the net asset value of the subsidiary.

2024 impairment to investment in subsidiary

In both 2023 and 2024, there were no other impairments required to the Company’s subsidiaries.

#### 4: Loans and advances

This note analyses the loans and advances the Company has made. The carrying amounts of loans and

advances were as follows:

31 December

2024

£m

31 December

2023

£m

Loans to subsidiary undertakings 487 486

Total net loans and advances 487 486

All loans are held at amortised cost and repayable on demand. The loans to subsidiary undertakings

arewith Quilter Holdings Limited and are charged at base rate plus 0.5% and 10%, Quilter Perimeter

Holdings Limited, which is charged at base rate plus 0.5%, and the Employee Benefit Trust, which

attracts no interest. Given the profitability and net assets of these subsidiaries, the credit risk associated

with these loans is considered minimal. There have been no non-performing loans, loans subject to

renegotiations or material expected credit losses on loans and advances recognised in the year.

#### 5: Deferred tax assets

Recognised deferred tax assets and liabilities

Deferred income taxes are calculated on all temporary differences at the tax rate applicable to the

country in which the timing differences arise.

The following are the deferred tax balances recognised by the Company and the movements thereon,

during the current and prior reporting period.

Tax losses

£m

Closing

deferred tax

asset

£m

Assets at 1 January 2023 4 4

Credit to profit or loss 19 19

Assets at 31 December 2023 23 23

Credit to profit or loss 3 3

Assets at 31 December 2024 26 26

Deferred tax assets or liabilities are recognised to the extent that temporary differences are expected

toreverse in the foreseeable future. The timing of reversals is estimated based on the Company’s annual

Business Plan. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that they are supported by the

Company’s Business Plan or where appropriate the Group’s Business Plan.

Deferred tax assets are recognised for tax losses carried forward only to the extent that realisation of

the related tax benefit is probable, being where, on the basis of all available evidence, it is considered

more likely than not that there will be suitable taxable profits against which the reversal of the deferred

tax asset can be deducted.

Sensitivity analysis demonstrates headroom in the recoverable amount of the deferred tax asset over

the taxable profits contained within the business plan period. The impacts of a 20% decrease in

profitability have been assessed and do not give rise to concerns over recoverability.

179

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Strategic Report

Governance Report Other informationFinancial statements

179

![]()

#### Notes to the financial statements of the Company

#### For the year ended 31 December 2024

Unrecognised deferred tax assets

The amounts for which no deferred tax asset has been recognised comprises:

31 December 2024 31 December 2023

Gross amount

£m

Tax

£m

Gross amount

£m

Tax

£m

Pre-April 2017 UK tax losses 16 4 16 4

Total unrecognised deferred tax assets 16 4 16 4

A deferred tax asset has not been recognised as there is sufficient uncertainty to the extent it is

probable there will be future taxable profits to utilise the relevant losses. Unrecognised losses are

available to carry forward with no expiry date, subject only to the continuation of the business.

#### 6: Other receivables and other assets

The note analyses total other receivables and other assets.

31 December

2024

£m

31 December

2023

£m

Due from subsidiary undertakings 8 6

Other receivables 1 –

Total other receivables and other assets 9 6

All amounts due from Group companies are unsecured, interest-free and settled on demand. Other

receivables are current, interest-free and recognised at amortised cost. The Directors consider that the

carrying amount of other receivables approximate their fair value.

#### 7: Cash and cash equivalents

31 December

2024

£m

31 December

2023

£m

Cash at bank 8 9

Money market funds 127 101

Total cash and cash equivalents per the statement of financial position 135 110

All cash and cash equivalents are current, and recognised at amortised cost, apart from money market

investments which are recognised mandatorily at FVTPL.

Investments in money market funds are classified as cash and cash equivalents. Management holds

these investment funds for short-term liquidity purposes. The funds are highly liquid, have a strong

credit rating and a very low risk of reduction in value.

#### 8: Merger reserve and retained earnings

There have been no changes to the merger reserve during 2024 (2023: no changes).

Within retained earnings, as at 31 December 2024, there is an amount of £21 million (2023: £21 million)

relating to a partial reversal, in 2022, of an impairment made in an earlier period. The Company

considers this amount to be non-distributable.

#### 9: Borrowings

31 December

2024

£m

31 December

2023

£m

Subordinated debt

Subordinated loan at 8.625% 199 198

Funding — intercompany payables – 4

Total borrowings 199 202

Amounts borrowed are held at amortised cost.

On 18 January 2023, the Company issued £200 million 8.625% Fixed Rate Reset Subordinated Notes

(due 18 April 2033) in the form of a 10.25-year Tier 2 bond with a one-time issuer call option after

5.25years to J.P. Morgan Securities plc, paying a semi-annual coupon of 8.625% (the “Tier 2 Bond”).

Netcash proceeds of £199 million were received. After deducting structuring costs and professional

fees, the retained cash proceeds were £197 million. The bond is held at amortised cost of £199 million

at31 December 2024 (2023: £198 million). The Notes are listed and regulated under the terms of the

London Stock Exchange.

On 28 February 2023, the Company repaid the existing £200 million 4.478% Fixed Rate Reset

Subordinated Notes (due 28 February 2028).

In addition, the Company has entered into a £125 million revolving credit facility which remains undrawn

and is being held for contingent funding purposes across the Group.

#### 10: Other payables

31 December

2024

£m

31 December

2023

£m

Accruals 4 4

Total other payables 4 4

Accruals are current and short term i.e. repayable within one year.

#### 5: Deferred tax assets continued

180

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

180

![]()

# Other information

Shareholder information  182

Alternative performance measures  186

Glossary  188

#### 11: Related party transactions

Key management personnel transactions

Key management personnel and members of their close family have undertaken transactions

withtheGroup in the normal course of business.

The Directors and key management personnel of the Company are considered to be the same

asfortheGroup. See note 40 to the Group’s financial statements for further information.

Other related party transactions

There were no other related party transactions to disclose for 2023 or 2024 other than those

referencedin note 40 to the Group’s financial statements.

#### 12: Loan covenants

Under the terms of the revolving credit facility, the Company is required to comply with certain

financialcovenants. Note 38 to the Group’s financial statements contains further information

relatingtothe facility.

#### 13: Events after the reporting date

There are no events that have occurred, between the reporting date and the date when the

financialstatements have been authorised for issue, that require disclosure except as disclosed

withinnote42tothe Group’s financial statements.

Strategic Report

Governance Report Other informationFinancial statements

181

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

181

Governance Report Other informationFinancial statements

![]()

### Shareholder information

#### Information for all shareholders

2025 key dates

The key dates for shareholders are:

8 April 2025 Last day for shares to trade cum dividend in South Africa

9 April 2025 Shares start trading ex-dividend in South Africa

10 April 2025 Shares start trading ex-dividend in the UK

11 April 2025 Final Dividend Record Date – shareholders on the register are

eligible for the Final Dividend

22 May 2025 Annual General Meeting (“AGM”) at 11:00am (UK time)

27 May 2025 Final Dividend Payment Date

6 August 2025 Publication of 2025 half year results, including any information

regarding the Interim Dividend

Dates may be subject to change. Please check our website at plc.quilter.com for further information.

#### Dividends

Dividend information

The Directors are recommending the payment of a Final Dividend of 4.2 pence per share. Subject

toshareholder approval at the AGM, the Final Dividend will be paid on Tuesday 27 May 2025 to

shareholders on the share register on Friday 11 April 2025.

Dividend policy

The Quilter Board targets a dividend pay-out ratio of 50% to 70% of post-tax, post-interest adjusted profit.

We expect to pay an Interim and a Final Dividend each financial year. It is expected that the Final and

Interim Dividends will be paid in the approximate proportions of one-third (Interim Dividend) and

two-thirds (Final Dividend) of the total dividends payable in respect of a financial year, taking into

account the underlying cash generation, cash resources, capital position, distributable reserves and

market conditions at the time.

All key dividend dates such as ex-dividend date, Record Date and Payment Date will be published on

ourwebsite as soon as they are announced.

#### Dividends – shareholders on the UK share register

Quilter only pays dividends to shareholders on the UK share register by direct credit. Paying

dividends straight into your bank or building society account is a safer, quicker and easier way for

shareholders to receive their dividends. There is no fee charged byQuilter or our Registrar, Equiniti,

for the direct credit service. If you have not yet provided your bank details, it is important that you

take action as soon as possible so that you receive your dividend payments.

You can do this:

Online

You can provide and maintain your UK bank or building society account details via Shareview.

Please visit www.shareview.co.uk for details on how to register.

Telephone

You can provide your UK bank or building society account details by telephoning Equiniti.

Post

You can download a Bank Mandate Form from plc.quilter.com. Alternatively, please telephone

Equiniti using the contact details on page 185 and they will send a form to you for completion.

If you have any questions, please contact Equiniti using the contact details on page 185.

#### Dividends – shareholders on the South African share register

For your security, Quilter will only pay your dividends to the bank account currently registered with our

Registrar, JSE Investor Services. To register your bank details please contact JSE Investor Services using

the contact details on page 185.

Dividend currency

All dividends will be declared in pounds sterling for shareholders on the UK register and Rand for

shareholders on the South African register. The foreign exchange rate is determined the day before

the Directors declare the dividend.

Did you know?

You do not need to hold a paper share certificate. By holding your shares electronically, you can buy

andsell shares more easily and protect your holding to help prevent fraud. You can find out more

bycontacting JSE Investor Services using the contact details on page 185.

182

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

#### Quilter 2025 AGM

AGM key dates

The key AGM dates for shareholders are:

16 May 2025

By no later than 5:00pm (UK time)

Written shareholder questions to be received by the Company

Secretary

20 May 2025

By no later than 11:00am (UK time)

Proxy Forms to be received by our Registrar\* and requests to join

the AGM by telephone to be received by the Company Secretary

22 May 2025

11:00am (UK time)

AGM to be held

\*

Voting deadlines may vary depending on how you hold your shares. If you hold your shares via a CSDP, broker or nominee, please

contact them to confirm their voting deadline.

Attending the AGM

We are pleased to invite you to Quilter plc’s 2025 AGM to be held at 11:00am (UK time) on

Thursday 22 May 2025 at Senator House, 85 Queen Victoria Street, London EC4V 4AB. We look

forwardto welcoming you to our meeting and value the opportunity to engage with our shareholders

toreview our performance and to answer questions on the business of the meeting.

St Paul’s

Bank

Mansion

House

Blackfriars

Cannon

Street

Queen Victoria Street

Princes Street

Cheapside

Cannon Street

St Paul’s Churchyard

Upper Thames Street

Millennium Bridge

Southwark Bridge

Blackfriars Bridge

A201

River Thames

Shakespeare’s Globe

Tate Modern

St Paul’s Cathedral

City of London School

Senator House

Asking a question

You can submit any questions you may have on the business of the meeting to the Board ahead of

theAGM by emailing the Company Secretary at companysecretary@ q uilter.com by 5:00pm (UK time)

on Friday 16 May 2025. If you do not plan to attend the AGM in person, this will enable you tohave your

questions answered before you vote your shares. The questions and answers will be published on our

GM Hub at plc.quilter.com/gm in advance of the voting deadline. If you submit aquestion after this

time, we will respond to you as soon as possible.

If you attend the AGM in person or join the meeting by telephone, you will also have the opportunity

toask a question on the day.

Joining the meeting by telephone

Shareholders can join the meeting by telephone. You will be able to listen to the meeting and also have

the opportunity to ask the Board any questions relating to the business of the meeting. Please note that

shareholders joining by telephone will not be able to vote on the day. We recommend that shareholders

appoint the Chair of the meeting as their proxy and register a voting instruction ahead of the meeting.

How to join the AGM by telephone

If you would like to join the AGM by telephone, please contact the Company Secretary at

companysecre tary@quilter.com to request your individual secure dial in details. Requests must be

received no later than 11:00am (UK time) on Tuesday 20 May 2025. The telephone line will open shortly

before 11:00am (UK time) on the day of the meeting.

Voting results and AGM information available to shareholders

The final voting results are expected to be released to the London Stock Exchange and Johannesburg

Stock Exchange on Thursday 22 May 2025 as soon as practical after the AGM and will be published on

our GM Hub at p lc.quilter.com/gm. We will also make available the Chair’s statement. Please ensure

you check the GM Hub regularly for up to date information about our AGM arrangements.

More information about the AGM

Detailed information on the AGM arrangements and how you can have your say is set out in the

2025 Notice of AGM which is available at plc.quilter.com/gm.

How to get to

#### theAGM

Senator House is within

walking distance of the

following train and

underground stations:

– Bank (Central, DLR,

Northernand Waterloo

&City lines).

– Blackfriars (Southeastern

Railway, Thameslink and

Circle and District lines).

– Cannon Street

(SoutheasternRailway and

Circle and District lines).

– Mansion House (Circle

andDistrict lines).

– St Paul’s (Central line).

The venue can also be

accessed via bus routes 4,

11,15, 17, 26, 76, 388 and 521.

Strategic Report

Governance Report

183

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Other information

![]()

#### Information for UK shareholders

Managing your shares and staying in touch

You do not have to receive paper shareholder documentation. Many shareholders choose to receive

their communications electronically. Equiniti provide a free, convenient online service, Shareview, where

you can access your shareholding quickly and easily. If you have not already done so, you can register

forShareview by visiting www.shareview.co.uk. All you need is your Quilter Shareholder Reference

Number, which can be found on your share certificate or dividend confirmation. We will email you a

notification when any shareholder statements are available and when we announce our full and half

year results. You can also use Shareview to submit a voting instruction for any general meetings and

tofind out when any dividends are due.

Keeping your personal information up to date

It is important that you keep the personal information we hold up to date. That way correspondence

advising you of any changes that might affect your shareholding reaches you and any dividends are paid

to you promptly. You can do this online at www.shareview.co.uk, via the Quilter Shareholder Helpline

or by post. Contact details are on page 185.

Fraud warning

Shareholders should be wary of any unsolicited calls or documents offering unsolicited investment advice

and offers to buy shares at a discounted price. Fraudsters can use persuasive and high-pressure tactics

to lure shareholders into scams. You are advised not to give out any personal details or to hand over any

money without ensuring that the organisation is authorised by the UK Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”)

and doing further research. If you are unsure, or think you may have been targeted, you should report

theorganisation to the FCA using the share fraud reporting form available at www.fca.org.uk/scams.

Youcan also report suspected share fraud through the FCA Helpline on +44 (0)800 111 6768 or through

Action Fraud on +44 (0)300 123 2040.

#### Useful information

Quilter plc share register

Quilter plc listed on the London and Johannesburg Stock Exchanges on 25 June 2018. Quilter plc

has a primary listing on the London Stock Exchange and a secondary listing on the Johannesburg

Stock Exchange. The shares track under the QLT ticker.

#### Information for African shareholders

Managing your shares and staying in touch

You can go online to manage your shareholding at investorcent re.jseinvestorservices.co.za.

Thisenables you to view your holding, check your dividend history and update how you want

ustocommunicate with you.

Quilter would like to send you information about your shares by text message or email. We will text

you a notification when your biannual shareholder statement is available; when we announce our

results; when you can vote at any general meetings; and when any dividends are due. If you have

not already done so, you can quickly and easily register your mobile phone and email address with

us as follows:

By email

Write to investorenquiries@jseinve storservice s.co.za. Please include your email address

andmobile phone number and state that these should be used for all future communications.

Telephone

Call your Quilter Shareholder Helpline number provided on page 185 and ask for your email and

mobile number to be recorded.

#### Shareholder information continued

184

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

#### Contact our UK Registrar, Equiniti

If you have a question about your shareholding,

please contact Equiniti.

Post

Equiniti Limited

Aspect House

Spencer Road

Lancing

West Sussex

BN99 6DA

Online

help.shareview.co.uk

Telephone

+44 (0)333 207 5953\*

\*

Lines are open Monday to Friday between 8:30am and 5:30pm

(UK time), excluding public holidays in England and Wales.

#### Contact our African Registrars

#### Shareholders on the South Africa

#### Register

Post

JSE Investor Services (Pty) Limited

PO Box 10462, Johannesburg, 2000, South Africa

By email

investorenquiries@jseinvestorservices.co.za

Telephone

086 140 0110/086 154 6566\* (calling from

SouthAfrica)

+27 11 029 0251/+27 11 029 0253\* (calling from

overseas)

#### Shareholders in Namibia

Post

Transfer Secretaries (Pty) Limited

PO Box 2401

Windhoek, Namibia

By email

ts@nsx.com.na

Telephone

+264 (0)61 227 647\*

\* Lines open 8:00am to 4:30pm, Monday to Friday,

excluding public holidays.

#### Shareholders in Malawi

Post

National Bank of Malawi plc

Legal Department

PO Box 945

Blantyre, Malawi

By email

legal@natbankmw.com

Telephone

+265 (0)182 0622/+265 (0)182 0054\*

#### Shareholders in Zimbabwe

Post

Corpserve Registrars (Pvt) Ltd

PO Box 2208

Harare, Zimbabwe

By email

corpserve@escrowgroup.org

Telephone

+263 (0)242 751 559/+263 (0)242 751 561\*

### Contact information

Strategic Report

Governance Report

185

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Other information

![]()

### Alternative performance measures

We assess our financial performance using a variety of alternative performance measures (“APMs”).

APMs are not defined under IFRS but we use them to provide further insight into the financial performance,

financial position and cash flows of the Group and the way it is managed. APMs should be read together

with the Group’s consolidated financial statements, which include the Group’s statement of comprehensive

income, statement of financial position and statement of cash flows, which are presented on pages

118to 121. Further details of APMs used by the Group in its Financial review are provided below.

APM Definition

Adjusted profit before tax Adjusted profit before tax represents the Group’s IFRS profit, adjusted for

specific items that management consider to be outside of the Group’s normal

operations or one-off in nature, as detailed in note 7(a) in the consolidated

financial statements. The exclusion of certain adjusting items may result in

adjusted profit before tax being materially higher or lower than the IFRS profit

after tax.

Adjusted profit before tax does not provide a complete picture of the Group’s

financial performance, which is disclosed in the IFRS consolidated statement

of comprehensive income, but is instead intended to provide additional

comparability and understanding of the financial results.

A detailed reconciliation of the adjusted profit before tax metrics presented,

and how these reconcile to IFRS, is provided on page 34 of the Financial

review. Adjusted profit before tax is referred to throughout the Chief

Executive Officer’s statement and Financial review, with comparison to the

prior year explained on page 32.

A reconciliation from each line item of the Group’s IFRS income and expenses

to adjusted profit before tax is provided in note 7(c) to the consolidated

financial statements.

Adjusted profit after tax Adjusted profit after tax represents the post-tax equivalent of the adjusted

profit before tax measure, as defined above.

Revenue margin (bps) Revenue margin represents net management fees, divided by average

AuMA. Management use this APM as it represents the Group’s ability to earn

revenue from AuMA.

Revenue margin by segment and for the Group is explained on page 32 of

theFinancial review.

Operating margin Operating margin represents adjusted profit before tax divided by total net

revenue.

Management use this APM as this is an efficiency measure that reflects the

percentage of total net revenue that becomes adjusted profit before tax.

Operating margin is referred to in the Chief Executive Officer’s statement and

Financial review, with comparison to the prior year explained in the adjusted

profit section on page 32.

APM Definition

Gross flows Gross flows are the gross client cash inflows received from customers

duringthe period and represent our ability to increase AuMA and revenue.

Gross flows are referred to in the Financial review on page 32.

Net flows Net flows are the difference between money received from and returned

to customers during the relevant period for the Group or for the business

indicated.

This measure is a lead indicator of total net revenue. Net flows is referred

tothroughout this document, with a separate section in the Financial review

onpage 32.

Assets under Management and

Administration (“AuMA”)

AuMA represents the total market value of all financial assets managed and

administered on behalf of customers.

AuMA is referred to throughout this document, with a separate section in

theFinancial review on page 32.

Average AuMA Average AuMA represents the average total market value of all financial

assets managed and administered on behalf of customers. Average AuMA is

calculated using a 7-point average (half year) and 13-point average (full year)

of monthly closing AuMA.

Non-core AuMA Non-core AuMA and associated gross and net flows represents assets

managed on behalf of businesses we have sold together with some legacy

funds which are in run-off and remain in outflow.

Total net revenue Total net revenue represents revenue earned from net management fees,

investment revenue and other revenue listed below and is a key input into

the Group’s operating margin.

Further information on total net revenue is provided on page 33 of the

Financial review and note 7(c) in the consolidated financial statements.

Net management fees Net management fees consist of revenue generated from AuMA, fixed fee

revenues including charges for policyholder tax contributions, interest

earned on client holdings, less trail commissions payable. Net management

fees are presented net of trail commission payable as trail commission is a

variable cost directly linked to revenue, which is a treatment and presentation

commonly used across our industry. Net management fees are a part of total

net revenue and is a key input into the Group’s operating margin.

Further information on net management fees is provided on page 33 of the

Financial review and note 7(c) in the consolidated financial statements.

Other revenue Other revenue represents revenue not directly linked to AuMA (e.g.

encashment charges, closed book unit-linked policies, adviser initial fees

and adviser fees linked to AuMA in Quilter Financial Planning (recurring

fees)). Other revenue is a part of total net revenue, which is included in the

calculation of the Group’s operating margin.

Further information on other revenue is provided on page 33 in the Financial

review and note 7(c) in the consolidated financial statements.

186

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

APM Definition

Investment revenue Investment revenue includes interest on shareholder cash balances

(including cash at bank and money market funds).

Further information on investment revenue is provided on page 33 in the

Financial review and note 7(c) in the consolidated financial statements.

Operating expenses Operating expenses represent the costs for the Group, which are incurred

to earn total net revenue and excludes the impact of specific items that

management considers to be outside of the Group’s normal operations

or one-off in nature. Operating expenses are included in the calculation

ofadjusted profit before tax and impact the Group’s operating margin.

A reconciliation of operating expenses to the applicable IFRS line items

is included in note 7(c) to the consolidated financial statements, and the

adjusting items excluded from operating expenses are explained in note 7(b).

Operating expenses are explained on page 33 of the Financial review.

Asset retention The asset retention rate measures our ability to retain assets from delivering

good customer outcomes and investment performance. Asset retention

reflects the annualised gross outflows of the AuMA during the period as a

percentage of opening AuMA. Asset retention is calculated as: 1 – (annualised

gross outflow divided by opening AuMA).

Asset retention is provided for the Group on page 31 and by segment on

page 32.

Net inflows/opening AuMA This measure is calculated as total net flows annualised (as described above)

divided by opening AuMA presented as a percentage.

This metric is provided on page 31.

Quilter channel gross sales per

Quilter Adviser

This measure represents the value created by our Quilter distribution

channel and is an indicator of the success of our multi-channel business

model. The measure is calculated as gross flows generated by the Quilter

channel through the Quilter Investment Platform, Quilter Investors or

Quilter Cheviot (annualised) per average Restricted Financial Planner in

bothsegments.

This metric is provided on page 31.

Return on Equity (“RoE”) Return on equity calculates how many pounds of profit the Group generates

with each pound of shareholder equity. This measure is calculated as

adjusted profit after tax annualised divided by average equity. Equity is

adjusted for the impact of discontinued operations, if applicable.

Return on equity is provided on page 31.

APM Definition

Adjusted diluted earnings

pershare

Adjusted diluted earnings per share is calculated as adjusted profit after tax

divided by the diluted weighted average number of shares.

A view of adjusted diluted earnings per share and the calculation of all EPS

metrics, is shown in note 12 to the consolidated financial statements.

Headline earnings per share The Group is required to calculate headline earnings per share in accordance

with the Johannesburg Stock Exchange Listing Requirements, determined by

reference to the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants’ circular

1/2023 Headline Earnings. This is calculated on a basic and diluted basis.

For details of the calculation, refer to note 12 of the consolidated financial

statements.

Dividend pay-out ratio The dividend pay-out ratio is an indicator of the total amount of dividends

paid to shareholders in relation to the Group’s profits expressed as a

percentage. It is calculated by dividing the recommended total dividend

(in £millions) by the post-tax, post-interest adjusted profit (in £ millions).

Strategic Report

Governance Report

187

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

Financial statements

Other information

![]()

### Glossary

Term Definition

Affluent Quilter’s business operations which provide solutions for customers with at

least £50,000 of assets to invest

AuA Assets under administration, which unless stated otherwise, reflects gross

AuA before intra-group eliminations

AuM Assets under management, which unless stated otherwise, reflects gross

AuM before intra-group eliminations

AuMA Assets under management and administration – for more details see

alternative performance measures on page 186

CAGR Compound annual growth rate

Client Facing Individuals (“CFIs”) Individuals who provide discretionary investment management services to

clients and/or advisers who are licensed to advise clients of Quilter Cheviot

inline with individual circumstances and investment objectives

Company Quilter plc

FCA Financial Conduct Authority

FRC Financial Reporting Council

GHG Greenhouse gas

Group Quilter plc and its subsidiaries

High Net Worth Predominantly customers with over £250,000 of investable assets

HMRC His Majesty’s Revenue & Customs

ICARA Internal Capital Adequacy and Risk Assessment

IFAs Independent Financial Advisers, meaning advisers who provide advice on an

independent basis, based on a comprehensive analysis of the whole market

and free from any restriction

IFRS The International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the United

Kingdom

Investment Manager (“IM”) Individual who provides investment advice and investment management

services to private clients of Quilter Cheviot in line with individual

circumstances and investment objectives

ISA Individual Savings Accounts

JSE Johannesburg Stock Exchange

Lighthouse Lighthouse Group plc was acquired on 12 June 2019. The Company changed

its name to Lighthouse Group Limited on 19 February 2021

Listing Reference to Quilter plc listing on the London and Johannesburg Stock

Exchanges on 25 June 2018

LSE London Stock Exchange

OECD Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development

Term Definition

ORSA Own Risk and Solvency Assessment

Own funds Capital resources determined on the basis of the Solvency II balance sheet

PRA Prudential Regulation Authority

Productivity Also referred to as “gross flows per adviser”. For definition, see alternative

performance measures on page 187

Quilter channel Advisers who are part of Quilter Financial Advisers, Quilter Financial Planning

or Quilter Cheviot Financial Planning

Restricted Financial Planners

(“RFPs”)

Advisers who advise on a defined range of products and investment

solutions, including investment solutions offered by the Group and by third

parties that have been pre-researched by the Group

Revenue generating role Colleagues in roles which generate revenue for the Group. These roles

include but are not limited to Restricted Financial Planners, Investment

Managers and fund managers

Scope 1, 2 & 3 GHG emissions Greenhouse gas emissions are categorised into three groups or “scopes”

by the most widely-used international accounting tool, the Greenhouse Gas

(“GHG”) Protocol. Scope 1 and 2 cover direct emissions sources (e.g., fuel

used in company vehicles and purchased electricity), Scope 3 emissions

cover all indirect emissions due to the activities of an organisation

SCR Solvency Capital Requirement, the regulatory capital requirement under UK

Solvency II

SMCR Senior Managers and Certification Regime

Standard Formula The regulatory formula used to determine capital requirements for insurance

entities under UK Solvency II. This formula broadly represents the potential

loss of own funds calibrated to a 1-in-200 likelihood level

Subordinated debt A fixed interest debt instrument that ranks below other debt in order of

priority for repayment in the event of liquidation

Total Shareholder Return

(“TSR”)

The difference between the opening and closing share price over the period,

plus any dividends paid during that period. Performance shown for Quilter

astraded on the London Stock Exchange

UK Solvency II The Solvency II capital regime as it applies in the United Kingdom

188

Quilter plc Annual Report 2024

![]()

This document is printed on Arctic Volume, a paper containing

fibresourced from responsible FSC

®

certified forests and other

controlled sources. The pulp used in this product is bleached,

usingan elemental chlorine free (ECF) process.

Printed in the UK by PurePrint Group, a CarbonNeutral

®

company,

certificated to Environmental Management System 14001.

Design and production

![]()

Quilter plc

Registered office:

Senator House

85 Queen Victoria Street

London EC4V 4AB

Registered number: 06404270.

Registered in England and Wales.

plc.quilter.com

#### Quilter plc Annual Report 2024